0% found this document useful (0 votes)

27 views

M969a3 TM-10-1

Uploaded by

alexarceneaux290

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

0% found this document useful (0 votes)

27 views

M969a3 TM-10-1

Uploaded by

alexarceneaux290

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

You are on page 1/ 968

TM 9-2330-330-13

TECHNICAL MANUAL
OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL

FOR

SEMITRAILER, TANK, 5000 GALLON, FUEL-DISPENSING,

AUTOMOTIVE
M969A3
NSN 2330-01-495-0043 (EIC CK5)
M969A3P1
NSN 2330-01-538-8513 (EIC C6M)

DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A - Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited.

HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY

WASHINGTON, D.C. 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(frntcover) wpno(Paperfrntcover_001)

07 DECEMBER 2015
TM 9-2330-330-13

WARNING SUMMARY

This warning summary contains general safety and hazardous materials warnings that must be understood and
applied during operation and maintenance of this equipment. Failure to observe these precautions could result in
serious injury or death to personnel. Also included are explanations of safety and hazardous materials icons used
within this technical manual.

FIRST AID

FOR FIRST AID INFORMATION, FM 4-25.11.

EXPLANATION OF SAFETY WARNING ICONS

ELECTRICAL - electrical wire to hand with electricity symbol running through hand shows that
shock hazard is present.

EQUIPMENT RUNAWAY - human figure being run over by equipment shows that the potential for
injury is present if equipment moves or rolls back on its own.

FALLING PARTS - box with arrow pointing down shows that falling parts present a danger to life or
limb.

FLYING PARTICLES - arrows bouncing off face with face shield show that particles flying through
air may harm face.

HEAVY OBJECTS - human figure stooping over with lines above the back shows physical injury
potential from improper lifting technique.

SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL - indicates a potential personal injury hazard.

a 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(warnsum) wpno(warning_summary)

TM 9-2330-330-13

WARNING SUMMARY - Continued

EXPLANATION OF SAFETY WARNING ICONS - Continued

SHARP OBJECT - pointed object in hand shows that a sharp object presents a danger to limb.

SLICK FLOOR - wavy line on floor with legs prone shows that slick floor presents a danger for
falling.

GENERAL SAFETY WARNINGS DESCRIPTION

WARNING

• Make sure electrical power is disconnected before performing any troubleshooting

on the electrical system. Do not use metal cleaning objects to clean cable plugs or
receptacles on semitrailer. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to
personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• Remove or disconnect batteries prior to performing maintenance in immediate
battery area or working on electrical system. Such disconnections prevent
electrical shock to personnel or equipment. Failure to comply may result in death
or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• Disconnect negative battery cable first. Failure to comply may result in death or
injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of injury.
• Disconnect electrical power from semitrailer before performing any cleaning or
maintenance of electrical system to avoid being shocked. Failure to comply may
result in personnel death or injury, or equipment damage. Seek medical attention
in event of injury.

b 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(warnsum) wpno(warning_summary)

TM 9-2330-330-13

WARNING SUMMARY - Continued

GENERAL SAFETY WARNINGS DESCRIPTION - Continued

WARNING

• Use of the M969A3 semitrailer with the M818 and M931/M932 without Antilock
Brake System (ABS) is not authorized. Tankers are not to be filled to exceed the
load capacities of the tractors. Due to limited payload capacity, some of the
tractors will not be able to haul fully loaded tankers. No overload waiver is allowed
for these tankers. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to personnel.
Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• All personnel must stand clear during lifting procedures. A swinging or shifting load
may cause injury to personnel or damage to equipment. Failure to comply may
result in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of
an injury.
• All personnel must stand clear of semitrailer and Prime Mover prior to
disconnecting. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek
medical attention in the event of an injury.
• If semitrailer is not coupled to Prime Mover, ensure that landing leg is lowered,
locked, and wheels are chocked. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to
personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• The heat shield is oddly shaped and requires two persons to maneuver. Failure to
comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the
event of an injury.
• Filter/separator weighs 1,000 lbs (454 kg). Extreme caution must be used when
moving filter/separator. Position suitable support under filter/separator to support
weight. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical
attention in the event of an injury.
• The axle must be firmly supported to prevent shifting of the semitrailer. Shift may
cause serious injury to personnel and damage to equipment. Failure to comply
may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of
an injury.
• Failure to torque outer wheel bearing nut properly could cause wheel to come off
during vehicle operation. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to
personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• All persons not involved in coupling operation must stand clear of Prime Mover and
semitrailer to prevent possible injury. Failure to comply may result in death or injury
to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.

c 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(warnsum) wpno(warning_summary)

TM 9-2330-330-13

WARNING SUMMARY - Continued

GENERAL SAFETY WARNINGS DESCRIPTION - Continued

WARNING

WARNING SUMMARY - Continued

EXPLANATION OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ICONS

CHEMICAL - drops of liquid on hand shows that the material will cause burns or irritation to
human skin or tissue.

EXPLOSION - rapidly expanding symbol shows that the material may explode if subjected to
high temperatures, sources of ignition, or high pressure.

EYE PROTECTION - person with eye protection shows that the material will injure the eyes.

FIRE - flame shows that a material may ignite and cause burns.

HOT AREA - hand over object radiating heat shows that part is hot and can burn.

POISON - skull and crossbones shows that a material is poisonous or is a danger to life.

VAPOR - human figure in a cloud shows that material vapors present a danger to life or limb.

h 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(warnsum) wpno(warning_summary)

TM 9-2330-330-13

WARNING SUMMARY - Continued

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS DESCRIPTION

WARNING

Improper cleaning methods and use of unauthorized cleaning liquids or solvents can injure
personnel and damage equipment. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to
personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.

WARNING

• Do not connect negative battery cable. Failure to comply may result in death or
injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• When performing electrical maintenance, ALWAYS disconnect intervehicular
electrical cable from semitrailer and negative battery cables at batteries. Failure to
follow this warning may create a spark and explosion. Failure to comply may result
in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• When troubleshooting an electrical malfunction or performing electrical
maintenance, ALWAYS disconnect intervehicular electrical cable from semitrailer
and negative battery cables at batteries. Failure to follow this warning may create a
spark and explosion. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to personnel.
Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• Make sure regulator is set to its lowest setting (turned fully counterclockwise) to
avoid overpressure in tank. The pneumatic test pressure in the tank must be
reached gradually. If tank is overpressurized, close control shut-off valve and open
draincock valve to reduce overpressure. Failure to comply may result in death or
injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• Remove vent cap from either side of vapor recovery tube to vent tank during
fueling operations. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to personnel.
Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• Always relieve pressure in tank before opening manhole cover. Pressure may
cause manhole cover to burst open. Failure to comply may result in death or injury
to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• Make sure tank and piping system are free of all liquid and that tank is purged of
all fuel vapor (implement the cleaning procedures, as applicable, refer to TB
ORD-1031). Failure to follow this warning may cause spark to ignite. Failure to
comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the
event of an injury.

i 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(warnsum) wpno(warning_summary)

TM 9-2330-330-13

WARNING SUMMARY - Continued

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS DESCRIPTION - Continued

WARNING

WARNING

• Fuel handlers must wear appropriate safety equipment during fueling operations to
avoid injury. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek
medical attention in the event of an injury.
• DO NOT fill semitrailer with more than 3,000 gal (11,356 L) of fuel when semitrailer
is being towed by one of the following five ton tractors: M818 and M931/M932
Series without Antilock Brake System (ABS) brakes. Overfilling semitrailer when
using one of these tractors creates an overload condition, resulting in difficulty in
braking and maintaining control of Prime Mover/semitrailer in critical braking
situations. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek
medical attention in the event of an injury.
• Follow all fuel handling procedures precisely to prevent injury or death to
personnel. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek
medical attention in the event of an injury.
• If fuel flow into semitrailer stops because of a shut-off malfunction, or the presence
of leaks, or if any other unusual conditions are observed, stop fuel supply loading
facility and notify your supervisor. Immediately clean up any spilled or leaked fuel
in accordance with local spill response regulations and procedures. Failure to
comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the
event of an injury.
• Watch for fuel leaks during bottom loading operation and shut down fuel flow if any
occur. Immediately clean up any spilled or leaked fuel in accordance with local spill
response regulations and procedures. Failure to comply may result in death or
injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.

m 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(warnsum) wpno(warning_summary)

TM 9-2330-330-13

WARNING SUMMARY - Continued

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS DESCRIPTION - Continued

WARNING

• Solvent cleaning compound MIL-PRF-680 may be irritating to the eyes and skin.
Wear protective gloves and eye protection. First aid for skin contact: remove
contaminated clothing. Wash skin thoroughly with soap and water. First aid for eye
contact: flush with water for 15 minutes or until irritation subsides. If symptoms
persist, seek medical attention. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to
personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• Use solvent cleaning compound MlL-PRF-680 in a well ventilated area. Use respirator
as needed. Accidental ingestion can cause irritation of digestive tract and respiratory
tract. May cause lung and central nervous system damage. Can be fatal if swallowed.
Inhalation of high/massive concentrations can cause coma or be fatal. First aid for
ingestion: DO NOT induce vomiting. Seek immediate medical attention. First aid for
inhalation: move to fresh air. If not breathing, provide artificial respiration. If symptoms
persist, seek medical attention. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to
personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• MIL-PRF-680 solvent is combustible; DO NOT use or store near heat, sparks,
flame, or other ignition sources. Use mechanical ventilation whenever product is
used in confined space, heated above ambient temperatures, or agitated. When
not using MIL-PRF-680 solvents, ensure MIL-PRF-680 solvent container is closed.
Store, transport, and dispose virgin/used solvents and solvent contaminated rags
in compliance with local procedures. Failure to comply may result in death or injury
to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• Cloths or rags saturated with solvent cleaning compound must be disposed of in
accordance with authorized facility procedures. Failure to comply may result in
death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• Cleaning solvent compound MIL-PRF-680 is toxic and flammable. ALWAYS wear
eye protection and gloves and use only in a well-ventilated area. Avoid contact
with skin, eyes, and clothes and do not breathe vapors. Do not use near open
flame or excessive heat. When not using MIL-PRF-680 solvent cleaning
compounds, ensure compound container is closed. Store, transport, and dispose
virgin / used solvents and solvent contaminated rags in compliance with local
procedures and regulations. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to
personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.

n
TM 9-2330-330-13

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES/WORK PACKAGES

Date of issue for the revised manual is:

Original 07 December 2015

TOTAL NUMBER OF PAGES FOR FRONT AND REAR MATTER IS 76 AND TOTAL NUMBER
OF WORK PACKAGES IS 216, CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWING:

Page/WP No. Change No. Page/WP No. Change No.

Front Cover /blank 0 WP 0035 (2 pages) 0
a-n 0 WP 0036 (2 pages) 0
i/blank 0 WP 0037 (2 pages) 0
iii-xxxiii/blank 0 WP 0038 (2 pages) 0
xxxv/xxxvi 0 WP 0039 (2 pages) 0
Chapter 1 Title Page 0 WP 0040 (2 pages) 0
WP 0001 (8 pages) 0 WP 0041 (2 pages) 0
WP 0002 (6 pages) 0 WP 0042 (2 pages) 0
WP 0003 (2 pages) 0 WP 0043 (4 pages) 0
Chapter 2 Title Page 0 WP 0044 (2 pages) 0
WP 0004 (12 pages) 0 WP 0045 (2 pages) 0
WP 0005 (12 pages) 0 WP 0046 (2 pages) 0
WP 0006 (28 pages) 0 WP 0047 (2 pages) 0
WP 0007 (6 pages) 0 WP 0048 (2 pages) 0
Chapter 3 Title Page 0 WP 0049 (2 pages) 0
WP 0008 (2 pages) 0 WP 0050 (2 pages) 0
WP 0009 (2 pages) 0 WP 0051 (2 pages) 0
WP 0010 (2 pages) 0 WP 0052 (2 pages) 0
WP 0011 (2 pages) 0 WP 0053 (2 pages) 0
WP 0012 (2 pages) 0 WP 0054 (2 pages) 0
WP 0013 (2 pages) 0 WP 0055 (2 pages) 0
WP 0014 (2 pages) 0 WP 0056 (2 pages) 0
WP 0015 (2 pages) 0 Chapter 4 Title Page 0
WP 0016 (2 pages) 0 WP 0057 (4 pages) 0
WP 0017 (2 pages) 0 WP 0058 (8 pages) 0
WP 0018 (2 pages) 0 WP 0059 (4 pages) 0
WP 0019 (2 pages) 0 Chapter 5 Title Page 0
WP 0020 (2 pages) 0 WP 0060 (4 pages) 0
WP 0021 (2 pages) 0 WP 0061 (2 pages) 0
WP 0022 (2 pages) 0 WP 0062 (2 pages) 0
WP 0023 (2 pages) 0 WP 0063 (2 pages) 0
WP 0024 (2 pages) 0 WP 0064 (4 pages) 0
WP 0025 (2 pages) 0 WP 0065 (4 pages) 0
WP 0026 (2 pages) 0 WP 0066 (4 pages) 0
WP 0027 (2 pages) 0 WP 0067 (2 pages) 0
WP 0028 (2 pages) 0 WP 0068 (2 pages) 0
WP 0029 (2 pages) 0 WP 0069 (2 pages) 0
WP 0030 (2 pages) 0 WP 0070 (2 pages) 0
WP 0031 (2 pages) 0 WP 0071 (4 pages) 0
WP 0032 (2 pages) 0 WP 0072 (2 pages) 0
WP 0033 (2 pages) 0 Chapter 6 Title Page 0
WP 0034 (2 pages) 0

A
TM 9-2330-330-13

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES/WORK PACKAGES - Continued

Page/WP No. Change No. Page/WP No. Change No.

WP 0073 (4 pages) 0 WP 0124 (2 pages) 0

WP 0074 (10 pages) 0 WP 0125 (4 pages) 0
WP 0075 (4 pages) 0 WP 0126 (4 pages) 0
WP 0076 (4 pages) 0 WP 0127 (12 pages) 0
WP 0077 (4 pages) 0 WP 0128 (6 pages) 0
WP 0078 (6 pages) 0 WP 0129 (2 pages) 0
WP 0079 (4 pages) 0 WP 0130 (2 pages) 0
WP 0080 (8 pages) 0 WP 0131 (2 pages) 0
WP 0081 (2 pages) 0 WP 0132 (4 pages) 0
WP 0082 (4 pages) 0 WP 0133 (20 pages) 0
WP 0083 (4 pages) 0 WP 0134 (4 pages) 0
WP 0084 (8 pages) 0 WP 0135 (4 pages) 0
WP 0085 (4 pages) 0 WP 0136 (4 pages) 0
WP 0086 (4 pages) 0 WP 0137 (2 pages) 0
WP 0087 (4 pages) 0 WP 0138 (4 pages) 0
WP 0088 (8 pages) 0 WP 0139 (8 pages) 0
WP 0089 (4 pages) 0 WP 0140 (6 pages) 0
WP 0090 (6 pages) 0 WP 0141 (4 pages) 0
WP 0091 (4 pages) 0 WP 0142 (6 pages) 0
WP 0092 (6 pages) 0 WP 0143 (2 pages) 0
WP 0093 (4 pages) 0 WP 0144 (4 pages) 0
WP 0094 (4 pages) 0 WP 0145 (4 pages) 0
WP 0095 (6 pages) 0 WP 0146 (2 pages) 0
WP 0096 (4 pages) 0 WP 0147 (4 pages) 0
WP 0097 (4 pages) 0 WP 0148 (2 pages) 0
WP 0098 (2 pages) 0 WP 0149 (4 pages) 0
WP 0099 (2 pages) 0 WP 0150 (4 pages) 0
WP 0100 (4 pages) 0 WP 0151 (2 pages) 0
WP 0101 (4 pages) 0 WP 0152 (2 pages) 0
WP 0102 (4 pages) 0 WP 0153 (2 pages) 0
WP 0103 (2 pages) 0 WP 0154 (2 pages) 0
WP 0104 (2 pages) 0 WP 0155 (4 pages) 0
WP 0105 (2 pages) 0 WP 0156 (2 pages) 0
WP 0106 (8 pages) 0 WP 0157 (2 pages) 0
WP 0107 (2 pages) 0 WP 0158 (4 pages) 0
WP 0108 (2 pages) 0 WP 0159 (4 pages) 0
WP 0109 (4 pages) 0 WP 0160 (4 pages) 0
WP 0110 (2 pages) 0 WP 0161 (4 pages) 0
WP 0111 (2 pages) 0 WP 0162 (4 pages) 0
WP 0112 (4 pages) 0 WP 0163 (2 pages) 0
WP 0113 (4 pages) 0 WP 0164 (4 pages) 0
WP 0114 (6 pages) 0 WP 0165 (2 pages) 0
WP 0115 (6 pages) 0 WP 0166 (4 pages) 0
WP 0116 (4 pages) 0 WP 0167 (6 pages) 0
WP 0117 (4 pages) 0 WP 0168 (4 pages) 0
WP 0118 (2 pages) 0 WP 0169 (6 pages) 0
WP 0119 (2 pages) 0 WP 0170 (2 pages) 0
WP 0120 (2 pages) 0 WP 0171 (16 pages) 0
WP 0121 (2 pages) 0 WP 0172 (6 pages) 0
WP 0122 (2 pages) 0 WP 0173 (6 pages) 0
WP 0123 (2 pages) 0 WP 0174 (16 pages) 0

B 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(loepwp) wpno(loepwp_001)

TM 9-2330-330-13

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES/WORK PACKAGES - Continued

Page/WP No. Change No. Page/WP No. Change No.

WP 0175 (2 pages) 0 WP 0198 (6 pages) 0

WP 0176 (2 pages) 0 WP 0199 (4 pages) 0
WP 0177 (2 pages) 0 WP 0200 (2 pages) 0
WP 0178 (2 pages) 0 WP 0201 (4 pages) 0
WP 0179 (4 pages) 0 WP 0202 (6 pages) 0
WP 0180 (10 pages) 0 WP 0203 (2 pages) 0
WP 0181 (4 pages) 0 WP 0204 (2 pages) 0
WP 0182 (12 pages) 0 WP 0205 (6 pages) 0
WP 0183 (4 pages) 0 WP 0206 (4 pages) 0
WP 0184 (6 pages) 0 WP 0207 (6 pages) 0
WP 0185 (2 pages) 0 WP 0208 (10 pages) 0
WP 0186 (4 pages) 0 Chapter 7 Title Page 0
WP 0187 (4 pages) 0 WP 0209 (4 pages) 0
WP 0188 (4 pages) 0 WP 0210 (4 pages) 0
WP 0189 (2 pages) 0 WP 0211 (14 pages) 0
WP 0190 (2 pages) 0 WP 0212 (12 pages) 0
WP 0191 (4 pages) 0 WP 0213 (2 pages) 0
WP 0192 (2 pages) 0 WP 0214 (4 pages) 0
WP 0193 (8 pages) 0 WP 0215 (2 pages) 0
WP 0194 (12 pages) 0 WP 0216 (8 pages) 0
WP 0195 (6 pages) 0 Index -1 - Index - 8 0
WP 0196 (4 pages) 0 Inside back cover 0
WP 0197 (4 pages) 0 Back Cover 0

C/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(loepwp) wpno(loepwp_001)

TM 9-2330-330-13

HEADQUARTERS,
DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
WASHINGTON, D.C., 07 DECEMBER 2015

TECHNICAL MANUAL
OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL

FOR

SEMITRAILER, TANK, 5000 GALLON, FUEL-DISPENSING, AUTOMOTIVE

M969A3
NSN 2330-01-495-0043 (EIC CK5)
M969A3P1
NSN 2330-01-538-8513 (EIC C6M)

REPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS

You can help improve this publication. If you find any errors, or if you would like to recommend
any improvements to the procedures in this publication, please let us know. The preferred
method is to submit your DA Form 2028 (Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank
Forms) through the Internet on the TACOM Unique Logistics Support Applications (TULSA)
Web site. The Internet address is https://tulsa.tacom.army.mil. Access to all applications
requires CAC authentication, and you must complete the Access Request form the first time
you use it. The DA Form 2028 is located under the TULSA Applications on the left-hand
navigation bar. Fill out the form and click on SUBMIT. Using this form on the TULSA Web site
will enable us to respond more quickly to your comments and to better manage the DA Form
2028 program. You may also mail, e-mail, or fax your comments or DA Form 2028 directly to
the U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command. The postal mail address is U.S.
Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command, ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-IMP/TECH PUBS,
MS 727, 6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000. The e-mail address is
[email protected]. The fax number is DSN 786-1856 or
Commercial (586) 282-1856. A reply will be furnished to you.

DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A - Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited.

i/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(titleblk) wpno(titleblk_001)

TM 9-2330-330-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page No.
WP Sequence No.

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL............................................................................................................................ xxxv

Chapter 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION, EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION, AND THEORY OF

OPERATION

GENERAL INFORMATION................................................................................................................ WP 0001

Figure 1. M696A3 Semitrailer...................................................................................................... 0001-1

Table 1. List of Abbreviations and Acronyms.............................................................................. 0001-4

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA......................................................................................... WP 0002

Table 1. Semitrailer Winch Assembly.......................................................................................... 0002-2

Figure 1. Semitrailer Winch Assembly......................................................................................... 0002-2

Table 2. Semitrailer Fueling Components................................................................................... 0002-3

Figure 2. Semitrailer Fueling Components.................................................................................. 0002-3

Table 3. Semitrailer Cabinet Area................................................................................................ 0002-4

Figure 3. Semitrailer Cabinet Area.............................................................................................. 0002-4

Table 4. Semitrailer Equipment Data........................................................................................... 0002-5

THEORY OF OPERATION................................................................................................................ WP 0003

Chapter 2 - OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS

DESCRIPTION AND USE OF OPERATOR CONTROLS AND INDICATORS.................................. WP 0004

Table 1. Intervehicular Cable Connectors................................................................................... 0004-1

Figure 1. Intervehicular Cable Connectors.................................................................................. 0004-1

Table 2. Landing Gear Hand Crank............................................................................................. 0004-2

Figure 2. Landing Gear Hand Crank............................................................................................ 0004-2

Table 3. Piping Control Assembly................................................................................................ 0004-3

Figure 3. Piping Control Assembly.............................................................................................. 0004-3

Table 4. Piping Valve Assembly.................................................................................................. 0004-4

Figure 4. Piping Valve Assembly................................................................................................. 0004-4

Table 5. Engine Control Panel..................................................................................................... 0004-5

Figure 5. Engine Control Panel.................................................................................................... 0004-5

Table 6. Engine Control Panel Components............................................................................... 0004-6

iii 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(contents) wpno(TOC_001)

TM 9-2330-330-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No.
WP Sequence No.

Figure 6. Engine Control Panel Components.............................................................................. 0004-6

Table 7. Hose Reel Cabinet......................................................................................................... 0004-7

Figure 7. Hose Reel Cabinet....................................................................................................... 0004-7

Table 8. Optic Socket Boxes and Static Reel.............................................................................. 0004-8

Figure 8. Optic Socket Boxes and Static Reel............................................................................. 0004-8

Table 9. Parking Brake, Schrader Valve, and Grounding Stud................................................... 0004-9

Figure 9. Parking Brake, Schrader Valve, and Grounding Stud.................................................. 0004-9

Table 10. Winch Hand Crank..................................................................................................... 0004-10

Figure 10. Winch Hand Crank................................................................................................... 0004-10

Table 11. Filter/Separator Controls............................................................................................ 0004-11

Figure 11. Filter/Separator Controls.......................................................................................... 0004-11

Table 12. Air Cleaner Restriction Indicator and Fire Extinguisher............................................. 0004-12

Figure 12. Air Cleaner Restriction Indicator and Fire Extinguisher............................................ 0004-12

OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS.................................................................................... WP 0005

Figure 1. M969A3 Semitrailer...................................................................................................... 0005-2

Figure 2. Air Coupling.................................................................................................................. 0005-2

Figure 3. Air Reservoir Drain Valve............................................................................................. 0005-3

Figure 4. Coupling and Landing Gear Operations....................................................................... 0005-5

Figure 5. Air Reservoir Drain Valve............................................................................................. 0005-6

Figure 6. Landing Gear Operation............................................................................................... 0005-7

Figure 7. Kingpin and Landing Gear Legs................................................................................... 0005-7

Figure 8. Vehicle Grounding........................................................................................................ 0005-8

Figure 9. Battery Disconnection................................................................................................... 0005-9

Figure 10. Battery Reconnection............................................................................................... 0005-10

Figure 11. Engine Oil, Fuel, and Air Restriction Checks............................................................ 0005-10

Figure 12. Engine Control Panel................................................................................................ 0005-11

Figure 13. Engine Control Panel and Throttle........................................................................... 0005-12

iv 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(contents) wpno(TOC_001)

TM 9-2330-330-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No.
WP Sequence No.

FUELING OPERATIONS................................................................................................................... WP 0006

Table 1. Fuel Operations Schematic........................................................................................... 0006-2

Table 2. Fuel Dispensing Flow Rates.......................................................................................... 0006-3

Figure 1. Fuel Loading Schematic............................................................................................... 0006-3

Figure 2. Bottom Loading - Roadside.......................................................................................... 0006-5

Figure 3. Roadside and Curbside Flow for Bottom Loading........................................................ 0006-6

Figure 4. Bottom Loading - Curbside at Commercial Facility...................................................... 0006-7

Figure 5. Bottom Loading - Curbside........................................................................................... 0006-9

Figure 6. Gravity Unload Operations......................................................................................... 0006-10

Figure 7. Gravity Unload Flow Chart......................................................................................... 0006-11

Figure 8. Self-Loading Operations............................................................................................. 0006-12

Figure 9. Self-Loading Flow Chart............................................................................................. 0006-13

Figure 10. Bulk Delivery Operations.......................................................................................... 0006-14

Figure 11. Bulk Delivery Flow Chart.......................................................................................... 0006-15

Figure 12. Non-Filtered Dispensing Valves............................................................................... 0006-16

Figure 13. Non-Filtered Metered Dispensing Hoses.................................................................. 0006-17

Figure 14. Non-Filtered Metered Flow Chart............................................................................. 0006-18

Figure 15. Filtered Bulk Delivery Operations............................................................................. 0006-19

Figure 16. Fuel Sampling Location............................................................................................ 0006-20

Figure 17. Filtered Metered Fuel Dispensing............................................................................. 0006-21

Figure 18. Filtered Metered Dispensing Hoses......................................................................... 0006-22

Figure 19. Filtered Metered Flow Chart..................................................................................... 0006-23

Figure 20. Recirculation Operations.......................................................................................... 0006-24

Figure 21. Recirculation Operations Nozzle.............................................................................. 0006-25

Figure 22. Recirculation Flow Chart.......................................................................................... 0006-26

Figure 23. 1-1/4 In. Hose Evacuation........................................................................................ 0006-27

Figure 24. 1-1/4 In. Hose Evacuation Flow Chart...................................................................... 0006-28

v 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(contents) wpno(TOC_001)

TM 9-2330-330-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No.
WP Sequence No.

OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS.............................................................................. WP 0007

Chapter 3 - TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

TROUBLESHOOTING INTRODUCTION.......................................................................................... WP 0008

TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX........................................................................................................... WP 0009

LIGHTS ON SEMITRAILER WILL NOT OPERATE........................................................................... WP 0010

ONE OR MORE LIGHTS (BUT NOT ALL) WILL NOT OPERATE CORRECTLY............................. WP 0011

CONTROL PANEL SECURE LIGHTING DOES NOT OPERATE..................................................... WP 0012

BRAKE LIGHTS DO NOT OPERATE WHEN TURN SIGNAL IS APPLIED...................................... WP 0013

BRAKES WILL NOT RELEASE......................................................................................................... WP 0014

NO BRAKES OR BRAKES ARE WEAK............................................................................................ WP 0015

BRAKE APPLICATION OR RELEASE IS SLOW.............................................................................. WP 0016

BRAKES GRAB................................................................................................................................. WP 0017

ENGINE WILL NOT TURN OVER..................................................................................................... WP 0018

ENGINE IS HARD TO START OR TURNS OVER SLOWLY............................................................ WP 0019

ENGINE TURNS OVER BUT FAILS TO START............................................................................... WP 0020

ENGINE MISFIRES AT HEAVY LOAD OR ENGINE POWER IS LOW............................................ WP 0021

LOW OIL PRESSURE IS INDICATED ON GAGE............................................................................. WP 0022

ENGINE STOPS DURING OPERATION........................................................................................... WP 0023

FUEL DOES NOT FLOW DURING ANY FUEL SERVICING OPERATION...................................... WP 0024

TIRES ARE EXCESSIVELY WORN, SCUFFED, OR CUPPED........................................................ WP 0025

HAND CRANK IS DIFFICULT TO OPERATE................................................................................... WP 0026

ALL SEMITRAILER LIGHTS ARE INOPERABLE/DIM OR FLICKERING......................................... WP 0027

ONE OR MORE LIGHTS WILL NOT OPERATE............................................................................... WP 0028

BRAKE LIGHTS DO NOT OPERATE IF TURN SIGNALS ARE USED............................................. WP 0029

BATTERY IS LOW OR DISCHARGED.............................................................................................. WP 0030

UNDERCHARGED BATTERIES....................................................................................................... WP 0031

OVERCHARGED BATTERIES (INDICATED BY HIGH WATER USAGE)........................................ WP 0032

vi 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(contents) wpno(TOC_001)

TM 9-2330-330-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No.
WP Sequence No.

HIGH OR LOW ALTERNATOR OUTPUT.......................................................................................... WP 0033

SHORT VOLTAGE REGULATOR LIFE............................................................................................. WP 0034

NOISY ALTERNATOR....................................................................................................................... WP 0035

BRAKES WILL NOT RELEASE/BRAKES DRAG.............................................................................. WP 0036

NO BRAKES/BRAKES ARE WEAK/APPLICATION OR RELEASE IS SLOW.................................. WP 0037

ABS WARNING LIGHT COMES ON AND STAYS ON...................................................................... WP 0038

ABS WARNING LIGHT DOES NOT COME ON................................................................................ WP 0039

HAND CRANK IS DIFFICULT TO TURN........................................................................................... WP 0040

FUEL LEAKAGE EXISTS AROUND MANHOLE COVER................................................................. WP 0041

ENGINE STARTER WILL NOT RUN................................................................................................. WP 0042

ENGINE TURNS OVER BUT FAILS TO START............................................................................... WP 0043

ENGINE IS HARD TO START OR HAS LOW POWER.................................................................... WP 0044

LOW OIL PRESSURE (LESS THAN 30 PSI [207 KPA])................................................................... WP 0045

HIGH OIL PRESSURE (ABOVE 95 PSI [655 KPA]).......................................................................... WP 0046

ENGINE MISFIRES UNDER HEAVY LOAD...................................................................................... WP 0047

ENGINE SPEED IS ERRATIC OR WILL NOT MAINTAIN STEADY RPM........................................ WP 0048

ENGINE SPEED IS TOO HIGH OR TOO LOW................................................................................. WP 0049

ENGINE EXHAUST IS BLACK OR FUEL CONSUMPTION IS EXCESSIVE.................................... WP 0050

PREHEAT INDICATOR LAMP WILL NOT LIGHT............................................................................. WP 0051

PUMP FAILS TO DELIVER FUEL..................................................................................................... WP 0052

EMERGENCY VALVE A CLOSED, FUEL CONTINUES TO FLOW................................................. WP 0053

FUEL DOES NOT FLOW DURING ANY FUELING OPERATIONS.................................................. WP 0054

FUEL DOES NOT FLOW DURING FILTERED FUELING OPERATION.......................................... WP 0055

FILTER/SEPARATOR FUEL OPERATIONS..................................................................................... WP 0056

Chapter 4 - PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) INTRODUCTION................... WP 0057

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) PROCEDURES..................... WP 0058

vii 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(contents) wpno(TOC_001)

TM 9-2330-330-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No.
WP Sequence No.

Table 1. Operator Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services.............................................. 0058-1

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) PROCEDURES..................... WP 0059

Table 1. Field Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services..................................................... 0059-1

Chapter 5 - OPERATOR MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS CLEANING....................................................................................... WP 0060

Figure 1. Electrical Connectors Cleaning.................................................................................... 0060-3

LANDING LEGS CLEANING............................................................................................................. WP 0061

GLADHANDS CLEANING................................................................................................................. WP 0062

Figure 1. Gladhands Cleaning..................................................................................................... 0062-1

AIR RESERVOIR SERVICING.......................................................................................................... WP 0063

Figure 1. Drain Valves Opening and Closing............................................................................... 0063-1

BATTERIES, TERMINALS, AND BATTERY CABLES SERVICE..................................................... WP 0064

Figure 1. Battery Cover Replacement......................................................................................... 0064-2

Figure 2. Battery Service............................................................................................................. 0064-2

SPARE TIRE AND WHEEL ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT............................................................... WP 0065

Figure 1. Spare Tire Removal...................................................................................................... 0065-1

Figure 2. Spare Tire Replacement............................................................................................... 0065-2

TIRE AND WHEEL ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT............................................................................ WP 0066

Figure 1. Tire and Wheel Assembly Replacement...................................................................... 0066-2

BRAKES SERVICE............................................................................................................................ WP 0067

Figure 1. Brakes Reserve Release.............................................................................................. 0067-1

Figure 2. Brakes Manual Release............................................................................................... 0067-2

STORAGE BOX MAINTENANCE...................................................................................................... WP 0068

Figure 1. Storage Box Inspection................................................................................................ 0068-1

ENGINE AIR FILTER ELEMENT MAINTENANCE............................................................................ WP 0069

Figure 1. Engine Air Cleaner Removal........................................................................................ 0069-1

Figure 2. Engine Air Cleaner Installation..................................................................................... 0069-2

viii 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(contents) wpno(TOC_001)

TM 9-2330-330-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No.
WP Sequence No.

FILTER/SEPARATOR SUMP SERVICE........................................................................................... WP 0070

Figure 1. Filter/Separator Sump.................................................................................................. 0070-2

FUEL-DISPENSING NOZZLE AND PUMP STRAINER MAINTENANCE......................................... WP 0071

Figure 1. Fuel Dispensing Nozzle Removal................................................................................. 0071-2

Figure 2. Pump Strainer Removal............................................................................................... 0071-3

Figure 3. Pump Strainer Replacement........................................................................................ 0071-4

Manual Pump Priming........................................................................................................................ WP 0072

Figure 1. Pump Priming............................................................................................................... 0072-2

Chapter 6 - FIELD MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

SERVICE UPON RECEIPT............................................................................................................... WP 0073

GENERAL MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS................................................................................... WP 0074

Figure 1. Painting and Stenciling Locations Roadside................................................................ 0074-5

Figure 2. Painting and Stenciling Locations Curbside................................................................. 0074-6

SPECIFIC MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS................................................................................... WP 0075

OVERFLOW PROTECTION MONITOR PANEL MAINTENANCE.................................................... WP 0076

Figure 1. Overflow Protection Monitor Panel Removal................................................................ 0076-1

Figure 2. Overflow Protection Monitor Panel Replacement......................................................... 0076-2

Figure 3. Overflow Protection Monitor Panel Installation............................................................. 0076-3

OVERFLOW PROTECTION SENSOR REPLACEMENT.................................................................. WP 0077

Figure 1. Cap Removal................................................................................................................ 0077-1

Figure 2. Overflow Protection Sensor Replacement.................................................................... 0077-2

Figure 3. Sensor and Wiring........................................................................................................ 0077-2

Figure 4. Cap Installation............................................................................................................. 0077-3

OVERFLOW PROTECTION OPTIC SOCKET BOXES REPLACEMENT......................................... WP 0078

Figure 1. Roadside Optic Socket Box Cover Removal................................................................ 0078-1

Figure 2. Roadside Optic Socket Box Wiring............................................................................... 0078-2

Figure 3. Roadside Optic Socket Box Cover Installation............................................................. 0078-3

ix 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(contents) wpno(TOC_001)

TM 9-2330-330-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No.
WP Sequence No.

Figure 4. Curbside Optic Socket Box Cover Removal................................................................. 0078-3

Figure 5. Curbside Optic Socket Box Wiring............................................................................... 0078-4

Figure 6. Curbside Optic Socket Box Cover Installation.............................................................. 0078-5

24-12 V DC CONVERTER REPLACEMENT..................................................................................... WP 0079

Figure 1. Stoplight Assembly....................................................................................................... 0079-1

Figure 2. 24-12 V dc Converter................................................................................................... 0079-2

Figure 3. Stoplight Installation..................................................................................................... 0079-3

TAILLIGHT CONVERTER AND MAIN WIRING HARNESS MAINTENANCE................................... WP 0080

Figure 1. Marker Light and Front Access Hatch Cover................................................................ 0080-1

Figure 2. Front Access Hatch...................................................................................................... 0080-2

Figure 3. Electrical Junction Box Location................................................................................... 0080-3

Figure 4. Roadside Stoplight Assembly....................................................................................... 0080-3

Figure 5. 24-12 V dc Converter................................................................................................... 0080-4

Figure 6. Main Wiring Harness Removal..................................................................................... 0080-4

Figure 7. Electrical Junction Box................................................................................................. 0080-5

Figure 8. Taillight Converter and Front Access Hatch Wiring Installation.................................... 0080-6

Figure 9. Stoplight Assembly Cover Plate................................................................................... 0080-7

Figure 10. Electrical Junction Box Cover Installation................................................................... 0080-7

Figure 11. Marker Light Cover Installation................................................................................... 0080-8

CLEARANCE LIGHT REPLACEMENT.............................................................................................. WP 0081

Figure 1. Clearance Light Removal............................................................................................. 0081-1

Figure 2. Clearance Light Replacement...................................................................................... 0081-2

STOPLIGHT REPLACEMENT........................................................................................................... WP 0082

Figure 1. Stoplight Removal........................................................................................................ 0082-1

Figure 2. Stoplight Wiring Harness.............................................................................................. 0082-2

Figure 3. Stoplight Installation..................................................................................................... 0082-3

CONTROL PANEL LIGHT REPLACEMENT..................................................................................... WP 0083

x 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(contents) wpno(TOC_001)

TM 9-2330-330-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No.
WP Sequence No.

Figure 1. Control Panel Removal................................................................................................. 0083-1

Figure 2. Engine Control Panel Light........................................................................................... 0083-2

Figure 3. Engine Control Panel Light Wiring................................................................................ 0083-2

Figure 4. Control Panel Installation.............................................................................................. 0083-3

BATTERY, TERMINAL, AND CABLE REPLACEMENT.................................................................... WP 0084

Figure 1. Battery Jumper Cable Connections.............................................................................. 0084-2

Figure 2. Positive Terminal Connections..................................................................................... 0084-2

Figure 3. Battery Connections (Engine Control Box, Starter, and Alternator)............................. 0084-3

Figure 4. Negative Terminal Connection..................................................................................... 0084-4

Figure 5. Engine Control Connection........................................................................................... 0084-4

Figure 6. Battery Replacement.................................................................................................... 0084-5

Figure 7. Chassis Ground Connection......................................................................................... 0084-6

Figure 8. Positive Terminal.......................................................................................................... 0084-7

Figure 9. Battery Connections (Control Box)............................................................................... 0084-7

Figure 10. Battery Jumper Cable Installation............................................................................... 0084-8

NATO SLAVE RECEPTACLE REPLACEMENT................................................................................ WP 0085

Figure 1. Battery Cables Replacement........................................................................................ 0085-2

Figure 2. NATO Slave Receptacle Replacement........................................................................ 0085-3

WIRING HARNESS AND CABLE REPAIR........................................................................................ WP 0086

Figure 1. Marker Band Replacement........................................................................................... 0086-2

Figure 2. Terminal Replacement................................................................................................. 0086-2

Figure 3. Male Connector Repair................................................................................................. 0086-3

Figure 4. Female Connector Repair............................................................................................ 0086-3

Figure 5. Receptacle Repair........................................................................................................ 0086-4

FRONT MARKER LIGHTS WIRING HARNESS MAINTENANCE.................................................... WP 0087

Figure 1. Roadside and Curbside Front Marker Light Boxes and Front Box............................... 0087-1

Figure 2. Roadside and Curbside Front Marker Light Connections............................................. 0087-2

xi 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(contents) wpno(TOC_001)

TM 9-2330-330-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No.
WP Sequence No.

Figure 3. Front Box Access Wiring.............................................................................................. 0087-3

Figure 4. Roadside and Curbside Front Marker Light Boxes and Front Access
Box Cover.......................................................................................................................... 0087-4

STOPLIGHT (MAIN) HARNESS MAINTENANCE............................................................................. WP 0088

Figure 1. Stoplight Removal........................................................................................................ 0088-1

Figure 2. Stoplight Harness Connectors...................................................................................... 0088-2

Figure 3. Stoplight Harness Removal.......................................................................................... 0088-2

Figure 4. Stoplight Harness Cover Plate..................................................................................... 0088-3

Figure 5. Stoplight Wiring............................................................................................................ 0088-3

Figure 6. Stoplight Lead Harness................................................................................................ 0088-4

Figure 7. Curbside Stoplight Harness Leads............................................................................... 0088-5

Figure 8. Top Marker Light Harness............................................................................................ 0088-5

Figure 9. Main Semitrailer Harness............................................................................................. 0088-6

Figure 10. Stoplight Cover........................................................................................................... 0088-7

Figure 11. Roadside Marker Stoplight Box.................................................................................. 0088-7

SIDE MARKER LIGHTS HARNESS MAINTENANCE....................................................................... WP 0089

Figure 1. Curbside Marker Light Removal................................................................................... 0089-1

Figure 2. Curbside Marker Light Connections............................................................................. 0089-2

Figure 3. Electrical Junction Box................................................................................................. 0089-3

Figure 4. Curbside Marker Light Installation................................................................................ 0089-4

INTERVEHICULAR WIRING HARNESSES MAINTENANCE........................................................... WP 0090

Figure 1. Marker Light and Front Access Cover.......................................................................... 0090-1

Figure 2. Front Access Hatch Wiring........................................................................................... 0090-2

Figure 3. 7-Way and 12-Way Intervehicular Wiring Harness....................................................... 0090-3

Figure 4. Intervehicular Wiring Harness...................................................................................... 0090-4

Figure 5. Marker Light and Front Access Cover.......................................................................... 0090-5

CONDUIT MAINTENANCE................................................................................................................ WP 0091

Figure 1. Conduit (Typical).......................................................................................................... 0091-1

xii 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(contents) wpno(TOC_001)

TM 9-2330-330-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No.
WP Sequence No.

Figure 2. Conduit and Compression Sleeve................................................................................ 0091-2

Figure 3. Conduit Bend Clips....................................................................................................... 0091-2

AXLES MAINTENANCE.................................................................................................................... WP 0092

Figure 1. Axles and Spring Assembly.......................................................................................... 0092-2

Figure 2. Spring Seat Installation................................................................................................. 0092-3

Figure 3. Axle Alignment.............................................................................................................. 0092-4

Figure 4. Securing Axle............................................................................................................... 0092-5

BRAKE ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT............................................................................................... WP 0093

Figure 1. Brake Shoes Replacement........................................................................................... 0093-2

BRAKE ACTUATING CAMSHAFT REPLACEMENT........................................................................ WP 0094

Figure 1. Brake Actuating Camshaft Replacement...................................................................... 0094-2

SLACK ADJUSTERS MAINTENANCE.............................................................................................. WP 0095

Figure 1. Slack Adjuster Replacement........................................................................................ 0095-2

Figure 2. Slack Adjusters/Yoke Adapter...................................................................................... 0095-4

Figure 3. Slacker Adjusters Push Rod......................................................................................... 0095-5

ABS DIAGNOSTICS/ECU VALVE REPLACEMENT......................................................................... WP 0096

Table 1. ABS Diagnostic Blink Codes.......................................................................................... 0096-1

Figure 1. ECU Valve Replacement.............................................................................................. 0096-3

AIR BRAKE CHAMBERS MAINTENANCE....................................................................................... WP 0097

Figure 1. Air Brake Chambers Replacement............................................................................... 0097-2

Figure 2. Air Brake Chamber Test............................................................................................... 0097-4

AIR BRAKE CONTROL VALVE REPLACEMENT............................................................................. WP 0098

Figure 1. Air Brake Control Valve Removal................................................................................. 0098-1

Figure 2. Air Brake Control Valve Installation.............................................................................. 0098-2

SERVICE AND EMERGENCY COUPLINGS (GLADHANDS) MAINTENANCE............................... WP 0099

Figure 1. Gladhand Removal....................................................................................................... 0099-1

Figure 2. Gladhand Replacement................................................................................................ 0099-2

xiii 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(contents) wpno(TOC_001)

TM 9-2330-330-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No.
WP Sequence No.

AIR RESERVOIR AND DRAINCOCK REPLACEMENT.................................................................... WP 0100

Figure 1. Air Reservoir................................................................................................................. 0100-2

PARKING BRAKE CONTROL VALVE AND PNEUMATIC VALVE REPLACEMENT....................... WP 0101

Figure 1. Parking Brake Control Valve Removal......................................................................... 0101-1

Figure 2. Parking Brake Control Valve Replacement.................................................................. 0101-2

Figure 3. Pneumatic Valve Replacement.................................................................................... 0101-3

AIR TUBING AND FITTINGS REPLACEMENT................................................................................. WP 0102

Figure 1. Compression Line Termination..................................................................................... 0102-1

Figure 2. Compression Line Component Assembly.................................................................... 0102-2

Figure 3. Connecting Fitting Assembly........................................................................................ 0102-2

Figure 4. Nut Tightening.............................................................................................................. 0102-3

Table 1. Number of Turns on Nut................................................................................................ 0102-3

EMERGENCY RELAY VALVE REPLACEMENT............................................................................... WP 0103

Figure 1. Emergency Relay Valve Removal................................................................................ 0103-1

Figure 2. Emergency Relay Valve Installation............................................................................. 0103-2

AIR BRAKE HOSES REPLACEMENT.............................................................................................. WP 0104

Figure 1. Air Brake Hoses Replacement..................................................................................... 0104-2

BRAKE INTERLOCK VALVES MAINTENANCE............................................................................... WP 0105

Figure 1. Brake Interlock Valves Removal................................................................................... 0105-1

Figure 2. Brake Interlock Valves Installation................................................................................ 0105-2

HUBS, BRAKE DRUMS, AND ABS SENSOR MAINTENANCE........................................................ WP 0106

Figure 1. Hub and Brake Drum Disassembly.............................................................................. 0106-2

Figure 2. Antilock Brake System (ABS) Sensor........................................................................... 0106-3

Figure 3. ABS Sensor and Cable................................................................................................. 0106-3

Figure 4. Hub and Brake Drum Assembly................................................................................... 0106-6

Figure 5. Hubs, Brake Drums, and ABS Sensor.......................................................................... 0106-7

TIRE AND WHEEL ASSEMBLY MAINTENANCE............................................................................. WP 0107

xiv 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(contents) wpno(TOC_001)

TM 9-2330-330-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No.
WP Sequence No.

LADDER ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT............................................................................................ WP 0108

Figure 1. Ladder Quick-Release Pins Removal........................................................................... 0108-1

Figure 2. Ladder Replacement.................................................................................................... 0108-2

REAR DRAIN PIPES REPLACEMENT............................................................................................. WP 0109

Figure 1. Curbside Drain Pipe..................................................................................................... 0109-1

Figure 2. Drain Pipes Bottom Support Bracket............................................................................ 0109-2

Figure 3. Curbside Drain Pipe Installation................................................................................... 0109-3

KINGPIN COUPLER REPLACEMENT.............................................................................................. WP 0110

Figure 1. Kingpin Coupling Replacement.................................................................................... 0110-2

KINGPIN SPACER REPLACEMENT................................................................................................. WP 0111

Figure 1. Kingpin Spacer Replacement....................................................................................... 0111-2

SPARE TIRE LIFTING DEVICE (WINCH) REPLACEMENT............................................................. WP 0112

Figure 1. Spare Tire Lifting Device Removal............................................................................... 0112-1

Figure 2. Spare Tire Lifting Device (Winch)................................................................................. 0112-2

Figure 3. Spare Tire Lifting Device Installation............................................................................ 0112-3

LANDING GEAR GROUND BOARDS MAINTENANCE.................................................................... WP 0113

Figure 1. Landing Gear Ground Boards Removal....................................................................... 0113-1

Figure 2. Landing Gear Ground Boards Maintenance................................................................. 0113-2

Figure 3. Landing Gear Ground Boards Installation.................................................................... 0113-3

CURBSIDE LANDING LEG REPLACEMENT................................................................................... WP 0114

Figure 1. Curbside Landing Leg Removal................................................................................... 0114-2

Figure 2. Curbside Landing Leg Cross-Drive Shaft Removal...................................................... 0114-2

Figure 3. Curbside Landing Leg Bracket Removal...................................................................... 0114-3

Figure 4. Curbside Landing Leg Shoe Removal.......................................................................... 0114-3

Figure 5. Curbside Landing Leg Shoe Installation....................................................................... 0114-4

Figure 6. Curbside Landing Leg Bracket Installation................................................................... 0114-4

Figure 7. Curbside Landing Leg Cross-Drive Shaft Installation................................................... 0114-5

xv 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(contents) wpno(TOC_001)

TM 9-2330-330-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No.
WP Sequence No.

Figure 8. Curbside Landing Leg Installation................................................................................ 0114-5

ROADSIDE LANDING LEG AND HAND CRANK REPLACEMENT.................................................. WP 0115

Figure 1. Roadside Landing Leg and Hand Crank Removal....................................................... 0115-2

Figure 2. Roadside Landing Leg Support Removal..................................................................... 0115-2

Figure 3. Roadside Landing Leg Cross-Drive Shaft Removal..................................................... 0115-3

Figure 4. Roadside Landing Leg Shoe Removal......................................................................... 0115-3

Figure 5. Roadside Landing Leg Shoe Installation...................................................................... 0115-4

Figure 6. Roadside Landing Leg Bracket Installation.................................................................. 0115-4

Figure 7. Roadside Landing Leg Cross-Drive Shaft Installation.................................................. 0115-5

Figure 8. Roadside Landing Leg Support Installation.................................................................. 0115-5

Figure 9. Roadside Landing Leg and Hand Crank Installation.................................................... 0115-6

LEAF SPRINGS REPAIR................................................................................................................... WP 0116

Figure 1. Leaf Springs Repair...................................................................................................... 0116-2

TRUNNION TUBE AND HANGERS REPLACEMENT...................................................................... WP 0117

Figure 1. Trunnion Tube and Hangers Replacement.................................................................. 0117-2

BATTERY ACCESS PANEL REPLACEMENT.................................................................................. WP 0118

Figure 1. Battery Access Panel Replacement............................................................................. 0118-1

MUD FLAPS REPLACEMENT........................................................................................................... WP 0119

Figure 1. Mud Flaps Removal...................................................................................................... 0119-1

Figure 2. Mud Flaps Installation................................................................................................... 0119-2

GROUNDING STUDS REPLACEMENT............................................................................................ WP 0120

Figure 1. Grounding Stud Replacement...................................................................................... 0120-2

VENT CAP REPAIR........................................................................................................................... WP 0121

Figure 1. Vent Cap Disassembly................................................................................................. 0121-1

Figure 2. Vent Cap Repair........................................................................................................... 0121-2

FRONT DRAIN HOSES REPLACEMENT......................................................................................... WP 0122

Figure 1. Front Drain Hoses Removal......................................................................................... 0122-1

xvi 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(contents) wpno(TOC_001)

TM 9-2330-330-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No.
WP Sequence No.

Figure 2. Front Drain Hoses Installation...................................................................................... 0122-2

STATIC REELS AND ELECTRICAL CLIPS REPLACEMENT.......................................................... WP 0123

Figure 1. Static Reels and Electrical Clips Removal.................................................................... 0123-1

Figure 2. Static Reels and Electrical Clips Installation................................................................. 0123-2

GROUNDING ROD STORAGE TUBE RETAINING PIN REPLACEMENT....................................... WP 0124

Figure 1. Grounding Rod Storage Tube Retaining Pin Removal................................................. 0124-1

Figure 2. Grounding Rod Storage Tube Retaining Pin Installation.............................................. 0124-2

HOSE TUBES REPLACEMENT........................................................................................................ WP 0125

Figure 1. Curbside Hose Tubes Removal.................................................................................... 0125-1

Figure 2. Curbside Hose Tubes Bands........................................................................................ 0125-2

Figure 3. Curbside Hose Tubes Bands Installation..................................................................... 0125-2

Figure 4. Marker Light Box Bands............................................................................................... 0125-3

HOSE TUBE ACCESS COVERS REPLACEMENT.......................................................................... WP 0126

Figure 1. Curbside Hose Tube Access Cover Removal.............................................................. 0126-1

Figure 2. Curbside Hose Tube Cap............................................................................................. 0126-2

Figure 3. Curbside Hose Tube Access Cover Installation........................................................... 0126-2

Figure 4. Roadside Hose Tube Access Release Pin................................................................... 0126-3

Figure 5. Roadside Hose Tube Access Cover Removal............................................................. 0126-3

Figure 6. Roadside Hose Tube Access Cover Installation.......................................................... 0126-4

1-1/4 IN. HOSE REELS REPLACEMENT......................................................................................... WP 0127

Figure 1. Hose Reel Removal...................................................................................................... 0127-1

Figure 2. Hose Reel..................................................................................................................... 0127-2

Figure 3. Hose Reel Frame Removal.......................................................................................... 0127-2

Figure 4. Hose Reel Bearing....................................................................................................... 0127-3

Figure 5. Hose Reel Cabinet....................................................................................................... 0127-3

Figure 6. Motor Removal Rewind Switch..................................................................................... 0127-4

Figure 7. Electrical Junction Box Removal.................................................................................. 0127-5

xvii 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(contents) wpno(TOC_001)

TM 9-2330-330-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No.
WP Sequence No.

Figure 8. Motor Removal Junction Box........................................................................................ 0127-5

Figure 9. Motor Rewind Switch Replacement.............................................................................. 0127-6

Figure 10. Motor Solenoid Installation......................................................................................... 0127-7

Figure 11. Electrical Junction Box Installation............................................................................. 0127-7

Figure 12. Motor Rewind Switch Installation................................................................................ 0127-8

Figure 13. Hose Reel Installation................................................................................................. 0127-9

Figure 14. Hose Reel Bearing Installation................................................................................... 0127-9

Figure 15. Hose Reel Installation............................................................................................... 0127-10

Figure 16. Hose Reel Frame Installation................................................................................... 0127-10

Figure 17. Hose Rewind............................................................................................................ 0127-11

HOSE REEL CABINET REPLACEMENT.......................................................................................... WP 0128

Figure 1. Removal of Junction Boxes.......................................................................................... 0128-1

Figure 2. Piping Frame Removal................................................................................................. 0128-2

Figure 3. Cabinet......................................................................................................................... 0128-3

Figure 4. Piping Frame Installation.............................................................................................. 0128-4

Figure 5. Installation of Junction Boxes....................................................................................... 0128-5

HOSE REEL CABINET DOOR LOCK RELEASE LEVERS REPLACEMENT................................... WP 0129

Figure 1. Hose Reel Cabinet Door Lock Removal....................................................................... 0129-1

Figure 2. Hose Reel Cabinet Door Lock Installation.................................................................... 0129-2

HOSE REEL CABINET DOOR LATCHES REPLACEMENT............................................................. WP 0130

Figure 1. Hose Reel Cabinet Door Latch Removal...................................................................... 0130-1

Figure 2. Hose Reel Cabinet Door Latch Installation................................................................... 0130-2

HOSE REEL CABINET DOOR SPRINGS REPLACEMENT............................................................. WP 0131

Figure 1. Hose Reel Cabinet Door Spring Removal.................................................................... 0131-1

Figure 2. Hose Reel Cabinet Door Spring Installation................................................................. 0131-2

STORAGE BOX REPLACEMENT..................................................................................................... WP 0132

Figure 1. Storage Box Removal................................................................................................... 0132-1

xviii 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(contents) wpno(TOC_001)

TM 9-2330-330-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No.
WP Sequence No.

Figure 2. Storage Box Replacement............................................................................................ 0132-2

Figure 3. Storage Box Installation................................................................................................ 0132-3

ENGINE AND PUMP CABINET FRAME REPLACEMENT............................................................... WP 0133

Figure 1. Bottom Loading Valve Bracket Removal...................................................................... 0133-2

Figure 2. Centrifugal Pump Plumbing.......................................................................................... 0133-3

Figure 3. Electrical Control Box................................................................................................... 0133-3

Figure 4. Electrical Control Box Interior....................................................................................... 0133-4

Figure 5. Oil Pressure Switch and Wires (EPA Engine Shown).................................................. 0133-5

Figure 6. Overhead Shutdown Switch/Fuel Stop Solenoid Disconnect....................................... 0133-5

Figure 7. Electrical Control Box Removal.................................................................................... 0133-6

Figure 8. Wire and Hardware Removal....................................................................................... 0133-6

Figure 9. Engine Fan Shroud Removal....................................................................................... 0133-7

Figure 10. Bottom Splash Shield................................................................................................. 0133-7

Figure 11. Outside Vertical Supports Removal............................................................................ 0133-8

Figure 12. Bracket Hardware Removal........................................................................................ 0133-9

Figure 13. Rear Cross Member Removal.................................................................................... 0133-9

Figure 14. Angle Bracket Hardware Removal........................................................................... 0133-10

Figure 15. Front Inside Vertical Support.................................................................................... 0133-10

Figure 16. Rear Cross Member Installation............................................................................... 0133-11

Figure 17. Bracket Hardware Installation................................................................................... 0133-12

Figure 18. Outside Vertical Supports Installation....................................................................... 0133-12

Figure 19. Splash Shield Hardware Installation......................................................................... 0133-13

Figure 20. Engine Fan Shroud Installation................................................................................ 0133-13

Figure 21. Wire and Hardware Installation................................................................................ 0133-14

Figure 22. Electrical Control Box Installation............................................................................. 0133-14

Figure 23. Overhead Shutdown Switch/Fuel Stop Solenoid Connect....................................... 0133-15

Figure 24. Oil Pressure Switch Wire Reconnection (EPA Engine Shown)................................ 0133-15

xix 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(contents) wpno(TOC_001)

TM 9-2330-330-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No.
WP Sequence No.

Figure 25. Electrical Control Box Wire Installation..................................................................... 0133-16

Figure 26. Electrical Control Box Cover Installation.................................................................. 0133-17

Figure 27. Centrifugal Pump Plumbing Installation.................................................................... 0133-17

Figure 28. Bottom Valve Bracket Installation............................................................................. 0133-18

PIPING FRAME ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT................................................................................. WP 0134

Figure 1. Piping Frame Replacement.......................................................................................... 0134-2

Figure 2. Piping Frame Maintenance........................................................................................... 0134-3

MANHOLE COVER MAINTENANCE................................................................................................ WP 0135

Figure 1. Manhole Cover Replacement....................................................................................... 0135-2

Figure 2. Manhole Cover Maintenance........................................................................................ 0135-3

REFLECTORS REPLACEMENT....................................................................................................... WP 0136

Figure 1. Reflector Removal........................................................................................................ 0136-1

Figure 2. Reflector Installation..................................................................................................... 0136-3

ID/INSTRUCTION PLATES REPLACEMENT................................................................................... WP 0137

Figure 1. ID/Instruction Plates Removal...................................................................................... 0137-1

Figure 2. ID/Instruction Plates Installation................................................................................... 0137-2

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS PLACARD HOLDERS/BRACKETS REPLACEMENT.......................... WP 0138

Figure 1. Hazardous Materials Placard Holder/Brackets Removal.............................................. 0138-1

Figure 2. Hazardous Materials Placard Holder/Brackets............................................................. 0138-2

Figure 3. Hazardous Materials Placard Vapor Recovery Pipe.................................................... 0138-2

Figure 4. Hazardous Materials Placard....................................................................................... 0138-3

Figure 5. Hazardous Materials Placard Holder/Brackets Installation........................................... 0138-4

ENGINE ASSEMBLY AND MOUNTING BRACKET REPLACEMENT.............................................. WP 0139

Figure 1. Engine Support Bracket Removal................................................................................ 0139-2

Figure 2. Engine Fuel Supply Line Removal............................................................................... 0139-2

Figure 3. Engine Mount and Harness Removal........................................................................... 0139-3

Figure 4. Engine Removal........................................................................................................... 0139-3

xx 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(contents) wpno(TOC_001)

TM 9-2330-330-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No.
WP Sequence No.

Figure 5. Engine Installation........................................................................................................ 0139-6

Figure 6. Engine Mount and Harness Installation........................................................................ 0139-7

Figure 7. Engine Support Bracket Installation............................................................................. 0139-8

TIER II CAM TIMING HOSES REPLACEMENT................................................................................ WP 0140

Figure 1. Hose Replacement With Adapter Plug......................................................................... 0140-2

Figure 2. Hose Replacement....................................................................................................... 0140-3

Figure 3. Hose Replacement With Adapter................................................................................. 0140-4

Figure 4. Hose Replacement With Banjo Adapter....................................................................... 0140-5

CAM CASE VENTILATION REPLACEMENT.................................................................................... WP 0141

Figure 1. Camcase Ventilation Replacement (EPA and Tier II)................................................... 0141-2

Figure 2. Camcase Ventilation Replacement (EPA).................................................................... 0141-3

ENGINE OIL PAN AND DIPSTICK REPLACEMENT........................................................................ WP 0142

Figure 1. Engine Oil Pan Replacement....................................................................................... 0142-2

Figure 2. Engine Oil Pan and Dipstick Replacement................................................................... 0142-4

ENGINE OIL FILTER REPLACEMENT............................................................................................. WP 0143

Figure 1. Engine Oil Filter Replacement...................................................................................... 0143-2

ENGINE OIL FILTER HEAD REPLACEMENT.................................................................................. WP 0144

Figure 1. Oil Filter Head Replacement........................................................................................ 0144-3

ENGINE OIL COOLER REPLACEMENT.......................................................................................... WP 0145

Figure 1. Oil Cooler and Bracket Replacement........................................................................... 0145-2

OIL FILL ADAPTER REPLACEMENT............................................................................................... WP 0146

Figure 1. Oil Fill Adapter Replacement........................................................................................ 0146-2

INTAKE MANIFOLD REPLACEMENT............................................................................................... WP 0147

Figure 1. Intake Manifold Removal.............................................................................................. 0147-1

Figure 2. Intake Manifold Replacement....................................................................................... 0147-2

Figure 3. Intake Manifold Installation........................................................................................... 0147-3

GLOW PLUGS REPLACEMENT....................................................................................................... WP 0148

xxi 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(contents) wpno(TOC_001)

TM 9-2330-330-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No.
WP Sequence No.

Figure 1. Glow Plug Removal...................................................................................................... 0148-1

Figure 2. Glow Plug Installation................................................................................................... 0148-2

FUEL INJECTION LINES AND FITTINGS REPLACEMENT............................................................. WP 0149

Figure 1. Fuel Injection Lines and Metering Pump Replacement................................................ 0149-2

Figure 2. Fuel Injection Lines and Nozzle Replacement............................................................. 0149-2

FUEL INJECTION REPLACEMENT.................................................................................................. WP 0150

Figure 1. Fuel Injector Replacement............................................................................................ 0150-2

FUEL PUMP REPLACEMENT........................................................................................................... WP 0151

Figure 1. Fuel Pump Replacement.............................................................................................. 0151-2

FUEL PUMP, TIER II REPLACEMENT............................................................................................. WP 0152

Figure 1. Fuel Pump Replacement.............................................................................................. 0152-2

AIR CLEANER RESTRICTION INDICATOR REPLACEMENT......................................................... WP 0153

Figure 1. Air Cleaner Restriction Indicator Removal.................................................................... 0153-1

Figure 2. Air Cleaner Restriction Indicator Installation................................................................. 0153-2

AIR DUCT HOSE REPLACEMENT................................................................................................... WP 0154

Figure 1. Air Duct Hose Removal................................................................................................ 0154-1

Figure 2. Air Duct Hose Installation............................................................................................. 0154-2

ENGINE FUEL LINES REPLACEMENT............................................................................................ WP 0155

Figure 1. Fuel Supply Lines Replacement................................................................................... 0155-2

Figure 2. Fuel Return Lines Replacement................................................................................... 0155-3

ENGINE FUEL TANK REPLACEMENT............................................................................................. WP 0156

Figure 1. Engine Fuel Tank Replacement................................................................................... 0156-2

ENGINE FUEL FILTER AND HOUSING REPLACEMENT............................................................... WP 0157

Figure 1. Engine Fuel Filter and Housing Replacement.............................................................. 0157-2

ENGINE THROTTLE CABLE REPLACEMENT................................................................................. WP 0158

Figure 1. Engine Throttle Cable Disconnection........................................................................... 0158-1

Figure 2. Engine Throttle Cable Replacement............................................................................. 0158-2

xxii 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(contents) wpno(TOC_001)

TM 9-2330-330-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No.
WP Sequence No.

Figure 3. Engine Throttle Cable Installation................................................................................. 0158-3

MUFFLER AND EXHAUST PIPE REPLACEMENT.......................................................................... WP 0159

Figure 1. Exhaust Pipe to Manifold Connection........................................................................... 0159-1

Figure 2. Muffler and Support...................................................................................................... 0159-2

Figure 3. Muffler Support Replacement....................................................................................... 0159-2

Figure 4. Muffler and Exhaust Pipe Installation........................................................................... 0159-3

ENGINE EXHAUST MANIFOLD REPLACEMENT............................................................................ WP 0160

Figure 1. Engine Exhaust Manifold Removal............................................................................... 0160-1

Figure 2. Engine Exhaust Manifold.............................................................................................. 0160-2

Figure 3. Engine Exhaust Manifold Installation............................................................................ 0160-3

ENGINE HEAT SHIELD REPLACEMENT......................................................................................... WP 0161

Figure 1. Engine Heat Shield Replacement................................................................................. 0161-2

Figure 2. Rear Inside Vertical Support Post................................................................................ 0161-2

Figure 3. Front Inside Vertical Support Post................................................................................ 0161-3

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM MAINTENANCE................................................................................. WP 0162

Figure 1. Engine Grille Removal.................................................................................................. 0162-1

Figure 2. Engine Fan Belt Replacement...................................................................................... 0162-2

Figure 3. Cooling Fan Replacement............................................................................................ 0162-3

Figure 4. Engine Grille Installation............................................................................................... 0162-4

ENGINE CRANKSHAFT PULLEY REPLACEMENT......................................................................... WP 0163

Figure 1. Crankshaft Pulley Removal.......................................................................................... 0163-1

Figure 2. Crankshaft Pulley Installation....................................................................................... 0163-2

ENGINE AIR CLEANER AND AIR CLEANER SUPPORT SHROUD REPLACEMENT.................... WP 0164

Figure 1. Intake Air Cleaner Removal.......................................................................................... 0164-1

Figure 2. Intake Air Cleaner Installation....................................................................................... 0164-2

Figure 3. Air Cleaner Clamping Bands........................................................................................ 0164-3

Figure 4. Engine Fan Shroud Replacement................................................................................ 0164-3

xxiii 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(contents) wpno(TOC_001)

TM 9-2330-330-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No.
WP Sequence No.

ENGINE SHROUD REPLACEMENT................................................................................................. WP 0165

Figure 1. Engine Shroud Removal............................................................................................... 0165-1

Figure 2. Engine Shroud Installation............................................................................................ 0165-2

ALTERNATOR DRIVE BELT REPLACEMENT................................................................................. WP 0166

Figure 1. Drive Belt and Flywheel................................................................................................ 0166-1

Figure 2. Drive Belt Replacement................................................................................................ 0166-2

Figure 3. Drive Belt and Flywheel Installation.............................................................................. 0166-3

ALTERNATOR AND MOUNTING BRACKET MAINTENANCE......................................................... WP 0167

Figure 1. Alternator and Mounting Bracket Removal................................................................... 0167-2

Figure 2. Alternator Belt and Pulley............................................................................................. 0167-2

Figure 3. Alternator and Mounting Bracket Replacement............................................................ 0167-3

Figure 4. Alternator and Mounting Bracket Installation................................................................ 0167-4

Figure 5. Alternator Belt and Pulley Adjustment.......................................................................... 0167-5

STARTER AND STARTER SHROUD REPLACEMENT................................................................... WP 0168

Figure 1. Starter Shroud.............................................................................................................. 0168-1

Figure 2. Starter Removal............................................................................................................ 0168-2

Figure 3. Starter Installation......................................................................................................... 0168-3

ENGINE ELECTRICAL BOX REPLACEMENT.................................................................................. WP 0169

Figure 1. Engine Electrical Box Cover Removal.......................................................................... 0169-1

Figure 2. Engine Electrical Box Removal.................................................................................... 0169-2

Figure 3. Bracket Disassembly.................................................................................................... 0169-3

Figure 4. Inner Panel Disassembly.............................................................................................. 0169-3

Figure 5. Engine Electrical Box Assembly................................................................................... 0169-4

Figure 6. Engine Electrical Box Cover......................................................................................... 0169-5

Figure 7. Engine Electrical Box Installation................................................................................. 0169-6

OIL PRESSURE SWITCH................................................................................................................. WP 0170

Figure 1. Oil Pressure Switch Replacement................................................................................ 0170-2

xxiv 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(contents) wpno(TOC_001)

TM 9-2330-330-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No.
WP Sequence No.

ENGINE CONTROL PANEL AND WIRING MAINTENANCE............................................................ WP 0171

Figure 1. Engine Control Panel.................................................................................................... 0171-1

Figure 2. Engine Hourmeter, Voltmeter, and Tachometer Removal............................................ 0171-2

Figure 3. Fuel Level Indicator and Display Removal................................................................... 0171-3

Figure 4. Engine Start and Preheat Switches Removal............................................................... 0171-3

Figure 5. Switch Toggle Removal................................................................................................ 0171-4

Figure 6. Engine Run/Stop Switch Removal................................................................................ 0171-4

Figure 7. Fuel Level Switch Removal.......................................................................................... 0171-5

Figure 8. Indicator Lights Removal.............................................................................................. 0171-5

Figure 9. Control Panel Oil Pressure, Pump Press Gage Removal............................................ 0171-6

Figure 10. Control Panel Removal............................................................................................... 0171-7

Figure 11. Control Panel Plate Removal..................................................................................... 0171-8

Figure 12. Engine Operating Instruction Plate Removal.............................................................. 0171-8

Figure 13. Control Panel Installation............................................................................................ 0171-9

Figure 14. Control Panel Oil Pressure, Pump Press Gage Installation..................................... 0171-10

Figure 15. Indicator Lights Installation....................................................................................... 0171-11

Figure 16. Fuel Level Switch Installation................................................................................... 0171-11

Figure 17. Engine Run/Stop Switch Installation......................................................................... 0171-12

Figure 18. Switch Toggle Installation......................................................................................... 0171-12

Figure 19. Engine Start and Preheat Switches Installation........................................................ 0171-13

Figure 20. Fuel Level Indicator.................................................................................................. 0171-13

Figure 21. Engine Hourmeter, Voltmeter, and Tachometer Installation..................................... 0171-14

Figure 22. Engine Control Panel Installation............................................................................. 0171-15

FUEL LEVEL SENSOR AND SENSOR TUBE REPLACEMENT...................................................... WP 0172

Figure 1. Fuel Level Sensor Wiring Disconnect (Old Design)..................................................... 0172-1

Figure 2. Fuel Level Sensor and Sensor Tube Removal (Old Design)........................................ 0172-2

Figure 3. Fuel Level Sensor Cap Removal (New Design)........................................................... 0172-3

xxv 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(contents) wpno(TOC_001)

TM 9-2330-330-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No.
WP Sequence No.

Figure 4. Fuel Level Sensor Wiring Disconnect (New Design).................................................... 0172-3

Figure 5. Fuel Level Sensor Replacement (New Design)............................................................ 0172-4

Figure 6. Fuel Level Sensor Wiring Connect (New Design)........................................................ 0172-5

Figure 7. Fuel Level Sensor Cap Installation (New Design)........................................................ 0172-5

VAPOR RECOVERY SYSTEM MAINTENANCE.............................................................................. WP 0173

Figure 1. Vapor Recovery Cap Removal..................................................................................... 0173-2

Figure 2. Vent Valve and Hose Flange Removal......................................................................... 0173-3

Figure 3. Vapor Recovery Piping Replacement........................................................................... 0173-4

Figure 4. Vent Valve and Hose Flange Installation...................................................................... 0173-5

Figure 5. Vapor Recovery Installation.......................................................................................... 0173-6

VAPOR INTEGRITY TEST................................................................................................................ WP 0174

Figure 1. Manhole Cover and Vapor Vent Assembly................................................................... 0174-2

Figure 2. Vapor Vent Line and Coupling Assembly..................................................................... 0174-3

Figure 3. Coupling and Regulator Assembly............................................................................... 0174-4

Figure 4. Control Valves and Regulator Assembly...................................................................... 0174-5

Figure 5. Vapor Vent Line and Control Valves............................................................................ 0174-7

Figure 6. Regulator Assembly..................................................................................................... 0174-8

Figure 7. Piping System............................................................................................................... 0174-9

Figure 8. Vacuum Test Preparation........................................................................................... 0174-11

Figure 9. Emergency and Draincock Valve............................................................................... 0174-13

Figure 10. Vapor Vent Valve...................................................................................................... 0174-15

Figure 11. Manifold Drain Valve and Piping System................................................................. 0174-16

HOSE REEL CABINET ELECTRICAL MAINTENANCE.................................................................... WP 0175

HUB MILEAGE METER REPLACEMENT......................................................................................... WP 0176

Figure 1. Hub Mileage Meter Removal........................................................................................ 0176-1

Figure 2. Hub Mileage Meter Installation..................................................................................... 0176-2

GAGE ASSEMBLY REPAIR.............................................................................................................. WP 0177

xxvi 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(contents) wpno(TOC_001)

TM 9-2330-330-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No.
WP Sequence No.

Figure 1. Gage Assembly Removal............................................................................................. 0177-1

Figure 2. Gage Assembly Installation.......................................................................................... 0177-2

CONTROL PANEL FASTENER REPLACEMENT............................................................................. WP 0178

Figure 1. Control Panel Fastener Removal................................................................................. 0178-1

Figure 2. Control Panel Fastener Installation.............................................................................. 0178-2

FILTER/SEPARATOR REPLACEMENT............................................................................................ WP 0179

Figure 1. Filter/Separator Replacement....................................................................................... 0179-2

Figure 2. Filter/Separator, Rear View.......................................................................................... 0179-3

FILTER/SEPARATOR FILTER ELEMENTS REPLACEMENT.......................................................... WP 0180

Figure 1. Filter/Separator Access Cover...................................................................................... 0180-2

Figure 2. Filter/Separator Access Cover Removal...................................................................... 0180-2

Figure 3. Filter Assemblies and Retaining Plate.......................................................................... 0180-3

Figure 4. Filter Elements.............................................................................................................. 0180-3

Figure 5. Filter Assembly and Go-No-Go Fuses Disassembly.................................................... 0180-4

Figure 6. Retaining Plate Disassembly........................................................................................ 0180-4

Figure 7. Retaining Plate Assembly............................................................................................. 0180-6

Figure 8. Filter Assembly and Go-No-Go Fuses Assembly......................................................... 0180-6

Figure 9. Filter Assembly Installation Sequence.......................................................................... 0180-7

Figure 10. Filter Assemblies and Retaining Plate Installation...................................................... 0180-7

Figure 11. Filter Elements Installation......................................................................................... 0180-8

Figure 12. Filter/Separator Access Cover Installation................................................................. 0180-8

Figure 13. Filter/Separator Access Cover Replacement............................................................. 0180-9

FLUID REGULATING (RELIEF) AND FUEL SAMPLING VALVE REPLACEMENT......................... WP 0181

Figure 1. Filter/Separator Fluid Regulating Valve Replacement.................................................. 0181-2

4-IN. PUMP MAINTENANCE............................................................................................................. WP 0182

Figure 1. 4-in. Pump Location...................................................................................................... 0182-2

Figure 2. 4-in. Pump Removal..................................................................................................... 0182-2

xxvii 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(contents) wpno(TOC_001)

TM 9-2330-330-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No.
WP Sequence No.

Figure 3. 4-in. Pump and Intermediate Housing Removal........................................................... 0182-3

Figure 4. 4-in. Pump Initial Disassembly..................................................................................... 0182-4

Figure 5. 4-in. Pump Disassembly............................................................................................... 0182-5

Figure 6. 4-in. Pump Assembly.................................................................................................... 0182-7

Figure 7. 4-in. Pump Impeller Assembly...................................................................................... 0182-8

Figure 8. 4-in. Pump Initial Assembly.......................................................................................... 0182-9

Figure 9. 4-in. Impeller Clearance............................................................................................... 0182-9

Figure 10. 4-in. Pump and Intermediate Housing Installation.................................................... 0182-10

Figure 11. 4-in. Pump and Cabinet Frame Installation.............................................................. 0182-11

Figure 12. 4-in. Pump Installation.............................................................................................. 0182-11

VOLUMETRIC METER REPLACEMENT.......................................................................................... WP 0183

Figure 1. Volumetric Meter and Piping Replacement.................................................................. 0183-2

Figure 2. Volumetric Meter Mount Replacement......................................................................... 0183-2

FLANGE AND PIPING MANIFOLDS, HANDWHEELS, AND F, E, AND B VALVES

MAINTENANCE....................................................................................................................... WP 0184

Figure 1. Flange, Piping, and Handwheel Manifolds Replacement............................................. 0184-2

Figure 2. Flange and Piping Manifolds, Handwheels, and F Valve Disassembly........................ 0184-3

Figure 3. Flange and Piping Manifolds, Handwheels and F Valve Assembly.............................. 0184-4

Figure 4. Handwheel Replacement............................................................................................. 0184-5

K VALVE REPLACEMENT................................................................................................................ WP 0185

Figure 1. K Valve Replacement................................................................................................... 0185-2

DISCHARGE MANIFOLD REPLACEMENT...................................................................................... WP 0186

Figure 1. Discharge Manifold Replacement................................................................................. 0186-2

BOTTOM LOADING VALVE REPLACEMENT.................................................................................. WP 0187

Figure 1. Roadside Bottom Loading Valve Replacement............................................................ 0187-2

Figure 2. Curbside Bottom Loading Valve Replacement............................................................. 0187-3

MANIFOLD VALVE REPLACEMENT................................................................................................ WP 0188

Figure 1. Manifold Valve Replacement........................................................................................ 0188-2

xxviii 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(contents) wpno(TOC_001)

TM 9-2330-330-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No.
WP Sequence No.

J AND N BALL VALVES REPLACEMENT........................................................................................ WP 0189

Figure 1. J Valve Removal........................................................................................................... 0189-2

RECIRCULATION VALVE ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT................................................................. WP 0190

Figure 1. Gasket Replacement.................................................................................................... 0190-1

Figure 2. Adapter and Dust Cap Replacement............................................................................ 0190-2

CABINET PIPING ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT.............................................................................. WP 0191

Figure 1. Piping and Valve Assembly.......................................................................................... 0191-1

Figure 2. Piping With Split Coupling............................................................................................ 0191-2

Figure 3. Piping Assembly Replacement..................................................................................... 0191-2

Figure 4. Piping U-Bolt and Support............................................................................................ 0191-3

Figure 5. Piping and Valve Assembly.......................................................................................... 0191-3

AUTOMATIC DRAIN VALVE AND FLOAT REPLACEMENT............................................................ WP 0192

Figure 1. Drain Valve N Replacement......................................................................................... 0192-2

WATER DETECTION SWITCH AND HARNESS MAINTENANCE................................................... WP 0193

Figure 1. Engine Control Panel.................................................................................................... 0193-1

Figure 2. Water Level Warning Light........................................................................................... 0193-2

Figure 3. Electrical Junction Box................................................................................................. 0193-2

Figure 4. Water Detection Switch................................................................................................ 0193-3

Figure 5. Water Level Warning Light Wiring Harness.................................................................. 0193-3

Figure 6. Water Detection Switch................................................................................................ 0193-4

Figure 7. Water Level Warning Light Wiring Harness.................................................................. 0193-5

Figure 8. Water Level Warning Light........................................................................................... 0193-5

Figure 9. Electrical Junction Box................................................................................................. 0193-6

Figure 10. Engine Control Panel.................................................................................................. 0193-6

EMERGENCY VALVE MAINTENANCE............................................................................................ WP 0194

Figure 1. Emergency Valve Piping Removal............................................................................... 0194-2

Figure 2. Emergency Valve......................................................................................................... 0194-3

xxix 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(contents) wpno(TOC_001)

TM 9-2330-330-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No.
WP Sequence No.

Figure 3. Valve Disassembly....................................................................................................... 0194-5

Figure 4. Shaft Maintenance........................................................................................................ 0194-7

Figure 5. Valve Assembly............................................................................................................ 0194-9

Figure 6. Internal Valve.............................................................................................................. 0194-10

Figure 7. Valve Piping Installation............................................................................................. 0194-11

F, E, AND B VALVES REPAIR.......................................................................................................... WP 0195

Figure 1. Bonnet Removal........................................................................................................... 0195-1

Figure 2. Valve Body Disassembly.............................................................................................. 0195-2

Figure 3. Valve Body Assembly................................................................................................... 0195-4

D VALVE AND LINES REPLACEMENT............................................................................................ WP 0196

Figure 1. D Valve Body Removal................................................................................................. 0196-1

Figure 2. Push-Lock Fitting Removal........................................................................................... 0196-2

Figure 3. D Valve Line Replacement........................................................................................... 0196-2

Figure 4. D Valve Body Installation.............................................................................................. 0196-3

HIGH LEVEL SHUT-OFF SENSOR AND FILTER REPLACEMENT................................................. WP 0197

Figure 1. High Level Shut-off Sensor........................................................................................... 0197-1

Figure 2. Sensor Measurement................................................................................................... 0197-2

Figure 3. High Level Shut-off Filter.............................................................................................. 0197-3

G, M, P, AND R VALVES MAINTENANCE........................................................................................ WP 0198

Figure 1. Valve and Valve Handle............................................................................................... 0198-1

Figure 2. Valve Disassembly....................................................................................................... 0198-2

Figure 3. Valve Assembly............................................................................................................ 0198-4

Figure 4. Valve and Valve Handle Assembly............................................................................... 0198-5

G AND M VALVES REPLACEMENT................................................................................................. WP 0199

Figure 1. G Valve Replacement................................................................................................... 0199-2

P AND R VALVES REPLACEMENT.................................................................................................. WP 0200

Figure 1. R Valve Assembly Removal......................................................................................... 0200-1

xxx 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(contents) wpno(TOC_001)

TM 9-2330-330-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No.
WP Sequence No.

Figure 2. R Valve Assembly Installation...................................................................................... 0200-2

CONTROL CABLE ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT............................................................................ WP 0201

Figure 1. Control Cable Handle Removal.................................................................................... 0201-1

Figure 2. Control Cable Lever...................................................................................................... 0201-2

Figure 3. Valve A Control Handle................................................................................................ 0201-2

Figure 4. Control Cable Handle Installation................................................................................. 0201-3

EMERGENCY VALVE A CONTROL HANDLE MAINTENANCE....................................................... WP 0202

Figure 1. Emergency Valve A Control Handle Removal.............................................................. 0202-2

Figure 2. Emergency Valve A Control Handle Assembly............................................................ 0202-2

Figure 3. Emergency Valve A Control Handle Mounting Bracket................................................ 0202-3

Figure 4. Emergency Valve A Handle.......................................................................................... 0202-4

Figure 5. Emergency Valve A Lever............................................................................................ 0202-4

Figure 6. Lever Adjustment.......................................................................................................... 0202-5

Figure 7. Roadside Emergency Valve Handle............................................................................. 0202-5

Figure 8. Control Handle Cable Adjustment................................................................................ 0202-6

FIRE EXTINGUISHER BRACKETS REPLACEMENT....................................................................... WP 0203

Figure 1. Fire Extinguisher Brackets Removal............................................................................ 0203-1

Figure 2. Fire Extinguisher Brackets Installation......................................................................... 0203-2

DECONTAMINATION APPARATUS BRACKET REPLACEMENT................................................... WP 0204

Figure 1. Decontamination Apparatus Bracket Removal............................................................. 0204-1

Figure 2. Decontamination Apparatus Bracket Installation.......................................................... 0204-2

PREPARATION FOR STORAGE AND SHIPMENT.......................................................................... WP 0205

Table 1. Exercise Schedule......................................................................................................... 0205-4

LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS....................................................................................................... WP 0206

Table 1. Lubrication Chart........................................................................................................... 0206-2

Figure 1. Lubrication Interval....................................................................................................... 0206-3

TORQUE LIMITS............................................................................................................................... WP 0207

xxxi 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(contents) wpno(TOC_001)

TM 9-2330-330-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No.
WP Sequence No.

Table 1. Metal Fasteners............................................................................................................. 0207-1

Figure 1. Torque Wrench Formula............................................................................................... 0207-2

Figure 2. Torque Wrench Adapter Setups................................................................................... 0207-2

Table 2. Torque Limits – SAE Fasteners..................................................................................... 0207-4

Table 3. Torque Limits - Metric Fastener..................................................................................... 0207-5

Table 4. Thread Classes and Description.................................................................................... 0207-5

Figure 3. Fastener Size............................................................................................................... 0207-6

Figure 4. Thread Pattern.............................................................................................................. 0207-6

ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS............................................................................................................ WP 0208

Figure 1. M969A3 Semitrailer Electrical Schematic. (Sheet 1 of 3)............................................. 0208-2

Figure 1. M969A3 Semitrailer Electrical Schematic. (Sheet 2 of 3)............................................. 0208-3

Figure 1. M969A3 Semitrailer Electrical Schematic. (Sheet 3 of 3)............................................. 0208-4

Figure 2. M969A3 Engine Electrical Control Box Schematic....................................................... 0208-5

Figure 3. M969A3 Engine Electrical Schematic........................................................................... 0208-6

Figure 4. M969A3 Hose Reel Junction Box/Cabinet Electrical Schematic.................................. 0208-7

Figure 5. M969A3 Engine Control Panel Schematic................................................................... 0208-8

Figure 6. Fuel Tank Capacity Gage Wiring Diagram................................................................... 0208-9

Figure 7. Overflow Protection Wiring Diagram.......................................................................... 0208-10

Chapter 7 - SUPPORTING INFORMATION

REFERENCES................................................................................................................................... WP 0209

MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (MAC) INTRODUCTION.................................................... WP 0210

MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (MAC)................................................................................ WP 0211

Table 1. Maintenance Allocation Chart........................................................................................ 0211-1

Table 2. Tools and Test Equipment Requirements................................................................... 0211-14

Table 3. Remarks...................................................................................................................... 0211-14

COMPONENTS OF END ITEM (COEI) AND BASIC ISSUE ITEMS (BII) LISTS.............................. WP 0212

Table 1. Components Of End Items (COEI) List.......................................................................... 0212-1

xxxii 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(contents) wpno(TOC_001)

TM 9-2330-330-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No.
WP Sequence No.

Table 2. Basic Issue Items (BII) List............................................................................................ 0212-2

ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST (AAL).................................................................................... WP 0213

Table 1. Additional Authorization List.......................................................................................... 0213-2

EXPENDABLE AND DURABLE ITEMS LIST (EDIL)......................................................................... WP 0214

Table 1. Expendable and Durable Items List (EDIL)................................................................... 0214-2

TOOL IDENTIFICATION LIST (TIL)................................................................................................... WP 0215

Table 1. Tool Identification List (TIL)........................................................................................... 0215-1

MANDATORY REPLACEMENT PARTS (MRP)................................................................................ WP 0216

Table 1. Mandatory Replacement Parts (MRP) List.................................................................... 0216-1

Index

xxxiii/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(contents) wpno(TOC_001)

TM 9-2330-330-13

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

SCOPE

This technical manual contains operating instructions, component locations, and specifications for the safe and
efficient operation of the Self Load/Unload, Bulkhaul, 5000 Gallon Tank Semitrailer, Model M969A3 and
M969A3P1. It also contains operational and field level troubleshooting and maintenance procedures for
this tanker.

WARNINGS, CAUTIONS, AND NOTES

WARNINGS, CAUTIONS, and NOTES occur throughout this manual. An explanation for each follows:
A WARNING precedes the text of any procedure that poses a clear danger to the person performing it. Warnings
contain critical data for ensuring personal safety.
A CAUTION precedes the text of any procedure involving a clear risk of damage to equipment.
A NOTE is used to highlight essential conditions or statements that clarify instructions and make procedures
easier to accomplish.

CHAPTER 1: GENERAL INFORMATION, EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION, AND THEORY OF OPERATION

This chapter describes the semitrailer and its major assemblies and components. It contains a specification table
for the semitrailer equipment as well as information needed for maintaining records and making
equipment recommendations.

CHAPTER 2: OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS

This chapter describes, locates, and illustrates the controls and indicators used on the semitrailer. It contains
detailed instructions for bulk hauling and all fuel servicing operations, as well as instructions for operation of the
vehicle under unusual conditions.

CHAPTER 3: TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Use the troubleshooting index to find the common operator and field malfunctions and symptoms that may occur
during use of the semitrailer. Perform the troubleshooting and corrective actions in the order listed within each
individual work package.

CHAPTER 4: PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES

This chapter contains operator and field level Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS). Semitrailer
components must be inspected periodically to find and correct defects, and regular services are needed to keep
the semitrailer operational.

CHAPTER 5: OPERATOR MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

This chapter provides operator-level maintenance procedures. Remove/disassemble only to the extent necessary
to replace defective components/assemblies. Use standard maintenance practices/procedures.

xxxv 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(howtouse) wpno(howtousepaper)

TM 9-2330-330-13

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL - Continued

CHAPTER 6: FIELD MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

This chapter provides field-level maintenance and servicing instructions for the semitrailer. It includes instructions
for the repair and/or replacement of many semitrailer components and assemblies. Use standard maintenance
practices/procedures.

CHAPTER 7: SUPPORTING INFORMATION

This chapter includes References, the Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC), Components of End Items (COEI)
and Basic Issue Items (BII) Lists, the Expendable and Durable Items List (EDIL), the Tool Identification List (TIL),
and a list of Mandatory Replacement Parts (MRP).

ALPHABETICAL INDEX

An alphabetical index of work packages is located after the last work package in this manual.

xxxvi 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(howtouse) wpno(howtousepaper)

TM 9-2330-330-13

CHAPTER 1

GENERAL INFORMATION, EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION, AND

THEORY OF OPERATION
TM 9-2330-330-13 0001

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
GENERAL INFORMATION

TYPE OF MANUAL

TM 9-2330-330-13 is an Operator and Field Maintenance Manual.

MODEL NUMBER AND EQUIPMENT NAME

This manual covers the Semitrailer, Fuel Tanker: 5000 Gallon, Fuel-Dispensing, Automotive M696A3
and M696A3P1.

PURPOSE OF EQUIPMENT

The purpose of the semitrailer is to haul and dispense fuel.

BAE9000

Figure 1. M696A3 Semitrailer.

MAINTENANCE FORMS, RECORDS, AND REPORTS

Department of the Army forms and procedures used for equipment maintenance will be those prescribed by
DA PAM 750-8, Functional Users Manual for The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS) or
AR 700-138, Army Logistics Readiness and Sustainability.

REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)

If your M969A3 needs improvement, let us know. Send us an EIR. You, the user, are the only one who can tell us
what you do not like about your equipment. Let us know why you do not like the design or performance.

ALL non-Aviation/Missile EIRs and PQDRs must be submitted through the Product Data Reporting and
Evaluation Program (PDREP) Web site. The PDREP site is: https://www.pdrep.csd.disa.mil/.

If you do not have Internet access, you may submit your information using an SF 368 (Product Quality Deficiency
Report). You can send your SF 368 using email, regular mail, or fax using the addresses/fax numbers specified in
DA PAM 750-8, The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS) Users Manual. We will send you a reply.

0001-1
TM 9-2330-330-13 0001

CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROL (CPC) FOR TACTICAL VEHICLES

Corrosion prevention and control of Army materiel is a continuing concern. It is important that any
corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements
can be made to prevent the problem in future items. The term "corrosion" means the deterioration of a
material or its properties due to a reaction of that material with its chemical environment. An example is
the rusting of iron. Corrosion damage in metals can be seen, depending on the metal, as tarnishing,
pitting, fogging, surface residue, and/or cracking. Plastics, composites, and rubbers can also degrade
(also considered to be corrosion based on the above definition of corrosion). Degradation is caused by
thermal (heat), oxidation (oxygen), solvation (solvents), or photolytic (light, typically ultraviolet) processes.
The most common exposures are excessive heat or light. Damage from these processes will appear as
cracking, softening, swelling, and/or breaking. The U.S. Army has defined the following nine (9) forms of
corrosion used to evaluate the deterioration of metals. These shall be used when evaluating and
documenting corrosion.

UNIFORM (or general attack): Affects a large area of exposed metal surface, like rust on steel or tarnish on
silver. It gradually reduces the thickness of the metal until it fails.
CREVICE: Occurs in crevices created by rubber seals, gaskets, bolt heads, lap joints, dirt or other surface
deposits. It will develop anywhere moisture or other corrosive agents are trapped and unable to drain
or evaporate.
SELECTIVE LEACHING: One element, usually the anodic element of an alloy, corrodes away, leaving the
cathodic element. This can create holes in metal.
INTERGRANULAR: Metal deterioration caused by corrosion on the bonds between or across the grain
boundaries of the metal. The metal will appear to be peeling off in sheets, flaking, or being pushed apart by
layers. A particular type of intergranular corrosion is exfoliation.
PITTING: This can result from conditions similar to those for crevice corrosion. Pits can develop on various
materials due to their composition. Rifle boxes are big victims of pitting.
EROSION: Results when a moving fluid (liquid or gas) flows across a metal surface, particularly when solid
particles are present in the fluid. Corrosion actually occurs on the surface of the metal, but the moving fluid
washes away the corrosion and exposes a new metal surface, which also corrodes.
FRETTING: Occurs as a result of small, repetitive movements (e.g., vibration) between two surfaces in contact
with each other. It is usually identified by a black powder corrosion product or pits on the surface.
GALVANIC: Occurs when two different types of metal come in contact with each other, like steel bolts on
aluminum, for example. This is a common problem on aircraft because of their mix of metals.
STRESS: Term used to describe corrosion cracking and corrosion fatigue. Where an item is not ready/available
due to one of these forms of corrosion, it shall be recorded as a corrosion failure in the inspection record and the
appropriate code (170) for corrosion shall be used when requesting/performing maintenance.
Refer to TB 43-0213 for further information about corrosion.
SF 368, Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) should be submitted to the address specified in
DA PAM 750-8, The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS) Users Manual.

DESTRUCTION OF ARMY MATERIEL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE

Procedures for destruction of Army Materiel to prevent enemy use can be found in TM 750-244-3.

PREPARATION FOR STORAGE OR SHIPMENT

Refer to WP 0071 for storage and shipment information.

0001-2
TM 9-2330-330-13 0001

PREPARATION FOR SHIPPING OR STORAGE WARRANTY INFORMATION - Continued

1. Heil Trailer International warrants its Tank Trailer Equipment to be free from defects in material and
workmanship under normal use, when proper service and maintenance as described in its Service
Bulletins and Operation Manuals are performed, for a period of 12 months from the date when these
products are delivered to the first purchaser.

2. This warranty is expressly limited to the repair or replacement of any component or part thereof, of any
such unit manufactured by Heil Trailer International, that is proven to Heils satisfaction to have been
defective in material or workmanship. Such components or parts thereof shall be repaired or replaced
without cost to the first purchaser for parts and labor provided such unit is returned for such repair or
replacement to an authorized Heil Distributor or such other place as may be designated by Heil, within
12 months from the date on which the unit was delivered to such first purchaser.

3. Heil Trailer International neither warrants, nor does it accept liability for products manufactured by others
and installed by Heil. Purchaser and/or end user must pursue any claims of any nature whatsoever,
including warranties with the manufacturer of said product.

4. Heil Trailer International makes no other warranty, expressed or implied, and makes no warranty of
merchantability or of fitness for any particular purpose.

5. Heil Trailer International does not assume any other liability of any nature whatsoever, including but not
limited to, any direct or indirect or consequential loss, transportation charges, loss of profits, damages, or
delays. Any improper use, operation beyond rated capacity, substitution of parts not approved by us, or
any alteration or repair by others in such manner as in our judgment affects the product materially and
adversely, shall void this warranty.

6. Other than extension of the warranty period under Heils Extended Warranty Program, no employee or
representative is authorized to change this warranty in any way or grant any other warranty.

7. Heil Trailer International warrants that this semitrailer is manufactured in accordance with the
specifications on the order. Heil Trailer International does not warranty this piece of equipment for use in
hauling any specific product. Heil Trailer International accepts no responsibility for damage to the
equipment, or for cargo losses, due to an adverse effect on the equipment caused by the incompatibility
of the product being hauled in the semitrailer. Where tanks are prepared for lining, all agreements that
concern the tank barrel lining will be the responsibility of the customer and the lining company. In this
connection, Heil Trailer International makes no warranty of products, including lining manufactured and/or
installed by others, the same being subject to warranties, if any, of their respective manufacturers or
installers. The customer shall bear the risk for damage or loss to the tank or injury to property or person,
while the tank is either at or in transit to or from the lining company. In those instances where the lining
application is performed by a Heil Trailer International facility, no warranty will be provided to the
installation or application of those lining materials.

8. Heil Trailer International does not assume any liability for interior cleanliness and finish requirements of
semitrailers due to different operations and circumstances. As such, Heil Trailer International does not
certify that semitrailers are ready to be placed in service for product upon delivery. The semitrailer must
be inspected, cleaned, washed, and otherwise prepared for its intended service by the user to the
requirements of the customer prior to placing into service.

9. The above warranty supersedes and is in lieu of all other warranties expressed or implied.

0001-3
TM 9-2330-330-13 0001

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS/ACRONYMS

NOTE
Refer to ASME Y14.38-2007, Abbreviations and Acronyms for Use on Drawings and
Related Documents, for standard abbreviations.

Abbreviations and acronyms appearing in this manual are defined in the paragraph from where they first appear,
after which only the abbreviation or acronym is used. The following is a quick-reference list of all abbreviations
and acronyms and their corresponding word or compound term used in this manual.

Table 1. List of Abbreviations and Acronyms.

Acronym Abbreviation

AAL Additional Authorization List

ABS Antilock Brake System

BII Basic Issue Items

CAGEC Commercial and Government Entity Code

cm Centimeter

COEI Components of End Items

CPC Corrosion Prevention and Control

CTA Common Table of Allowance

EA Each

ECU Electronic Control Unit

EDIL Expendable/Durable Items List

EIR Equipment Improvement Recommendations

EPA Environmental Protection Agency

FGC Functional Group Code

FMTV Family of Medium Tactical Vehicles

gal Gallons

gpm Gallons Per Minute

GTA Graphic Training Aid

hp Horsepower

in. Inch

0001-4
TM 9-2330-330-13 0001

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS/ACRONYMS - Continued

Table 1. List of Abbreviations and Acronyms - Continued.

Acronym Abbreviation

Kg Kilogram

Km/h Kilometers Per Hour

kPa Kilopascal

kW Kilowatt

L Liters

Ib(s) Pound(s)

Ib ft Foot Pounds

LED Light Emitting Diode

Lpm Liters Per Minute

MAC Maintenance Allocation Chart

m Meter

mm Millimeter

mph Miles Per Hour

MRP Mandatory Replacement Parts

MTOE Modified Table of Organization and Equipment

MWO Modification Work Order

NATO North Atlantic Treaty Organization

NHA Next Higher Assembly

NSN National Stock Number

N·m Newton Meters

PMCS Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services

POL Petroleum, Oils, and Lubricants

PQDR Product Quality Deficiency Report

psi Pounds Per Square Inch

qt, QT Quart

0001-5
TM 9-2330-330-13 0001

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS/ACRONYMS - Continued

Table 1. List of Abbreviations and Acronyms - Continued.

Acronym Abbreviation

QTY Quantity

RO roll

ROM Refuel on the Move

RPM Revolution Per Minute

RPSTL Repair Parts and Special Tools List

SAE Society of Automotive Engineers

SATS Standard Automotive Tool Set

SC Supply Catalog

SMR Source, Maintenance, and Recoverability

SOP Standard Operating Procedures

SRA Specialized Repair Activity

TAMMS The Army Maintenance Management System

TB Technical Bulletin

TDA Table of Distribution and Allowances

TIL Tool Identification List

TM Technical Manual

TMDE Test, Measurement, and Diagnostic Equipment

TOE Table of Organization and Equipment

U/I Unit of Issue

V dc Volts, Direct Current

wc Water Column

WP Work Package

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0001-6
TM 9-2330-330-13 0001

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS/ACRONYMS - Continued

Table 1. List of Abbreviations and Acronyms - Continued.

Acronym Abbreviation

TM Technical Manual

TMDE Test, Measurement, and Diagnostic Equipment

TOE Table of Organization and Equipment

U/I Unit of Issue

V dc Volts, Direct Current

wc Water Column

WP Work Package

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0001-7
TM 9-2330-330-13 0002

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

The purpose of this semitrailer is to haul and dispense fuel.

EQUIPMENT CHARACTERISTICS, CAPABILITIES AND FEATURES

1. The M969A3 semitrailer is constructed of welded stainless steel, with a single compartment tank of
5,000 gal (18,927 L) plus a 3% capacity for product expansion. The chassis is constructed of welded
stainless steel and is equipped with full floating tandem axles and manually operated landing gear.

WARNING

Use of the M969A3 semitrailer with the M818 and M931/M932 without Antilock
Brake System (ABS) is not authorized. Tankers are not to be filled to exceed the
load capacities of the tractors. Due to limited payload capacity, some of the tractors
will not be able to haul fully loaded tankers. No overload waiver is allowed for these
tankers. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical
attention in the event of an injury.

2. The M969A3 5000 Gallon Tanker may be used with the following Prime Movers that have ABS braking
systems: M915A2, M915A3, M915A4, M1088 (FMTV), and M931/M932 series. Use of the M969A3 with
the M931/M932 WITHOUT ABS brakes is NOT recommended. Should it become necessary to use the
M931/932 series tractor WITHOUT ABS brakes, DO NOT fill the semitrailer with more than 3,000 gal
(11,356 L) of fuel. Overfilling semitrailer when using one of these tractors creates an overload condition,
resulting in difficulty in braking and maintaining control of tractor/semitrailer in critical braking situations.
Tankers are not to be filled to exceed the load capacities of the tractors. Due to limited payload capacity,
some of the tractors will not be able to haul fully loaded tankers. No overload waiver is allowed for
these tankers.
3. When driving on hard-surface highways, only the 10 ton military-adapted commercial 6x4 Prime Movers,
the M915A2, M915A3, and M915A4, with ABS are authorized. The M969A3 semitrailer can be loaded
through the bottom or top fill opening. The Lombardini three-cylinder diesel engine in combination with the
Gorman Rupp 4-in. pump provides self-load/unload capability.
4. The M969A3 semitrailer is equipped with pressure and vacuum vents, a sealed manhole, an improved
vapor recovery system, two 50 ft (15.2 m) lengths of 1-1/4 in. fuel-dispensing hoses, three 4 in. hoses for
loading/off loading and bulk delivery, a portable grounding rod, three static reels, and a spare tire. A
ladder is provided at the rear of the semitrailer for easy access to the top of the M969A3.

0002-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(descwp) wpno(G1002)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0002

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

Table 1. Semitrailer Winch Assembly.

BAE9001

Figure 1. Semitrailer Winch Assembly.

KEY COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION

1 Winch assembly Lifts and lowers the spare tire/ladder.

2 Spare tire Spare tire.

3 Ladder Provides access to top of tanker.

0002-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(descwp) wpno(G1002)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0002

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS - Continued

Table 2. Semitrailer Fueling Components.

2
1

4
5
6
7
8
9
BAE9002
11 10

Figure 2. Semitrailer Fueling Components.

KEY COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION

1 Lifting lugs Provides lift capability for semitrailer.

2 Ground studs Allows semitrailer to discharge static electricity.

NATO slave receptacle provides 24 V dc

3 Slave receptacle
electrical connection to slave other vehicles.

Provides fuel depot with automatic shut-off

4 Optic socket box
capability.

5 Batteries Provides electricity for starting engine.

6 Engine fuel tank Store fuel for engine.

7 Engine/pump Provides semitrailer with pumping capability.

8 Filter/separator Filters water from fuel and filters fuel.

9 Hose tubes Stores semitrailer’s three 4-in. hoses.

10 Suspension Cushions road shock.

11 Vapor recovery system Allows fuel depot to collect/recover vapors.

0002-3 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(descwp) wpno(G1002)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0002

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS - Continued

Table 3. Semitrailer Cabinet Area.

9
8
7 2
5 4 3
6 BAE9003

Figure 3. Semitrailer Cabinet Area.

KEY COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION

1 Hazardous materials placards Displays hazardous material symbols.

2 Hose reel cabinet Protects and stores 1 1/4 in. hoses.

3 Engine control panel Houses engine controls and gages.

4 Piping control Houses pumping valves and outlets.

5 Landing gear handcrank Raises/lowers landing gear.

6 Tool storage box Provides storage for Bll/AAL and tools.

7 Landing gear Allows semitrailer to stand on its own.

Guides, centers, and locks the Prime Movers

8 Kingpin
fifth wheel.

Provides semitrailer with an adjustable

9 Spacer plate (not illustrated)
kingpin height.

0002-4 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(descwp) wpno(G1002)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0002

EQUIPMENT DATA

Table 4. Semitrailer Equipment Data.

Bridge Classification:

Cross-country loaded with Prime Mover Class 25

Highway loaded with Prime Mover Class 30

Angle of departure 60 degrees

Capacities of Tank (Vehicle Capacity): 5,000 gal (18,927 L)

Center of Gravity:

Empty (vertical) 46 in. (117 cm)

Empty (horizontal from front) 210 in. (533 cm)

Loaded (vertical) 63 in. (160 cm)

Loaded (horizontal from front) 185 in. (470 cm)

Dimensions Overall:

Height 104 in. (265 cm)

Length 359 in. (912 cm)

Width 95 in. (242 cm)

To outside of tires 96 in. (244 cm)

Weights:

Empty 16,700 Ib (7,575 kg)

Kingpin weight 5,300 Ib (2,404 kg)

Rear axle 11,400 lb (5,170 kg)

Loaded (5,000 gal) 48,200 Ib (21,859 kg)

0002-5 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(descwp) wpno(G1002)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0002

EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued

Table 4. Semitrailer Equipment Data - Continued.

Kingpin Location:

From nose of vehicle 17 in. (43 cm)

To landing gear 85 in. (215 cm)

Crankcase capacity 5 qt (5 L)

Fording depth 30 in. (76 cm)

Tire pressure 95 psi (655 kPa)

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0002-6 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(descwp) wpno(G1002)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0003

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
THEORY OF OPERATION

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

The M969A3 is equipped with two electrical systems. The first system is a 12/24 V dc electrical system that
receives its power from the Prime Mover through the intervehicular cable assembly. The intervehicular cable
assembly is connected to the M969A3 main wiring harness that distributes power to the LED lights, front, side,
and rear marker lights, Electronic Control Unit (ECU) valve, and overflow monitor panel. The second electrical
system is the engine electrical system, which is a self-contained unit that provides power to keep the batteries
charged and engine running.

ENGINE

The diesel engine provides power through the flexible coupling to the centrifugal pump. The engine is a
3-cylinder, 4-cycle, valve-in-head, air-cooled engine with a maximum rating of 35.4 hp (26.4 kW), located on the
curbside of the semitrailer. The engine is operated and monitored by the control panel located on the roadside of
the semitrailer.

PUMP

The M969A3 is equipped with a 4 in., self-priming, low-pressure centrifugal pump that provides fuel delivery up to
320 gpm (1211 Lpm) through one of the five fuel hoses.

ANTILOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)

The semitrailer brakes are equipped with 4-sensor 2-modular ABS, axle by axle, to prevent wheel lockup during
braking on unstable surfaces. The ABS is automatic, applied through the air brake system and needs no
operator assistance.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0003-1/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(thrywp) wpno(G1003)

TM 9-2330-330-13

CHAPTER 2

OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS
TM 9-2330-330-13 0004

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
DESCRIPTION AND USE OF OPERATOR CONTROLS AND INDICATORS

GENERAL

This Work Package (WP) shows and describes the semitrailer controls and indicators of the M969A3. Review this
WP thoroughly before operating the semitrailer.

CONTROLS AND INDICATORS

Table 1. Intervehicular Cable Connectors.

CAUTION

2 1 BAE9004

Figure 1. Intervehicular Cable Connectors.

Key Control/Indicator Function

1 Intervehicular cable Connects Prime Mover and semitrailer 12 V dc electrical systems.

(12 V dc) connector

2 Intervehicular cable Connects Prime Mover and semitrailer 24 V dc electrical systems.

(24 V dc) connector

0004-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(ctrlindwp) wpno(O1001)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0004

Table 2. Landing Gear Hand Crank.

1 BAE9005

Figure 2. Landing Gear Hand Crank.

Key Control/Indicator Function

1 Landing gear hand Raises and lowers landing gear legs.

crank

0004-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(ctrlindwp) wpno(O1001)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0004

Table 3. Piping Control Assembly.

1 2 3

F K
5 B

J
G
4

BAE9006

Figure 3. Piping Control Assembly.

Key Control/Indicator Function

1 Valve D Loading precheck control valve.

2 Engine throttle Advances and retards engine speeds.

3 Overfill monitor Monitor fuel level during loading.

panel

4 Valve E Self-loading control valve.

5 Bottom loading Provides self-loading capability.

adapter

0004-3 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(ctrlindwp) wpno(O1001)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0004

Table 4. Piping Valve Assembly.

1 3
E
4

F K
B
B
8 J
G

7 6 5 BAE9007

Figure 4. Piping Valve Assembly.

Key Control/Indicator Function

1 Valve A control Allows emergency shut down of fueling operations.

handle

2 Valve B Bulk delivery control valve.

3 Valve F Allows fuel flow to bulk fuel delivery.

4 Valve K Allows fuel flow to hose reel cabinet.

5 B valve outlet Main outlet for bulk fuel delivery.

6 Valve G Allows gravity unloading and self-loading.

7 Valve H Allows fuel flow through manifold to pump.

8 Valve J Allows water to drain from manifold.

0004-4 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(ctrlindwp) wpno(O1001)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0004

Table 5. Engine Control Panel.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

PRE-HEATER STARTER ENGINE RPM

15 HOURS
WARNING
10 20
ON START
ENGINE RPM
ENGINE 5 25
ENGINE HOURS
TACH
0 30
24 28
20 32

RUN ENGINE RPM

0 36

ax bc

STOP

BATTERY VOLTAGE

TANKER FUEL LEVEL 30 40 60

50
ON 20 40
40 60 psi 20 psi
80
30 70 10 50
20 80
60 0 100
ax bc

8 ax bc

FILTER XP VAPOR
OFF

PUMP PRESSURE OIL PRESSURE

BAE9008

Figure 5. Engine Control Panel.

Key Control/Indicator Function

1 Pre-heater switch Controls engine preheat operations.

2 Indicator light Indicates preheat operations.

3 Starter switch Starts engine.

4 Water level warning Indicates excess water in filter/separator.

light

5 Control panel light Provides light for night viewing.

6 Tachometer Monitors engine speed.

7 Engine hours Monitors engine usage time.

8 Engine switch Controls engine run/stop operations.

0004-5 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(ctrlindwp) wpno(O1001)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0004

Table 6. Engine Control Panel Components.

PRE-HEATER STARTER ENGINE RPM

15 HOURS
WARNING
10 20
ON START
ENGINE RPM
ENGINE 5

0
TACH
30
25
ENGINE HOURS
1
24 28
20 32

RUN ENGINE RPM

0 36

ax bc

STOP

BATTERY VOLTAGE

6 20
30
40
50
60
70
80
ON
TANKER FUEL LEVEL
20
10
30
psi
40
50
20
40 60
psi
80

60 0 100
ax bc
ax bc

FILTER XP VAPOR
OFF

PUMP PRESSURE OIL PRESSURE

BAE9009
5 4 3

Figure 6. Engine Control Panel Components.

Key Control/Indicator Function

BAE9500
3 4 3 2

Figure 7. Hose Reel Cabinet.

Key Control/Indicator Function

1 Volumetric meters Allows operator to monitor amount of fuel delivered.

2 Valve R Allows fuel flow to rear hose reel.

3 Hose reel rewind Allows operator to rewind hose reels electronically.

button

4 Valve P Allows fuel flow to forward hose reel.

0004-7 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(ctrlindwp) wpno(O1001)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0004

Table 8. Optic Socket Boxes and Static Reel.

3 BAE9010

Figure 8. Optic Socket Boxes and Static Reel.

Key Control/Indicator Function

1 Optic socket box Controls fuel depot loading operations.

(curbside)

2 Optic socket box Controls fuel depot loading operations.

(roadside)

3 Static reel Provides a grounding cable for fueling operations.

0004-8 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(ctrlindwp) wpno(O1001)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0004

Table 9. Parking Brake, Schrader Valve, and Grounding Stud.

2 3

BAE9011

Figure 9. Parking Brake, Schrader Valve, and Grounding Stud.

Key Control/Indicator Function

1 Parking brake valve Allows release of air from parking brakes.

2 Schrader valve Allows an air source other than the Prime Mover to refill air reservoir.

3 Grounding stud Ground semitrailer during commercial operations.

0004-9 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(ctrlindwp) wpno(O1001)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0004

Table 10. Winch Hand Crank.

BAE9012

Figure 10. Winch Hand Crank.

Key Control/Indicator Function

1 Winch hand crank Allows spare tire/ladder lifting/lowering operations.

0004-10 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(ctrlindwp) wpno(O1001)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0004

Table 11. Filter/Separator Controls.

2
BAE9501

Figure 11. Filter/Separator Controls.

Key Control/Indicator Function

1 Valve M Shuts off fuel flow to filter/separator.

2 Valve N Filter/separator water drain valve.

0004-11 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(ctrlindwp) wpno(O1001)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0004

Table 12. Air Cleaner Restriction Indicator and Fire Extinguisher.

BAE9013

Figure 12. Air Cleaner Restriction Indicator and Fire Extinguisher.

Key Control/Indicator Function

1 Fire extinguisher Used to extinguish fires.

2 Air cleaner Indicates air cleaner is clogged or needs cleaning.

restriction indicator

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0004-12 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(ctrlindwp) wpno(O1001)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0005

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS

INITIAL SETUP:

Personnel Required References (cont.)

Two WP 0058
WP 0064
WP 0069
References WP 0206
FM 10-67-1

NOTE
DO NOT overfill any fluid reservoir/tank. If fluid starts to flow out of reservoir/tank, stop
IMMEDIATELY to avoid spillage. Immediately clean up spilled fluid before proceeding with
any task.

PREPARATION FOR USE

Perform all "Before" Operator/Crew Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) (WP 0058) prior to
operating the semitrailer. Review all Prime Mover operating instructions prior to connecting/disconnecting
operations. Use of Basic Issue Items (BII) from Prime Mover may be required.

END OF TASK

CONNECTING PRIME MOVER TO M969A3

WARNING

0005-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(opusualwp) wpno(O1002)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0005

CONNECTING PRIME MOVER TO M969A3 - Continued

1. Prepare Prime Mover for coupling and operation.

NOTE
The M1088 Prime Mover is the only Prime Mover that does not require the upper coupler
plate spacer. All other authorized Prime Movers require the use of the upper coupler
spacer for safe and level towing. Removal/installation of spacer (WP 0111) may be
necessary prior to connecting Prime Mover. When removal of the spacer is necessary, tag
the spacer with vehicle ID information and store for reuse at a later date.
2. Back Prime Mover slowly to front of semitrailer. Maneuver Prime Mover so that kingpin (Figure 1, Item 1) on
semitrailer is in line with fifth wheel jaws on Prime Mover. Stop Prime Mover before upper coupler plate.
3. Verify semitrailer upper coupler plate (Figure 1, Item 2) height exceeds height of Prime Mover fifth wheel.
Landing gear legs may need to be raised or lowered accordingly.
4. Back Prime Mover under upper coupler plate (Figure 1, Item 2) until kingpin (Figure 1, Item 1) and fifth
wheel hook automatically. Verify kingpin (Figure 1, Item 1) and fifth wheel are engaged and locked. Engage
Prime Mover parking brake.

2
1
BAE9014

Figure 1. M969A3 Semitrailer.

5. Remove dummy coupling from semitrailer service and emergency air couplings (Figure 2, Item 1). Connect
Prime Mover service and emergency air lines to semitrailer service and emergency air couplings
(Figure 2, Item 1).

BAE9015c

Figure 2. Air Coupling.

0005-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(opusualwp) wpno(O1002)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0005

CONNECTING PRIME MOVER TO M969A3 - Continued

6. Ensure drain valve (Figure 3, Item 2) on air reservoir (Figure 3, Item 1) of semitrailer is closed.

1
2 BAE9043

Figure 3. Air Reservoir Drain Valve.

7. Open air control valves on Prime Mover.

0005-3 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(opusualwp) wpno(O1002)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0005

CONNECTING PRIME MOVER TO M969A3 - Continued

CAUTION
Connect only one cable to Prime Mover. Failure to comply may result in damage to, or
destruction of, equipment or mission.
8. Plug either 12 V dc or 24 V dc cables from Prime Mover into the intervehicular 12 V dc (Figure 4, Item 8) or
24 V dc (Figure 4, Item 9) cable connectors of semitrailer.

NOTE
ABS light functions normally when Prime Mover and semitrailer are in blackout mode.
Covering the ABS light with tape or mud is recommended during blackout operations.
9. Operate lights of Prime Mover to verify all stoplights, marker, and clearance lights of semitrailer are working.
Verify ABS warning indicator (Figure 4, Item 2) is not lit.
10. Engage landing gear operating crank (Figure 4, Item 5) and raise landing gear legs (Figure 4, Item 3) by
rotating crank clockwise. Replace crank in clip (Figure 4, Item 4) when landing gear legs are raised.
11. If landing gear ground boards (Figure 4, Item 6) were used, stow them in brackets (Figure 4, Item 7) on
each side of semitrailer.

END OF TASK

DISCONNECTING PRIME MOVER FROM SEMITRAILER

4 BAE9016a

Figure 6. Landing Gear Operation.

10. Block wheels of semitrailer.

11. Release semitrailer kingpin (Figure 7, Item 2) from Prime Mover.
12. Drive Prime Mover forward until semitrailer is resting entirely on its landing gear legs (Figure 7, Item 1).

2
1
BAE9018

Figure 7. Kingpin and Landing Gear Legs.

END OF TASK

0005-7 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(opusualwp) wpno(O1002)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0005

CONNECTING GROUNDING CABLES

NOTE
• When performing maintenance on any of the M969A3 systems, the semitrailer
should be secured to a facility (earth) ground, or to the portable grounding rod
supplied with the semitrailer.
• Specific grounding procedures can be found in FM 10-67-1.
1. Connect grounding cable from loading rack or stand to any of three grounding studs (Figure 8, Item 1)
on M969A3.
2. Connect any of the two M969A3 static reel cables (Figure 8, Item 2) to a facility earth ground (metal rod or
metal fence pole).
3. If no suitable ground exists at facility:
a. Remove portable grounding rod (Figure 8, Item 3) from M969A3.
b. Insert portable grounding rod (Figure 8, Item 3) in accordance with FM 10-67-1 into the ground a short
distance from M969A3.
c. Connect closest static reel cable (Figure 8, Item 2) to portable grounding rod (Figure 8, Item 3).

Figure 11. Engine Oil, Fuel, and Air Restriction Checks.

1. Before starting engine, check fuel level in engine fuel tank (Figure 11, Item 3). Add fuel as necessary.
2. Check oil level. If dipstick (Figure 11, Item 1) reads L (low), add oil as necessary (WP 0206).

0005-10 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(opusualwp) wpno(O1002)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0005

ENGINE OPERATING PROCEDURES - Continued

3. Check air cleaner restriction indicator (Figure 11, Item 2). If restriction indicator is red, clean or replace
engine air filter (WP 0069).

END OF TASK

COLD ENGINE START

1. Turn engine switch (Figure 12, Item 3) to RUN position.

2. Turn pre-heater switch (Figure 12, Item 1) to ON position and hold for one minute.

NOTE
Do not hold starter switch in START position for more than ten seconds.
3. Turn starter switch (Figure 12, Item 2) to START position while holding pre-heater switch (Figure 12, Item 1)
in ON position.
4. If engine starts, release starter switch (Figure 12, Item 2) and turn pre-heater switch (Figure 12, Item 1) to
OFF position.

PRE-HEATER STARTER ENGINE RPM

15 HOURS
WARNING
10 20
ON START
ENGINE RPM
ENGINE 5 25
ENGINE HOURS
TACH
0 30
24 28
20 32

RUN ENGINE RPM

0 36

3 ax bc

STOP

BATTERY VOLTAGE

TANKER FUEL LEVEL 30 40 60

50
ON 20 40
40 60 psi 20 psi
80
30 70 10 50
20 80
60 0 100
ax bc
ax bc

OFF

FILTER XP VAPOR PUMP PRESSURE OIL PRESSURE

BAE9022

Figure 12. Engine Control Panel.

0005-11 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(opusualwp) wpno(O1002)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0005

COLD ENGINE START - Continued

5. Adjust throttle (Figure 13, Item 1) to idle setting (1000-1200 RPM).

NOTE
If engine does not start, perform Steps 6 through 9.
6. Release starter switch (Figure 13, Item 3) after ten seconds if engine has not started.
7. Preheat engine for one more minute prior to attempting to restart engine.
8. Crank engine intermittently until engine starts.
9. Turn off pre-heater switch (Figure 13, Item 2).

END OF TASK

HOT ENGINE START

1. Turn engine switch (Figure 13, Item 4) to RUN position.

NOTE
• When engine is hot, preheat is not required.
• Do not hold starter switch in START position for more than ten seconds.
2. Turn starter switch (Figure 13, Item 3) to START position.
3. When engine starts, release starter switch (Figure 13, Item 3).

1 2 3

PRE-HEATER STARTER ENGINE RPM

E
15 HOURS
WARNING
10 20
ON START
ENGINE RPM
ENGINE 5 25
ENGINE HOURS
TACH
0 30
24 28
20 32

F RUN 0 36
K ENGINE RPM
ax bc

B STOP

J 4 BATTERY VOLTAGE

TANKER FUEL LEVEL 30 40 60

50
ON 20 40
psi psi
G 30
40 60
70 10 50
20 80
20 80
60 0 100
ax bc
ax bc

OFF

FILTER XP VAPOR PUMP PRESSURE OIL PRESSURE

BAE9023

Figure 13. Engine Control Panel and Throttle.

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0005-12 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(opusualwp) wpno(O1002)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0006

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
FUELING OPERATIONS

INITIAL SETUP:

References
WP 0004
WP 0005

WARNING

• Fuel handlers must wear appropriate safety equipment during fueling operations to
avoid injury. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek
medical attention in the event of an injury.
• DO NOT fill semitrailer with more than 3,000 gal (11,356 L) of fuel when semitrailer
is being towed by one of the following five ton Prime Movers: M818, M931/M932
Series without Antilock Brake System (ABS) brakes. Overfilling semitrailer when
using one of these tractors creates an overload condition, resulting in difficulty in
braking and maintaining control of tractor/semitrailer in critical braking situations.
Failure to comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention
in the event of an injury.
• Remove vent cap from either side of vapor recovery tube to vent tank during
fueling operations. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to personnel.
Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• Follow all fuel handling procedures precisely to prevent injury or death to
personnel. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek
medical attention in the event of an injury.
• Accidental or intentional introduction of liquid contaminants into the environment is
a violation of state, federal, and military regulations. Refer to Army Petroleum, Oils,
and Lubricants (POL) for information concerning storage, use, and disposal of
these liquids. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek
medical attention in the event of an injury.

0006-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(opusualwp) wpno(O1003)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0006

NOTE
DO NOT overfill any fluid reservoir/tank. If fluid starts to flow out of reservoir/tank, stop
IMMEDIATELY to avoid spillage. Immediately clean up spilled fluid before proceeding with
any task.

FUELING OPERATIONS

WARNING

Always relieve pressure in tank before opening manhole cover. Pressure may cause
manhole cover to burst open. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to personnel.
Seek medical attention in the event of an injury
1. Remove safety snap on fill cover.
2. Release safety latch and open fill cover.

Table 1. Fuel Operations Schematic.

OPERATING INSTRUCTORS - M969A3

EACH OPERATION BEGINS AND ENDS WITH ALL VALVES CLOSED

VALVE POSITIONS
OPERATION
A B D E F G H J K M N P R

1. WATER DRAIN O X O X X X O O X O O X X

2. GRAVITY UNLOAD O O O X X O O X X X X X X

3. BOTTOM LOAD X X O X X X X X X X X X X

4. BULK DELIVERY O O X X O X O X X X X X X

5. SELF LOAD X O O O X O X X X X X X X

6. FILTERED BULK DLVY O O X X X X O X O O X X X

7. FILTERED METERED DISP O X X X X X O X X O X O O

8. NON FLTR METERED DISP O X X X O X O X O X X O O

9. PRE-CHECK X X X X X X X X X X X X X

10. RECIRCULATION O X X X X X O X X O X O O

O = OPEN X = CLOSED

0006-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(opusualwp) wpno(O1003)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0006

FUELING OPERATIONS - Continued

Table 2. Fuel Dispensing Flow Rates.

Dispensing Bulk
Self-Load Filtered Nonfiltered Filtered Nonfiltered
Delivery

Engine RPM 2200 2400 1200 2400 2200 2400 2200 2400

Pump gpm 290 320 44 88 44 88 175 190 480 530

PUMP MAIN TANK

RECIRCULATION
ENGINE FITTING
M
STRAINER
FILTER/
SEPARATOR
BOTTOM VENT
LOADING N
CONNECTION
HIGH LEVEL
D SHUTOFF

EMERGENCY
VALVE

E F P R
A

G K
H METER METER
J
B
OPERATOR FRONT REAR
BOTTOM OUTLET REEL REEL
LOADING B
CONNECTION BAE9027

Figure 1. Fuel Loading Schematic.

END OF TASK

0006-3 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(opusualwp) wpno(O1003)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0006

BOTTOM LOADING - ROADSIDE FUELING OPERATIONS

NOTE
• Operations begin and end with all valves closed.
• Bottom loading flow chart (Figure 3).
1. Set semitrailer park brakes by functioning brake control valve (Figure 2, Item 8) located on top of curbside
bottom load coupling or the one located at curbside vapor recovery outlet.
2. Make sure all valves are closed.
3. Remove fire extinguishers (Figure 2, Item 2) and bring them to point of operation.
4. Ground and bond semitrailer (WP 0005).
5. Remove vapor recovery system vent caps (Figure 2, Item 7).
6. Remove 4 in. hose (Figure 2, Item 5) from hose tube (Figure 2, Item 6) and connect to bottom loading
connection (Figure 2, Item 4) and fuel facility.
7. Place valve D (Figure 2, Item 3) in open position.
8. Begin bottom loading.
9. After flow has begun, set valve D (Figure 2, Item 3) to closed position to precheck automatic shut-off. If shut-
off is functional, flow should stop after 20-25 seconds.
10. Set valve D (Figure 2, Item 3) to open position. Flow will resume in about 20 seconds.

WARNING

If fuel flow into semitrailer stops because of a shut off malfunction, or the presence of
leaks, or if any other unusual conditions are observed, stop fuel supply loading facility and
notify your supervisor. Immediately clean up any spilled or leaked fuel in accordance with
local spill response regulations and procedures. Failure to comply may result in death or
injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
11. When tank is full, fuel flow will stop automatically. When fueling is complete, return all valves to
closed position.
12. Close valve D (Figure 2, Item 3). Disconnect hose (Figure 2, Item 5) from bottom loading connection
(Figure 2, Item 4) and install cover. Drain hose into suitable container and store hose (Figure 2, Item 5) in
hose tube (Figure 2, Item 6).
13. Open valves A, D, H, and J (Figure 2, Items 1, 3, 9, and 10) and drain accumulated water into a
suitable container.
14. Close all valves and replace vapor recovery system vent caps (Figure 2, Item 7).
15. Remove all grounding and bonding cables.
16. Store and cover fire extinguishers (Figure 2, Item 2).

0006-4 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(opusualwp) wpno(O1003)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0006

BOTTOM LOADING - ROADSIDE FUELING OPERATIONS - Continued

1
4 5
3
2

10
6

7
2

8 BAE9026

Figure 2. Bottom Loading - Roadside.

0006-5 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(opusualwp) wpno(O1003)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0006

BOTTOM LOADING - ROADSIDE FUELING OPERATIONS - Continued

PUMP MAIN TANK

ENGINE RECIRCULATION
FITTING
M
STRAINER
FILTER/
SEPARATOR

BOTTOM VENT
LOADING N
CONNECTION
HIGH LEVEL
D SHUTOFF

EMERGENCY
VALVE

E F P R
A

G K
H METER METER
J
B
OPERATOR FRONT REAR
BOTTOM OUTLET REEL REEL
LOADING B
CONNECTION BAE9516

Figure 3. Roadside and Curbside Flow for Bottom Loading.

END OF TASK

0006-6 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(opusualwp) wpno(O1003)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0006

BOTTOM LOADING - CURBSIDE AT COMMERCIAL FACILITY

NOTE
Operations begin and end with all valves closed.
1. Set semitrailer park brakes by functioning brake control valve (Figure 4, Item 2) located on top of curbside
bottom load coupling or the one located at curbside vapor recovery outlet.
2. Remove fire extinguishers (Figure 4, Item 4) and bring them to the point of fueling operation.
3. Ground and bond semitrailer to facility ground (WP 0005).
4. Remove curbside vapor recovery system vent cap (Figure 4, Item 7) and attach facility vapor recovery hose.
5. Remove bottom load adapter cap (Figure 4, Item 3) and attach facility fuel transfer hose to bottom load
adapter (Figure 4, Item 1) and assure connection is secure.
6. Connect facility monitor and control cables to curbside socket box (Figure 4, Item 6).
7. Turn onboard monitor power switch (Figure 4, Item 5) to ON position.

1 2
3

5
4

E
4

6
2 7

BAE9028

Figure 4. Bottom Loading - Curbside at Commercial Facility.

0006-7 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(opusualwp) wpno(O1003)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0006

BOTTOM LOADING - CURBSIDE AT COMMERCIAL FACILITY - Continued

NOTE
• The yellow POWER LED should be on.
• If there is a red LED showing, this means there is a malfunction in the monitor
system and fueling will not be permitted until repairs are made and green LED
is on.
8. The green PERMIT LED (Figure 5, Item 1) on the onboard monitor (Figure 5, Item 2) indicates sensor is
operating and NOT detecting an overfill situation.

WARNING

Watch for fuel leaks during bottom loading operation and shut down fuel flow if any occur.
Immediately clean up any spilled or leaked fuel in accordance with local spill response
regulations and procedures. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to personnel.
Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.

NOTE
When fuel level in semitrailer reaches sensor (5,000 gal [18,927 L]) fuel flow in to
semitrailer will automatically stop.
9. Begin bottom loading.
10. Turn off power switch (Figure 5, Item 3) to onboard monitor (Figure 5, Item 2) and disconnect facility monitor
and control cables.
11. Place suitable container under curbside adaptor hose connection (Figure 5, Item 4) to capture any residual
fuel from dry-brake coupling. Dispose of residual fuel in accordance with local Standard Operating
Procedure (SOP). Disconnect facility fuel transfer hose and cap (Figure 5, Item 6) bottom load adapter.
12. Disconnect curbside facility vapor recovery hose and cap (Figure 5, Item 7) vehicle vapor recovery outlet.
13. Close all valves.
14. Return fire extinguishers (Figure 5, Item 8) to their covers and brackets (WP 0004).
15. Disconnect bonding and grounding cables.
16. Deactivate whichever brake control valve (Figure 5, Item 5) that was functioning in Step 1.

0006-8 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(opusualwp) wpno(O1003)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0006

BOTTOM LOADING - CURBSIDE AT COMMERCIAL FACILITY - Continued

4 5
6
1
3
2

4 7
8
8

BAE9029

Figure 5. Bottom Loading - Curbside.

END OF TASK

0006-9 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(opusualwp) wpno(O1003)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0006

GRAVITY UNLOAD

NOTE
Operations begin and end with all valves closed.
1. Set semitrailer park brakes by functioning brake control valve (Figure 6, Item 11) located on top of curbside
bottom load coupling or the one located at curbside vapor recovery outlet.
2. Remove all fire extinguishers (Figure 6, Item 1) and bring them to the point of operation.
3. Ground and bond semitrailer to facility ground (WP 0005).
4. Remove 4 in. hose (Figure 6, Item 2) from hose tube (Figure 6, Item 3) and connect hose between outlet B
(Figure 6, Item 5) and fuel facility.
5. Remove one or both vapor recovery system caps (Figure 6, Item 10).
6. Open valves A, B, D, G, and H (Figure 6, Items 8, 4, 9, 6, and 7).
7. At end of operation close all valves.
8. Drain 4 in. hose (Figure 6, Item 2) into suitable container.

2
1

9
4
E

11 10 8
F K
B

J
G

7 6 5 BAE9032

Figure 6. Gravity Unload Operations.

0006-10 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(opusualwp) wpno(O1003)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0006

GRAVITY UNLOAD - Continued

9. Remove hose (Figure 6, Item 2) and store in hose tube (Figure 6, Item 3).
10. Replace vapor recovery system cap(s) (Figure 6, Item 10).
11. Remove grounding and bonding cables (WP 0005).
12. Store and cover fire extinguishers (Figure 6, Item 1).

PUMP MAIN TANK

ENGINE RECIRCULATION
FITTING
M
STRAINER
FILTER/
SEPARATOR

BOTTOM VENT
LOADING N
CONNECTION
HIGH LEVEL
D SHUTOFF

EMERGENCY
VALVE

E F P R
A

G K
H METER METER
J
B
OPERATOR FRONT REAR
BOTTOM OUTLET REEL REEL
LOADING B
CONNECTION BAE9517

Figure 7. Gravity Unload Flow Chart.

END OF TASK

0006-11 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(opusualwp) wpno(O1003)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0006

SELF-LOADING OPERATIONS

NOTE
Operations begin and end with all valves closed.
1. Set semitrailer park brakes by functioning brake control valve (Figure 8, Item 10) located on top of curbside
bottom load coupling or the one located at curbside vapor recovery outlet.
2. Remove fire extinguishers (Figure 8, Item 1) and bring them to the point of operation.
3. Ground and bond semitrailer (WP 0005).
4. Remove one or both vapor recovery system caps (Figure 8, Item 9).
5. Start engine (WP 0005).
6. Remove 4 in. hose (Figure 8, Item 2) from hose tube (Figure 8, Item 3) and connect hose
(Figure 8, Item 2) between outlet B (Figure 8, Item 7) and fuel storage facility.
7. Open valves B, D, E, and G (Figure 8, Items 6, 4, 5, and 8).
8. Adjust engine to desired flow rate (290-320 gpm [1098-1211 Lpm] @ 2200-2400 RPM).
9. After flow has begun, set valve D (Figure 8, Item 4) to the closed position to precheck automatic shut-off. If
shut-off is functional, flow should stop after 20-25 seconds. Open valve D (Figure 8, Item 4); flow should
resume in 20 seconds.

2
1

3
4 5

6
E

10 9
F K
B

J
G

BAE9034

8 7

Figure 8. Self-Loading Operations.

0006-12 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(opusualwp) wpno(O1003)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0006

SELF-LOADING OPERATIONS - Continued

10. When tank is full, flow will stop automatically.

11. Shut off engine (WP 0005).
12. Drain hose (Figure 8, Item 2) into suitable container.
13. Close all valves and vapor recovery system vent cap(s) (Figure 8, Item 9).
14. Remove hose (Figure 8, Item 2) and store in hose tubes (Figure 8, Item 3).
15. Remove grounding and bonding cables (WP 0005).
16. Stow and cover fire extinguishers (Figure 8, Item 1) (WP 0004).

PUMP MAIN TANK

ENGINE RECIRCULATION
FITTING
M
STRAINER
FILTER/
SEPARATOR

BOTTOM VENT
LOADING N
CONNECTION
HIGH LEVEL
D SHUTOFF

EMERGENCY
VALVE

E F P R
A

G K
H METER METER
J
B
OPERATOR FRONT REAR
BOTTOM OUTLET REEL REEL
LOADING B
CONNECTION BAE9518

Figure 9. Self-Loading Flow Chart.

END OF TASK

0006-13 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(opusualwp) wpno(O1003)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0006

BULK DELIVERY

NOTE
• Use this procedure to pump fuel from semitrailer to storage facility.
• Operation begins and ends with all valves closed.
1. Set semitrailer park brakes by functioning brake control valve (Figure 10, Item 10) located on top of curbside
bottom load coupling or the one located at curbside vapor recovery outlet.
2. Remove fire extinguishers (Figure 10, Item 1) and bring them to the point of operation.
3. Ground and bond semitrailer to facility ground (WP 0005).
4. Remove one or both vapor recovery system caps (Figure 10, Item 9).
5. Start engine (WP 0005).
6. Remove 4 in. hose (Figure 10, Item 2) from hose tube (Figure 10, Item 3) and connect hose
(Figure 10, Item 2) between outlet B (Figure 10, Item 6) and fuel storage facility.
7. Pull emergency valve A control handle (Figure 10, Item 8) to open position. Open valves B, F, and H
(Figure 10, Items 4, 5, and 7).
8. Adjust engine speed to desired flow rate (290-320 gpm [1098-1211 Lpm] @ 2200-2400 RPM).
9. Shut off engine after delivery is complete.
10. Close all valves and vapor recovery system vent cap(s) (Figure 10, Item 9).

2
1

4
E
5
10 9 8
F K
B

J
G

BAE9034d

7 6

Figure 10. Bulk Delivery Operations.

0006-14 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(opusualwp) wpno(O1003)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0006

BULK DELIVERY - Continued

11. Drain hose (Figure 10, Item 2) into suitable container.

12. Remove hose (Figure 10, Item 2) and store in hose tube (Figure 10, Item 3).
13. Remove grounding and bonding cables (WP 0005).
14. Store and cover fire extinguisher (Figure 10, Item 1).

PUMP MAIN TANK

ENGINE RECIRCULATION
FITTING
M
STRAINER
FILTER/
SEPARATOR

BOTTOM VENT
LOADING N
CONNECTION
HIGH LEVEL
D SHUTOFF

EMERGENCY
VALVE

E F P R
A

G K
H METER METER
J
B
OPERATOR FRONT REAR
BOTTOM OUTLET REEL REEL
LOADING B
CONNECTION BAE9519

Figure 11. Bulk Delivery Flow Chart.

END OF TASK

0006-15 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(opusualwp) wpno(O1003)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0006

NON-FILTERED METERED DISPENSING

NOTE
Operation begins and ends with all valves closed.
1. Set semitrailer park brakes by functioning brake control valve (Figure 12, Item 7) located on top of curbside
bottom load coupling or the one located at curbside vapor recovery outlet.
2. Remove fire extinguishers (Figure 12, Item 1) and bring them to the point of operation (WP 0005).
3. Ground and bond semitrailer (WP 0005).
4. Remove one or both vapor recovery system vent cap(s) (Figure 12, Item 6).
5. Start engine (WP 0005).
6. Pull emergency valve A control handle (Figure 12, Item 5) to open position. Open valves F, K, and H
(Figure 12, Items 2, 3, and 4).

2
E
3

5
F K
B

J
G
7 6

4
BAE9502

Figure 12. Non-Filtered Dispensing Valves.

7. Attach fuel dispensing nozzle (Figure 13, Item 4) onto end of 1-1/4 in. hose (Figure 13, Item 3).
8. Place fuel dispensing nozzle (Figure 13, Item 4) into vehicle fuel tank/container.

NOTE
Both P and R valves may be opened if two vehicles are being fueled simultaneously.
9. Open valve P (Figure 13, Item 2) for front hose reel or valve R (Figure 13, Item 5) for rear hose reel.
10. Reset meters to zero by pushing in meter reset knobs (Figure 13, Item 1) and turning clockwise.

0006-16 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(opusualwp) wpno(O1003)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0006

NON-FILTERED METERED DISPENSING - Continued

1
0000 00 00
2

4
3

BAE9503

Figure 13. Non-Filtered Metered Dispensing Hoses.

11. Adjust engine speed to desired flow rate (44-88 gpm [167-333 Lpm] @ 1200-2400 RPM).
12. Shut off engine after delivery is complete.
13. Remove fuel dispensing nozzle (Figure 13, Item 4) and rewind 1-1/4 in. hoses (Figure 13, Item 3).
14. Close all valves and vapor recovery system vent cap(s) (Figure 12, Item 6).
15. Remove grounding and bonding cables (WP 0005).
16. Stow and cover fire extinguisher (WP 0005).

0006-17 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(opusualwp) wpno(O1003)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0006

NON-FILTERED METERED DISPENSING - Continued

PUMP MAIN TANK

ENGINE RECIRCULATION
FITTING
M
STRAINER
FILTER/
SEPARATOR

BOTTOM VENT
LOADING N
CONNECTION
HIGH LEVEL
D SHUTOFF

EMERGENCY
VALVE

E F P R
A

G K
H METER METER
J
B
OPERATOR FRONT REAR
BOTTOM OUTLET REEL REEL
LOADING B
CONNECTION BAE9522

Figure 14. Non-Filtered Metered Flow Chart.

END OF TASK

FILTERED BULK DELIVERY

0006-18 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(opusualwp) wpno(O1003)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0006

FILTERED BULK DELIVERY - Continued

4. Remove one or both vapor recovery system cap(s) (Figure 15, Item 9).
5. Start engine (WP 0005).
6. Remove 4 in. hose (Figure 15, Item 2) from hose tube (Figure 15, Item 3) and connect hose
(Figure 15, Item 2) between outlet B (Figure 15, Item 6) and fuel storage facility.

2
1

3
4
E

5
11
F K
B

J
G

BAE9505
10 9 8 7 6

Figure 15. Filtered Bulk Delivery Operations.

7. Pull emergency valve A control handle (Figure 15, Item 8) to open position. Open valves B, K, H, and M
(Figure 15, Items 4, 5, 7, and 11).
8. Adjust engine speed to desired flow rate (290-320 gpm [1098-1211 Lpm] @ 2200-2400 RPM).
9. Shut off engine after delivery is complete.
10. Drain hose (Figure 15, Item 2) into suitable container.
11. Close all valves and vapor recovery system vent cap(s).
12. Remove and store hose (Figure 15, Item 2) in hose tube (Figure 15, Item 3).
13. Remove grounding and bonding cables (WP 0005).
14. Store and cover fire extinguishers (Figure 15, Item 1).

END OF TASK

0006-19 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(opusualwp) wpno(O1003)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0006

FILTERED METERED FUEL DISPENSING

NOTE
• Fuel sampling is done during some filtered fuel dispensing operation. Information
on fuel sampling may be obtained from FM 10-67-1.
• Fuel is removed through an Aqua-Glo probe and adapter (Figure 16, Item 1)
installed on the filter/separator.
• Use this procedure to dispense metered fuel from semitrailer tank to vehicle. Fuel
is pumped through filter/separator; meter and hose reel to vehicle.
• Operation begins and ends with all valves closed.

BAE9507

Figure 16. Fuel Sampling Location.

1. Set semitrailer park brakes by functioning brake control valve (Figure 17, Item 5) located on top of curbside
bottom load coupling or the one located at curbside vapor recovery outlet.
2. Remove fire extinguishers (Figure 17, Item 1) and bring them to the point of operation.
3. Ground and bond semitrailer (WP 0005).
4. Remove one or both vapor recovery system cap(s) (Figure 17, Item 4).
5. Start engine (WP 0005).
6. Pull emergency valve A control handle (Figure 17, Item 3) to open position. Open valves H and M
(Figure 17, Items 2 and 6).

0006-20 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(opusualwp) wpno(O1003)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0006

FILTERED METERED FUEL DISPENSING - Continued

6
E

F K
B

J
G

5 4

2
3
BAE9508

Figure 17. Filtered Metered Fuel Dispensing.

0006-21 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(opusualwp) wpno(O1003)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0006

FILTERED METERED FUEL DISPENSING - Continued

7. Attach fuel dispensing nozzle (Figure 18, Item 4) onto front or rear hose reel (Figure 18, Item 3).
8. Place fuel dispensing nozzle (Figure 18, Item 4) into vehicle fuel tank/container.

NOTE
Both P and R valves may be opened if two vehicles are being fueled simultaneously.
9. Open valve P or R (Figure 18, Items 2 and 5) for front or rear hose reel.
10. Reset meters to zero by pushing in meter reset knobs (Figure 18, Item 1) and turning clockwise.
11. Adjust engine speed to desired flow rate (44-88 gpm [167-333 Lpm] @ 1200-2400 RPM).
12. Shut off engine after delivery is complete.

1
0000 00 00
2

4
3

BAE9503b

Figure 18. Filtered Metered Dispensing Hoses.

0006-22 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(opusualwp) wpno(O1003)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0006

FILTERED METERED FUEL DISPENSING - Continued

13. Remove fuel dispensing nozzle (Figure 18, Item 4) from hose reel (Figure 18, Item 3) and rewind
1-1/4 in. hoses.
14. Close all valves and vapor recovery vent cap(s).
15. Remove grounding and bonding cables (WP 0005).
16. Stow and cover fire extinguishers (WP 0005).

PUMP MAIN TANK

ENGINE RECIRCULATION
FITTING
M
STRAINER
FILTER/
SEPARATOR

BOTTOM VENT
LOADING N
CONNECTION
HIGH LEVEL
D SHUTOFF

EMERGENCY
VALVE

E F P R
A

G K
H METER METER
J
B
OPERATOR FRONT REAR
BOTTOM OUTLET REEL REEL
LOADING B
CONNECTION BAE9520

Figure 19. Filtered Metered Flow Chart.

END OF TASK

0006-23 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(opusualwp) wpno(O1003)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0006

RECIRCULATION

NOTE
• Use this procedure to recirculate metered fuel through the hose reels. Fuel is
pumped through filter/separator; meter and hose reel, back into tank of vehicle.
• Operation begins and ends with all valves closed.
1. Set semitrailer park brakes by functioning brake control valve (Figure 20, Item 5) located on top of curbside
bottom load coupling or the one located at curbside vapor recovery outlet.
2. Remove fire extinguishers (Figure 20, Item 1) and bring them to the point of operation.

6
F K
B

J
G

5 4
2
3

BAE9508a

Figure 20. Recirculation Operations.

3. Ground and bond semitrailer (WP 0005).

4. Remove one or both vapor recovery system cap(s) (Figure 20, Item 4).
5. Start engine (WP 0005).
6. Pull emergency valve A control handle (Figure 20, Item 3) to open position. Open valves H and M
(Figure 20, Items 2 and 6).
7. Attach D-1 recirculation nozzle (Figure 21, Item 2) onto 1-1/4 in. hose (Figure 21, Item 4).

0006-24 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(opusualwp) wpno(O1003)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0006

RECIRCULATION - Continued

8. Connect D-1 nozzle to recirculation port (Figure 21, Item 1).

9. Open P or R valve (Figure 21, Item 3).
10. Open D-1 nozzle to begin recirculation and adjust engine speed to desired flow rate
(290-320 gpm [1098-1211 Lpm] @ 2200-2400 RPM).
11. Shut off engine after recirculation is complete.
12. Disconnect D-1 recirculation nozzle (Figure 21, Item 2) from port (Figure 21, Item 1) and 1-1/4 in. hose
(Figure 21, Item 4).
13. Close all valves and vapor recovery vent cap(s) (Figure 20, Item 4).
14. Rewind hose (Figure 21, Item 4).
15. Remove grounding and bonding cables (WP 0005).
16. Stow and cover fire extinguishers (Figure 20, Item 1).

1 2

BAE9509

Figure 21. Recirculation Operations Nozzle.

0006-25 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(opusualwp) wpno(O1003)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0006

RECIRCULATION - Continued

MAIN TANK

PUMP

RECIRCULATION
FITTING
ENGINE
M
STRAINER
FILTER/
SEPARATOR

BOTTOM N VENT
LOADING
CONNECTION HIGH LEVEL
D SHUTOFF

EMERGENCY
VALVE

E F P R
A

G K
J H METER METER
B
OPERATOR FRONT REAR
BOTTOM OUTLET REEL REEL
LOADING B
CONNECTION
BAE9510

Figure 22. Recirculation Flow Chart.

END OF TASK

0006-26 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(opusualwp) wpno(O1003)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0006

REFUEL ON THE MOVE (ROM)

NOTE
Components of the Refuel on the Move (ROM) assembly are listed within the Additional
Authorization List (AAL) (WP 0213).
M969A3 semitrailers have ROM capabilities. Refer to FM 10-67-1 for instructions on installing, operating,
and disassembling the ROM kit.

END OF TASK

1-1/4 IN. HOSE EVACUATION

NOTE
Operations begin and end with all valves closed.
1. Set semitrailer park brakes by functioning brake control valve (Figure 23, Item 1) located on top of curbside
bottom load coupling or the one located at curbside vapor recovery outlet.
2. Ensure all valves are closed.
3. Ground and bond semitrailer (WP 0005).
4. Remove fire extinguishers and bring them to the point of operation.
5. Start engine (WP 0005).
6. Open valves A, G, E, and K. Open valve P or R (whichever was used) to evacuate 1-1/4 in. hose.
Open P or R hose reel nozzle.
7. Set engine speed to maximum speed (2400 RPM) for a few seconds until evacuation is completed
(meter turns back slowly until fuel is evacuated).
8. Idle down engine.
9. Close all valves.
10. Shut off engine.
11. Remove grounding and bonding cables (WP 0005).
12. Stow and cover fire extinguishers (WP 0005).

BAE9034b

Figure 23. 1-1/4 In. Hose Evacuation

0006-27 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(opusualwp) wpno(O1003)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0006

1-1/4 IN. HOSE EVACUATION - Continued

MAIN TANK
PUMP

RECIRCULATION
FITTING
ENGINE
M
STRAINER
FILTER/
SEPARATOR

BOTTOM N VENT
LOADING
CONNECTION
HIGH LEVEL
D SHUTOFF

EMERGENCY
VALVE

E F P R
A

G K
H METER METER
J
B
OPERATOR FRONT REAR
OUTLET REEL REEL
BOTTOM
LOADING B
CONNECTION BAE9511

Figure 24. 1-1/4 In. Hose Evacuation Flow Chart.

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0006-28 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(opusualwp) wpno(O1003)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0007

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS

INITIAL SETUP:

Materials/Parts References (cont.)

Cleaning Compound, Solvent FM 55-30
(WP 0214, Table 1, Item 6) GTA 43-01-090
Lubricating Oil, Engine GTA 43-01-130
(WP 0214, Table 1, Item 12) SF Form 368
TC 21-305-20
WP 0058
References WP 0067
FM 9-207 WP 0206
FM 10-67-1
FM 21-305

GENERAL

In addition to the normal preventive maintenance service, special care in cleaning and lubrication must be
observed where extremes of temperature, humidity, and terrain conditions are present or anticipated. Proper
cleaning, lubrication, and storage and handling of fuels and lubricants not only ensure proper operation and
functioning, but also guard against excessive wear in the working parts and deterioration of materials.
FM 55-30 contains instructions on driver selection, training, and supervision. TC 21-305-20 prescribes special
driving instructions for operating wheeled vehicles under unusual conditions. A detailed study of these manuals is
essential for the use of this material under unusual conditions.
When chronic failure of the materiel results from subjection to extreme conditions, report the condition on
SF Form 368.

OPERATION IN EXTREME COLD

CAUTION
To ensure equipment is not damaged, approved practices and precautions must be
followed. Failure to comply may result in damage to, or destruction of, equipment
or mission.
1. Extensive preparation of materiels scheduled for operation in extreme cold weather is necessary. Generally,
extreme cold causes lubricants to thicken or congeal, cracks insulation, causes electrical short circuits, and
various construction materials become hard, brittle, and easily damaged or broken.
2. The operator must always be on the alert for indications of the effect of the cold weather on the semitrailer.
3. Tires may freeze to ground or have flat spots if under inflated. For additional information, refer to
GTA 43-01-130.
4. Use caution when placing the vehicle in motion after a shutdown. Congealed lubricants may cause failure of
parts. Tires frozen to the ground or frozen to the shape of the flat spot while under inflated must be
considered. One or more brake shoes may be frozen fast and require preheating to avoid damage to the
Prime Mover clutch surfaces.
5. For description of operation in extreme cold, refer to FM 9-207.
6. For proper lubrication during extreme cold weather conditions (WP 0206).

0007-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(opusualwp) wpno(O1004)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0007

OPERATION IN EXTREME COLD - Continued

7. Clean all parts of semitrailer. Remove snow, ice, and mud as soon as possible after operation. Perform
AFTER operations Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) checks (WP 0058).
8. At Halt or Parking.
a. When halted for short shutdown periods, park semitrailer in a sheltered spot out of the wind. If no
shelter is available, park so the rear of the semitrailer faces into the wind. For long shutdowns, if high
and dry ground is not available, prepare a footing of planks or brush.
b. Clean all parts of the semitrailer of snow, ice and/or mud as soon as possible after operation. Perform
AFTER operation PMCS checks (WP 0058).
c. Gage tires for correct pressure:

Highway 95 psi (655 kPa)

Cross-country 45 psi (310 kPa)

Soft sand, mud, or snow 32 psi (221 kPa)

9. Shield the semitrailer with canvas covers, if available. Keep cover ends off the ground to keep them from
freezing to the ground.
10. For battery operation in extreme cold, refer to GTA 43-01-090.
11. For fueling in extreme cold, refer to FM 10-67-1.

END OF TASK

OPERATION IN EXTREME HEAT AND HIGH HUMIDITY

1. For proper lubrication during extreme heat conditions (WP 0206). Adequate lubrication is essential. Extreme
heat will cause oil films to evaporate, resulting in inadequate lubrication.
2. Keep tires protected from direct sunlight to prevent increases in air pressure and deterioration of rubber.
3. Cover inactive semitrailer with tarpaulins, if they are available and there is no other shelter. Shake out and
air canvas covers or other items subject to deterioration from mildew or attacks by insects or vermin for
several hours weekly.
4. Semitrailers, inactive for long periods of time in hot, humid weather, are subject to rapid rusting and
accumulation of fungi growth. Frequently inspect, clean, and lubricate to prevent excessive deterioration.
5. Dampness increases corrosive action. Inspect painted surfaces and electrical connections more frequently
for damage.

END OF TASK

OPERATION IN MUD AND SNOW

1. Reduce tire pressure to 45 psi (310 kPa), if practical.

2. After each operation, remove snow, ice, and/or mud from underneath semitrailer and hoses, lines, tubes,
and electrical connections.
3. For special instructions on driving hazards in snow, refer to FM 21-305.

0007-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(opusualwp) wpno(O1004)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0007
FORDING - Continued
WARNING

• Solvent cleaning compound MIL-PRF-680 may be irritating to the eyes and skin. Wear protective
gloves and eye protection. First aid for skin contact: remove contaminated clothing. Wash skin
thoroughly with soap and water. First aid for eye contact: flush with water for 15 minutes or until
irritation subsides. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. Failure to comply may result in
death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• Use solvent cleaning compound MIL-PRF-680 in a well-ventilated area. Use respirator as
needed. Accidental ingestion can cause irritation of digestive tract and respiratory tract. May
cause lung and central nervous system damage. Can be fatal if swallowed. Inhalation of
high/massive concentrations can cause coma or be fatal. First aid for ingestion: DO NOT induce
vomiting. Seek immediate medical attention. First aid for inhalation: move to fresh air. If not
breathing, provide artificial respiration. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. Failure to
comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an
injury.
• MIL-PRF-680 solvent is combustible; DO NOT use or store near heat, sparks, flame, or other
ignition sources. Use mechanical ventilation whenever product is used in confined space, heated
above ambient temperatures, or agitated. When not using MIL-PRF-680 solvents, ensure MIL-PRF-
680 solvent container is closed. Store, transport, and dispose virgin/used solvents and solvent
contaminated rags in compliance with local procedures. Failure to comply may result in death or
injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• Cleaning solvent compound MIL-PRF-680 is toxic and flammable. ALWAYS wear eye protection
and gloves and use only in a well-ventilated area. Avoid contact with skin, eyes, and clothes and
do not breathe vapors. Do not use near open flame or excessive heat. When not using MIL-PRF-
680 solvent cleaning compounds, ensure compound container is closed. Store, transport, and
dispose virgin / used solvents and solvent contaminated rags in compliance with local
procedures and regulations. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek
medical attention in the event of an injury.
• Improper cleaning methods and use of unauthorized cleaning liquids or solvents can injure
personnel and damage equipment. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to personnel.
Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.

a. d rim assemblies and clean them thoroughly with solvent cleaning compound, notify Field
Maintenance. Dry all working components of brakes and wheel bearings. Lubricate in accordance
with Lubrication Instructions (WP 0206).
b. Immersion in salt water greatly increases rusting and corrosion, especially on unpainted surfaces.
Remove all traces of saltwater from the semitrailer. Apply lubricating oil. That complete disassembly/
assembly may be needed, notify Field Maintenance.
4. To clean wheel bearings and hand pack with lubricant specified by Lubrication Instructions (WP 0206) after
each fording operation, notify Field Maintenance.

END OF TASK

0007-3
TM 9-2330-330-13 0007

FORDING - Continued

WARNING

• Solvent cleaning compound MIL-PRF-680 may be irritating to the eyes and

skin. Wear protective gloves and eye protection. First aid for skin contact:
remove contaminated clothing. Wash skin thoroughly with soap and water.
First aid for eye contact: flush with water for 15 minutes or until irritation
subsides. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. Failure to comply may
result in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of
an injury.
• Use solvent cleaning compound MIL-PRF-680 in a well-ventilated area. Use
respirator as needed. Accidental ingestion can cause irritation of digestive
tract and respiratory tract. May cause lung and central nervous system
damage. Can be fatal if swallowed. Inhalation of high/massive concentrations
can cause coma or be fatal. First aid for ingestion: DO NOT induce vomiting.
Seek immediate medical attention. First aid for inhalation: move to fresh air. If
not breathing, provide artificial respiration. If symptoms persist, seek medical
attention. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek
medical attention in the event of an injury.
• MIL-PRF-680 solvent is combustible; DO NOT use or store near heat, sparks,
flame, or other ignition sources. Use mechanical ventilation whenever product
is used in confined space, heated above ambient temperatures, or agitated.
Keep container sealed when not in use. Failure to comply may result in death
or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• Improper cleaning methods and use of unauthorized cleaning liquids or
solvents can injure personnel and damage equipment. Failure to comply may
result in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of
an injury.
• Cloths or rags saturated with solvent cleaning compound must be disposed of
in accordance with authorized facility procedures. Failure to comply may result
in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of
an injury.
a. To remove wheel and rim assemblies and clean them thoroughly with solvent cleaning compound,
notify Field Maintenance. Dry all working components of brakes and wheel bearings. Lubricate in
accordance with Lubrication Instructions (WP 0206).
b. Immersion in salt water greatly increases rusting and corrosion, especially on unpainted surfaces.
Remove all traces of saltwater from the semitrailer. Apply lubricating oil. That complete disassembly/
assembly may be needed, notify Field Maintenance.
4. To clean wheel bearings and hand pack with lubricant specified by Lubrication Instructions (WP 0206) after
each fording operation, notify Field Maintenance.

END OF TASK

0007-4 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(opusualwp) wpno(O1004)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0007

OPERATION WITH NO AIR IN AIR BRAKE SYSTEM

For emergency brake release procedures, refer to (WP 0067).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0007-5/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(opusualwp) wpno(O1004)

TM 9-2330-330-13

CHAPTER 3

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
TM 9-2330-330-13 0008

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
TROUBLESHOOTING INTRODUCTION

GENERAL

1. This chapter provides information for identifying and correcting symptoms and malfunctions that you may
find while operating the semitrailer.
2. The Troubleshooting Index (WP 0009) lists common symptoms that may occur and refers you to the
proper page in (WP 0010) through (WP 0056) for a troubleshooting procedure.
3. If you are unaware of the location of an item mentioned in troubleshooting, refer to (WP 0002) or
(WP 0004).
4. Before performing troubleshooting, read and follow all safety instructions found in the Warning Summary
at the front of this manual.
5. This chapter cannot list all symptoms and malfunctions that may occur, nor all tests or inspections and
corrective actions.
6. When troubleshooting a symptom:
a. Locate the symptom or symptoms in (WP 0009) that best describes the malfunction.
b. Troubleshooting procedures for the symptom in question are described in explanation of columns
listed below. Headings at the top of each page show how each troubleshooting procedure is
organized: Symptom, Malfunction, and Corrective Action.
c. Perform each step in the order listed until the symptom is corrected and the item being inspected
is operational. DO NOT perform any maintenance task unless the troubleshooting procedure tells
you to do so.

EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS

The columns in (WP 0010) through (WP 0056) are defined as follows:
1. SYMPTOM. A visual or operational indication that something is wrong with the equipment.
2. MALFUNCTION. Equipment defect that may cause the symptom.
3. CORRECTIVE ACTION. A procedure to correct the problem.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0008-1/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(tsintrowp) wpno(T1001)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0009

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX

Malfunction/Symptom Troubleshooting Procedure

OPERATOR TROUBLESHOOTING
1. LIGHTS ON SEMITRAILER WILL NOT OPERATE........................................................................... WP 0010
2. ONE OR MORE LIGHTS (BUT NOT ALL) WILL NOT
OPERATE CORRECTLY.................................................................... ............................................... WP 0011
3. CONTROL PANEL SECURE LIGHTING DOES NOT OPERATE...... ............................................... WP 0012
4. BRAKE LIGHTS DO NOT OPERATE WHEN TURN SIGNAL
IS APPLIED........................................................................................................................................ WP 0013
5. BRAKES WILL NOT RELEASE.......................................................... ............................................... WP 0014
6. NO BRAKES OR BRAKES ARE WEAK............................................. ............................................... WP 0015
7. BRAKE APPLICATION OR RELEASE IS SLOW............................... ............................................... WP 0016
8. BRAKES GRAB.................................................................................................................................. WP 0017
9. ENGINE WILL NOT TURN OVER...................................................... ............................................... WP 0018
10. ENGINE IS HARD TO START OR TURNS OVER SLOWLY............. ............................................... WP 0019
11. ENGINE TURNS OVER BUT FAILS TO START................................ ............................................... WP 0020
12. ENGINE MISFIRES AT HEAVY LOAD OR ENGINE POWER
IS LOW............................................................................................................................................... WP 0021
13. LOW OIL PRESSURE IS INDICATED ON GAGE.............................. ............................................... WP 0022
14. ENGINE STOPS DURING OPERATION............................................ ............................................... WP 0023
15. FUEL DOES NOT FLOW DURING ANY FUEL
SERVICING OPERATION.................................................................. ............................................... WP 0024
16. TIRES ARE EXCESSIVELY WORN, SCUFFED, OR CUPPED........................................................ WP 0025
17. HAND CRANK IS DIFFICULT TO OPERATE.................................................................................... WP 0026

FIELD TROUBLESHOOTING
18. ALL SEMITRAILER LIGHTS ARE INOPERABLE/DIM
OR FLICKERING................................................................................ ............................................... WP 0027
19. ONE OR MORE LIGHTS WILL NOT OPERATE................................ ............................................... WP 0028
20. BRAKE LIGHTS DO NOT OPERATE IF TURN SIGNALS
ARE USED.......................................................................................... ............................................... WP 0029
21. BATTERY IS LOW OR DISCHARGED.............................................................................................. WP 0030
22. UNDERCHARGED BATTERIES........................................................................................................ WP 0031
23. OVERCHARGED BATTERIES (INDICATED BY HIGH
WATER USAGE)................................................................................................................................ WP 0032

0009-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(tsindxwp) wpno(T1002)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0009

- Continued

Malfunction/Symptom Troubleshooting Procedure

24. HIGH OR LOW ALTERNATOR OUTPUT.......................................................................................... WP 0033

25. SHORT VOLTAGE REGULATOR LIFE............................................................................................. WP 0034
26. NOISY ALTERNATOR........................................................................ ............................................... WP 0035
27. BRAKES WILL NOT RELEASE/BRAKES DRAG............................... ............................................... WP 0036
28. NO BRAKES/BRAKES ARE WEAK/APPLICATION OR
RELEASE IS SLOW........................................................................................................................... WP 0037
29. ABS WARNING LIGHT COMES ON AND STAYS ON...................................................................... WP 0038
30. ABS WARNING LIGHT DOES NOT COME ON................................. ............................................... WP 0039
31. HAND CRANK IS DIFFICULT TO TURN........................................................................................... WP 0040
32. FUEL LEAKAGE EXISTS AROUND MANHOLE COVER.................. ............................................... WP 0041
33. ENGINE STARTER WILL NOT RUN.................................................. ............................................... WP 0042
34. ENGINE TURNS OVER BUT FAILS TO START................................ ............................................... WP 0043
35. ENGINE IS HARD TO START OR HAS LOW POWER..................................................................... WP 0044
36. LOW OIL PRESSURE (LESS THAN 30 PSI [276 KPA]).................... ............................................... WP 0045
37. HIGH OIL PRESSURE (ABOVE 95 PSI [655 KPA])........................... ............................................... WP 0046
38. ENGINE MISFIRES UNDER HEAVY LOAD...................................................................................... WP 0047
39. ENGINE SPEED IS ERRATIC OR WILL NOT MAINTAIN
STEADY RPM..................................................................................... ............................................... WP 0048
40. ENGINE SPEED IS TOO HIGH OR TOO LOW................................................................................. WP 0049
41. ENGINE EXHAUST IS BLACK OR FUEL CONSUMPTION
IS EXCESSIVE................................................................................................................................... WP 0050
42. PREHEAT INDICATOR LAMP WILL NOT LIGHT.............................. ............................................... WP 0051
43. PUMP FAILS TO DELIVER FUEL...................................................... ............................................... WP 0052
44. EMERGENCY VALVE A CLOSED, FUEL CONTINUES TO FLOW ................................................. WP 0053
45. FUEL DOES NOT FLOW DURING ANY FUELING OPERATIONS... ............................................... WP 0054
46. FUEL DOES NOT FLOW DURING FILTERED
FUELING OPERATION...................................................................................................................... WP 0055
47. FILTER/SEPARATOR FUEL OPERATIONS...................................... ............................................... WP 0056

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0009-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(tsindxwp) wpno(T1002)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0010

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
LIGHTS ON SEMITRAILER WILL NOT OPERATE

INITIAL SETUP:

References
WP 0060

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

SYMPTOM

LIGHTS ON SEMITRAILER WILL NOT OPERATE

MALFUNCTION

PRIME MOVER FUSE BLOWN

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Replace fuse in Prime Mover.

2. Verify problem is solved.
3. Notify Field Maintenance.

MALFUNCTION

DIRTY OR CORRODED CONTACTS IN PLUGS OR RECEPTACLES

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Clean plugs or receptacles (WP 0060).

2. Reconnect to semitrailer.
3. Verify problem is solved.
4. Notify Field Maintenance.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0010-1/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(tswp) wpno(T1003)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0011

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
ONE OR MORE LIGHTS (BUT NOT ALL) WILL NOT OPERATE CORRECTLY

INITIAL SETUP:

References
WP 0060

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

SYMPTOM

ONE OR MORE LIGHTS (BUT NOT ALL) WILL NOT OPERATE CORRECTLY

MALFUNCTION

DIRTY OR CORRODED CONTACTS IN PLUGS OR RECEPTACLES

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Clean plugs or receptacles (WP 0060).

LOW AIR PRESSURE GAGES

CORRECTIVE ACTION

Notify Field Maintenance.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0014-1/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(tswp) wpno(T1007)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0015

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
NO BRAKES OR BRAKES ARE WEAK

INITIAL SETUP:

Not Applicable

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

SYMPTOM

NO BRAKES OR BRAKES ARE WEAK

MALFUNCTION

CLOSED SHUT-OFF VALVES

SYMPTOM

ENGINE WILL NOT TURN OVER

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0018-1/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(tswp) wpno(T1011)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0019

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
ENGINE IS HARD TO START OR TURNS OVER SLOWLY

INITIAL SETUP:

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Service air cleaner (WP 0069).

2. Verify problem is solved.

0019-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(tswp) wpno(T1012)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0019

MALFUNCTION

FUEL LINES OR CONNECTIONS ARE LOOSE OR DAMAGED

CORRECTIVE ACTION

Notify Field Maintenance.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0019-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(tswp) wpno(T1012)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0020

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
ENGINE TURNS OVER BUT FAILS TO START

INITIAL SETUP:

Not Applicable

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

SYMPTOM

ENGINE TURNS OVER BUT FAILS TO START

MALFUNCTION

LOW FUEL LEVEL

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Add fuel as required.

2. Verify problem is solved.

MALFUNCTION

FUEL TANK IS EMPTY

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Add fuel as required.

2. Verify problem is solved.

MALFUNCTION

ENGINE IS OVERHEATED

CORRECTIVE ACTION

Notify Field Maintenance.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0020-1/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(tswp) wpno(T1013)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0021

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
ENGINE MISFIRES AT HEAVY LOAD OR ENGINE POWER IS LOW

INITIAL SETUP:

References
WP 0069

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

SYMPTOM

ENGINE MISFIRES AT HEAVY LOAD OR ENGINE POWER IS LOW

MALFUNCTION

AIR CLEANER RESTRICTION INDICATOR FOR RED BAND

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Service engine air cleaner (WP 0069).

2. Verify problem is solved.

MALFUNCTION

FUEL LINE LEAKS

CORRECTIVE ACTION

Notify Field Maintenance.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0021-1/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(tswp) wpno(T1014)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0022

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
LOW OIL PRESSURE IS INDICATED ON GAGE

INITIAL SETUP:

References
WP 0206

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:

References
WP 0005
WP 0206

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

DAMAGED OR MISSING COOLING FAN BELT

CORRECTIVE ACTION

Notify Field Maintenance.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0023-1/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(tswp) wpno(T1016)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0024

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
FUEL DOES NOT FLOW DURING ANY FUEL SERVICING OPERATION

INITIAL SETUP:

References
WP 0006
WP 0071

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

SYMPTOM

FUEL DOES NOT FLOW DURING ANY FUEL SERVICING OPERATION

MALFUNCTION

NO FUEL IN TANK

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Fill tanker (WP 0006).

2. Verify problem is solved.

MALFUNCTION

VALVES NOT SET PER FUEL OPERATIONS SCHEMATIC ON TOOL BOX LID

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Set valves per schematic on tool box lid (WP 0006).

2. Verify problem is solved.

MALFUNCTION

DEBRIS OR DIRT CLOGGING INLET IN PUMP STRAINER

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Clean strainer (WP 0071).

2. Verify problem is solved.

0024-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(tswp) wpno(T1017)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0024

MALFUNCTION

CONTROL HANDLE IS IN CLOSED POSITION

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Open control handle.

2. Verify problem is solved.
3. Notify Field Maintenance.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0024-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(tswp) wpno(T1017)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0025

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
TIRES ARE EXCESSIVELY WORN, SCUFFED, OR CUPPED

INITIAL SETUP:

Not Applicable

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

SYMPTOM

TIRES ARE EXCESSIVELY WORN, SCUFFED, OR CUPPED

MALFUNCTION

UNDER INFLATED TIRES

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Inflate tires to correct operating pressure, tire pressure is 95 psi (655 kPa).
2. Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0025-1/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(tswp) wpno(T1018)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0026

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
HAND CRANK IS DIFFICULT TO OPERATE

INITIAL SETUP:

Not Applicable

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

SYMPTOM

HAND CRANK IS DIFFICULT TO OPERATE

MALFUNCTION

LOWER LANDING LEGS ARE BENT

CORRECTIVE ACTION

Notify Field Maintenance.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0026-1/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(tswp) wpno(T1019)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0027

FIELD MAINTENANCE
ALL SEMITRAILER LIGHTS ARE INOPERABLE/DIM OR FLICKERING

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools References (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s WP 0086
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) WP 0087
WP 0088
WP 0090
References WP 0208
WP 0060

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

WARNING

Make sure electrical power is disconnected before performing any troubleshooting on the
electrical system. Do not use metal cleaning objects to clean cable plugs or receptacles on
semitrailer. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical
attention in the event of an injury.

NOTE
For routing of electrical wires and electrical schematic (WP 0208).
SYMPTOM

ALL SEMITRAILER LIGHTS ARE INOPERABLE/DIM OR FLICKERING

MALFUNCTION

LOOSE/DIRTY OR CORRODED RECEPTACLE GROUND LEADS AND TERMINAL STRIP LEADS

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Clean receptacle ground or terminal strip leads (WP 0060).

2. Verify problem is solved.
3. Tighten receptacle ground or terminal strip leads (WP 0090).
4. Verify problem is solved.

0027-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(tswp) wpno(T1022)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0027

MALFUNCTION

LOOSE PLUG CONNECTIONS OR BROKEN WIRES

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Tighten connections and repair or replace wires (WP 0086).

2. Verify problem is solved.

MALFUNCTION

BAD WIRES FOR VOLTAGE AT TERMINAL STRIP

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Repair or replace main semitrailer wiring harness (WP 0086) or (WP 0088).
2. Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0027-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(tswp) wpno(T1022)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0028

FIELD MAINTENANCE
ONE OR MORE LIGHTS WILL NOT OPERATE

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools References (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s WP 0082
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) WP 0086
WP 0088
WP 0090
References WP 0208
WP 0060
WP 0081

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

WARNING

NOTE
For routing of electrical wires and electrical schematic (WP 0208).
SYMPTOM

ONE OR MORE LIGHTS WILL NOT OPERATE

MALFUNCTION

2. Verify problem is solved.

MALFUNCTION

BAD WIRES FOR VOLTAGE AT TERMINAL STRIP

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Repair or replace main semitrailer wiring harness (WP 0086) or (WP 0088).
2. Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0028-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(tswp) wpno(T1023)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0029

FIELD MAINTENANCE
BRAKE LIGHTS DO NOT OPERATE IF TURN SIGNALS ARE USED

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools References

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s WP 0080
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) WP 0086

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

SYMPTOM

BRAKE LIGHTS DO NOT OPERATE IF TURN SIGNALS ARE USED

MALFUNCTION

LOOSE PLUG CONNECTIONS OR BROKEN WIRES ON TAILLIGHT CONVERTER

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Repair wire or tighten connections (WP 0086).

2. Verify problem is solved.

MALFUNCTION

BAD TAILLIGHT CONVERTER

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Replace taillight converter (WP 0080).

2. Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0029-1/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(tswp) wpno(T1030)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0030

FIELD MAINTENANCE
BATTERY IS LOW OR DISCHARGED

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools References

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s TM 9-6140-200-13
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) WP 0084

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

WARNING

• Make sure electrical power is disconnected before performing any troubleshooting

NOTE
• Batteries should be removed prior to servicing, checking, and charging. All battery
servicing, testing, and charging shall be in accordance with TM 9-6140-200-13.
• Verify battery is fully charged prior to performing load test.
SYMPTOM

BATTERY IS LOW OR DISCHARGED

MALFUNCTION

EXCESS MOISTURE OR DIRT ON TOP OF BATTERY

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Clean battery top.

2. Verify problem is solved.
3. Replenish electrolyte.

0030-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(tswp) wpno(T1024)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0030

CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued

4. Verify problem is solved.

MALFUNCTION

BATTERY DISCHARGED

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Replace battery (WP 0084).

2. Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0030-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(tswp) wpno(T1024)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0031

FIELD MAINTENANCE
UNDERCHARGED BATTERIES

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools References (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s WP 0064
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) WP 0084
WP 0167
References
TM 9-6140-200-13

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

WARNING

• Make sure electrical power is disconnected before performing any troubleshooting

UNDERCHARGED BATTERIES

MALFUNCTION

LOOSE OR CORRODED BATTERY TERMINALS, CABLES, AND CONNECTIONS, AND MOISTURE

AND DIRT ON TOP OF BATTERIES

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Clean battery and clean and tighten battery connections (WP 0064). Replace any damaged
cables (WP 0084).
2. Verify problem is solved.
3. Charge and test batteries. Refer to TM 9-6140-200-13.
4. Verify problem is solved.

0031-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(tswp) wpno(T1025)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0031

MALFUNCTION

LOOSE, OR WORN, OR GLAZED ALTERNATOR BELT

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Adjust alternator drive belt (WP 0167).

2. Verify problem is solved.
3. Replace alternator belt (WP 0167).
4. Verify problem is solved.

MALFUNCTION

EXCESSIVE VOLTAGE DROP BETWEEN ALTERNATOR AND BATTERIES

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Clean and tighten connections at positive and negative output terminals on alternator
(WP 0167).
2. Verify problem is solved.
3. Clean ground cable connections between negative battery terminal and engine frame.
4. Verify problem is solved.
5. For additional information, refer to TM 9-6140-200-13.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0031-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(tswp) wpno(T1025)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0032

FIELD MAINTENANCE
OVERCHARGED BATTERIES (INDICATED BY HIGH WATER USAGE)

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools References

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s WP 0084
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

SYMPTOM

OVERCHARGED BATTERIES (INDICATED BY HIGH WATER USAGE)

MALFUNCTION

CRACKED OR DAMAGED BATTERY CASE

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Replace damaged batteries (WP 0084).

2. Verify problem is solved.

MALFUNCTION

VOLTAGE LOW ON EACH BATTERY CELL

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Replace defective battery (WP 0084).

1. Tighten mounting bolts and pulley (WP 0167).

2. Verify problem is solved.
3. Replace alternator (WP 0167).
4. Verify problem is solved.

MALFUNCTION

WORN OR STICKING BEARINGS

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Replace alternator (WP 0167).

2. Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0035-1/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(tswp) wpno(T1029)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0036

FIELD MAINTENANCE
BRAKES WILL NOT RELEASE/BRAKES DRAG

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools References

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s WP 0104
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

SYMPTOM

BRAKES WILL NOT RELEASE/BRAKES DRAG

MALFUNCTION

PARKING BRAKE RELEASE KNOB NOT IN CORRECT POSITION

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Push in parking brake release knob.

2. Verify problem is solved.

MALFUNCTION

AIR LEAK IS DETECTED

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Repair air leak (WP 0104).

2. Verify problem is solved.

MALFUNCTION

WHEELS DO NOT TURN

CORRECTIVE ACTION

NOTE
Wheels must be raised prior to performing next step.
1. Apply and release service brakes to verify brakes are working.
2. Verify problem is solved.

0036-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(tswp) wpno(T1031)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0036

MALFUNCTION

CAGE EACH AIR BRAKE CHAMBER TO SEE WHICH BRAKE(S) HAVE NOT RELEASED

CORRECTIVE ACTION

Repair or replace faulty brake components, see Table of Contents for appropriate replacement
work package.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0036-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(tswp) wpno(T1031)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0037

FIELD MAINTENANCE
NO BRAKES/BRAKES ARE WEAK/APPLICATION OR RELEASE IS SLOW

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools References (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s WP 0095
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) WP 0102
WP 0104
WP 0106
References
WP 0093

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

SYMPTOM

NO BRAKES/BRAKES ARE WEAK/APPLICATION OR RELEASE IS SLOW

MALFUNCTION

OIL OR GREASE ON BRAKE DRUMS/DUST SHIELDS

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. If any oil or grease is present on brake components, remove brake drums (WP 0106) and
replace contaminated brake components (WP 0093).
2. Verify problem is solved.

MALFUNCTION

AIR LEAKS IN LINES AND HOSES

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Repair or replace components as applicable (WP 0102) and (WP 0104).

2. Verify problem is solved.

MALFUNCTION

SLACK ADJUSTERS DO NOT MOVE CORRECTLY

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Adjust or replace slack adjuster (WP 0095).

2. Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0037-1/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(tswp) wpno(T1032)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0038

FIELD MAINTENANCE
ABS WARNING LIGHT COMES ON AND STAYS ON

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools References

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s WP 0096
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10)

Personnel Required
Two

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

SYMPTOM

ANTILOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) WARNING LIGHT COMES ON AND STAYS ON

MALFUNCTION

ABS LIGHT WILL NOT EXTINGUISH

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Turn power switch OFF at Prime Mover.

2. Wait 10 seconds and turn power switch ON on Prime Mover while an assistant watches
ABS light.
3. Record the ABS blink code and refer to ABS diagnostics (WP 0096).
4. Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0038-1/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(tswp) wpno(T1033)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0039

FIELD MAINTENANCE
ABS WARNING LIGHT DOES NOT COME ON

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools References

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s WP 0079
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) WP 0086

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

SYMPTOM

ANTILOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) WARNING LIGHT DOES NOT COME ON

MALFUNCTION

INTERVEHICULAR CONNECTOR CORRODED OR DAMAGED

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Repair or replace intervehicular connections (WP 0086).

2. Verify problem is solved.
3. Replace 24-12 V dc converter box (WP 0079).
4. Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0039-1/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(tswp) wpno(T1034)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0040

FIELD MAINTENANCE
HAND CRANK IS DIFFICULT TO TURN

INITIAL SETUP:

References
WP 0115
WP 0206

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

SYMPTOM

HAND CRANK IS DIFFICULT TO TURN

MALFUNCTION

NO LUBRICATION IN LANDING LEG GEAR BOX

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Lubricate (WP 0206).

2. Verify problem is solved.

MALFUNCTION

LOWER LANDING LEG BENT OR DAMAGED

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Replace landing leg (WP 0115).

2. Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0040-1/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(tswp) wpno(T1035)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0041

FIELD MAINTENANCE
FUEL LEAKAGE EXISTS AROUND MANHOLE COVER

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools References

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s WP 0005
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) WP 0135

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

SYMPTOM

FUEL LEAKAGE EXISTS AROUND MANHOLE COVER

MALFUNCTION

COVER NOT SECURED AND LATCHED

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Secure cover (WP 0005).

2. Verify problem is solved.

MALFUNCTION

DAMAGED LOCKING RING, COVER GASKET, OR LATCH

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Replace damaged components (WP 0135).

2. Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0041-1/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(tswp) wpno(T1036)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0042

FIELD MAINTENANCE
ENGINE STARTER WILL NOT RUN

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools References (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s WP 0084
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) WP 0086
WP 0168
WP 0171
References
WP 0064

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

SYMPTOM

ENGINE STARTER WILL NOT RUN

MALFUNCTION

VOLTAGE IS LESS THAN 24-28 V DC

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Replace battery (WP 0084).

2. Verify problem is solved.

MALFUNCTION

LOOSE OR CORRODED TERMINALS

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Clean and tighten terminals (WP 0064), (WP 0084), and (WP 0168).
2. Verify problem is solved.

MALFUNCTION

BROKEN OR FRAYED CABLES

24-28 V DC IS NOT PRESENT AT SOLENOID TO STARTER TERMINAL

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Replace starter (WP 0168).

2. Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0042-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(tswp) wpno(T1037)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0043

FIELD MAINTENANCE
ENGINE TURNS OVER BUT FAILS TO START

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools References (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s WP 0148
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) WP 0151
WP 0155
WP 0156
References WP 0157
WP 0005 WP 0162
WP 0069
WP 0143

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

SYMPTOM

ENGINE TURNS OVER BUT FAILS TO START

MALFUNCTION

FUEL LINES LEAK OR ARE DAMAGED

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Tighten all connections (WP 0155).

2. Verify problem is solved.
3. Repair or replace any damaged fuel lines (WP 0155).
4. Verify problem is solved.

MALFUNCTION

FUEL PUMP NOT FUNCTIONING PROPERLY

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Replace fuel pump (WP 0151).

2. Verify problem is solved.

0043-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(tswp) wpno(T1038)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0043

MALFUNCTION

FUEL IS DIRTY

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Drain and replace fuel tank (WP 0156) and fuel lines (WP 0155); fill tank with clean fuel
(WP 0005).
2. Verify problem is solved.

MALFUNCTION

FILTER IS CLOGGED

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0043-3/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(tswp) wpno(T1038)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0044

FIELD MAINTENANCE
ENGINE IS HARD TO START OR HAS LOW POWER

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools References (cont.)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0044

MALFUNCTION

ENGINE OIL IS WRONG GRADE FOR TEMPERATURE

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Drain oil and fill with proper grade oil (WP 0206).
2. Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0044-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(tswp) wpno(T1039)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0045

FIELD MAINTENANCE
LOW OIL PRESSURE (LESS THAN 30 PSI [207 KPA])

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools References

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s WP 0171
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) WP 0206

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

SYMPTOM

LOW OIL PRESSURE (LESS THAN 30 PSI [207 KPA])

MALFUNCTION

LOW OIL LEVEL

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Add oil (WP 0206).

2. Verify problem is solved.

MALFUNCTION

EXTERNAL OIL LEAKS

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Repair leaks.
2. Verify problem is solved.

MALFUNCTION

DEFECTIVE OIL PRESSURE GAGE

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Replace defective gage (WP 0171).

2. Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0045-1/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(tswp) wpno(T1040)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0046

FIELD MAINTENANCE
HIGH OIL PRESSURE (ABOVE 95 PSI [655 KPA])

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s WP 0069
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) WP 0153
WP 0155
WP 0156
References
WP 0005

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

SYMPTOM

ENGINE MISFIRES UNDER HEAVY LOAD

MALFUNCTION

RESTRICTED AIR PASSAGES OR RED BAND IN AIR RESTRICTION INDICATOR

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Clear restricted passages or replace air filter element (WP 0069).

2. Verify problem is solved.

MALFUNCTION

DIRTY, CONTAMINATED, OR WRONG GRADE OF FUEL

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Drain and replace fuel tank (WP 0156) and fuel lines; fill tank with clean fuel (WP 0005).
2. Verify problem is solved.
3. Replace fuel filter (WP 0155).
4. Verify problem is solved.

0047-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(tswp) wpno(T1042)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0047

MALFUNCTION

FUEL LINES LEAKING OR DAMAGED

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Tighten all connections and repair or replace any damaged fuel lines (WP 0155).
2. Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0047-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(tswp) wpno(T1042)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0048

FIELD MAINTENANCE
ENGINE SPEED IS ERRATIC OR WILL NOT MAINTAIN STEADY RPM

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools References (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s WP 0155
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) WP 0158

References
WP 0069

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

SYMPTOM

ENGINE SPEED IS ERRATIC OR WILL NOT MAINTAIN STEADY RPM

MALFUNCTION

THROTTLE CABLE IS LOOSE

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Tighten throttle cable (WP 0158).

2. Verify problem is solved.

MALFUNCTION

FUEL LINES ARE LEAKING

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Tighten all connections; repair or replace any damaged fuel lines (WP 0155).
2. Verify problem is solved.

MALFUNCTION

RESTRICTED AIR PASSAGES OR RED BAND IN AIR RESTRICTION INDICATOR

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Clear restricted passages or replace air filter element (WP 0069).

2. Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0048-1/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(tswp) wpno(T1043)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0049

FIELD MAINTENANCE
ENGINE SPEED IS TOO HIGH OR TOO LOW

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools References

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s WP 0158
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10)

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

SYMPTOM

ENGINE SPEED IS TOO HIGH OR TOO LOW

MALFUNCTION

THROTTLE CABLE IS LOOSE OR DAMAGED

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Repair or replace cable (WP 0158).

2. Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0049-1/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(tswp) wpno(T1044)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0050

FIELD MAINTENANCE
ENGINE EXHAUST IS BLACK OR FUEL CONSUMPTION IS EXCESSIVE

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools References (cont.)

2. Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0050-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(tswp) wpno(T1045)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0051

FIELD MAINTENANCE
PREHEAT INDICATOR LAMP WILL NOT LIGHT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools References (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s WP 0171
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) WP 0208

References
WP 0148

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

SYMPTOM

PREHEAT INDICATOR LAMP WILL NOT LIGHT

MALFUNCTION

CLICKING NOISE AT ENGINE CONTROL BOX WHEN PREHEAT INDICATOR LAMP SWITCH IS
MOVED TO ON POSITION

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Replace indicator lamp (WP 0171).

2. Verify problem is solved.

MALFUNCTION

CONTINUITY NOT PRESENT AT PREHEAT SWITCH

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Replace preheat switch (WP 0171).

2. Verify problem is solved.

MALFUNCTION

CONTINUITY IN WIRES BETWEEN PREHEAT INDICATOR LAMP ON ENGINE CONTROL PANEL

AND GLOW PLUG SOLENOID IN ENGINE CONTROL BOX

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Replace glow plug solenoid (WP 0148).

2. Verify problem is solved.

0051-1
TM 9-2330-330-13 0051

MALFUNCTION

CONTINUITY DOES NOT EXIST IN WIRES

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Repair or replace wires (WP 0208).

2. Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0051-2
TM 9-2330-330-13 0052

FIELD MAINTENANCE
PUMP FAILS TO DELIVER FUEL

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools References (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s WP 0071
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) WP 0072

Materials/Parts
Solvent, Cleaning Compound
(WP 0214, Table 1, Item 19)

References
WP 0006

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

SYMPTOM

PUMP FAILS TO DELIVER FUEL

MALFUNCTION

DEBRIS OR DIRT CLOGGING INLET OF PUMP STRAINER

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Clean strainer (WP 0071).

2. Verify problem is solved.

MALFUNCTION

PUMP IS NOT PRIMED

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Manually prime pump (WP 0072).

2. Verify problem is solved.

MALFUNCTION

VALVES ARE CLOSED

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Open valves per fuel operations schematic on tool box lid (WP 0006).
2. Verify problem is solved.

0052-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(tswp) wpno(T1047)

FUEL DOES NOT FLOW DURING FILTERED FUELING OPERATION

MALFUNCTION

NO FUEL IN TANK

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Fill tank (WP 0006).

2. Verify problem is solved.

MALFUNCTION

FUEL VALVES ARE NOT PROPERLY SET

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Set valves per schematic (WP 0006).

2. Verify problem is solved.
3. Valve on quick coupling is open (WP 0006).
4. Verify problem is solved.

MALFUNCTION

2. Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0055-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(tswp) wpno(T1050)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0056

FIELD MAINTENANCE
FILTER/SEPARATOR FUEL OPERATIONS

INITIAL SETUP:

References
WP 0006
WP 0180

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

SYMPTOM

FILTER/SEPARATOR FUEL OPERATIONS

MALFUNCTION

ALL VALVES ARE NOT SET PER FUEL OPERATIONS SCHEMATIC (WP 0006)

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Set valves per schematic (WP 0006).

2. Verify problem is solved.

MALFUNCTION

GAGE READS 17-25 PSI (117-123 KPA)

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Replace clogged fuses (WP 0180).

2. Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0056-1/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(tswp) wpno(T1051)

TM 9-2330-330-13

CHAPTER 4

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0057

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) INTRODUCTION

GENERAL

1. To ensure that the semitrailer is ready for operation at all times, it must be inspected on a regular basis so
that defects may be found before they result in serious damage, equipment failure, or injury to personnel.
This section contains systematic instructions on inspections, adjustments, and corrections to be
performed by the Operator and personnel.
2. While performing PMCS, read and follow all safety instructions found in the Warning Summary at the
beginning of this manual. Keep in mind all WARNINGs and CAUTIONs.

SERVICE INTERVALS

Perform the PMCS procedures listed in (WP 0058) and (WP 0059) at the following intervals:
• Perform Before PMCS just before operating the semitrailer.
• Perform During PMCS while operating the semitrailer.
• Perform After PMCS immediately after operating semitrailer.
• Perform Weekly PMCS once each week.
• Perform Monthly PMCS once each month.
• Perform Semiannual PMCS procedures once every six months.
• Perform Annual PMCS procedures once each year.

REPORTING REPAIRS

All defects that the user cannot fix must be reported on a DA Form 2404 or DA Form 5988E, Equipment
Inspection and Maintenance Worksheet, immediately after completing PMCS. If a serious problem is found,
IMMEDIATELY report it to your Supervisor.

GENERAL PMCS PROCEDURES

1. Keep equipment clean. Dirt, oil, and debris may cover up a serious problem. Clean as you work and as
needed. Use cleaning compound (WP 0214) on all metal surfaces. Use soap and water on rubber,
plastic, and painted surfaces (WP 0214).
2. While performing specific PMCS procedures, inspect the following components:
a. Bolts, Nuts, and Screws. Make sure they are not loose, missing, bent, or broken. Tighten any
that are loose. Report loose or missing bolts, nuts, and screws to Field Maintenance.
b. Welds. Inspect for gaps where parts are welded together. Check for loose or chipped paint, rust,
and cracks. Report bad welds to Field Maintenance.
c. Wiring Harness, Wires, and Connectors. Inspect for cracked or broken wiring harness
insulation, bare wires, and loose or broken connectors. Repair or replace as necessary. Report
loose connections and faulty wiring to Field Maintenance.
d. Hydraulic Brake Lines and Fittings. Inspect for wear, damage, and leaks. Make sure fittings
are tight. Report any damage, leaks, or loose fittings to Field Maintenance. If a leak originates
from a loose fitting, tighten it. If a component is broken or worn, correct the problem if authorized
by the Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC) (WP 0211). If not authorized, report it to
your Supervisor.

0057-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(pmcsintrowp) wpno(I1001)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0057

GENERAL PMCS PROCEDURES - Continued

3. Check to see that components are adequately lubricated in accordance with (WP 0204).
4. Corrosion Prevention and Control (CPC) of Army materiel is a continuing concern. It is important that any
corrosion problems with the semitrailers be reported so that the problems can be corrected and
improvements can be made to prevent the problems in future semitrailers.
5. While corrosion is typically associated with the rusting of metals, it can also include deterioration of other
materials, such as rubber and plastic. Unusual cracking, softening, swelling, or breaking of these
materials may be a corrosion problem. If a corrosion problem is identified, it can be reported using an
SF Form 368. The use of key words, such as "corrosion”, "rust", "deterioration", or "cracking” will ensure
that the information is identified as a CPC problem; see TB 43-0213. The form should be submitted to the
address specified in DA PAM 750-8; for corrective action, notify Field Maintenance.

SPECIFIC PMCS PROCEDURES

1. Operator PMCS procedures are provided in (WP 0058). Field PMCS procedures are provided in
(WP 0059). Always perform PMCS procedures in the order listed. Once the procedures become routine,
problems can be easily recognized.
2. Before performing PMCS, read all the checks required for the applicable interval and prepare all the tools
needed for the task. Have several soft clean dry rags (WP 0214) ready for use. Perform ALL inspections
at the applicable intervals.
3. If any problems are discovered through PMCS, perform the appropriate troubleshooting task (WP 0009).
If any component or system is not serviceable, or if a given service does not correct the problem, notify
your Supervisor.
4. Explanations of the column headings in (WP 0058) and (WP 0059) are as follows:
• Item No. The item number column of your PMCS table is to be used for reference. When
completing DA Form 2404 or DA Form 5988E, include the item number for the check/service
indicating a fault. Item numbers also appear in the order that you must do checks and services for
the interval listed.
• Interval. This column of your PMCS table tells you when to do a certain check or service.
• Item To Check/Service. This column names the item to be checked or serviced.
• Procedure. This column tells you how to do the required checks and services. Follow these
instructions carefully. If tools are not available or if the procedure says to, have Field Maintenance
do the work.

NOTE
The term mission capable refers to equipment being on hand and able to
perform its combat mission. Refer to AR 700-138, Army Logistics Readiness
and Sustainability.
• Equipment Not Ready/Available If: Information in this column tells you what faults will keep the
equipment from being capable of performing its mission. If PMCS reveals faults listed in this
column, do not operate the equipment. Follow standard operating procedures for maintaining the
equipment or reporting equipment failures.

LEAKAGE DEFINITIONS

It is necessary for you to know how fluid leakage affects the status of the semitrailer. Following are types/classes
of leakage you need to know to be able to determine the status of the semitrailer. Learn these leakage definitions
and remember - when in doubt, notify your Supervisor. Equipment operation is allowed with minor leakage
(Class I or II). Consideration must be given to fluid capacity in the item/system being checked/inspected. When in
doubt, notify your Supervisor.

0057-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(pmcsintrowp) wpno(I1001)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0057

LEAKAGE DEFINITIONS - Continued

When operating with Class I or II leaks, continue to check fluid levels as required in the PMCS.
Class:
1. Class I: Seepage of fluid (as indicated by wetness or discoloration) not great enough to form drops.
2. Class II: Leakage of fluid great enough to form drops, but not enough to cause drops to drip from item
being checked/inspected.
3. Class III: Leakage of fluid great enough to form drops that fall from item being checked/inspected.
Equipment operation is allowed with minor (Class I or II) leakage. Fluid levels in an item/system affected with
such leakage must be checked more frequently than required in PMCS. When in doubt, notify your Supervisor.
Report Class III leaks IMMEDIATELY to your Supervisor.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0057-3/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(pmcsintrowp) wpno(I1001)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0058

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) PROCEDURES

INITIAL SETUP:

Personnel Required References (cont.)

Two WP 0069
WP 0095
WP 0206
References
WP 0005

Table 1. Operator Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services.

ITEM TO BE EQUIPMENT
ITEM CHECKED OR NOT READY/
NO. INTERVAL SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

NOTE
Perform “Weekly” as well as “Before“
PMCS if you are the assigned operator but
have not operated the semitrailer since the
last weekly PMCS, or if you are operating
the semitrailer for the first time.

1 Before Exterior of 1. Walk around semitrailer. Check for evidence of Any leakage is evident.
Semitrailer leakage on or under semitrailer.
2. Check each fire extinguisher. Make sure red button Fire extinguisher is
is down. missing. Red button is up.
3. Check security of mounting bracket or security pin. Security pin is missing (if
so equipped).
4. Check for operation of hazardous materials Any placard is missing or
placards. inoperative.
5. Check optic socket boxes for obvious damage. Optic socket boxes are
required for mission, but
are damaged.
6. Check monitor panel for obvious damage. Monitor panel is required
for mission, but is
damaged.

0058-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(pmcswp) wpno(I1002)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0058

Table 1. Operator Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services - Continued.

ITEM TO BE EQUIPMENT
ITEM CHECKED OR NOT READY/
NO. INTERVAL SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

2 Before Tank 1. Inspect tank shell for dents, leaks, and broken Tank shell has fuel leaks.
welds.
2. Check for leaks around fusible vent caps. Tighten if Any fuel leaks are
loose. present.
3. Check for leaks around manhole cover. If leaks are Manhole cover gasket is
evident, check for damaged cover gasket or loose damaged or any fuel
mounting ring. leaks are present.
4. Check that manhole cover can be opened, closed, Manhole cover cannot be
and securely latched. securely closed.
5. Inspect front and rear cat walk drains for clogs or
restrictions. Remove any debris or foreign matter.
6. Inspect vapor recovery hood for any loose, Vapor recovery kit is
damaged, or missing hardware. required for mission, but
is damaged.
7. Check tank for rust at intersections where brackets
are welded to tank. Check condition of paint. If any
damage is found, notify Field Maintenance.

3 Before Kingpin, Upper 1. Inspect kingpin, upper coupler, and spacer plate for Kingpin, upper coupler,
Coupler, and damage or loose mounting bolts. and spacer plate is
Spacer Plate damaged or mounting
bolts are loose.
2. Visually inspect for obvious cracked or broken welds Cracked or broken welds
around kingpin. around kingpin.

4 Before Engine Perform engine operating procedures (WP 0005). Engine does not operate
and is required for
mission.

5 Before Centrifugal Inspect pump for signs of leaks. Any fuel leaks are
Pump present.

6 Before Batteries Check batteries for damage and secure mounting. Battery is required for
mission but is damaged.

7 Before Hose Tubes 1. Inspect hose tube lock bars for obvious damage or
missing parts.
2. Check all mounting hardware for loose or missing
components.
3. Check drain holes for clogs or debris. Remove
debris.

0058-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(pmcswp) wpno(I1002)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0058

Table 1. Operator Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services - Continued.

ITEM TO BE EQUIPMENT
ITEM CHECKED OR NOT READY/
NO. INTERVAL SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

8 Before Hoses Inspect for completeness and serviceability. Hoses are damaged or
missing.

9 Before Vapor Recovery Check discharge outlet for debris or any other foreign Vapor recovery kit is
Kit matter. Clean debris and foreign matter from discharge required for mission, but
outlet. Check all mounting hardware for loose or is damaged.
missing components.

10 Before Tire and Wheel Inspect tires and wheels for unusual wear or damage. Tires or wheels have
Assemblies damage that could result
in tire failure.

11 Before Hub Mileage Inspect for proper mounting and damage.

Meter

12 Before Spare Tire/ 1. Inspect spare tire winch for loose, damaged, or Spare tire winch is
Ladder Winch missing components. required for mission, but
is damaged.
2. Inspect for frayed or worn cable. Cable is frayed or worn.

13 Before Grounding 1. Check static reel operation. Inspect for missing Both static reels are
Devices ground clips and loose or missing mounting hardware. missing or damaged.
2. Check portable grounding rod to ensure that it is not Portable grounding rod is
damaged or missing. missing from vehicle or is
damaged.
3. Grounding stud is not damaged or missing. Grounding stud is missing
from vehicle or is
damaged.

14 Before Monitor Panel Inspect for proper mounting and damage.

15 Before Gladhands Connect air lines of Prime Mover to couplings on Air leaks are present.
semitrailer. With Prime Mover engine running, check
air lines and coupling for leaks.

16 Before Intervehicular Connect intervehicular cable of Prime Mover to Turn signal and stop
Cable couplings on semitrailer. Check all lights for damage. lights are not operating.
Check to see that all lights are operating, and check Prime Mover
tightness of connection at receptacle. If tight, and lights intervehicular cable is
still do not operate, notify Field Maintenance. Check damaged (cuts, cracks,
cable for damage. and/or broken wires).

17 Before Landing Gear 1. With Prime Mover coupled to semitrailer, engage Landing gear legs cannot
landing gear handle and raise and lower landing gear be raised or lowered.
legs.
2. Inspect landing gear ground boards for Ground boards are
serviceability. required for mission, but
are dry-rotted and/or
missing.
3. Inspect wheel chocks for serviceability.

0058-3 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(pmcswp) wpno(I1002)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0058

Table 1. Operator Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services - Continued.

ITEM TO BE EQUIPMENT
ITEM CHECKED OR NOT READY/
NO. INTERVAL SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

18 Before Brake System 1. Check Antilock Brake System (ABS) warning light ABS warning light does
for flash. not flash or stays lit.
2. With Prime Mover coupled to semitrailer, apply Any leaks are present.
Prime Mover brakes and inspect semitrailer service
and emergency air brake couplings and all air lines
and fittings for leaks. If leaks are found, notify Field
Maintenance.
3. Push in brake interlock valve and have assistant No slack adjuster
observe slack adjusters for proper operation movement.
(WP 0095).

19 During Brake System Apply semitrailer brakes and observe operation. Brakes do not stop
semitrailer, or semitrailer
pulls to one side.

20 During Rear Axles During movement of semitrailer, be aware of wander or Semitrailer wanders, has
side pull. Listen for unusual noises. These are side pull, or rear axles
indication of improper rear axle alignment. make unusual noises.

21 During ABS Warning If warning light stays on, notify Field Maintenance.
Light

22 During Emergency Make sure all valves are closed. Move emergency Emergency valve A does
Handles valve A control handle to open position. On front of not move to closed
semitrailer, pull one emergency handle. Make sure position.
emergency valve A control handle has moved to the
closed position. Repeat procedure for second
emergency handle.

23 During Engine 1. Check air cleaner restriction indicator for red area. If Restriction indicator has
red area is visible, remove and clean engine air red area visible.
cleaner filter element (WP 0069).
2. Notify Field Maintenance to replace air cleaner filter
element after six cleanings or annually.
3. Check engine assembly for fuel and oil leaks. Any fuel leaks or Class III
oil leaks are present.

24 During Piping System 1. Check all valves and couplings for leaks. Any fuel leaks present.
2. Check valves P and R for proper operation. Any fuel leaks present.

0058-4 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(pmcswp) wpno(I1002)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0058

Table 1. Operator Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services - Continued.

ITEM TO BE EQUIPMENT
ITEM CHECKED OR NOT READY/
NO. INTERVAL SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

25 During Loading WARNING

Precheck
(D Valve)

When filling tank by means of bottom load-

ing or self-loading, a test of the pre-check
system is mandatory. If this system is not
functioning, stop all operations. Determine
the problem and have it corrected by a
qualified technician. Failure of automatic
shut-off to function may cause uncontrolled
fuel spillage, fire, and/or explosion. Failure
to comply may result in death or injury to
personnel. Seek medical attention in the
event of an injury.
Check operation of upper level sensor. Loading precheck does
not operate.

26 During Control Panel 1. Check switches for proper operation. Any switch does not work.
2. Check to see that preheat indicator light is lit when Preheat indicator light is
engine is preheating. not lit.
3. Check gages for proper operation as follows.
a. Check tachometer operation. Tachometer is inoperative
or operates erratically.
b. Battery voltage gage should read 24-28 V dc Voltage gage reads below
with engine running. 24 V dc or above 28 V dc
consistently.
c. Oil pressure gage should read 30-95 psi Oil pressure gage reads
(207-655 kPa) at normal operating temperature. below 30 psi (207 kPa) or
above 95 psi (655 kPa).
d. Pump pressure gage should read no less than Pump pressure gage is
30 psi (207 kPa) for pump. not functioning properly
during pumping
operations.
4. Check control panel light for proper operations.

27 During Emergency Make sure all valves are closed. Operate emergency Emergency valve A
Valve and Vent valve A control handle, and make sure cable is control handle will not
actuating emergency valve shut-off lever fully and actuate emergency valve
opens vent on top of semitrailer. shut-off lever.

0058-5 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(pmcswp) wpno(I1002)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0058

Table 1. Operator Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services - Continued.

ITEM TO BE EQUIPMENT
ITEM CHECKED OR NOT READY/
NO. INTERVAL SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

28 After Exterior of 1. Walk around semitrailer. Check for loose, missing, Hardware is loose,
Semitrailer or damaged hardware. missing, or damaged. Any
leak is evident.
2. Check for evidence of any leak. Any leak is evident.

29 After Piping System 1. Inspect all pipes for dents or cracks. Any pipe is damaged to
the extent that fuel flow
will be restricted.
2. Drain water from J valve.

30 After Brake System Drain water from air reservoir by opening air reservoir
drain cock.

31 After Engine 1. Inspect for debris in grille of air cooling intake area.
2. Inspect alternator belt for tightness and cracks. Alternator belt is loose,
cracked, or frayed.
3. Inspect hoses and connections for damage, Any hose or connection is
tightness, and leaks. damaged, loose, or
leaking.
4. Inspect electrical harnesses for tightness and Any electrical harness is
cracks. damaged or loose.
WARNING

Allow engine to cool before checking fuel

and oil levels. Burns and fire may occur if
engine is not cool before checking. Failure
to comply may result in death or injury to
personnel. Seek medical attention in the
event of an injury.
5. Check engine oil level. Add oil if needed. For oil
specifications (WP 0206).
6. Check fuel tank for fuel. Add if needed; 1/4 of a tank
is required.

32 After Hose Tubes Inspect hose tubes for debris. Remove any debris
found and check to see that water drain holes are
open.

33 Weekly Landing Gear Inspect for loose landing gear shoes, bent or damaged Mounting bolts are loose
landing gear legs, and loose or missing mounting bolts. or missing.

0058-6 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(pmcswp) wpno(I1002)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0058

Table 1. Operator Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services - Continued.

ITEM TO BE EQUIPMENT
ITEM CHECKED OR NOT READY/
NO. INTERVAL SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

34 Weekly Engine Inspect engine assembly area for loose, damaged, or Any panel or cover is
missing panels and covers. loose, damaged, or
missing.

35 Weekly Centrifugal Remove pipe plug and check oil level. Add oil if below
Pump bottom of pipe plug hole. For oil specification
(WP 0206).

36 Weekly Batteries 1. Remove battery cover. Inspect batteries for damage. Any battery is damaged.
2. Check water level in each cell. Fill if low.
3. Check for corrosion at terminals.
4. Check cable tightness on terminals. If terminals are loose or
damaged, notify Field
Maintenance.
5. Check for cable damage.

37 Weekly NATO Slave Check for corrosion and if cap/protective cover is

Connector present.

38 Weekly Tire and Wheel 1. Check for proper air pressure:

Assemblies
a. Hard road surface: 95 psi (655 kPa).
b. Cross country: 45 psi (310 kPa).

39 Weekly Static Reels Check for proper operation by fully extending and Both static reels are
retracting cable. Lubricate (WP 0206). missing or damaged.

40 Monthly Tire and Wheel 1. Inspect wheels for cracks or other damage. Check Wheel is damaged or
Assemblies tightness of wheel nuts. three or more wheel nuts
are missing from one
wheel.
2. Inspect spare tire for secure mounting. Tighten and
secure as necessary.

0058-7 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(pmcswp) wpno(I1002)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0058

Table 1. Operator Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services - Continued.

ITEM TO BE EQUIPMENT
ITEM CHECKED OR NOT READY/
NO. INTERVAL SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

41 Monthly Suspension Inspect suspension for loose, missing, or damaged Suspension hardware is
hardware. loose, missing, or
damaged.

42 Monthly Fire WARNING

Extinguishers

Handle charged fire extinguisher cylinders

with care. Do not jar or expose to tempera-
tures above 140°F (60°C). Failure to comply
may result in death or injury to personnel.
Seek medical attention in the event of
an injury.
1. Remove cover from each fire extinguisher. Check Lockup handle is missing,
that lockup handle moves freely and is not damaged. damaged, or inoperative.
2. Check that plastic indicator on top of fire Plastic indicator is
extinguisher is intact. missing, damaged, or
inoperative.
NOTE
Some extinguishers have a safety wire lead
or plastic seal attached to pull pin.
3. Check that safety wire lead or plastic seal is not Safety wire lead or plastic
broken or missing. seal is missing, damaged,
or inoperative.
4. Check that tube is not kinked and nozzle is free of Tube or nozzle is missing,
obstruction. damaged, or inoperative.

43 Annual Exterior of Tank 1. Walk around semitrailer. Check for evidence of Any leakage is evident.
leakage on or under semitrailer.
2. Inspect shell and heads for corrosion, dents, Any leakage is evident.
abraded areas, distortions, defects in welds, and
leakage.
3. Inspect piping, valves, and gaskets for corrosion, Any leakage is evident.
dents, abraded areas, distortions, defects in welds,
and leakage.

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0058-8 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(pmcswp) wpno(I1002)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0059

FIELD MAINTENANCE
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) PROCEDURES

INITIAL SETUP:

Materials/Parts References (cont.)

Brush, Stiff Fiber (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 4) WP 0095
WP 0104
WP 0106
References WP 0110
WP 0005 WP 0113
WP 0060 WP 0114
WP 0061 WP 0115
WP 0066 WP 0116
WP 0071 WP 0117
WP 0078 WP 0143
WP 0090 WP 0174
WP 0092 WP 0197
WP 0093 WP 0206
WP 0094

Table 1. Field Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services.

ITEM TO BE EQUIPMENT
ITEM CHECKED OR NOT READY/
NO. INTERVAL SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

NOTE

• Review all WARNING, CAUTION,

and NOTE headings before
performing PMCS on the
semitrailer assembly.
• If you are operating semitrailer
assembly for the first time,
perform your Weekly and Monthly
PMCS the first time you do your
Before PMCS.

0059-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(pmcswp) wpno(I1003)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0059

Table 1. Field Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services - Continued.

ITEM TO BE EQUIPMENT
ITEM CHECKED OR NOT READY/
NO. INTERVAL SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

1 Monthly Brakes 1. Lubricate slack adjusters (WP 0206).

2. Inspect slack adjusters for function and adjustment
(WP 0095).
3. Lubricate camshaft bearings (WP 0206).
4. Inspect components for wear or looseness.

2 Monthly Centrifugal Check oil in centrifugal pump and fill if necessary

Pump (WP 0206).

3 Semiannual Electrical Inspect intervehicular cable receptacles for damage or

System corrosion. Clean/repair/replace damaged intervehicular
cable receptacles (WP 0060) and (WP 0090).

4 Semiannual Pump Strainer Inspect pump strainer and clean with cleaning
compound if necessary (WP 0071).

5 Semiannual Landing Gear Check condition and operation of landing gear. Inspect
for damage or wear. Clean landing gear and replace
damaged parts (WP 0061), (WP 0114), and
(WP 0115).

6 Semiannual Bogie Assembly 1. Position semitrailer on hard level surface with front
resting on landing gear. Use a suitable lifting device
and block frame. Remove wheel assemblies
(WP 0066).
NOTE
Clean axle and suspension system with
water and stiff fiber brush to allow for
careful inspection.
2. Inspect general condition of trunnion tube, axles, Any cracks or damage
and leaf springs. Repair or replace damaged parts are evident.
(WP 0092), (WP 0116), or (WP 0117).
3. Check tightness of U-bolts and clips on leaf springs. Any damage or wear is
Tighten loose U-bolts and clips (WP 0116). evident.
4. Check tightness of U-bolts and screws on leaf Any damage or wear is
spring. Tighten loose U-bolts and screws (WP 0116). evident.
5. Check tightness of bolts fastening bogie assembly to Any damage or wear is
semitrailer frame. Tighten loose bolts (WP 0117). evident.

7 Semiannual Brakes 1. Remove brake drums and check springs, clips, and Any damage or wear is
rollers for function. Look for heat cracks, loose rivets, evident.
and broken welds on shoes. Replace as necessary
(WP 0093).
2. Check brake shoe lining thickness. Replace if lining Any damage or wear is
is within 0.063 in. (2 mm) of rivet heads (WP 0093). evident.
3. Check brake drums for overheating. Any damage or wear is
evident.

0059-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(pmcswp) wpno(I1003)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0059

Table 1. Field Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services - Continued.

ITEM TO BE EQUIPMENT
ITEM CHECKED OR NOT READY/
NO. INTERVAL SERVICED PROCEDURE AVAILABLE IF:

4. Check for cracked brake drum. If cracked or Any cracks or damage is

damaged, replace (WP 0106). evident.
5. Check for damaged brake camshaft. If damaged, Any damage or wear is
replace (WP 0094). evident.
6. Check for worn brake hoses or damaged brake Any damage or wear is
chamber. If worn or damaged, replace (WP 0104). evident.
7. Lubricate brake shoe roller and brake anchor pin
(WP 0093).

8 Semiannual Batteries Check electrolyte specific gravity. Replace batteries if

necessary.

9 Annual Towing Inspect condition of upper coupler plate and spacer. Any cracks are evident.
Connections Plate/spacer should be replaced (WP 0110) when any Any mounting hardware is
of the following conditions exist: damaged or missing.
1. Wear of 0.063 in. (2 mm) or more over 1/4 of
the circumference of kingpin. This would be a
condition of uneven wear on one or more
sides of the kingpin wear surface.
2. Even wear over kingpin surface causing the
diameter to be reduced by 0.063 in.
(2 mm) or more.
3. A crack of any size noted anywhere on or in
associated welds.
4. A nick, chip, or gouge deeper than 0.125 in.
(3 mm) noted anywhere on wear surface
of kingpin.

10 Annual Vapor Integrity Perform test (WP 0174). Semitrailer does not pass
Test test.

11 Annual Optic Socket Use instructions with test equipment (WP 0078). Semitrailer fails any
Box portion of test.

12 Annual Wheels and 1. Check for cracked wheels or hubs and missing or Three or more wheel stud
Hubs loose wheel stud nuts. Repair or replace as required. nuts missing.
2. Disassemble hub and drum assembly (WP 0106).
Clean and repack wheel bearings (WP 0106).

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0059-4 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(pmcswp) wpno(I1003)

TM 9-2330-330-13

CHAPTER 5

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

TM 9-2330-330-13 0060
CLEANING
WARNING

• Solvent cleaning compound MIL-PRF-680 may be irritating to the eyes and skin.
Wear protective gloves and eye protection. First aid for skin contact: remove
contaminated clothing. Wash skin thoroughly with soap and water. First aid for eye
contact: flush with water for 15 minutes or until irritation subsides. If symptoms
persist, seek medical attention. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to
personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• Use solvent cleaning compound MIL-PRF-680 in a well-ventilated area. Use
respirator as needed. Accidental ingestion can cause irritation of digestive tract and
respiratory tract. May cause lung and central nervous system damage. Can be fatal
if swallowed. Inhalation of high/massive concentrations can cause coma or be fatal.
First aid for ingestion: DO NOT induce vomiting. Seek immediate medical attention.
First aid for inhalation: move to fresh air. If not breathing, provide artificial
respiration. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. Failure to comply may result
in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• MIL-PRF-680 solvent is combustible; DO NOT use or store near heat, sparks,
flame, or other ignition sources. Use mechanical ventilation whenever product is
used in confined space, heated above ambient temperatures, or agitated. When
not using MIL-PRF-680 solvents, ensure MIL-PRF-680 solvent container is closed.
Store, transport, and dispose virgin/used solvents and solvent contaminated rags
in compliance with local procedures. Failure to comply may result in death or injury
to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• Cleaning solvent compound MIL-PRF-680 is toxic and flammable. ALWAYS wear eye
protection and gloves and use only in a well-ventilated area. Avoid contact with skin,
eyes, and clothes and do not breathe vapors. Do not use near open flame or excessive
heat. When not using MIL-PRF-680 solvent cleaning compounds, ensure compound
container is closed. Store, transport, and dispose virgin / used solvents and solvent
contaminated rags in compliance with local procedures and regulations. Failure to
comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event
of an injury.
• Improper cleaning methods and use of unauthorized cleaning liquids or solvents
can injure personnel and damage equipment. Failure to comply may result in death
or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.

CAUTION
Use a drain pan or appropriate containment equipment to capture any draining or leaking fluid.
Refer to local procedures and plans for preventing and responding to fluid spills or leaks.
Comply with local regulations when disposing of clean up material and leaked and spilled
fluids. Failure to comply may result in damage to, or destruction of, equipment or mission.
1. Use a rag to remove any buildup of grease and dirt on electrical connectors (Figure 1, Item 1).
2. Use a brush, detergent, and water to clean metal surfaces.
3. Coat pins with thin film of cleaning and lubricating compound.
4. Allow to dry.

0060-1
TM 9-2330-330-13 0060

CLEANING

WARNING

• Solvent cleaning compound MIL-PRF-680 may be irritating to the eyes and skin.
Wear protective gloves and eye protection. First aid for skin contact: remove
contaminated clothing. Wash skin thoroughly with soap and water. First aid for eye
contact: flush with water for 15 minutes or until irritation subsides. If symptoms
persist, seek medical attention. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to
personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• Use solvent cleaning compound MlL-PRF-680 in a well ventilated area. Use
respirator as needed. Accidental ingestion can cause irritation of digestive tract
and respiratory tract. May cause lung and central nervous system damage. Can be
fatal if swallowed. Inhalation of high/massive concentrations can cause coma or be
fatal. First aid for ingestion: DO NOT induce vomiting. Seek immediate medical
attention. First aid for inhalation: move to fresh air. If not breathing, provide artificial
respiration. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. Failure to comply may
result in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of
an injury.
• MIL-PRF-680 solvent is combustible; DO NOT use or store near heat, sparks,
flame, or other ignition sources. Use mechanical ventilation whenever product is
used in confined space, heated above ambient temperatures, or agitated. Keep
container sealed when not in use. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to
personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• Improper cleaning methods and use of unauthorized cleaning liquids or solvents
can injure personnel and damage equipment. Failure to comply may result in death
or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• Cloths or rags saturated with solvent cleaning compound must be disposed of in
accordance with authorized facility procedures. Failure to comply may result in
death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
1. Use a rag to remove any buildup of grease and dirt on electrical connectors (Figure 1, Item 1).
2. Use a brush, detergent, and water to clean metal surfaces.
3. Coat pins with thin film of cleaning and lubricating compound.
4. Allow to dry.

0060-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1160)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0060

CLEANING - Continued

BAE9444b

Figure 1. Electrical Connectors Cleaning.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Connect semitrailer to Prime Mover (WP 0005).

2. Raise landing legs (WP 0005).
3. Remove and store chock blocs and ground boards (WP 0005).
4. Connect power source and test clearance lights for proper operation (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0060-3/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1160)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0061
OPERATOR
MAINTENANCE LANDING
LEGS CLEANING
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts Equipment Condition (cont.)
Brush, Scrub (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 3) Ground boards emplaced (WP 0005) Landing
Cleaning Compound, Solvent legs down (WP 0005)
(WP 0214, Table 1, Item 6) Semitrailer disconnected from Prime Mover
Rag, Wiping (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 13) (WP 0005)
Equipment Condition
Wheels chocked (WP 0005)

WARNING

• Solvent cleaning compound MIL-PRF-680 may be irritating to the eyes and skin. Wear protective
gloves and eye protection. First aid for skin contact: remove contaminated clothing. Wash skin
thoroughly with soap and water. First aid for eye contact: flush with water for 15 minutes or until
irritation subsides. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. Failure to comply may result in
death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• Use solvent cleaning compound MIL-PRF-680 in a well-ventilated area. Use respirator as needed.
Accidental ingestion can cause irritation of digestive tract and respiratory tract. May cause lung and
central nervous system damage. Can be fatal if swallowed. Inhalation of high/massive
concentrations can cause coma or be fatal. First aid for ingestion: DO NOT induce vomiting. Seek
immediate medical attention. First aid for inhalation: move to fresh air. If not breathing, provide
artificial respiration. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. Failure to comply may result in
death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• MIL-PRF-680 solvent is combustible; DO NOT use or store near heat, sparks, flame, or other
ignition sources. Use mechanical ventilation whenever product is used in confined space, heated
above ambient temperatures, or agitated. When not using MIL-PRF-680 solvents, ensure MIL-PRF-
680 solvent container is closed. Store, transport, and dispose virgin/used solvents and solvent
contaminated rags in compliance with local procedures. Failure to comply may result in death or
injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• Cleaning solvent compound MIL-PRF-680 is toxic and flammable. ALWAYS wear eye protection
and gloves and use only in a well-ventilated area. Avoid contact with skin, eyes, and clothes and do
not breathe vapors. Do not use near open flame or excessive heat. When not using MIL-PRF-680
solvent cleaning compounds, ensure compound container is closed. Store, transport, and dispose
virgin / used solvents and solvent contaminated rags in compliance with local procedures and
regulations. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in
the event of an injury.
• Improper cleaning methods and use of unauthorized cleaning liquids or solvents can injure
personnel and damage equipment. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to personnel.
Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.

0061-1
TM 9-2330-330-13 0061

CLEANING

1. Remove any buildup of grease and dirt.

2. Use a small brush and cleaning compound to thoroughly clean landing legs.
3. Allow to dry.

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0061-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1161)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0062

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
GLADHANDS CLEANING

INITIAL SETUP:

Materials/Parts Equipment Condition (cont.)

Rag, Wiping (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 13) Ground boards emplaced (WP 0005)
Soap (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 16) Landing legs down (WP 0005)
Semitrailer disconnected from Prime Mover
(WP 0005)
Equipment Condition
Wheels chocked (WP 0005)

CLEANING

1. Remove any buildup of grease and dirt.

2. Thoroughly clean packing on gladhands (Figure 1, Item 1).

BAE9444a

Figure 1. Gladhands Cleaning.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Connect semitrailer to Prime Mover (WP 0005).

2. Raise landing legs (WP 0005).
3. Remove and store chock blocks and ground boards (WP 0005).
4. Connect intervehicular hoses and check for leaks (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0062-1/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1162)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0063

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
AIR RESERVOIR SERVICING

INITIAL SETUP:

Equipment Condition
Wheels chocked (WP 0005)
Ground boards emplaced (WP 0005)
Landing legs down (WP 0005)
Semitrailer disconnected from Prime Mover
(WP 0005)

WARNING

Wear eye protection when opening air reservoir drain valve to prevent objects from hitting
you in the face or eyes. Avoid contact with air stream to prevent burns to your skin. Failure
to comply may result in personnel death or injury, or equipment damage. Seek medical
attention in event of injury.

SERVICING

1. Open drain valve and allow pressure to drain (Figure 1, Item 1).
2. Close drain valve (Figure 1, Item 1).

BAE9444

Figure 1. Drain Valves Opening and Closing.

END OF TASK

0063-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1163)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0063

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Connect semitrailer to Prime Mover (WP 0005).

2. Raise landing legs (WP 0005).
3. Remove and store chock blocks and ground boards (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0063-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1163)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0064

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
BATTERIES, TERMINALS, AND BATTERY CABLES SERVICE

INITIAL SETUP:

Materials/Parts Equipment Condition

Baking Soda (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 1) Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Nut, Self-Locking Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
Qty: (2) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 64)

References
TM 9-6140-200-13

WARNING

0064-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1001)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0064

BATTERY COVER REMOVAL

Remove two self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 1), washers (Figure 1, Item 2), and battery cover
(Figure 1, Item 4) from battery hold down bracket (Figure 1, Item 3). Discard self-locking nuts
(Figure 1, Item 1).

1, 2 3

BAE9040

Figure 1. Battery Cover Replacement.

END OF TASK

INSPECTION AND SERVICE

1. Inspect battery area for excessive dirt and corrosion. Clean battery area with mixture of baking soda and
water, then flush battery area with clean water, refer to TM 9-6140-200-13.
2. Check cables (Figure 2, ltem 1) for frayed insulation. If insulation is frayed or worn, notify Field Maintenance.
3. Check terminals (Figure 2, Item 3) for looseness. If loose, notify Field Maintenance.

NOTE
Proceed to battery cover installation if vehicle is equipped with maintenance free batteries.
4. Remove 12 vent fill caps (Figure 2, Item 2) and check water level. Water level must be just below ring at
bottom of each cell opening. If water level is low, notify Field Maintenance. Install 12 vent fill caps
(Figure 2, Item 2).

3 2

BAE9041

Figure 2. Battery Service.

END OF TASK

0064-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1001)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0064

BATTERY COVER INSTALLATION

Install battery cover (Figure 1, Item 4), two new self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 1), and washers
(Figure 1, Item 2) to hold down bracket (Figure 1, Item 3).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0064-3/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1001)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0065

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
SPARE TIRE AND WHEEL ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Personnel Required Equipment Condition (cont.)

Two Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
All fuel-handling valves closed (WP 0005)
Equipment Condition
Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)

WARNING

Spare tire and ladder weighs 225 Ib (102 kg) and require two people to lift. Make sure
cable is not frayed or damaged. Do not raise spare tire and ladder past the vertical position
or they will slam into carrier assembly. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to
personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.

SPARE TIRE REMOVAL

1. Remove nut (Figure 1, Item 2) and reinforcement channel (Figure 1, Item 1) from stud (Figure 1, Item 3).

2, 3

BAE9036

Figure 1. Spare Tire Removal.

0065-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1002)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0065

SPARE TIRE REMOVAL - Continued

2. Remove two quick release pins (Figure 2, Item 2) from ladder (Figure 2, Item 8) and carrier assembly
(Figure 2, Item 1).
3. Rotate winch handle (Figure 2, Item 9) until cable (Figure 2, Item 3) is tight, then rotate winch handle
(Figure 2, Item 9) 1-1/2 turns in opposite direction.
4. Push spare tire (Figure 2, Item 4) and ladder (Figure 2, Item 8) away from carrier assembly
(Figure 2, Item 1) until supported by cable (Figure 2, Item 3).
5. Rotate winch handle (Figure 2, Item 9) until spare tire (Figure 2, Item 4) and ladder (Figure 2, Item 8) are
fully lowered to ground and cable (Figure 2, Item 3) is slack.
6. Unhook cable (Figure 2, Item 3) from ladder (Figure 2, Item 8) and remove cable (Figure 2, Item 3) from
spare tire (Figure 2, Item 4). Roll spare tire (Figure 2, Item 4) off ladder (Figure 2, Item 8).

2 4
5
3

9 8
6, 7

BAE9036a

Figure 2. Spare Tire Replacement.

END OF TASK

0065-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1002)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0065

SPARE TIRE INSTALLATION

1. Roll spare tire (Figure 2, Item 4) onto ladder (Figure 2, Item 8). Route cable (Figure 2, Item 3) through
ventilation holes in spare tire (Figure 2, Item 4) and hook to ladder (Figure 2, Item 8) between 1st and 2nd
rungs from bottom.
2. Rotate winch handle (Figure 2, Item 9) until spare tire (Figure 2, Item 4) and ladder (Figure 2, Item 8) are
nearly vertical, with weight still supported by cable (Figure 2, Item 3).
3. Carefully push spare tire (Figure 2, Item 4) and ladder (Figure 2, Item 8) in until resting against carrier
assembly (Figure 2, Item 1).
4. Install two quick release pins (Figure 2, Item 2) in ladder (Figure 2, Item 8) and carrier assembly
(Figure 2, Item 1).
5. Install reinforcement channel (Figure 2, Item 5) to stud (Figure 2, Item 7) with nut (Figure 2, Item 6).
6. Rotate winch handle (Figure 2, Item 9) until cable (Figure 2, Item 3) is tight and winch handle
(Figure 2, Item 9) is pointing down.

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0065-3/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1002)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0066

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
TIRE AND WHEEL ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Materials/Parts Equipment Condition (cont.)

Rag, Wiping (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 13) Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
Spare tire and wheel assembly removed
(WP 0065)
Personnel Required
Two

Equipment Condition
Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)

WARNING

• Tire and wheel assembly weighs 225 Ib (102 kg) and require two people to lift.
Failure to comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention
in the event of an injury.
• If semitrailer is not coupled to Prime Mover, ensure that landing leg is lowered,
locked, and wheels are chocked. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to
personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.

NOTE
• This vehicle has four dual tire and wheel assemblies. This procedure covers one
tire and wheel assembly. The tire and wheel assemblies are replaced in the
same way.
• If inner tire and wheel assembly needs to be replaced, the outer tire and wheel
assembly must be removed.

0066-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1003)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0066

REMOVAL

1. Loosen but do not remove ten nuts (Figure 1, Item 2) while tire and wheel assembly (Figure 1, Item 1) is in
contact with ground.
2. Raise axle so tire and wheel assembly (Figure 1, Item 1) is off ground.
3. Remove ten nuts (Figure 1, Item 2).
4. Remove tire and wheel assembly (Figure 1, Item 1).

1
10 8

3 6

1 4
5

7 9
2

2
BAE9038

Figure 1. Tire and Wheel Assembly Replacement.

END OF TASK

INSTALLATION

NOTE
Before installing spare wheel, be sure that mounting surfaces of hub and flat mounting
surfaces of wheel are clean and free of foreign matter or excess paint. Check to see that
threads of studs are clean and not damaged.
1. Raise axle high enough so that tire and wheel assembly (Figure 1, Item 1) can be installed.
2. Install tire and wheel assembly (Figure 1, Item 1).
3. Install ten nuts (Figure 1, Item 2) finger tight.
4. Lower tire and wheel assembly (Figure 1, Item 1) to ground.
5. Finish tightening nuts (Figure 1, Item 2) in sequence shown on tire and wheel assembly (Figure 1, Item 1).
6. When mission permits, have Field Maintenance torque nuts to 450-500 Ib ft (610-678 N·m).

END OF TASK

0066-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1003)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0066

FOLLOW ON TASK

Install spare tire and wheel assembly (WP 0065).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0066-3/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1003)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0067

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
BRAKES SERVICE

INITIAL SETUP:

Equipment Condition
Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)

WARNING

• If semitrailer is not coupled to Prime Mover, ensure that landing leg is lowered,
locked, and wheels are chocked. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to
personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• These procedures are used for emergency movement only. Failure to comply may
result in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of
an injury.

RESERVE RELEASE

Push brake release plunger (Figure 1, Item 1) on roadside of semitrailer to release brakes.

BAE9165

Figure 1. Brakes Reserve Release.

END OF TASK

0067-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1005)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0067

MANUAL OPERATION

NOTE
• Use manual release (caging) when air is unavailable.
• There are four air brake chambers. The air brake chambers are released the
same way.
1. Remove manual caging tool (Figure 2, Item 3) from storage tube (Figure 2, Item 2).
2. Unsnap breather cap (Figure 2, Item 4) from air brake chamber (Figure 2, Item 1) and insert manual caging
tool (Figure 2, Item 3) into access hole (Figure 2, Item 5).
3. Turn caging tool clockwise until it locks in position.
4. Turn nut clockwise on manual caging tool (Figure 2, Item 3) until brake shoes are released on brake drum.

NOTE
Snap breather caps back into place on air brake chamber as quickly as possible to prevent
contaminants from fouling interiors of air reservoirs.
5. To engage brakes, turn nut counterclockwise on manual caging tool (Figure 2, Item 3) until fail-safe unit
is engaged.

1 2 1

3
BAE9166

Figure 2. Brakes Manual Release.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0067-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1005)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0068

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
STORAGE BOX MAINTENANCE

INITIAL SETUP:

Equipment Condition
Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)

CLEANING AND INSPECTION

1. Clean dirt and debris from storage box (Figure 1, Item 2) and cover (Figure 1, Item 1). Make sure all drain
holes (Figure 1, Item 3) are clear of debris or restrictions.
2. Inspect storage box (Figure 1, Item 2) and cover (Figure 1, Item 1) for damage. Report any damage to
Field Maintenance.

3
2 BAE9044

Figure 1. Storage Box Inspection.

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0068-1/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1006)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0069

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
ENGINE AIR FILTER ELEMENT MAINTENANCE

INITIAL SETUP:

Materials/Parts Equipment Condition

Rag, Wiping (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 13) Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)

REMOVAL

CAUTION
Do not run engine if red band is showing in restriction indicator or damage to engine could
result. Failure to comply may result in damage to, or destruction of, equipment or mission.

NOTE
Service air cleaner whenever restriction indicator shows a red band.
1. Loosen air cleaner housing clamp (Figure 1, Item 1) and remove dust cap (Figure 1, Item 5) from air cleaner
(Figure 1, Item 6).
2. Remove baffle (Figure 1, Item 4) from dust cap (Figure 1, Item 5).
3. Empty dust and debris collected in dust cap (Figure 1, Item 5) and baffle (Figure 1, Item 4).
4. Remove wing nut (Figure 1, Item 3) and engine air filter element (Figure 1, Item 2) from air cleaner
(Figure 1, Item 6).

5
4
3
2
1

BAE9045a

Figure 1. Engine Air Cleaner Removal.

END OF TASK

0069-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1007)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0069

CLEANING AND INSPECTION

WARNING

Compressed air used for drying or cleaning purposes should not exceed 30 psi (207 kPa).
Use only with effective chip-guarding and personal protective equipment (e.g., eye
protection, gloves). Failure to comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek
medical attention in the event of an injury.
1. Clean filter element with low-pressure compressed air directed inside filter element.
2. Check filter element for rips, tears, or holes. Replace element if damaged.
3. Wipe inside of air cleaner with clean, damp rag.

END OF TASK

INSTALLATION

1. Install engine air filter element (Figure 2, Item 2) and wing nut (Figure 2, Item 3) to air cleaner
(Figure 2, Item 6).
2. Install baffle (Figure 2, Item 4) to dust cap (Figure 2, Item 5).
3. Install dust cap (Figure 2, Item 5) and tighten air cleaner housing clamp (Figure 2, Item 1) to air cleaner
(Figure 2, Item 6).

2 3
4
1

6 BAE9045

Figure 2. Engine Air Cleaner Installation.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0069-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1007)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0070

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
FILTER/SEPARATOR SUMP SERVICE

INITIAL SETUP:

Equipment Condition
Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)

WARNING

Accidental or intentional introduction of liquid contaminants into the environment is a

0070-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1008)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0070

DRAINING SUMP

Place suitable container under valve N (Figure 1, Item 3) of filter/separator sump (Figure 1, Item 2). Open
valve N (Figure 1, Item 3) to drain water from filter/separator (Figure 1, Item 1) after each period of operation
(WP 0005).

2
3

BAE9512

Figure 1. Filter/Separator Sump.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0070-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1008)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0071

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
FUEL-DISPENSING NOZZLE AND PUMP STRAINER MAINTENANCE

INITIAL SETUP:

Materials/Parts Equipment Condition (cont.)

Lubricating Oil (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 11) Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
Rag, Wiping (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 13) All fuel handling valves closed (WP 0006)

Equipment Condition
Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)

WARNING

Accidental or intentional introduction of liquid contaminants into the environment is a

NOTE
Install dust caps on hose coupling and nozzle coupling to keep out dirt and debris.

0071-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1009)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0071

FUEL-DISPENSING NOZZLE REMOVAL

BAE9911

Figure 1. Fuel Dispensing Nozzle Removal.

1. Remove fuel-dispensing nozzle (Figure 1, Item 2) from hose (Figure 1, Item 1).
2. Drain fuel from nozzle (Figure 1, Item 2).

END OF TASK

INSPECTION

Inspect nozzle for damage. If nozzle is damaged turn in for repair or replacement

END OF TASK

FUEL-DISPENSING NOZZLE INSTALLATION

Install nozzle (Figure 1, Item 2) on hose (Figure 1, Item 1).

END OF TASK

PUMP STRAINER REMOVAL

1. Close all valves and drain pump (WP 0005).

2. Place suitable container under pump inlet pipe (Figure 2, Item 1).

0071-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1009)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0071

PUMP STRAINER REMOVAL - Continued

BAE9913

Figure 2. Pump Strainer Removal.

0071-3 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1009)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0071

PUMP STRAINER REMOVAL - Continued

3. Remove two nuts (Figure 3, Item 5), bolts (Figure 3, Item 1), split coupling (Figure 3, Item 2), cap
(Figure 3, Item 4), and pump strainer (Figure 3, Item 3) from pump inlet pipe (Figure 3, Item 6).

2
1

4
2
5

BAE9914

Figure 3. Pump Strainer Replacement.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0071-4 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1009)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0072

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
MANUAL PUMP PRIMING

INITIAL SETUP:

References Equipment Condition

WP 0004 Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)

WARNING

Accidental or intentional introduction of liquid contaminants into the environment is a

0072-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1010)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0072

PRIMING

1. Remove fire extinguishers (WP 0004) and bring them to point of operation.
2. Remove valve B cap (Figure 1, Item 3) and place suitable container under valve B (Figure 1, Item 1).
3. Open valves A, F, and H (Figure 1, Items 5, 2, and 4) and slowly open valve B (Figure 1, Item 1) until fuel
begins to flow.
4. Close all valves.
5. Install cap (Figure 1, Item 3) on valve B (Figure 1, Item 1).
6. Stow and cover fire extinguishers (WP 0004).

E
1

5
F K
B

J
2
G

4 3
BAE9048

Figure 1. Pump Priming.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0072-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1010)

TM 9-2330-330-13

CHAPTER 6

FIELD MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

TM 9-2330-330-13 0073

FIELD MAINTENANCE
SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools References (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s DA PAM 750-8
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) DD Form 314
DD Form 1397
WP 0059
Materials/Parts WP 0206
Cleaning Compound, Solvent
(WP 0214, Table 1, Item 19)
Rag, Wiping (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 13)

References
DA Form 2407

UNPACKING

1. Read and follow all instructions contained in DD Form 1397, which is attached to a conspicuous part of
the semitrailer.
2. Remove any metal strapping, plywood, tapes, seals, wrapping paper, or any other shipping and
protective items.

END OF TASK

0073-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(surwp) wpno(M1012)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0073
CHECKING UNPACKED EQUIPMENT

WARNING

• Solvent cleaning compound MIL-PRF-680 may be irritating to the eyes and skin. Wear
protective gloves and eye protection. First aid for skin contact: remove contaminated clothing.
Wash skin thoroughly with soap and water. First aid for eye contact: flush with water for 15
minutes or until irritation subsides. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. Failure to
comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an
injury.
• Use solvent cleaning compound MIL-PRF-680 in a well-ventilated area. Use respirator as
needed. Accidental ingestion can cause irritation of digestive tract and respiratory tract. May
cause lung and central nervous system damage. Can be fatal if swallowed. Inhalation of
high/massive concentrations can cause coma or be fatal. First aid for ingestion: DO NOT
induce vomiting. Seek immediate medical attention. First aid for inhalation: move to fresh air.
If not breathing, provide artificial respiration. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention.
Failure to comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the
event of an injury.
• MIL-PRF-680 solvent is combustible; DO NOT use or store near heat, sparks, flame, or other
ignition sources. Use mechanical ventilation whenever product is used in confined space,
heated above ambient temperatures, or agitated. When not using MIL-PRF-680 solvents,
ensure MIL-PRF-680 solvent container is closed. Store, transport, and dispose virgin/used
solvents and solvent contaminated rags in compliance with local procedures. Failure to comply
may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• Cleaning solvent compound MIL-PRF-680 is toxic and flammable. ALWAYS wear eye
protection and gloves and use only in a well-ventilated area. Avoid contact with skin, eyes,
and clothes and do not breathe vapors. Do not use near open flame or excessive heat. When
not using MIL-PRF-680 solvent cleaning compounds, ensure compound container is closed.
Store, transport, and dispose virgin / used solvents and solvent contaminated rags in
compliance with local procedures and regulations. Failure to comply may result in death or
injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• Improper cleaning methods and use of unauthorized cleaning liquids or solvents can injure
personnel and damage equipment. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to
personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.

1. If any exterior parts are coated with rust preventive compound, remove it with cleaning solvent.
2. Inspect semitrailer for any damage during shipment.
3. Check semitrailer for modification of equipment.
4. Check the equipment against the packing slip to see if the shipment is complete. Report all discrepancies in
accordance with DA PAM 750-8.

END OF TASK

0073-2
TM 9-2330-330-13 0073

PRELIMINARY SERVICING AND ADJUSTMENT OF EQUIPMENT

1. Perform the Operator and Field Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) as described
in (WP 0058) and (WP 0059).
2. Lubricate all lubrication points as shown in the Lubrication Chart (WP 0206), regardless of interval.
3. Schedule the next PMCS on DD Form 314, Preventive Maintenance Schedule and Record.
4. Report all problems on DA Form 2407, Maintenance Request, if the deficiencies appear to involve
unsatisfactory design.
5. Perform a break-in road test of 25 miles (40 km) at a maximum speed of 55 mph (88 Km/h).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0073-3/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(surwp) wpno(M1012)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0074

FIELD MAINTENANCE
GENERAL MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s Rag, Wiping (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 13)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Tag, Marker (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 21)

Materials/Parts References
Brush, Stiff Fiber TB 43-0209
(WP 0214, Table 1, Item 4) TM 9-214
Dishwashing Compound, Hand TM 43-0139
(WP 0214, Table 1, Item 9) WP 0206
Lubricating Oil (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 11) WP 0207

GENERAL

1. Each maintenance section provides instructions for Field Maintenance personnel. The following initial setup
information applies to all procedures.
2. Resources required are not listed unless they apply to the procedure.
3. Personnel are listed only if the task requires more than one technician. If personnel required is not listed,
one technician can do the task.
4. The normal standard equipment condition to start a maintenance task is power off. Equipment condition is
not listed unless some other condition is required.

END OF TASK

0074-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1013)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0074
CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
WARNING

• Solvent cleaning compound MIL-PRF-680 may be irritating to the eyes and skin. Wear protective
gloves and eye protection. First aid for skin contact: remove contaminated clothing. Wash skin
thoroughly with soap and water. First aid for eye contact: flush with water for 15 minutes or until
irritation subsides. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. Failure to comply may result in death
or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• Use solvent cleaning compound MIL-PRF-680 in a well-ventilated area. Use respirator as needed.
Accidental ingestion can cause irritation of digestive tract and respiratory tract. May cause lung and
central nervous system damage. Can be fatal if swallowed. Inhalation of high/massive concentrations
can cause coma or be fatal. First aid for ingestion: DO NOT induce vomiting. Seek immediate medical
attention. First aid for inhalation: move to fresh air. If not breathing, provide artificial respiration. If
symptoms persist, seek medical attention. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to personnel.
Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• MIL-PRF-680 solvent is combustible; DO NOT use or store near heat, sparks, flame, or other ignition
sources. Use mechanical ventilation whenever product is used in confined space, heated above
ambient temperatures, or agitated. When not using MIL-PRF-680 solvents, ensure MIL-PRF-680
solvent container is closed. Store, transport, and dispose virgin/used solvents and solvent
contaminated rags in compliance with local procedures. Failure to comply may result in death or injury
to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• Cleaning solvent compound MIL-PRF-680 is toxic and flammable. ALWAYS wear eye protection and
gloves and use only in a well-ventilated area. Avoid contact with skin, eyes, and clothes and do not
breathe vapors. Do not use near open flame or excessive heat. When not using MIL-PRF-680 solvent
cleaning compounds, ensure compound container is closed. Store, transport, and dispose virgin / used
solvents and solvent contaminated rags in compliance with local procedures and regulations. Failure to
comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• Improper cleaning methods and use of unauthorized cleaning liquids or solvents can injure personnel
and damage equipment. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical
attention in the event of an injury.

1. The cleaning instructions will be the same for the majority of parts and components that make up the semitrailer.
2. The importance of cleaning must be thoroughly understood by maintenance personnel. Care and effort are required
in cleaning. Dirt and foreign material are a constant threat to satisfactory maintenance. The following should apply to
all cleaning, inspection, repair, and assembly operations:

a. Clean all parts before inspection, after repair, and before assembly.
b. Keep hands free of grease, which can collect dust, dirt, and/or grit.
c. After cleaning, cover or wrap all parts to protect them from dust and dirt. Lightly oil parts that are subjected
to rust.

END OF TASK

0074-2
TM 9-2330-330-13 0074
STEAM CLEANING
• Protect all electrical equipment that can be damaged by the steam or moisture before steam cleaning the
exterior of the semitrailer.
• Place disassembled parts in a suitable container to steam clean.
• Dry and cover (or lightly oil) all parts subject to rust after cleaning.
END OF TASK
CASTINGS, FORGINGS, AND MACHINED METAL PARTS
WARNING

• Solvent cleaning compound MIL-PRF-680 may be irritating to the eyes and skin. Wear protective
gloves and eye protection. First aid for skin contact: remove contaminated clothing. Wash skin
thoroughly with soap and water. First aid for eye contact: flush with water for 15 minutes or until
irritation subsides. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. Failure to comply may result in death
or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• Use solvent cleaning compound MIL-PRF-680 in a well-ventilated area. Use respirator as needed.
Accidental ingestion can cause irritation of digestive tract and respiratory tract. May cause lung and
central nervous system damage. Can be fatal if swallowed. Inhalation of high/massive
concentrations can cause coma or be fatal. First aid for ingestion: DO NOT induce vomiting. Seek
immediate medical attention. First aid for inhalation: move to fresh air. If not breathing, provide
artificial respiration. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. Failure to comply may result in
death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• MIL-PRF-680 solvent is combustible; DO NOT use or store near heat, sparks, flame, or other ignition
sources. Use mechanical ventilation whenever product is used in confined space, heated above
ambient temperatures, or agitated. When not using MIL-PRF-680 solvents, ensure MIL-PRF-680
solvent container is closed. Store, transport, and dispose virgin/used solvents and solvent
contaminated rags in compliance with local procedures. Failure to comply may result in death or
injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• Cleaning solvent compound MIL-PRF-680 is toxic and flammable. ALWAYS wear eye protection and
gloves and use only in a well-ventilated area. Avoid contact with skin, eyes, and clothes and do not
breathe vapors. Do not use near open flame or excessive heat. When not using MIL-PRF-680
solvent cleaning compounds, ensure compound container is closed. Store, transport, and dispose
virgin / used solvents and solvent contaminated rags in compliance with local procedures and
regulations. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in
the event of an injury.
• Improper cleaning methods and use of unauthorized cleaning liquids or solvents can injure
personnel and damage equipment. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek
medical attention in the event of an injury.

0074-3
TM 9-2330-330-13 0074

CASTINGS, FORGINGS, AND MACHINED METAL PARTS - Continued

WARNING

Particles blown by compressed air can be dangerous. Be certain to direct air stream away
from the user and other personnel in the area. Failure to comply may result in death or
injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
4. Blow out all threaded holes with compressed air to remove dirt and cleaning fluids.

END OF TASK

ELECTRICAL CABLES, FLEXIBLE HOSE, AND OIL SEALS

CAUTION
Washing oil seals, electrical cables, and flexible hoses with cleaning compound or mineral
spirits will cause serious damage or destroy the material. Failure to comply may result in
damage to, or destruction of, equipment or mission.
Wash electrical cables and flexible hose with water and soap solution, and wipe dry. Oil seals are generally
damaged during removal, so cleaning will not be necessary because new seals will be used on assembly.

END OF TASK

BEARINGS

Refer to TM 9-214 for instructions and procedures covering care and maintenance of antifriction bearings.
Lubricate in accordance with (WP 0206).

END OF TASK

INSPECTION INSTRUCTIONS

All components and parts must be checked carefully to determine if they are serviceable for reuse, can be
repaired, or must be scrapped.

END OF TASK

DRILLED AND THREADED HOLES AND SURFACES

BLE
FLAMMA
ITHIIN 50
FEET
K ING W
NO SMO
WARNINGN REQUIRED
PROTECTIO
HEARINGWITHIN 40 FEET
DO NOT PAINT
GND STUD
E
Y VALV
EMERGENC
SHUT OFF
95 PSI
TIRE PRESSURE

PARKING BRAKE
TIE SCHRADER VALVE
DOWN
FIRE EXT. TIRE PRESSURE 95 PSI
OPEN CLOSE BAE9050

Figure 1. Painting and Stenciling Locations Roadside.

0074-5 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1013)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0074

PAINTING AND STENCILING - Continued

FLAMMABLE
NO SMOKING WITHIN 50 FEET

! WARNING

DO NOT PAINT
Pressure can cause
Injury or death.
GND STUD
Relieve ALL pressure
before opening cover.
LIFT

NO SMOKING
WITHIN 50 FT.
LIFT
T
PAIN
NOT UD
DO ST
GND

INT
T PA UD
NO
DO ND ST
G

E
ABL FEE
T
MM IIN 50 TIE
FLAG WITH
D
QUIRE
RNING RE
WA TION
EC ET
PROT 40 FE
ING THIN
HEAR WI

KIN
NO
SMO
L FUEL
ONLY
DOWN
DIESE

NO SM
OK
WITHI ING
N 50 FT
.

EMERGENCY VALVE
PSI
SHUT OFF
95
SUE
PRES
TIRE

DIESEL FUEL
ONLY

TIE WARNING
DOWN FIRE EXT. HEARING PROTECTION REQUIRED
WITHIN 40 FEET
TIRE PRESSURE 95 PSI

FOR SAFE CLEAN

FUEL DISPENSING:
1. ELEMENTS AND GO-NO-GO
FUSE MUST BE IN PLACE.
2. LEAD SEALS INTERCONNECTED
AND SEALED ON FOUR BOLTS
OF THIS ACCESS COVER.
MANDATORY-SEALS IN
PLACE BEFORE REFUELING
OPERATION.
BAE9051

Figure 2. Painting and Stenciling Locations Curbside.

END OF TASK

0074-6 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1013)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0074

PIPING REPLACEMENT

All piping not identified in specific Work Package (WP) is replaced by removing split couplings at all ends,
and U-bolts and hangers where necessary. Replace all seals, lockwashers, and self-locking nuts. Install in
reverse order.

END OF TASK

LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS

To prevent corrosion, apply a light coat of lubricating oil to metal parts after they are cleaned but before they
are assembled. Lubricate components and systems in accordance with the instructions in Preventive
Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) and (WP 0206).

END OF TASK

TORQUE VALUES

Torque values given in maintenance procedures apply to un-lubricated threads. Follow the torque values
given in the maintenance procedures. If no torque value is given, refer to (WP 0207).

END OF TASK

0074-7 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1013)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0074

DECAL REPLACEMENT

WARNING

• Solvent cleaning compound MIL-PRF-680 may be irritating to the eyes and skin. Wear
protective gloves and eye protection. First aid for skin contact: remove contaminated
clothing. Wash skin thoroughly with soap and water. First aid for eye contact: flush with
water for 15 minutes or until irritation subsides. If symptoms persist, seek medical
attention. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical
attention in the event of an injury.
• Use solvent cleaning compound MlL-PRF-680 in a well ventilated area. Use respirator
as needed. Accidental ingestion can cause irritation of digestive tract and respiratory
tract. May cause lung and central nervous system damage. Can be fatal if swallowed.
Inhalation of high/massive concentrations can cause coma or be fatal. First aid for
ingestion: DO NOT induce vomiting. Seek immediate medical attention. First aid for
inhalation: move to fresh air. If not breathing, provide artificial respiration. If symptoms
persist, seek medical attention. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to
personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• MIL-PRF-680 solvent is combustible; DO NOT use or store near heat, sparks, flame,
or other ignition sources. Use mechanical ventilation whenever product is used in
confined space, heated above ambient temperatures, or agitated. Keep container
sealed when not in use. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to personnel.
Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• Cloths or rags saturated with solvent cleaning compound must be disposed of in
accordance with authorized facility procedures. Failure to comply may result in death
or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• Cleaning solvent compound MIL-PRF-680 is toxic and flammable. ALWAYS wear eye
protection and gloves and use only in a well-ventilated area. Avoid contact with skin,
eyes, and clothes and do not breathe vapors. Do not use near open flame or
excessive heat. When not using MIL-PRF-680 solvent cleaning compounds, ensure
compound container is closed. Store, transport, and dispose virgin / used solvents and
solvent contaminated rags in compliance with local procedures and regulations.
Failure to comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in
the event of an injury.
• For proper installation of a decal, note its location before removing. Failure to comply may
result in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.

1. Use cleaning compound to loosen damaged decal and remove the decal from the surface. Discard the
decal. Clean any decal residue from the surface with a cleaning compound. Wipe the surface with a dry
clean rag.
2. Remove protective backing from the new decal and position it on the surface. Wipe the surface with a dry
clean rag.

0074-8
TM 9-2330-330-13 0074

DECAL REPLACEMENT - Continued

3. Using a dry clean rag, press the decal into position. Start in the center of the decal and press outward to
remove any air bubbles.

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0074-9/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1013)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0075

FIELD MAINTENANCE
SPECIFIC MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools References (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s TC 9-237
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) TM 9-247
TM 43-0139
WP 0174
Materials/Parts WP 0206
Brush, Scrub (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 3)
Cloth, Abrasive (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 7)
Corrosion Preventive Compound
(WP 0214, Table 1, Item 8)
Rag, Wiping (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 13)
Tag, Marker (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 21)

References
TB 43-0209

This Work Package (WP) contains maintenance instructions that are the responsibility of Field Maintenance
personnel; these instructions pertain to several components or assemblies. Specific information on welding,
surface protection, repair of damaged threads, removal of burrs and other imperfections, tagging of wires and
hoses, cleaning materials and methods, and a reference for performing a pneumatic leakage test are provided.
Make sure that all safety precautions listed in the Warning Summary are followed while performing maintenance.
Pay close attention to all WARNINGS and CAUTIONS.

WELDING

1. For welding instructions and materials. All welds must reflect good workmanship and approved welding
procedures. Welds must be secure and free from cracks, excessive spatter, and obvious defects, refer to
TC 9-237.
2. Read and observe all safety precautions in the Warning Summary before performing any welding operation.

END OF TASK

PAINTING AND STENCILING

1. General instructions are included in TB 43-0209 and TM 43-0139.

2. Spot painting and marking (stenciling) of tactical vehicles will be performed under the control of Field
Maintenance personnel.
3. Painting of a complete tactical vehicle can be authorized and performed on by Field Maintenance.
4. Do not paint grounding studs, electrical harnesses, or leads.

END OF TASK

0075-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1014)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0075

2. If some time is to elapse before the start of repair or overhaul operation, apply a coat of corrosion preventive
oil to all finished metal surfaces to prevent rusting.

END OF TASK

CLEANING AFTER SHOP INSPECTION

WARNING

Compressed air used for drying or cleaning purposes should not exceed 30 psi (207 kPa).
Use only with effective chip-guarding and personal protective equipment (e.g., eye
protection, gloves). Failure to comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek
medical attention in the event of an injury.
After in-process shop inspection, dip parts in tank containing a corrosion preventive. Remove parts using rubber
gloves and dry thoroughly with compressed air or by wiping with clean abrasive cloths. Apply preservatives as
soon as possible after cleaning.

END OF TASK

LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS

For lubrication instructions (WP 0206).

END OF TASK

VAPOR INTEGRITY TEST

For vapor integrity test (WP 0174).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0075-3/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1014)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0076

FIELD MAINTENANCE
OVERFLOW PROTECTION MONITOR PANEL MAINTENANCE

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s Tag, Marker (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 21)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Washer, Lock
Qty: (6) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 65)
Materials/Parts
Gasket (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 85) Equipment Condition
Nut, Self-Locking Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Qty: (4) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 71) Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
Negative battery cables disconnected (WP 0005)

NOTE
Perform only steps required to replace parts needed.

REMOVAL

1. Remove six screws (Figure 1, Item 7), lockwashers (Figure 1, Item 8), cover (Figure 1, Item 2), cover straps
(Figure 1, Item 3), frame (Figure 1, Item 9), window (Figure 1, Item 4), identification plate (Figure 1, Item 5),
and gasket (Figure 1, Item 6) from base (Figure 1, Item 1). Discard gasket (Figure 1, Item 6) and
lockwashers (Figure 1, Item 8).

2 4, 5, 6

7, 8

7, 8
9 BAE9062

Figure 1. Overflow Protection Monitor Panel Removal.

0076-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1015)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0076

REMOVAL - Continued

2. Loosen two screws (Figure 2, Item 6) and disconnect two power wires (Figure 2, Item 5) from terminal strip
(Figure 2, Item 7).

NOTE
• Wires are color coded at terminal strips for easy identification.
• Tag all wires, hoses, tubing, and connections prior to removal for ease
of installation.
3. Loosen ten screws (Figure 2, Item 8) and disconnect ten wires (Figure 2, Item 13) from terminal strip
(Figure 2, Item 14).
4. Loosen five screws (Figure 2, Item 15) and disconnect five wires (Figure 2, Item 17) from terminal strip
(Figure 2, Item 16).
5. Remove four screws (Figure 2, Item 18) and sensor pack (Figure 2, Item 12) from base (Figure 2, Item 4).
6. Disconnect three conduit nuts (Figure 3, Item 10) and conduit (Figure 2, Item 11) from elbows
(Figure 2, Item 9).
7. Remove three elbows (Figure 2, Item 9) from base (Figure 2, Item 4).
8. Remove four bolts (Figure 2, Item 1), eight washers (Figure 2, Item 2), four self-locking nuts
(Figure 2, Item 3), and base (Figure 2, Item 4). Discard self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 3).

10
9 11
1, 2, 3 4 5 6 7 8

12
18

9 13

10
14
11

10
17 16 15 9
BAE9063

Figure 2. Overflow Protection Monitor Panel Replacement.

END OF TASK

0076-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1015)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0076

INSTALLATION

1. Install base (Figure 2, Item 4) with four new self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 3), eight washers
(Figure 2, Item 2), and four bolts (Figure 2, Item 1).
2. Install three elbows (Figure 2, Item 9) on base (Figure 2, Item 4).
3. Connect conduit (Figure 2, Item 11) and three conduit connectors (Figure 2, Item 10) to base
(Figure 2, Item 4).
4. Install sensor pack (Figure 2, Item 12) with four screws (Figure 2, Item 18) to base (Figure 2, Item 4).
5. Connect five color coded wires (Figure 2, Item 17) to terminal strip (Figure 2, Item 16) and tighten five
screws (Figure 2, Item 15).
6. Connect ten color coded wires (Figure 2, Item 13) to terminal strip (Figure 2, Item 14) and tighten ten screws
(Figure 2, Item 8).
7. Connect two power wires (Figure 2, Item 5) to sensor pack (Figure 2, Item 12) and tighten two screws
(Figure 2, Item 6).
8. Install new gasket (Figure 3, Item 6), name plate (Figure 3, Item 5), window (Figure 3, Item 4), frame
(Figure 3, Item 9), two cover straps (Figure 3, Item 3), cover (Figure 3, Item 2), six new lockwashers
(Figure 3, Item 8), and screws (Figure 3, Item 7) to base (Figure 3, Item 1).

3
2

4, 5, 6
7, 8
7, 8
9 BAE9919

Figure 3. Overflow Protection Monitor Panel Installation.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Connect negative battery cables (WP 0005).

2. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0076-3/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1015)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0077

FIELD MAINTENANCE
OVERFLOW PROTECTION SENSOR REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's Qty: (2) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 118)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10)
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Tag, Marker (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 21) Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
Washer, Lock Negative battery cables disconnected (WP 0005)

NOTE
Tag all wires, hoses, tubing, and connections prior to removal for ease of installation.

REMOVAL

1. Remove two screws (Figure 1, Item 2), lockwashers (Figure 1, Item 3), and cap (Figure 1, Item 1). Discard
lockwashers (Figure 1, Item 3).

2, 3

BAE9064

Figure 1. Cap Removal.

0077-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1016)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0077

REMOVAL - Continued

2. Measure and record the sensor (Figure 2, Item 3) height "A" that protrudes from well (Figure 2, Item 1).
3. Loosen set screw (Figure 2, Item 2) and lift sensor (Figure 2, Item 3) from well (Figure 2, Item 1).

1 A
3

2 BAE9065

Figure 2. Overflow Protection Sensor Replacement.

4. Disconnect sensor wires (Figure 3, Item 1) from connectors (Figure 3, Item 2) and remove sensor
(Figure 3, Item 3).

BAE9066

Figure 3. Sensor and Wiring.

END OF TASK

0077-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1016)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0077

INSTALLATION

1. Connect sensor wires (Figure 3, Item 1) to connectors (Figure 3, Item 2).

2. Install sensor (Figure 2, Item 3) into well (Figure 2, Item 1) to height “A” recorded at removal.
3. Tighten set screw (Figure 2, Item 2).
4. Install cap (Figure 4, Item 1), two new lockwashers (Figure 4, Item 3), and screws (Figure 4, Item 2).

2, 3

BAE9067a

Figure 4. Cap Installation.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Connect negative battery cables (WP 0005).

2. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0077-3/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1016)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0078

FIELD MAINTENANCE
OVERFLOW PROTECTION OPTIC SOCKET BOXES REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's Qty: (9) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 71)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Tag, Marker (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 21)

Materials/Parts Equipment Condition

Nut, Self-Locking Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
Negative battery cables disconnected (WP 0005)

NOTE
Tag all wire connectors prior to disconnecting if they are not identified or if metal ID is
missing or not readable.

ROADSIDE OPTIC SOCKET BOX REMOVAL

1. Loosen four screws (Figure 1, Item 1) and pull cover (Figure 1, Item 2) from optic socket box
(Figure 1, Item 3).

2 3
1

BAE9068

Figure 1. Roadside Optic Socket Box Cover Removal.

0078-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1017)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0078

ROADSIDE OPTIC SOCKET BOX REMOVAL - Continued

2. Loosen screws (Figure 2, Item 9) and remove wires (Figure 2, Item 10) from terminal strip (Figure 2, Item 4).
3. Loosen two conduit nuts (Figure 2, Item 3) from flexible conduits (Figure 2, Item 2).
4. Remove three self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 5), six washers (Figure 2, Item 6), three bolts
(Figure 2, Item 7), and box (Figure 2, Item 1) from side of piping frame (Figure 2, Item 8). Discard
self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 5).

2 3
1 4 5, 6, 7

9
10

BAE9069

Figure 2. Roadside Optic Socket Box Wiring.

END OF TASK

ROADSIDE OPTIC SOCKET BOX INSTALLATION

1. Install box (Figure 2, Item 1), three bolts (Figure 2, Item 7), six washers (Figure 2, Item 6), and three new
self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 5) to side of piping frame (Figure 2, Item 8).
2. Tighten two conduit nuts (Figure 2, Item 3) to flexible conduits (Figure 2, Item 2).
3. Install wires (Figure 2, Item 10) and tighten screws (Figure 2, Item 9) to terminal strip (Figure 2, Item 4).

0078-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1017)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0078

ROADSIDE OPTIC SOCKET BOX INSTALLATION - Continued

4. Install cover (Figure 3, Item 2) and four screws (Figure 3, Item 1) to box (Figure 3, Item 3).

1 2 3

BAE9068a

Figure 3. Roadside Optic Socket Box Cover Installation.

END OF TASK

CURBSIDE OPTIC SOCKET BOX REMOVAL

1. Loosen four screws (Figure 4, Item 1) and remove cover (Figure 4, Item 3) from socket box
(Figure 4, Item 2).

2
3 BAE9070

Figure 4. Curbside Optic Socket Box Cover Removal.

0078-3 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1017)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0078

CURBSIDE OPTIC SOCKET BOX REMOVAL - Continued

2. Remove screws (Figure 5, Item 8) and wires (Figure 5, Item 9) from terminal strip (Figure 5, Item 4).
3. Remove conduit nut (Figure 5, Item 11) and flexible conduit (Figure 5, Item 12) from box (Figure 5, Item 13).
4. Remove two self-locking nuts (Figure 5, Item 1), four washers (Figure 5, Item 2), two bolts
(Figure 5, Item 3), and box (Figure 5, Item 13) from bracket (Figure 5, Item 10). Discard self-locking nuts
(Figure 5, Item 1).

NOTE
Perform Step 5 if bracket (Figure 5, Item 10) is damaged and needs replacement.
5. Remove five bolts (Figure 5, Item 5), ten washers (Figure 5, Item 6), five self-locking nuts (Figure 5, Item 7),
and bracket (Figure 5, Item 10) from frame. Discard self-locking nuts (Figure 5, Item 7).

1, 2, 3 4 5, 6, 7

10
13

11
12 BAE9071

Figure 5. Curbside Optic Socket Box Wiring.

END OF TASK

0078-4 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1017)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0078

CURBSIDE OPTIC SOCKET BOX INSTALLATION

NOTE
Perform Step 1 if bracket (Figure 5, Item 10) was removed, otherwise continue
to Step 2.
1. Install new bracket (Figure 5, Item 10) with five bolts (Figure 5, Item 5), ten washers (Figure 5, Item 6), and
five new self-locking nuts (Figure 5, Item 7) to frame.
2. Install two bolts (Figure 5, Item 3), four washers (Figure 5, Item 2), box (Figure 5, Item 13), and two new
self-locking nuts (Figure 5, Item 1) to bracket (Figure 5, Item 10).
3. Install flexible conduit (Figure 5, Item 12) and conduit nut (Figure 5, Item 11) to box (Figure 5, Item 13).
4. Install wires (Figure 5, Item 9) and screws (Figure 5, Item 8) to terminal strip (Figure 5, Item 4).
5. Install cover (Figure 6, Item 3) onto socket box (Figure 6, Item 2) with four screws (Figure 6, Item 1).

2
3 BAE9070a

Figure 6. Curbside Optic Socket Box Cover Installation.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Connect negative battery cables (WP 0005).

2. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0078-5/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1017)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0079

FIELD MAINTENANCE
24-12 V DC CONVERTER REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 21)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Washer, Split
Qty: (7) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 66)
Materials/Parts
Gasket (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 68) Equipment Condition
Nut, Self-Locking Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Qty: (4) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 105) Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
Tag, Marker Negative battery cables disconnected (WP 0005)

NOTE
Tag all wire connectors prior to disconnecting if they are not already identified or if metal ID
band is missing or not readable.

REMOVAL

1. Remove seven bolts (Figure 1, Item 1), lockwashers (Figure 1, Item 2), cover plate (Figure 1, Item 4), and
gasket (Figure 1, Item 3) from stoplight box (Figure 1, Item 5). Discard gasket (Figure 1, Item 3) and
lockwashers (Figure 1, Item 2).

1, 2 3 4

BAE9059

Figure 1. Stoplight Assembly.

0079-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1018)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0079

REMOVAL - Continued

2. Push in fuse holder (Figure 2, Item 9), turn counterclockwise, and remove from converter (Figure 2, Item 1).
Replace fuse if unserviceable.
3. Remove four self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 4), eight washers (Figure 2, Item 3), and four bolts
(Figure 2, Item 2) and pull converter (Figure 2, Item 1) from stoplight box (Figure 2, Item 5). Discard
self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 4).
4. Remove three screws (Figure 2, Item 8), disconnect five wires (Figure 2, Item 6) from terminal strip
(Figure 2, Item 7), and remove converter (Figure 2, Item 1).

2
5
3
5

3
1
4 6
7

BAE9060

Figure 2. 24-12 V dc Converter.

END OF TASK

0079-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1018)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0079

INSTALLATION

1. Connect five wires (Figure 2, Item 6) with three screws (Figure 2, Item 8) to terminal strip (Figure 2, Item 7).
2. Install converter (Figure 2, Item 1), four bolts (Figure 2, Item 2), eight washers (Figure 2, Item 3), and four
new self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 4) into stoplight box (Figure 2, Item 5).
3. Install fuse and fuse holder (Figure 2, Item 9) into converter (Figure 2, Item 1) by turning clockwise.
4. Install new gasket (Figure 3, Item 3), cover plate (Figure 3, Item 4), seven new lockwashers
(Figure 3, Item 2), and bolts (Figure 3, Item 1) to stoplight box (Figure 3, Item 5).

1, 2 3 4

BAE9061

Figure 3. Stoplight Installation.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

2. Connect negative battery cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0079-3/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1018)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0080

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TAILLIGHT CONVERTER AND MAIN WIRING HARNESS MAINTENANCE

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s Qty: (17) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 66)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10)
Tool Kit, Electrical (WP 0215, Table 1, Item 9)
References
WP 0086
Materials/Parts WP 0208
Gasket (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 68)
Gasket (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 69)
Equipment Condition
Gasket (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 70)
Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Nut, Self-Locking
Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
Qty: (6) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 71)
Negative battery cables disconnected (WP 0005)
Tag, Marker (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 21)
Washer, Split

NOTE
• Wiring diagram is located in (WP 0208).
• Tag all wires, hoses, tubing, and connections prior to removal for ease
of installation.

REMOVAL

1. Remove four bolts (Figure 1, Item 7), lockwashers (Figure 1, Item 8), marker light cover (Figure 1, Item 4),
and gasket (Figure 1, Item 6) from front bulkhead (Figure 1, Item 5). Discard gasket (Figure 1, Item 6) and
lockwashers (Figure 1, Item 8).
2. Remove six self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 1), washers (Figure 1, Item 2), bolts (Figure 1, Item 3), and
gasket (Figure 1, Item 9) from front access hatch cover (Figure 1, Item 10). Discard self-locking nuts
(Figure 1, Item 1) and gasket (Figure 1, Item 9).

1, 2, 3 CAUTION

4
5
6

10 9 7, 8 BAE9091

Figure 1. Marker Light and Front Access Hatch Cover.

0080-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1019)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0080

REMOVAL - Continued

NOTE
If removing or replacing taillight converter only, perform Steps 3 through 6, then proceed to
Installation task Step 10.
3. Remove two taillight converter wires (Figure 2, Item 3) from terminal strip (Figure 2, Item 4).
4. Remove three taillight converter wires (Figure 2, Item 5) from terminal strip (Figure 2, Item 7).
5. Remove taillight converter ground wire (Figure 2, Item 2) from grounding strip (Figure 2, Item 11).

NOTE
Taillight module is secured with adhesive-backed tape. It may be necessary to pry taillight
module to remove from bulkhead.
6. Remove nut (Figure 2, Item 8), taillight converter bracket (Figure 2, Item 9), and taillight converter
(Figure 2, Item 10) from bulkhead (Figure 2, Item 12).
7. Disconnect wire numbers 21-489, 23, 24, 324, 395, 460, and 461 (Figure 2, Item 6) from terminal strip
(Figure 2, Item 7).
8. Disconnect wire number 90 (Figure 2, Item 1) from grounding strip (Figure 2, Item 11).

2
1 3

4
5
6
7
8

9
12
10
11
BAE9092a

Figure 2. Front Access Hatch.

9. Loosen two screws (Figure 3, Item 1) at top of electrical junction box (Figure 3, Item 2) and lower front cover
(Figure 3, Item 7).
10. Disconnect wire number 395 (Figure 3, ltem 3) from upper terminal strip (Figure 3, Item 4).

NOTE
Only the defective wires need to be pulled through the conduit. Step 11 applies to the
complete main wiring harness.
11. Disconnect wire number 489 (Figure 3, Item 9) from lower terminal strip (Figure 3, Item 8) and wire
number 90 (Figure 3, Item 5) from grounding strip (Figure 3, Item 6).

0080-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1019)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0080

REMOVAL - Continued

1 2 3 4 5

9
6
8
7
BAE9093

Figure 3. Electrical Junction Box Location.

12. Remove seven bolts (Figure 4, Item 1), lockwashers (Figure 4, Item 2), gasket (Figure 4, Item 3), and
roadside stoplight assembly cover plate (Figure 4, Item 4) from stoplight box (Figure 4, Item 5). Discard
gasket (Figure 4, Item 3) and lockwashers (Figure 4, Item 2).

1, 2 3

BAE9094

Figure 4. Roadside Stoplight Assembly.

0080-3 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1019)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0080

REMOVAL - Continued

13. Disconnect wire number 324 (Figure 5, Item 1) from 24-12 V dc converter (Figure 5, Item 6).
14. Disconnect wire numbers 23, 460, and 461 (Figure 5, Item 2) from connectors (Figure 5, Item 4) at stoplight
wiring harness (Figure 5, Item 3).

1 2

6 3

5 4 BAE9095

Figure 5. 24-12 V dc Converter.

NOTE
Connectors must be cut from harness leads in order to fit through conduit.
Discard connectors.
15. Pull main wiring harness (Figure 6, Item 2) through conduit (Figure 6, Item 3) from stoplight assembly box
(Figure 6, Item 1) to electrical junction box (Figure 6, Item 4).
16. Pull harness (Figure 6, Item 2) through conduit (Figure 6, Item 5) from electrical junction box
(Figure 6, Item 4) to front bulkhead (Figure 6, Item 6).

FRONT

6
2, 5 4 2, 3 BAE9096

Figure 6. Main Wiring Harness Removal.

END OF TASK

0080-4 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1019)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0080

INSPECTION

Inspect wiring for cracked or missing insulation, frayed or exposed wires, and loose or damaged connectors.
If any of these conditions exist, repair (WP 0086).

END OF TASK

INSTALLATION

1. Install leads of harness (Figure 6, Item 2) to front of bulkhead (Figure 6, Item 6) through conduit
(Figure 6, Item 5) to electrical junction box (Figure 6, Item 4).
2. From electrical junction box (Figure 6, Item 4), install leads of harness (Figure 6, Item 2) through conduit
(Figure 6, Item 3) to the roadside stoplight assembly (Figure 6, Item 1).
3. Install new connectors (Figure 6, Item 4) on all wiring harness leads (WP 0085).
4. Install connectors of wire numbers 23, 460, and 461 (Figure 5, Item 2) and main wiring harness
(Figure 5, Item 5) to corresponding connectors (Figure 5, Item 4) of stoplight wiring harness
(Figure 5, Item 3).
5. Connect wire number 324 (Figure 5, Item 1) to 24-12 V dc converter (Figure 5, Item 6).
6. Connect wire number 489 (Figure 7, Item 6) to lower terminal strip (Figure 7, Item 5) and wire number 90
(Figure 7, Item 3) to grounding strip (Figure 7, Item 4).
7. Connect wire number 395 (Figure 7, Item 1) to upper terminal strip (Figure 7, Item 2).

6 3

BAE9097a

Figure 7. Electrical Junction Box.

0080-5 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1019)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0080

INSTALLATION - Continued

8. Connect wire number 90 (Figure 8, Item 1) to grounding strip (Figure 8, Item 11).
9. Connect wire numbers 21-489, 23, 24, 324, 395, 460, and 461 (Figure 8, Item 6) to terminal strip
(Figure 8, Item 7).

NOTE
If replacing taillight converter only, perform Steps 10 through 14, then proceed to Step 17.
10. Remove adhesive patch cover from bottom of taillight converter (Figure 8, Item 10) and install taillight
converter (Figure 8, Item 10) in bulkhead (Figure 8, Item 12).
11. Secure taillight converter (Figure 8, Item 10) with taillight converter bracket (Figure 8, Item 9) and nut
(Figure 8, Item 8).
12. Install taillight converter ground wire (Figure 8, Item 2) on grounding strip (Figure 8, Item 11).
13. Install three taillight converter wires (Figure 8, Item 5) on terminal strip (Figure 8, Item 7).
14. Install two taillight converter wires (Figure 8, Item 3) on terminal strip (Figure 8, Item 4).

2
1 3

4
5
6
7
8

9
12
10
11
BAE9092b

Figure 8. Taillight Converter and Front Access Hatch Wiring Installation.

15. Install new gasket (Figure 9, Item 3), roadside stoplight assembly cover plate (Figure 9, Item 4), seven new
lockwashers (Figure 9, Item 2), and bolts (Figure 9, Item 1) to stoplight box (Figure 9, Item 5).

0080-6 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1019)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0080

INSTALLATION - Continued

1, 2 3

BAE9094a

Figure 9. Stoplight Assembly Cover Plate.

16. Close electrical junction box cover (Figure 10, Item 1) on junction box (Figure 10, ltem 3) and secure with
two screws (Figure 10, Item 2).

1 2

3
BAE9099

Figure 10. Electrical Junction Box Cover Installation.

0080-7 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1019)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0080

INSTALLATION - Continued

17. Install new gasket (Figure 11, Item 9), six bolts (Figure 11, Item 3), washers (Figure 11, Item 2), front access
hatch cover (Figure 11, Item 10), and six new self-locking nuts (Figure 11, Item 1) to front of bulkhead
(Figure 11, Item 5).
18. Install new gasket (Figure 11, Item 6), marker light cover (Figure 11, Item 4), four new lockwashers
(Figure 11, Item 8), and bolts (Figure 11, Item 7) to front of bulkhead (Figure 11, Item 5).

1, 2, 3 CAUTION

4
5
6

10 9 7, 8
BAE9100

Figure 11. Marker Light Cover Installation.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Connect negative battery cables (WP 0005).

2. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0080-8 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1019)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0081

FIELD MAINTENANCE
CLEARANCE LIGHT REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's Qty: (4) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 105)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10)
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Nut, Self-Locking Negative battery cables disconnected (WP 0005)

REMOVAL

NOTE
There are 11 clearance light LEDs (seven red and four amber). This procedure replaces
one clearance light LED. The other clearance light LEDs are replaced the same way.
1. Remove two screws (Figure 1, Item 5) and clearance light LED cover (Figure 1, Item 1).
2. Remove clearance light LED (Figure 1, Item 4) from base (Figure 1, Item 2) by twisting
LED 90 degrees counterclockwise.
3. Disconnect LED wire connector (Figure 1, Item 3) from back of LED (Figure 1, Item 4).

5
3
4 BAE9075

Figure 1. Clearance Light Removal.

0081-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1020)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0081

REMOVAL - Continued

NOTE
There may be a cover plate that needs to be removed to access the self-locking nuts.
4. Remove four self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 6), washers (Figure 2, Item 5), screws (Figure 2, Item 4), and
clearance light receptacle (Figure 2, Item 3). Discard self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 5).

4
3
5 6

7
8 BAE9075a

Figure 2. Clearance Light Replacement.

END OF TASK

INSTALLATION

1. Install clearance light receptacle (Figure 2, Item 3), four screws (Figure 2, Item 4), washers
(Figure 2, Item 5), and new self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 6).
2. Connect LED wire connector (Figure 2, Item 7) to back of LED (Figure 2, Item 8).
3. Install LED (Figure 2, Item 8) to receptacle (Figure 2, Item 3) by twisting 90 degrees clockwise until LED
(Figure 2, Item 8) locks into place.
4. Install clearance light LED cover (Figure 2, Item 2) and two screws (Figure 2, Item 1).

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Connect negative battery cables (WP 0005).

2. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0081-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1020)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0082

FIELD MAINTENANCE
STOPLIGHT REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's Tag, Marker (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 21)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Washer, Split
Qty: (7) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 66)
Materials/Parts
Gasket (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 68) Equipment Condition
Nut, Self-Locking Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Qty: (6) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 105) Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
Negative battery cables disconnected (WP 0005)

REMOVAL

NOTE
• There are two stoplights. This procedure replaces one stoplight. The other
stoplight is replaced the same way.
• Tag all wire connectors prior to disconnecting if they are not already identified or if
metal ID band is missing or not readable.
1. Remove seven bolts (Figure 1, Item 3), lockwashers (Figure 1, Item 4), cover plate (Figure 1, Item 1), and
gasket (Figure 1, Item 2) from semitrailer. Discard gasket (Figure 1, Item 2) and lockwashers
(Figure 1, Item 4).

1 2 3, 4

BAE9077

Figure 1. Stoplight Removal.

0082-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1021)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0082

REMOVAL - Continued

2. Disconnect semitrailer wiring harness connectors (Figure 2, Item 5) from stoplight wire lead connectors
(Figure 2, Item 6).
3. Remove six self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 2), washers (Figure 2, Item 3), and stoplight
(Figure 2, Item 1) from cover plate (Figure 2, Item 4). Discard self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 2).

2, 3

6 5 BAE9078

Figure 2. Stoplight Wiring Harness.

END OF TASK

0082-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1021)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0082

INSTALLATION

1. Install stoplight (Figure 2, Item 1), six new self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 2), and washers
(Figure 2, Item 3) to cover plate (Figure 2, Item 4).
2. Connect stoplight wire lead connectors (Figure 2, Item 6) to semitrailer wiring harness connectors
(Figure 2, Item 5).
3. Install new gasket (Figure 3, Item 2), cover plate (Figure 3, Item 1), seven new lockwashers
(Figure 3, Item 4), and bolts (Figure 3, Item 3).

1 2 3, 4

BAE9077a

Figure 3. Stoplight Installation.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Connect negative battery cables (WP 0005).

2. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0082-3/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1021)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0083

FIELD MAINTENANCE
CONTROL PANEL LIGHT REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Negative battery cables disconnected (WP 0005)

Materials/Parts
Nut, Self-Locking
Qty: (2) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 61)

Equipment Condition
Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)

REMOVAL

1. Remove light bulb protector (Figure 1, Item 1) and light bulb (Figure 1, Item 2) from control panel
(Figure 1, Item 3).
2. Remove six screws (Figure 1, Item 4) from front of control panel (Figure 1, Item 3) and pull down.

1, 2

3
PRE-HEATER STARTER ENGINE RPM

15 HOURS
WARNING
10 20
ON START
ENGINE RPM
ENGINE 5 25
ENGINE HOURS
TACH
0 30

20
24 28
32 4
RUN ENGINE RPM
0 36

ax bc

STOP

BATTERY VOLTAGE

TANKER FUEL LEVEL 30 40 60

50
ON 20 40
40 60 psi 20 psi
80
30 70 10 50
20 80
60 0 100
ax bc
ax bc

OFF

FILTER XP VAPOR PUMP PRESSURE OIL PRESSURE

BAE9072

Figure 1. Control Panel Removal.

0083-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1022)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0083

REMOVAL - Continued

3. Remove two self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 2), washers (Figure 2, Item 3), and screws (Figure 2, Item 1)
and disconnect light (Figure 2, Item 4) from control panel (Figure 2, Item 5). Discard self-locking nuts
(Figure 2, Item 2).

2
3

4
5
BAE9073
BAE9073

Figure 2. Engine Control Panel Light.

4. Remove knurled screw (Figure 3, Item 3) and bracket (Figure 3, Item 2) from socket (Figure 3, Item 1).
5. Loosen two screws (Figure 3, Item 5) and remove socket (Figure 3, Item 6) from two wires
(Figure 3, Item 4).

1 2
4
3
5
6

BAE9074

Figure 3. Engine Control Panel Light Wiring.

END OF TASK

0083-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1022)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0083

INSTALLATION

1. Install socket (Figure 3, Item 6) to two wires (Figure 3, Item 4) and tighten two screws (Figure 3, Item 5).
2. Install bracket (Figure 3, Item 2) and knurled screw (Figure 3, Item 3) to socket (Figure 3, Item 1).
3. Connect light (Figure 2, Item 4) to control panel (Figure 2, Item 5) and install two screws (Figure 2, Item 1),
washers (Figure 2, Item 3), and new self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 2).
4. Lift control panel (Figure 4, Item 3) up into position and install six screws (Figure 4, Item 4).
5. Install light bulb (Figure 4, Item 2) and light bulb protector (Figure 4, Item 1) to control panel
(Figure 4, Item 3).

1, 2

3
PRE-HEATER STARTER ENGINE RPM

15 HOURS
WARNING
10 20
ON START
ENGINE RPM
ENGINE 5 25
ENGINE HOURS
TACH
0 30

20
24 28
32 4
RUN ENGINE RPM
0 36

ax bc

STOP

BATTERY VOLTAGE

TANKER FUEL LEVEL 30 40 60

50
ON 20 40
40 60 psi 20 psi
80
30 70 10 50
20 80
60 0 100
ax bc
ax bc

OFF

FILTER XP VAPOR PUMP PRESSURE OIL PRESSURE

BAE9072a

Figure 4. Control Panel Installation.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Connect negative battery cables (WP 0005).

2. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0083-3/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1022)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0084

FIELD MAINTENANCE
BATTERY, TERMINAL, AND CABLE REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's Battery access panel removed (WP 0118)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Battery cover removed (WP 0064)
Negative battery cables disconnected (WP 0005)
NATO slave receptacle removed (WP 0085)
Equipment Condition Engine control box front cover removed
Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005) (WP 0133)
Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)

WARNING

0084-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1024)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0084

REMOVAL

1. Remove wing nuts (Figure 1, Item 3) from positive terminal (Figure 1, Item 2).
2. Remove jumper cable (Figure 1, Item 1) from both terminals (Figure 1, Items 2 and 4).

1 2 3

3
4

BAE9081

Figure 1. Battery Jumper Cable Connections.

3. Remove wing nut (Figure 2, Item 3) and disconnect all cables (Figure 2, Item 2) from other positive terminal
(Figure 2, Item 1).

2
BAE9082

Figure 2. Positive Terminal Connections.

4. Remove opposite ends of cables (Figure 3, Item 1) from engine control box 30 amp circuit breaker
(Figure 3, Item 2), engine control box glow plug solenoid (Figure 3, Item 3), engine starter (Figure 3, Item 4),
and alternator (Figure 3, Item 5).

0084-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1024)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0084

REMOVAL - Continued

4
1

2 1

1
BAE9083

Figure 3. Battery Connections (Engine Control Box, Starter, and Alternator).

0084-3 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1024)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0084

REMOVAL - Continued

5. Remove wing nut (Figure 4, Item 2) and cables (Figure 4, Item 1) from other negative terminal
(Figure 4, Item 3).

3
1 2

BAE9084

Figure 4. Negative Terminal Connection.

6. Remove opposite ends of negative battery cables (Figure 5, Item 2) from engine ground (Figure 5, Item 1)
and chassis ground (Figure 5, Item 3).

1
2
2

BAE9085

Figure 5. Engine Control Connection.

0084-4 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1024)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0084

REMOVAL - Continued

7. Loosen four screws (Figure 6, Item 9) and nuts (Figure 6, Item 10) and remove battery terminals
(Figure 6, Item 8) from two batteries (Figure 6, Item 6).
8. Remove two nuts (Figure 6, Item 3), four washers (Figure 6, Item 4), two hook bolts (Figure 6, Item 5), and
retainer (Figure 6, Item 2) from battery (Figure 6, Item 6).
9. Remove two batteries (Figure 6, Item 6) from semitrailer.

9, 10

2
8
3, 4

5
7

6 BAE9086

Figure 6. Battery Replacement.

END OF TASK

BATTERY INSTALLATION

1. Install two batteries (Figure 6, Item 6) to semitrailer.

2. Install battery retainer (Figure 6, Item 2), two hook bolts (Figure 6, Item 5), four washers (Figure 6, Item 4),
and two nuts (Figure 6, Item 3) to battery (Figure 6, Item 6).
3. Install four battery terminals (Figure 6, Item 8), nuts (Figure 6, Item 10), and screws (Figure 6, Item 9) to two
batteries (Figure 6, Item 6).

0084-5 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1024)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0084

BATTERY INSTALLATION - Continued

WARNING

Do not connect negative battery cable. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to
personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
4. Install four cables (Figure 6, Item 1) and wing nuts (Figure 6, Item 7) to four battery terminals
(Figure 6, Item 8).

END OF TASK

BATTERY CABLE INSTALLATION

1. Install ends of cables (Figure 7, Item 2) to chassis ground (Figure 7, Item 3) and engine ground
(Figure 7, Item 1).

1
2
2

BAE9085a

Figure 7. Chassis Ground Connection.

0084-6 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1024)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0084

BATTERY CABLE INSTALLATION - Continued

2. Install cables (Figure 8, Item 2) to positive terminal (Figure 8, Item 1) and secure with wing nut
(Figure 8, Item 3).

2
BAE9087

Figure 8. Positive Terminal.

3. Install opposite ends of cables (Figure 9, Item 1) to alternator (Figure 9, Item 5), engine starter
(Figure 9, Item 4), engine control box glow plug solenoid (Figure 9, Item 3), and engine control box 30 amp
circuit breaker (Figure 9, Item 2).

4
1

2 1

1
BAE9088

Figure 9. Battery Connections (Control Box).

0084-7 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1024)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0084

BATTERY CABLE INSTALLATION - Continued

4. Install jumper cable (Figure 10, Item 1) to negative terminal (Figure 10, Item 4) and positive terminal
(Figure 10, Item 2).
5. Install jumper cable (Figure 10, Item 1) and two wing nuts (Figure 10, Item 3).

3
2
1

3
4

BAE9090

Figure 10. Battery Jumper Cable Installation.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Install engine control box front cover (WP 0133).

2. Install NATO slave receptacle (WP 0085).
3. Connect negative battery cables (WP 0005).
4. Install battery access panel (WP 0118).
5. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0084-8 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1024)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0085

FIELD MAINTENANCE
NATO SLAVE RECEPTACLE REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's Qty: (4) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 63)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Tag, Marker (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 21)

Materials/Parts Equipment Condition

Nut, Self-Locking Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Qty: (2) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 53) Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
Nut, Self-Locking Battery access panel removed (WP 0118)
Negative battery cables disconnected (WP 0005)

WARNING

Disconnect negative battery cable first. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to
personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of injury.

NOTE
Tag all wires, hoses, tubing, and connections prior to removal for ease of installation.

0085-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1025)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0085

REMOVAL

1. Remove two cables (Figure 1, Item 1) from two battery terminals (Figure 1, Item 2).

1
2

BAE9127

Figure 1. Battery Cables Replacement.

2. Remove four self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 5), washers (Figure 2, Item 6), bolts (Figure 2, Item 7), and
NATO slave receptacle (Figure 2, Item 8) from bracket (Figure 2, Item 4). Discard self-locking nuts
(Figure 2, Item 5).
3. Remove two self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 1), four washers (Figure 2, Item 2), bolts (Figure 2, Item 3),
and bracket (Figure 2, Item 4) from engine splash shield (Figure 2, Item 9). Discard self-locking nuts
(Figure 2, Item 1).

0085-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1025)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0085

REMOVAL - Continued

4
1, 2, 3 5, 6, 7

9
8

BAE9128

Figure 2. NATO Slave Receptacle Replacement.

END OF TASK

INSTALLATION

1. Install bracket (Figure 2, Item 4), two bolts (Figure 2, Item 3), four washers (Figure 2, Item 2), and two new
self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 1) to engine splash shield (Figure 2, Item 9).
2. Install NATO slave receptacle (Figure 2, Item 8), four bolts (Figure 2, Item 7), washers (Figure 2, Item 6),
and new self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 5) to bracket (Figure 2, Item 4).
3. Install two cables (Figure 1, Item 1) to two battery terminals (Figure 1, Item 2).

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Connect negative battery cables (WP 0005).

2. Install battery access panel (WP 0118).
3. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0085-3/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1025)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0086

FIELD MAINTENANCE
WIRING HARNESS AND CABLE REPAIR

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's Band, Marker (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 2)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Solder (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 17)
Tool Kit, Electrical
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 9)
References
Crimping Tool, Terminal
WP 0005
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 1)
Die Set, Metal Stamping
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 2)
Soldering Iron (WP 0215, Table 1, Item 7)

WARNING

When performing electrical maintenance, ALWAYS disconnect intervehicular electrical

0086-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1026)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0086

MARKER BAND REPLACEMENT

1. Remove marker band (Figure 1, Item 2) from wire lead (Figure 1, Item 1). Discard marker band
(Figure 1, Item 2).
2. Mark new marker band (Figure 1, Item 2).
3. Install new marker band (Figure 1, Item 2) on wire lead (Figure 1, Item 1).
4. Secure new marker band (Figure 1, Item 2) to wire lead (Figure 1, Item 1) by bending tab (Figure 1, Item 3).

2
1

3 BAE9456

Figure 1. Marker Band Replacement.

END OF TASK

TERMINAL REPLACEMENT

1. Remove terminal (Figure 2, Item 1) from wire lead (Figure 2, Item 2). Discard terminal (Figure 2, Item 1).

CAUTION
Remove only enough insulation to fill cavity on new terminal. Failure to comply may result
in damage to, or destruction of, equipment or mission.
2. Remove insulation (Figure 2, Item 3) from wire lead (Figure 2, Item 2).
3. Using crimp tool, install new terminal (Figure 2, Item 1) on wire lead (Figure 2, Item 2).
4. Connect intervehicular connector and check for proper operation (WP 0005).

1 2 3

BAE9457

Figure 2. Terminal Replacement.

END OF TASK

MALE CONNECTOR REPAIR

1. Pull shell (Figure 3, Item 5) away from contact (Figure 3, Item 1) and remove washer (Figure 3, Item 4) from
insulation (Figure 3, Item 3).
2. Remove wire contact (Figure 3, Item 1) from wire lead (Figure 3, Item 2). Discard contact (Figure 3, Item 1).

0086-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1026)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0086

MALE CONNECTOR REPAIR - Continued

CAUTION
Remove only enough insulation to fill cavity on new terminal. Failure to comply may result
in damage to, or destruction of, equipment or mission.
3. Remove insulation (Figure 3, Item 3) from wire lead (Figure 3, Item 2).
4. Using crimp tool, install new contact (Figure 3, Item 1) on wire lead (Figure 3, Item 2).
5. Install washer (Figure 3, Item 4) on insulation (Figure 3, Item 3) and position shell (Figure 3, Item 5) over
contact (Figure 3, Item 1).
6. Connect intervehicular connector and check for proper operation (WP 0005).

5
1 2 3 4

BAE9458

Figure 3. Male Connector Repair.

END OF TASK

FEMALE CONNECTOR REPAIR

1. Pull shell (Figure 4, Item 5) away from insulator (Figure 4, Item 4) and terminal (Figure 4, Item 1) on wire
lead (Figure 4, Item 2).
2. Remove terminal (Figure 4, Item 1) from wire lead (Figure 4, Item 2). Discard terminal (Figure 4, Item 1).

CAUTION
Remove only enough insulation to fill cavity on new terminal. Failure to comply may result
in damage to, or destruction of, equipment or mission.
3. Remove insulation (Figure 4, Item 3) from wire lead (Figure 4, Item 2).
4. Using crimp tool, install new terminal (Figure 4, Item 1) on wire lead (Figure 4, Item 2).
5. Position insulator (Figure 4, Item 4) and shell (Figure 4, Item 5) over terminal (Figure 4, Item 1) on wire lead
(Figure 4, Item 2).
6. Connect intervehicular connector and check for proper operation (WP 0005).

1 2 3 4 5

BAE9459

Figure 4. Female Connector Repair.

END OF TASK

0086-3 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1026)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0086

RECEPTACLE REPAIR

1. Remove nut (Figure 5, Item 1) and grommet (Figure 5, Item 2) from connector (Figure 5, Item 5).
2. Remove terminal (Figure 5, Item 4) from grommet (Figure 5, Item 2).

NOTE
Only unsolder leads that need to be repaired.
3. Remove terminal (Figure 5, Item 4) from wire leads (Figure 5, Item 3). Discard terminal (Figure 5, Item 4).

CAUTION
Insert terminals in proper location according to chart in Figure 5. Failure to comply may
result in damage to, or destruction of, equipment or mission.
4. Install wire lead (Figure 5, Item 3) through grommet (Figure 5, Item 2).
5. Heat the solder well in new terminal (Figure 5, Item 4). While solder is hot, insert wire lead (Figure 5, Item 3)
into terminal (Figure 5, Item 4).
6. Install terminal (Figure 5, Item 4) in grommet (Figure 5, Item 2).
7. Install grommet (Figure 5, Item 2) in connector (Figure 5, Item 5) with nut (Figure 5, Item 1).
8. Connect intervehicular connector and check for proper operation (WP 0005).

A J
B K H
N
C L M F
D E 1

2
TERMINAL CIRCUIT TERMINAL TERMINAL 3
DESIGNATOR NO. DESIGNATOR DESIGNATOR 4 5
A 24-484 H BLANK
B 22-461 J 22-480
C 24-483 K BLANK
D 90 L BLANK
E 21-489 M BLANK
F 23 N BLANK BAE9460

Figure 5. Receptacle Repair.

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0086-4 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1026)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0087

FIELD MAINTENANCE
FRONT MARKER LIGHTS WIRING HARNESS MAINTENANCE

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's Qty: (8) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 66)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10)
References
Materials/Parts WP 0086
Gasket Qty: (2) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 68)
Gasket (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 85)
Equipment Condition
Nut, Self-Locking
Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Qty: (6) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 72)
Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
Tag, Marker (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 21)
Negative battery cables disconnected (WP 0005)
Washer, Split

NOTE
Tag all wiring harness connectors prior to disconnecting if they are not already identified or
if metal ID band is missing or not readable.

REMOVAL

1. Remove eight screws (Figure 1, Item 4), lockwashers (Figure 1, Item 5), two covers (Figure 1, Item 1), and
gaskets (Figure 1, Item 2) from roadside and curbside front marker light boxes (Figure 1, Items 3 and 6).
Discard lockwashers (Figure 1, Item 5) and gaskets (Figure 1, Item 2).
2. Remove six self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 7), washers (Figure 1, Item 8), screws (Figure 1, Item 9),
gasket (Figure 1, Item 11), and front box cover (Figure 1, Item 10) from front box (Figure 1, Item 12).
Discard self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 7) and gasket (Figure 1, Item 11).

1, 2, 3
4, 5

1, 2, 6

4, 5
7, 8, 9
10, 11, 12 BAE9101

Figure 1. Roadside and Curbside Front Marker Light Boxes and Front Box.

0087-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1027)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0087

REMOVAL - Continued

3. Disconnect two connectors (Figure 2, Item 3) at curbside (Figure 2, Item 2) and roadside (Figure 2, Item 1)
boxes.

1 2

3 3

BAE9102

Figure 2. Roadside and Curbside Front Marker Light Connections.

NOTE
• Connectors must be cut from harness leads in order to fit through conduit.
Discard connectors.
• Only the defective wires need to be pulled through the conduit. Step 4 applies to
the complete main wiring harness.
4. At roadside box (Figure 2, Item 1) pull two wires (Figure 3, Item 6) from curbside box (Figure 2, Item 2)
through conduit (Figure 3, Item 7).
5. Remove screw (Figure 3, Item 2) from terminal strip (Figure 3, Item 3) in front box (Figure 3, Item 1) and
remove two wires (Figure 3, Item 4).
6. Remove two screws (Figure 3, Item 8) and wires (Figure 3, Item 5) from grounding strip (Figure 3, Item 9) in
front box (Figure 3, Item 1).

END OF TASK

INSPECTION

Inspect wires for cracked or missing insulation and frayed or exposed wires. If any of these conditions exist,
repair (WP 0086).

END OF TASK

0087-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1027)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0087

INSTALLATION

1. Install two wires (Figure 3, Item 5) and screws (Figure 3, Item 8) to grounding strip (Figure 3, Item 9) in front
box (Figure 3, Item 1).
2. Install two wires (Figure 3, Item 4) and screw (Figure 3, Item 2) to terminal strip (Figure 3, Item 3) in front
box (Figure 3, Item 1).
3. At roadside box (Figure 2, Item 1), install two wires (Figure 3, Item 6) through conduit (Figure 3, Item 7) to
curbside box (Figure 2, Item 2).
4. Install new connectors (Figure 2, Item 3) on new wires (WP 0086).
5. Install new connectors (Figure 2, Item 3) at roadside (Figure 2, Item 1) and curbside
(Figure 2, Item 2) boxes.

9 2, 3, 4
8

BAE9103
6 5

Figure 3. Front Box Access Wiring.

0087-3 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1027)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0087

INSTALLATION - Continued

6. Install new gasket (Figure 4, Item 11), front box cover (Figure 4, Item 10), six screws (Figure 4, Item 9),
washers (Figure 4, Item 8), and new self-locking nuts (Figure 4, Item 7) to box (Figure 7, Item 12).
7. Install two new gaskets (Figure 4, Item 2), eight new lockwashers (Figure 4, Item 5), screws
(Figure 4, Item 4), and two covers (Figure 4, Item 1) to roadside and curbside boxes
(Figure 4, Items 3 and 6).

1, 2, 3
4, 5

1, 2, 6

4, 5
7, 8, 9
10, 11, 12 BAE9101a

Figure 4. Roadside and Curbside Front Marker Light Boxes and Front Access Box Cover.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Connect negative battery cables (WP 0005).

2. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0087-4 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1027)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0088

FIELD MAINTENANCE
STOPLIGHT (MAIN) HARNESS MAINTENANCE

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools References

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's WP 0086
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10)
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Gasket Qty: (2) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 68) Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
Tag, Marker (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 21) Negative battery cables disconnected (WP 0005)
Washer, Split
Qty: (14) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 66)

NOTE
Tag all wiring harness connectors prior to disconnecting if they are not already identified or
if metal ID band is missing or not readable.

REMOVAL

1. Remove seven bolts (Figure 1, Item 1), lockwashers (Figure 1, Item 2), gasket (Figure 1, Item 3), and
stoplight cover plate (Figure 1, Item 4) from roadside marker stoplight box (Figure 1, Item 5). Discard
lockwashers (Figure 1, Item 2) and gasket (Figure 1, Item 3).

1, 2 3 4

BAE9059a

Figure 1. Stoplight Removal.

END OF TASK

0088-4 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1028)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0088

INSTALLATION

1. Install leads of harness (Figure 6, Item 5) through two conduits (Figure 6, Item 3) from roadside marker
stoplight box (Figure 6, Item 4) to top marker light box (Figure 6, Item 1) and curbside marker stoplight box
(Figure 6, Item 2).
2. Install new connectors on all new wires (WP 0086).
3. Connect five connectors (Figure 7, Item 4) of stoplight harness (Figure 7, Item 2) to connectors
(Figure 7, Item 5) of curbside stoplight harness leads (Figure 7, Item 1) in curbside marker stoplight box
(Figure 7, Item 3).

1 2 3

5 4
BAE9114

Figure 7. Curbside Stoplight Harness Leads.

4. Connect two connectors (Figure 8, Item 2) to top marker light harness (Figure 8, Item 1) in top marker light
box (Figure 8, Item 3).

1 2

3 2 BAE9115

Figure 8. Top Marker Light Harness.

0088-5 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1028)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0088

INSTALLATION - Continued

5. Connect eight wires (Figure 9, Item 9) to grounding strip (Figure 9, Item 10) in roadside marker stoplight box
(Figure 9, Item 12).

1 2 3

11 5

10 9 8 7 6
BAE9109a

Figure 9. Main Semitrailer Harness.

6. Connect five connectors (Figure 9, Item 7) to roadside stoplight assembly (Figure 9, Item 4).
7. Connect two connectors (Figure 9, Item 6) to rear marker light (Figure 9, Item 5) and two connectors
(Figure 9, Item 11) to side marker light (Figure 9, Item 1).
8. Connect five connectors (Figure 9, Item 3) of main semitrailer harness (Figure 9, Item 2) to stoplight harness
(Figure 9, Item 8).

0088-6 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1028)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0088

INSTALLATION - Continued

9. Install new gasket (Figure 10, Item 4), stoplight cover plate (Figure 10, Item 5), seven new lockwashers
(Figure 10, Item 3), and bolts (Figure 10, Item 2) to curbside marker stoplight box (Figure 10, Item 1).

1
2, 3 4 5

BAE9116

Figure 10. Stoplight Cover.

10. Install new gasket (Figure 11, Item 3), stoplight cover plate (Figure 11, Item 4), seven new lockwashers
(Figure 11, Item 2), and bolts (Figure 11, Item 1) to roadside marker stoplight box (Figure 11, Item 5).

1, 2 3

BAE9117

Figure 11. Roadside Marker Stoplight Box.

END OF TASK

0088-7 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1028)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0088

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Connect negative battery cables (WP 0005).

2. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0088-8 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1028)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0089

FIELD MAINTENANCE
SIDE MARKER LIGHTS HARNESS MAINTENANCE

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools References

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's WP 0086
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10)
Tool Kit, Electrical (WP 0215, Table 1, Item 9)
Equipment Condition
Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Materials/Parts Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
Tag, Marker (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 21) Negative battery cables disconnected (WP 0005)

REMOVAL

NOTE
• Tag all wiring harness connectors prior to disconnecting if they are not already
identified or if metal ID band is missing or not readable.
• There are two side marker light boxes. All side marker light boxes are replaced in
the same way.
1. Remove two screws (Figure 1, Item 1) and side marker light (Figure 1, Item 2).

2 1 BAE9106

Figure 1. Curbside Marker Light Removal.

0089-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1029)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0089

REMOVAL - Continued

2. Disconnect wires (Figure 2, Item 3) and connectors (Figure 2, Item 1) from marker light receptacle
(Figure 2, Item 2) in curbside marker box (Figure 2, Item 4).

1
4
3
2
BAE9107

Figure 2. Curbside Marker Light Connections.

3. Disconnect wire (Figure 3, Item 2) from grounding strip (Figure 3, Item 3) in electrical junction box
(Figure 3, Item 4).
4. Disconnect wire (Figure 3, Item 5) from terminal strip (Figure 3, Item 6) in junction box (Figure 3, Item 4).

NOTE
• Connectors must be cut from harness leads in order to fit through conduit.
Discard connectors.
• Only the defective wires need to be pulled through the conduit. Step 5 applies to
the complete main wiring harness.
5. Pull two harness wires (Figure 3, Items 2 and 5) through conduit (Figure 3, Item 1).

0089-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1029)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0089

REMOVAL - Continued

1
2

3
4
5 BAE9926

Figure 3. Electrical Junction Box.

END OF TASK

INSPECTION

Inspect wires for cracked or missing insulation and frayed or exposed wires. If any of these conditions exist,
repair (WP 0086).

END OF TASK

INSTALLATION

1. Install side marker light harness wires (Figure 3, Items 2 and 5) through conduit (Figure 3, Item 1) to junction
box (Figure 3, Item 4) from curbside marker light box (Figure 2, Item 2).
2. Install new connectors on all new wires.
3. Connect wire (Figure 3, Item 5) to terminal strip (Figure 3, Item 6) in junction box (Figure 3, Item 4).
4. Connect wire (Figure 3, Item 2) to grounding strip (Figure 3, Item 3) in junction box (Figure 3, Item 4).
5. Connect wire (Figure 3, Item 2) and connector (Figure 3, Item 3) to marker light receptacle (Figure 2, Item 2)
in curbside box (Figure 2, Item 4).

0089-3 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1029)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0089

INSTALLATION - Continued

6. Install marker light (Figure 4, Item 1) with two screws (Figure 4, Item 2).

1
2

BAE9106a

Figure 4. Curbside Marker Light Installation.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Connect negative battery cables (WP 0005).

2. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0089-4 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1029)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0090

FIELD MAINTENANCE
INTERVEHICULAR WIRING HARNESSES MAINTENANCE

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's Tag, Marker (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 21)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Washer, Split
Qty: (4) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 66)
Materials/Parts
Gasket (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 69) References
Gasket (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 70) WP 0086
Nut, Self-Locking
Qty: (6) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 71)
Equipment Condition
Nut, Self-Locking
Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Qty: (6) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 101)
Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
Negative battery cables disconnected (WP 0005)

NOTE
• This procedure covers the removal of both intervehicular connectors. Only perform
procedures needed to replace the faulty connector.
• Tag all wiring harness connectors prior to disconnecting if they are not already
identified or if metal lD band is missing or not readable.

REMOVAL

1. Remove four screws (Figure 1, Item 1), lockwashers (Figure 1, Item 2), gasket (Figure 1, Item 3), and
marker light cover (Figure 1, Item 4) from front bulkhead (Figure 1, Item 5). Discard gasket (Figure 1, Item 3)
and lockwashers (Figure 1, Item 2).
2. Remove six self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 8), washers (Figure 1, Item 7), bolts (Figure 1, Item 6), and
gasket (Figure 1, Item 9) from front access cover (Figure 1, Item 10). Discard self-locking nuts
(Figure 1, Item 8) and gasket (Figure 1, Item 9).

1, 2
CAUTION
3

4
5
10 9 6, 7, 8 BAE9119

Figure 1. Marker Light and Front Access Cover.

0090-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1030)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0090

REMOVAL - Continued

3. Disconnect four wires (Figure 2, Item 1) from upper terminal strip (Figure 2, Item 2).
4. Disconnect six wires (Figure 2, Item 4) from lower terminal strip (Figure 2, Item 3).
5. Disconnect seven wires (Figure 2, Item 5) from lower terminal strip (Figure 2, Item 3).
6. Disconnect wire (Figure 2, Item 6) from grounding strip (Figure 2, Item 8).
7. Disconnect wire (Figure 2, Item 7) from grounding strip (Figure 2, Item 8).

1 2

4
5
8

6 BAE9120
7

Figure 2. Front Access Hatch Wiring.

0090-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1030)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0090

REMOVAL - Continued

8. Remove two self-locking nuts (Figure 3, Item 2), washers (Figure 3, Item 3), bolts (Figure 3, Item 4), and
7-way intervehicular wiring harness (Figure 3, Item 5) from box cover (Figure 3, Item 1). Discard self-locking
nuts (Figure 3, Item 2).
9. Remove four self-locking nuts (Figure 3, Item 6), washers (Figure 3, Item 7), bolts (Figure 3, Item 8), and
12-way intervehicular wiring harness (Figure 3, Item 9) from box cover (Figure 3, Item 1). Discard
self-locking nuts (Figure 3, Item 2).

1 2, 3, 4

9
6, 7, 8

BAE9121

Figure 3. 7-Way and 12-Way Intervehicular Wiring Harness.

END OF TASK

INSPECTION

Inspect wires for cracked or missing insulation, frayed or exposed wires, and loose or damaged connectors.
If any of these conditions exist, repair (WP 0086).

END OF TASK

INSTALLATION

1. Install 12-way intervehicular wiring harness (Figure 3, Item 9), four bolts (Figure 3, Item 8), washers
(Figure 3, Item 7), and new self-locking nuts (Figure 3, Item 6) to box cover (Figure 3, Item 1).
2. Install 7-way intervehicular wiring harness (Figure 3, Item 5), two bolts (Figure 3, Item 4), washers
(Figure 3, Item 3), and new self-locking nuts (Figure 3, Item 2) to box cover (Figure 3, Item 1).

0090-3 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1030)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0090

INSTALLATION - Continued

3. Connect wire (Figure 4, Item 7) to grounding strip (Figure 4, Item 8).

4. Connect wire (Figure 4, Item 6) to grounding strip (Figure 4, Item 8).
5. Connect seven wires (Figure 4, Item 5) to lower terminal strip (Figure 4, Item 3).
6. Connect six wires (Figure 4, Item 4) to lower terminal strip (Figure 4, Item 3).
7. Connect four wires (Figure 4, Item 1) to upper terminal strip (Figure 4, Item 2).

1 2

4
5
8

6 BAE9120a
7

Figure 4. Intervehicular Wiring Harness.

8. Install new gasket (Figure 5, Item 9), six bolts (Figure 5, Item 6), washers (Figure 5, Item 7), and new
self-locking nuts (Figure 5, Item 8) to front access cover (Figure 5, Item 10).
9. Install marker light cover (Figure 5, Item 4), new gasket (Figure 5, Item 3), four new lockwashers
(Figure 5, Item 2), and bolts (Figure 5, Item 1) to front bulkhead (Figure 5, Item 5).

0090-4 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1030)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0090

INSTALLATION - Continued

1, 2

CAUTION 3

4
5

10 9
6, 7, 8 BAE9122

Figure 5. Marker Light and Front Access Cover.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Connect negative battery cables (WP 0005).

2. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0090-5/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1030)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0091

FIELD MAINTENANCE
CONDUIT MAINTENANCE

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Negative battery cables disconnected (WP 0005)
Front marker lights wiring harness removed
(WP 0087)
Materials/Parts
Fitting, Compression (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 41)

Equipment Condition
Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)

NOTE
This procedure covers the front conduit and curbside fitting. All conduits and fittings are
replaced the same way, only the number of clips and brackets vary.

REMOVAL

1. Remove nut (Figure 1, Item 2) at fitting (Figure 1, Item 1).

1 2

BAE9123

Figure 1. Conduit (Typical).

0091-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1031)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0091

REMOVAL - Continued

2. Remove conduit (Figure 2, Item 4) and compression sleeve (Figure 2, Item 2) from fitting (Figure 2, Item 1).
3. Remove compression sleeve (Figure 2, Item 2) from conduit (Figure 2, Item 4). Discard compression sleeve
(Figure 2, Item 2).

1 2 3
4

TM 9-2330-330-13 0092

FIELD MAINTENANCE
AXLES MAINTENANCE

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
Tool Kit, Welders Air reservoir drained (WP 0005)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 11) Tire and wheel assemblies removed (WP 0066)
Wrench, Torque (WP 0215, Table 1, Item 14) Hub and brake drum assemblies removed
(WP 0106)
Air brake chambers removed (WP 0097)
Materials/Parts Slack adjuster removed (WP 0095)
Nut, Self-Locking Camshafts removed (WP 0094)
Qty: (4) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 7)
Nut, Self-Locking
Qty: (4) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 54)

References
TC 9-237
WP 0100

Equipment Condition
Semitrailer parked on hard level surface
(WP 0005)

WARNING

• Weight of semitrailer, 48,200 lbs (21,863 kg), must be supported on suitable

support at all times. Do not attempt to support weight of semitrailer on lifting
device. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical
attention in the event of an injury.
• Accidental or intentional introduction of liquid contaminants into the environment is
a violation of state, federal, and military regulations. Refer to Army Petroleum, Oils,
and Lubricants (POL) for information concerning storage, use, and disposal of
these liquids. Failure to comply may cause damage to environment and health of
personnel. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek
medical attention in the event of an injury.
• Axle weighs 250 Ibs (113 kg). Two people are required to lift axle. Failure to
comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the
event of an injury.

0092-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1032)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0092

NOTE
• There are two axles. This procedure replaces one axle. The other axle is replaced
the same way.
• Unplug Antilock Brake System (ABS) sensors if necessary (WP 0106).

REMOVAL

1. Using suitable lifting device, raise rear of semitrailer until weight of both suspension springs
(Figure 1, Item 5) has been removed from axle (Figure 1, Item 6). Support or crib semitrailer frame securely.
2. Position and raise two lifting devices to support axle (Figure 1, Item 6).
3. Remove four self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 8), washers (Figure 1, Item 9), and bolts (Figure 1, Item 1)
from spring end cap (Figure 1, Item 4). Discard self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 8).
4. Remove four self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 2), eight washers (Figure 1, Item 3), and two U-bolts
(Figure 1, Item 7) from spring seat (Figure 1, Item 10) and spring end cap (Figure 1, Item 4) on axle
(Figure 1, Item 6). Discard self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 2).
5. Remove two cushioning pads (Figure 1, Item 11) from springs (Figure 1, Item 5).
6. Repeat Steps 3 thru 5 for other side of axle (Figure 1, Item 6).
7. Using lifting device, slowly lower and remove axle (Figure 1, Item 6) from under semitrailer.

1 2 3 4

11
5

10
9
8
7 BAE9361

Figure 1. Axles and Spring Assembly.

END OF TASK

0092-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1032)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0092

INSTALLATION

1. Using suitable lifting device, position axle (Figure 1, Item 6) in place under semitrailer. Raise suitable lifting
device and rotate axle (Figure 1, Item 6) into position under ends of both suspension springs
(Figure 1, Item 5).
2. At each end of axle (Figure 1, Item 6), loosely install two cushioning pads (Figure 1, Item 11) and spring end
cap (Figure 1, Item 4) with two U-bolts (Figure 1, Item 7), eight washers (Figure 1, Item 3), and four new
self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 2).
3. At each end of axle (Figure 1, Item 6), loosely install four bolts (Figure 1, Item 1), washers (Figure 1, Item 9),
and new self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 8).
4. Install tire and wheel assemblies (WP 0066).

NOTE
Plug in ABS sensors if necessary (WP 0106).
5. Using suitable lifting device, raise rear of semitrailer and remove supports or cribbing. Lower semitrailer
to ground.
6. Align axle.

END OF TASK

AXLE ALIGNMENT

NOTE
Perform Steps 1 through 3 only if spring seat is not welded on new axle.
1. Be certain spring seats fit axle properly. If necessary, grind seats to ensure that both seats fit properly and
are horizontal and parallel.
2. Make sure that spring seats are level, parallel, an equal distance from center of axle, and the same distance
from the brake flanges (Figure 2).

SPRING SEAT

AXLE

SPRING SEAT

AXLE SEAT

AXLE
BAE9361b

Figure 2. Spring Seat Installation.

3. Tack weld seats in place and recheck in accordance with TC 9-237.

0092-3 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1032)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0092

AXLE ALIGNMENT - Continued

4. Axle should be aligned in relation to semitrailer kingpin.

5. Measure distance from kingpin to center line of the spindles on front axle (Figure 3).

A
DIMENSIONS A AND B MUST BE EQUAL

F1
TRUNNION
TUBE
KINGPIN CENTER POINT

AXLE

F2 SPRING SEAT

TRUNNION
DIMENSIONS F1 AND F2 MUST BE EQUAL
B BAE9361c

Figure 3. Axle Alignment.

6. After aligning front axle, tighten U-bolt nuts (Figure 4, Item 3) and end cap nuts (Figure 4, Item 6).
7. Align rear axle (Figure 4, Item 9) with front axle by measuring between (Figure 3, Items A and B).
8. Tighten two U-bolts (Figure 4, Item 5) and end cap nuts (Figure 4, Item 6).
9. Torque self-locking nuts (Figure 4, Item 6) to 180 Ib ft (244 N·m).
10. Recheck alignment of front axle with kingpin. Recheck alignment of rear axle with front axle.
11. Torque U-bolt self-locking nuts to 300 Ib ft (407 N·m).

0092-4 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1032)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0092

AXLE ALIGNMENT - Continued

2 3
4
1

9
8

7
6
5
BAE9361a

Figure 4. Securing Axle.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Install air brake chambers (WP 0097).

2. Close air reservoir drain cocks (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0092-5/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1032)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0093

FIELD MAINTENANCE
BRAKE ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Tire and wheel assemblies removed (WP 0066)
Brake drums removed (WP 0106)
Materials/Parts
Nut, Self-Locking (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 42)

References
WP 0095

Equipment Condition
Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)

WARNING

Wear eye protection to prevent eye injury when working with components that could fly
through the air. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical
attention in the event of an injury.

NOTE
There are four sets of brake shoes. This procedure replaces one set of brake shoes. The
brake shoes are replaced the same way.

0093-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1033)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0093

REMOVAL

1. Remove spring (Figure 1, Item 12) and spring (Figure 1, Item 5) from right and left sides of brake shoe
(Figure 1, Item 1).
2. Remove shoulder pin (Figure 1, Item 11), bushing (Figure 1, Item 10), roller (Figure 1, Item 6), clip
(Figure 1, Item 7), and spring pin (Figure 1, Item 8).
3. Remove brake shoe (Figure 1, Item 1) from axle shaft (Figure 1, Item 9).

NOTE
Perform Step 4 only if replacing the dust shield.
4. Remove capscrew (Figure 1, Item 3), self-locking nut (Figure 1, Item 4), and dust shield (Figure 1, Item 2)
from axle shaft (Figure 1, Item 9). Discard self-locking nut (Figure 1, Item 4).

12 11 3
10

4
9

1
8 BAE9135

Figure 1. Brake Shoes Replacement.

END OF TASK

0093-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1033)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0093

INSTALLATION

NOTE
Only perform Step 1 if dust shield was removed.
1. Install dust shield (Figure 1, Item 2), new self-locking nut (Figure 1, Item 4), and capscrew (Figure 1, Item 3)
to axle shaft (Figure 1, Item 9).
2. Install brake shoes (Figure 1, Item 1) around axle shaft (Figure 1, Item 9) by installing spring
(Figure 1, Item 12) and spring (Figure 1, Item 5) to brake shoes (Figure 1, Item 1).
3. Install shoulder pin (Figure 1, Item 11), bushing (Figure 1, Item 10), roller (Figure 1, Item 6), clip
(Figure 1, Item 7), and spring pin (Figure 1, Item 8) to brake shoes (Figure 1, Item 1).

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Install brake drum assemblies (WP 0106).

2. Install tire and wheel assemblies (WP 0066).
3. Adjust brakes (WP 0095).
4. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0093-3/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1033)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0094

FIELD MAINTENANCE
BRAKE ACTUATING CAMSHAFT REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools References

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s WP 0206
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10)
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
O-Ring Qty: (2) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 11) Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
Ring, Retaining Hub assemblies removed (WP 0106)
(WP 0216, Table 1, Item 13) Slack adjusters removed (WP 0095)
Washer, Lock
Qty: (4) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 49)

WARNING

The axle must be firmly supported to prevent shifting of the semitrailer. Shift may cause
serious injury to personnel and damage to equipment. Failure to comply may result in
death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.

NOTE
There are four brake camshafts. This procedure replaces one brake camshaft. The brake
camshafts are replaced the same way.

0094-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1034)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0094

REMOVAL

1. Remove snap ring (Figure 1, Item 12), washer (Figure 1, Item 13), and spacer (Figure 1, Item 14), from
camshaft (Figure 1, Item 1).
2. Loosen retaining ring (Figure 1, Item 7). Remove spacer (Figure 1, Item 6), two washers (Figure 1, Item 3),
washer (Figure 1, Item 2), and camshaft (Figure 1, Item 1) from bracket (Figure 1, Item 19). Discard
retaining ring (Figure 1, Item 7).
3. Remove four screws (Figure 1, Item 11), lockwashers (Figure 1, Item 10), washers (Figure 1, Item 9),
retainer (Figure 1, Item 8), bushing bracket (Figure 1, Item 17), two O-rings (Figure 1, Item 16), and retainer
bushing (Figure 1, Item 18). Discard lockwashers (Figure 1, Item 10) and O-rings (Figure 1, Item 16).
4. Remove lubrication fitting (Figure 1, Item 15) from retainer (Figure 1, Item 8).
5. Remove four screws (Figure 1, Item 5) and bushing retainer (Figure 1, Item 4) from bracket
(Figure 1, Item 19).

1
4
2 3
3 6
7

19
8 9
10
11
12
18
16
17
16
15 14 13 BAE8989

Figure 1. Brake Actuating Camshaft Replacement.

END OF TASK

0094-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1034)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0094

INSTALLATION

1. Install lubrication fitting (Figure 1, Item 15) to retainer bushing (Figure 1, Item 8).
2. Install two new O-rings (Figure 1, Item 16), bushing bracket (Figure 1, Item 17), retainer (Figure 1, Item 8),
four washers (Figure 1, Item 9), new lockwashers (Figure 1, Item 10), and screws (Figure 1, Item 11) to
retainer bushing (Figure 1, Item 18).
3. Install washer (Figure 1, Item 2), washer (Figure 1, Item 3), and camshaft (Figure 1, Item 1) through bracket
(Figure 1, Item 19) to bushing retainer (Figure 1, Item 4) and secure with four cap screws (Figure 1, Item 5),
washer (Figure 1, Item 3), spacer (Figure 1, Item 6), and new retaining ring (Figure 1, Item 7).
4. Install retainer bushing (Figure 1, Item 18), spacer (Figure 1, Item 14), washer (Figure 1, Item 13), and snap
ring (Figure 1, Item 12) to camshaft (Figure 1, Item 1).
5. Lubricate camshaft (WP 0206).

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Install slack adjusters (WP 0095).

2. Install hub assemblies (WP 0106).
3. Adjust brakes (WP 0095).
4. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

INSTALLATION

NOTE
Put light coat of grease on spline before installing slack adjuster.
1. Install yoke (Figure 1, Item 1), yoke pin (Figure 1, Item 10), link pin (Figure 1, Item 9), two washers
(Figure 1, Items 3 and 7), and new cotter pins (Figure 1, Items 2 and 8) on slack adjuster (Figure 1, Item 6).
2. Install slack adjuster (Figure 1, Item 6) and new retaining ring (Figure 1, Item 5) on end of camshaft
(Figure 1, Item 4).

0095-3 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1035)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0095

INSTALLATION - Continued

3. Install jamnut (Figure 2, Item 3) approximately 1-5/16 in. (3 cm) from end of push rod (Figure 2, Item 2).
4. Install yoke adapter (Figure 2, Item 4) on push rod (Figure 2, Item 2) approximately 3/8 in. (9 mm) from end
of push rod (Figure 2, Item 2).
5. Turn manual adjustment hex (Figure 2, Item 5) clockwise until yoke adapter (Figure 2, Item 4) extends into
bore of yoke (Figure 2, Item 1) approximately 1/8 in. (3 mm). Thread adapter into yoke and tighten to
10 Ib ft (14 N·m).
6. Tighten jamnut (Figure 2, Item 3) to 34-50 Ib ft (46-68 N·m).
7. Lubricate slack adjusters (WP 0206).

1-5/16 IN.
1 (3 CM)
2

3
3/8 IN. 4
(10 MM)

5 BAE9141

Figure 2. Slack Adjusters/Yoke Adapter.

END OF TASK

ADJUSTMENT

1. Raise rear axle until wheels clear ground. Rotate manual adjustment hex (Figure 2, Item 5) clockwise until
brake linings are snug against brake drum.

NOTE
More torque is required to rotate manual adjustment hex counterclockwise than is
necessary to rotate it clockwise. Torque may be as high as 70 Ib ft (95 N·m).
2. Turn manual adjustment hex (Figure 3, Item 2) counterclockwise 1/4 turn. Pull push rod (Figure 3, Item 1) to
confirm that push rod (Figure 3, Item 3) has approximately 0.50 in. (13 mm) of free travel.

0095-4 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1035)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0095

ADJUSTMENT - Continued

3. Apply 90-95 psi (621-655 kPa) air pressure from Prime Mover air gage. Make and hold a full brake
application. Measure push rod stroke. Maximum stroke is 2 in. (5 cm). If stroke exceeds 2 in. (5 cm) limit,
inspect all brake system components for serviceability.

1/2 IN. 2 IN.

(13 MM) (5 CM)

BAE9142

Figure 3. Slacker Adjusters Push Rod.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0095-5/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1035)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0096

FIELD MAINTENANCE
ABS DIAGNOSTICS/ECU VALVE REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s Air reservoir drained (WP 0005)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Negative battery cables disconnected (WP 0005)

Materials/Parts
Tag, Marker (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 21)

Equipment Condition
Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)

ANTILOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) DIAGNOSTICS

CAUTION
The ABS WARNING light must operate. If nonoperational, correct that fault before
proceeding. Failure to comply may result in damage to, or destruction of, equipment
or mission.

Table 1. ABS Diagnostic Blink Codes.

Blink Code Problem Area Action

3 Sensor BU1 Roadside front Check sensor installation. Make necessary repairs.

4 Sensor YE1 Curbside front Check sensor installation. Make necessary repairs.

5 Sensor BU2 Roadside rear Check sensor installation. Make necessary repairs.

6 Sensor YE2 Curbside rear Check sensor installation. Make necessary repairs.

7 External ABS modulator valve Verify proper electrical installation. Check power
supply. Make necessary corrections.

9 Internal modulator failure, inlet valve #2 Verify proper installation. If code continues, replace
inlet valve #2.

10 Internal modulator failure, inlet valve #1 Verify proper installation. If code continues, replace
inlet valve #1.

11 Internal modulator failure, outlet valve Verify proper installation. If code continues, replace
outlet valve.

14 Power supply Verify proper electrical installation. Check power

supply. Make necessary corrections.

0096-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1036)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0096

ANTILOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) DIAGNOSTICS - Continued

Table 1. ABS Diagnostic Blink Codes - Continued.

Blink Code Problem Area Action

15 Electronic Control Unit (ECU) failure Verify proper installation. If code continues, replace
ECU.

16 SAE J1708 failure Replace ECU.

17 SAE J2497 (PLC) failure Replace ECU.

18 Generic I/O failure Verify proper electrical installation. Check power

supply. Make necessary corrections.

END OF TASK

ECU VALVE REMOVAL

NOTE
Tag all wires, hoses, tubing, and connections prior to removal for ease of installation.
1. Disconnect electrical connector (Figure 1, Item 6) from ECU valve (Figure 1, Item 3).
2. Disconnect four air hoses (Figure 1, Item 1) from elbow fittings (Figure 1, Item 2).
3. Disconnect four ABS sensors (Figure 1, Item 7) from ECU valve (Figure 1, Item 3).
4. Remove ECU valve (Figure 1, Item 3) from air reservoir (Figure 1, Item 5) threaded fitting (Figure 1, Item 4).

END OF TASK

ECU VALVE INSTALLATION

1. Install ECU valve (Figure 1, Item 3) to air reservoir (Figure 1, Item 5) threaded fitting (Figure 1, Item 4).
2. Install four ABS sensors (Figure 1, Item 7) to ECU valve (Figure 1, Item 3). Remove tags.
3. Install four air hoses (Figure 1, Item 1) to elbow fittings (Figure 1, Item 2). Remove tags.
4. Install electrical connector (Figure 1, Item 6) to ECU valve (Figure 1, Item 3).

0096-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1036)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0096

ECU VALVE INSTALLATION - Continued

1 2 3

7
1
5
6

BOTTOM VIEW FRONT

BAE9143a

Figure 1. ECU Valve Replacement.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Check for air leaks (WP 0005).

2. Connect negative battery cables (WP 0005).
3. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).
4. Operate semitrailer and check for proper ABS blink light function (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0096-3/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1036)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0097

FIELD MAINTENANCE
AIR BRAKE CHAMBERS MAINTENANCE

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools References

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's WP 0095
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10)
Wrench, Torque (WP 0215, Table 1, Item 13)
Equipment Condition
Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Materials/Parts Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
Dishwashing Compound, Hand Air reservoir drained (WP 0005)
(WP 0214, Table 1, Item 9)
Nut, Self-Locking
Qty: (2) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 57)

WARNING

• No disassembly of air brake chamber is authorized. Before any work is performed

NOTE
• There are four air brake chambers. This procedure replaces one air brake
chamber. The air brake chambers are replaced the same way.
• Tag all wires, hoses, tubing, and connections prior to removal for ease
of installation.

0097-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1037)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0097

REMOVAL

1. Disconnect two brake hoses (Figure 1, Item 7) from air brake chamber (Figure 1, Item 8).
2. Loosen brake actuator push rod jamnut (Figure 1, Item 3). Loosen yoke adapter (Figure 1, Item 2) until it is
free of yoke (Figure 1, Item 1).

NOTE
More torque is required to rotate slack adjuster manual adjustment hex counterclockwise
than is necessary to rotate it clockwise. Torque may be as high as 70 Ib ft (95 N·m).
3. Rotate slack adjuster manual adjustment hex (Figure 1, Item 10) counterclockwise until slack adjuster
(Figure 1, Item 11) is clear of brake actuator push rod (Figure 1, Item 4).
4. Remove two self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 5), washers (Figure 1, Item 6), and air brake chamber
(Figure 1, Item 8) from bracket (Figure 1, Item 9). Discard self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 5).
5. Remove fittings, yoke adapter (Figure 1, Item 2), and jamnut (Figure 1, Item 3) from air brake chamber
(Figure 1, Item 8).

5, 6

3 4 8
2

1
9

10 BAE9145

Figure 1. Air Brake Chambers Replacement.

END OF TASK

0097-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1037)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0097

INSTALLATION

1. Install fittings on air brake chamber (Figure 1, Item 8).

2. Install air brake chamber (Figure 1, Item 8) on bracket (Figure 1, Item 9) with two new self-locking nuts
(Figure 1, Item 5) and washers (Figure 1, Item 6).
3. Install jamnut (Figure 1, Item 3) approximately 1-5/16 in. (3 cm) from end of push rod (Figure 1, Item 4).
4. Install yoke adapter (Figure 1, Item 2) on push rod (Figure 1, Item 4) approximately 3/8 in. (9 mm) from end
of push rod (Figure 1, Item 4).
5. Turn manual adjustment hex (Figure 1, Item 11) clockwise until yoke adapter (Figure 1, Item 2) extends into
the bore of yoke (Figure 1, Item 1) approximately 1/8 in. (3 mm). Thread adapter into yoke and tighten to
10 Ib ft (14 N·m).
6. Tighten jamnut (Figure 1, Item 3) to 34-50 Ib ft (46-68 N·m).
7. Connect two brake hoses (Figure 1, Item 7) to air brake chamber (Figure 1, Item 8).
8. Adjust slack adjusters (WP 0095).

END OF TASK

0097-3 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1037)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0097

TEST

1. Apply and hold a full-pressure brake application.

NOTE
Initial brake application will force out a small amount of air. No air should be expelled from
air chamber after initial application. If air continues to be expelled from air chamber,
replace air chamber.
2. With Prime Mover coupled (WP 0005) and semitrailer brakes applied, coat flanges (Figure 2, Item 1) and
connections (Figure 2, Item 2) with soapy water.
3. Inspect flanges (Figure 2, Item 1) and connections (Figure 2, Item 2) for leakage, indicated by bubbles.
4. If leakage is found at connections (Figure 2, Item 2), tighten fittings.
5. If leakage is found at flange (Figure 2, Item 1), replace chamber (Figure 2, Item 3).

2
1

BAE9146

Figure 2. Air Brake Chamber Test.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0097-4 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1037)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0098

FIELD MAINTENANCE
AIR BRAKE CONTROL VALVE REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools References

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's WP 0102
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10)
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Tag, Marker (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 21) Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
Tape, Antiseizing Air reservoir drained (WP 0005)
(WP 0214, Table 1, Item 22)

NOTE
Tag all wires, hoses, tubing, and connections prior to removal for ease of installation.

REMOVAL

1. Disconnect four air lines (Figure 1, Item 1) at air brake control valve (Figure 1, Item 2) (WP 0102).
2. Remove valve (Figure 1, Item 2) from air reservoir (Figure 1, Item 3).
3. Remove five fittings from valve (Figure 1, Item 2).

FRONT

3 1
BOTTOM VIEW BAE9151

Figure 1. Air Brake Control Valve Removal.

END OF TASK

0098-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1038)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0098

INSTALLATION

NOTE
Apply antiseizing tape to threads of fittings.
1. Install five fittings to valve (Figure 2, Item 2).
2. Install valve (Figure 2, Item 2) to air reservoir (Figure 2, Item 3).
3. Connect four air lines (Figure 2, Item 1) to valve (Figure 2, Item 2).

FRONT

3 1
BOTTOM VIEW BAE9152

Figure 2. Air Brake Control Valve Installation.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

2. Check for air leaks (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0098-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1038)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0099

FIELD MAINTENANCE
SERVICE AND EMERGENCY COUPLINGS (GLADHANDS) MAINTENANCE

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 22)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10)
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Packing, Preformed Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
(WP 0216, Table 1, Item 16) Air reservoir drained (WP 0005)
Tape, Antiseizing

NOTE
• There are two gladhands. This procedure replaces the service (blue coded)
gladhand. The other gladhand is replaced the same way.
• It is not necessary to remove gladhand if only replacing packing ring.

TM 9-2330-330-13 0100

FIELD MAINTENANCE
AIR RESERVOIR AND DRAINCOCK REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Air reservoir drained (WP 0005)
Negative battery cables disconnected (WP 0005)
Spring brake control valve removed (WP 0098)
Materials/Parts ECU valve removed (WP 0096)
Nut, Self-Locking
Qty: (4) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 75)
Tape, Antiseizing
(WP 0214, Table 1, Item 22)

Personnel Required
Two

Equipment Condition
Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)

WARNING

Air reservoir weighs 50 lbs (23 kg) and require two people to lift. Failure to comply may
result in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.

0100-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1040)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0100

REMOVAL

1. Remove air drain valve (Figure 1, Item 4) from bottom of air reservoir (Figure 1, Item 3).
2. Remove air lines (Figure 2, Item 1) from curbside and roadside ends of air reservoir (Figure 2, Item 3).
3. Remove four self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 7), eight washers (Figure 2, Item 6), four bolts
(Figure 2, Item 5), and air reservoir (Figure 2, Item 2) from two air reservoir brackets (Figure 2, Item 2).
Discard self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 7).
4. Remove fittings (Figure 2, Item 8) from air reservoir (Figure 2, Item 3).

END OF TASK

INSTALLATION

NOTE
Apply antiseizing tape to threads of fittings and air drain valve.
1. Install fittings (Figure 2, Item 8) to air reservoir (Figure 2, Item 3).
2. Install air reservoir (Figure 2, Item 3), four bolts (Figure 2, Item 5), eight washers (Figure 2, Item 6), and four
new self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 7) to two air reservoir brackets (Figure 2, Item 2).
3. Install air lines (Figure 2, Item 1) on curbside and roadside ends of air reservoir (Figure 2, Item 3).
4. Install air drain valve (Figure 2, Item 4) to underside of air reservoir (Figure 2, Item 3).

1 2 3

4
3 BAE9150
5, 6, 7

Figure 1. Air Reservoir.

END OF TASK

0100-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1040)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0100

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Install ECU valve (WP 0096).

2. Install spring brake control valve (WP 0098).
3. Connect negative battery cables (WP 0005).
4. Check for air leaks (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0100-3/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1040)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0101

FIELD MAINTENANCE
PARKING BRAKE CONTROL VALVE AND PNEUMATIC VALVE REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 22)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10)
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Tag, Marker (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 21) Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
Tape, Antiseizing Air reservoir drained (WP 0005)

NOTE
Tag all wires, hoses, tubing, and connections prior to removal for ease
of installation.

PARKING BRAKE CONTROL VALVE REMOVAL

1. Remove three air lines (Figure 1, Item 1) from valve fittings (Figure 1, Item 2).

BAE9153

Figure 1. Parking Brake Control Valve Removal.

0101-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1041)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0101

PARKING BRAKE CONTROL VALVE REMOVAL - Continued

2. Remove two screws (Figure 2, Item 1) and washers (Figure 2, Item 2) from bracket (Figure 2, Item 3).
3. Remove knob (Figure 2, Item 7) and valve (Figure 2, Item 5) from bracket (Figure 2, Item 3).
4. Remove fittings (Figure 2, Item 4) from valve (Figure 2, Item 5).

NOTE
Apply antiseizing tape to threads of fittings and air drain valve.
1. Install fitting (Figure 3, Item 2) onto valve (Figure 3, Item 3) and bracket.
2. Install air line (Figure 3, Item 1) onto valve fitting (Figure 3, Item 2).

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

2. Check for air leaks (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0101-3/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1041)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0102

FIELD MAINTENANCE
AIR TUBING AND FITTINGS REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools References

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's TM 9-2330-330-23P
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10)

NOTE
• This procedure is for assembling or repairing a compression line. Sizes reflect
factory recommendations. Hoses or lines may or may not have identical fittings on
both ends. This procedure replaces one end. For correct line length and
component breakdown, refer to TM 9-2330-330-23P.
• Nut can be reused. Sleeve and insert cannot be reused, but can be
ordered separately.

REPAIR

1. Cut end of compression line (Figure 1, Item 2), in a 0 degree with less than 15 degree angle and remove nut
end (Figure 1, Item 1).

1
2

BAE9161a

Figure 1. Compression Line Termination.

0102-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1042)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0102

REPAIR - Continued

2. Slide nut (Figure 2, Item 2), then compression sleeve (Figure 2, Item 3) over hose (Figure 2, Item 1).
3. Insert tube (Figure 2, Item 4) into hose (Figure 2, Item 1).

2 1
3
4

2
3 1
4

BAE9161b

Figure 2. Compression Line Component Assembly.

NOTE
Fitting shown is example. Compression line should be installed on connecting fitting.
4. Insert hose (Figure 3, Item 5), with nut (Figure 3, Item 4), compression sleeve (Figure 3, Item 3), and tube
(Figure 3, Item 2), onto connecting fitting (Figure 3, Item 1).
5. Ensure tubing (Figure 3, Item 2) is seated into fitting (Figure 3, Item 1).

1 4
3
2 5

BAE9161c

Figure 3. Connecting Fitting Assembly.

0102-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1042)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0102

REPAIR - Continued

NOTE
There are two methods for installation of nut onto fitting. Perform either Step 6 or Step 7
but not both.
6. Tighten nut (Figure 4, Item 2) until one thread remains visible on the fitting body (Figure 4, Item 1) (this will
allow for a number of remakes).
7. Tighten nut (Figure 4, Item 2) finger tight, then wrench tighten as indicated in the following table.

1
2

BAE9161d

Figure 4. Nut Tightening.

Table 1. Number of Turns on Nut.

Tube Size Additional Number of Turns

3/16 in. (0.48 cm) 2-1/2

1/4 in. (0.63 cm) 3

3/8 in. (0.95 cm) and 1/2 in. (1 cm) 4

5/8 in. (2 cm) and 3/4 in. (2 cm) 3-1/2

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0102-3/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1042)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0103

FIELD MAINTENANCE
EMERGENCY RELAY VALVE REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Air reservoir drain valve opened (WP 0100)

Materials/Parts
Soap (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 16)
Tag, Marker (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 21)
Tape, Antiseizing (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 22)

NOTE
Tag all wires, hoses, tubing, and connections prior to removal for ease of installation.

REMOVAL

1. Disconnect hoses and tube fittings (Figure 1, Item 2) from relay valve (Figure 1, Item 3) on
reservoir (Figure 1, Item 4).
2. Remove double check valve (Figure 1, Item 1) from relay valve (Figure 1, Item 3).
3. Remove relay valve (Figure 1, Item 3) from nipple on reservoir (Figure 1, Item 4).

2 3 2 BAE9484

Figure 1. Emergency Relay Valve Removal.

END OF TASK

0103-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1043)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0103

INSTALLATION

NOTE
Apply antiseizing tape to threads of fittings and air drain valve.
1. Install relay valve (Figure 2, Item 3) on nipple of reservoir (Figure 2, Item 4).
2. Install double check valve (Figure 2, Item 1) on relay valve (Figure 2, Item 3).
3. Connect hoses and tube fittings (Figure 2, Item 2) to relay valve (Figure 2, Item 3).

2 3 2 BAE9485

Figure 2. Emergency Relay Valve Installation.

END OF TASK

TEST

1. Connect Prime Mover to semitrailer (WP 0005) and fill air reservoirs.

NOTE
When Prime Mover brake pedal or semitrailer hand brake lever is applied, air is delivered
to emergency relay valve. The emergency relay valve releases air from primary brake
reservoir to brake chambers to set the brakes.
2. Engage service brake and apply soapy water to exhaust port on top of emergency relay valve. If there is
leakage, replace relay valve.
3. Apply and release service brake pedal several times. Listen for immediate response from relay valve. If
there is hesitation in brake application and release, replace relay valve.

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0103-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1043)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0104

FIELD MAINTENANCE
AIR BRAKE HOSES REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Air reservoir drained (WP 0005)

Materials/Parts
Strap, Tiedown (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 20)
Tag, Marker (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 21)
Tape, Antiseizing (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 22)

Equipment Condition
Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)

NOTE
• There are two sets of air brake hoses. This procedure replaces one set of air brake
hoses. The air brake hoses are replaced the same way.
• Tag all wires, hoses, tubing, and connections prior to removal for ease
of installation.
• Remove and discard tiedown straps as necessary.

0104-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1044)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0104

REMOVAL

1. Disconnect three brake hoses (Figure 1, Item 2) from air brake chamber fittings (Figure 1, Item 3).
2. Remove three brake hoses (Figure 1, Item 2) from airline mounting plate fittings (Figure 1, Item 1).

END OF TASK

INSTALLATION

NOTE
• Apply antiseizing tape to threads of fittings.
• Install new tiedown straps as required.
1. Install three air brake hoses (Figure 1, Item 2) to three air brake chamber fittings (Figure 1, Item 3).
2. Connect three air brake hoses (Figure 1, Item 2) to three airline mounting plate fittings (Figure 1, Item 1).

1 1
2

3
BAE9163

Figure 1. Air Brake Hoses Replacement.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

2. Check for air leaks (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0104-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1044)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0105

FIELD MAINTENANCE
BRAKE INTERLOCK VALVES MAINTENANCE

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's Qty: (2) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 120)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10)
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Soap (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 16) Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
Tape, Antiseizing Air reservoir drained (WP 0005)
(WP 0214, Table 1, Item 22)
Washer, Lock

NOTE
• There are two brake interlock valves. This procedure replaces one brake interlock
valve. The other brake interlock valve is replaced the same way.
• Identify lines prior to disconnecting from brake interlock valve.

REMOVAL

1. Disconnect three lines (Figure 1, Item 1) and remove fittings (Figure 1, Item 4) from brake interlock valve
(Figure 1, Item 6).
2. Remove two screws (Figure 1, Item 2), lockwashers (Figure 1, Item 3), and brake interlock valve
(Figure 1, Item 6) from bottom loading valve (Figure 1, Item 5). Discard lockwashers (Figure 1, Item 3).

1
2, 3 4

6 5
BAE9147

Figure 1. Brake Interlock Valves Removal.

END OF TASK

0105-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1045)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0105

INSTALLATION

1. Install brake interlock valve (Figure 2, Item 7), two new lockwashers (Figure 2, Item 3), and screws
(Figure 2, Item 2) to bottom loading valve (Figure 2, Item 6).

NOTE
• Apply antiseizing tape to threads of fittings.
• Do not over tighten fittings.
2. Install three fittings (Figure 2, Item 4) to brake interlock valve (Figure 2, Item 7) and connect three lines
(Figure 2, Item 1).

1
2, 3 4 5

7 6
BAE9148

Figure 2. Brake Interlock Valves Installation.

END OF TASK

TEST

1. With Prime Mover connected (WP 0005) and brake interlock valve (Figure 2, Item 7) applied, coat fittings
(Figure 2, Item 4) and connections on brake interlock valve (Figure 2, Item 7) with soapy water.
2. Inspect fittings (Figure 2, Item 4) and brake interlock valve (Figure 2, Item 7) for leakage, indicated
by bubbles.
3. If leakage is found at fittings (Figure 2, Item 4), tighten fittings.
4. If leakage is found at plunger (Figure 2, Item 5), replace brake interlock valve (Figure 2, Item 7).

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0105-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1045)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0106

FIELD MAINTENANCE
HUBS, BRAKE DRUMS, AND ABS SENSOR MAINTENANCE

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's Rag, Wiping (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 13)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Seal, Plain (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 93)
Socket, Socket Wrench Strap, Tiedown (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 20)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 6) Washer, Lock (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 124)
Wrench, Torque (WP 0215, Table 1, Item 13)
Wrench, Torque (WP 0215, Table 1, Item 14)
Personnel Required
Two
Materials/Parts
Brush, Stiff Fiber (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 4)
References
Cleaning Compound, Solvent
TM 9-214
(WP 0214, Table 1, Item 6)
WP 0095
Clip, Spring Tension
WP 0096
(WP 0216, Table 1, Item 125)
Gasket (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 126)
Grease, Automotive and Artillery Equipment Condition
(WP 0214, Table 1, Item 10) Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Grommet, Nonmetallic Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
(WP 0216, Table 1, Item 121) Tire and wheel assembly removed (WP 0066)

WARNING

Brake drums weigh 85 lbs (39 kg) and require two people to lift. Failure to comply may
result in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.

NOTE
There are four hubs and brake drums. This procedure replaces one hub and brake drum.
The other hubs and brake drums are replaced the same way.

0106-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1046)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0106

DISASSEMBLY

1. Rotate slack adjuster manual adjustment hex counterclockwise until slack adjuster is clear of brake actuator
push rod (WP 0095).
2. Slide brake drum (Figure 1, Item 1) off hub (Figure 1, Item 11).

NOTE
If removing brake drums only, stop here.
3. Remove six bolts (Figure 1, Item 2), washers (Figure 1, Item 3), hubcap (Figure 1, Item 4), and gasket
(Figure 1, Item 5) from hub (Figure 1, Item 11). Discard gasket (Figure 1, Item 5).
4. Remove outer bearing nut (Figure 1, Item 6), lockwasher (Figure 1, Item 7), and inner wheel nut
(Figure 1, Item 8) from spindle (Figure 1, Item 15). Discard lockwasher (Figure 1, Item 7).
5. Remove outer wheel bearing (Figure 1, Item 9) from hub (Figure 1, Item 11), and slide hub
(Figure 1, Item 11) off spindle (Figure 1, Item 15).
6. Remove seal (Figure 1, Item 14), inner wheel bearing (Figure 1, Item 13), and cups
(Figure 1, Items 10 and 12) from hub (Figure 1, Item 11). Discard seal (Figure 1, Item 14).

NOTE
Wheel studs are only removed if damaged.
7. Remove wheel studs (Figure 1, Item 16).

1
5 11 14
2 3 4 6 7 8 9 10 12 13 15

16 BAE9136

Figure 1. Hub and Brake Drum Disassembly.

8. Remove sensor (Figure 2, Item 3) and sensor clip (Figure 2, Item 1) from mounting block (Figure 2, Item 2).
Discard sensor clip (Figure 2, Item 1).

0106-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1046)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0106

DISASSEMBLY - Continued

1, 2
3 BAE9137

Figure 2. Antilock Brake System (ABS) Sensor.

9. Remove all tiedown straps (Figure 3, Item 4) from sensor cable (Figure 3, Item 3) along axle
(Figure 3, Item 2). Discard tiedown straps (Figure 3, Item 4).
10. Remove grommet (Figure 3, Item 1), sensor (Figure 3, Item 7), and sensor cable (Figure 3, Item 3) from
axle flange (Figure 3, Item 5) and dust shield (Figure 3, Item 6). Discard grommet (Figure 3, Item 1).
11. Remove sensor cable from Electronic Control Unit (ECU) (WP 0096).

7 3 2
5 4 BAE9138

Figure 3. ABS Sensor and Cable.

END OF TASK

0106-3 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1046)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0106

CLEANING AND INSPECTION

WARNING

• Compressed air used for drying or cleaning purposes should not exceed 30 psi (207 kPa).
Use only with effective chip-guarding and personal protective equipment (e.g., eye
protection, gloves). Failure to comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek
medical attention in the event of an injury.
• Solvent cleaning compound MIL-PRF-680 may be irritating to the eyes and skin.
Wear protective gloves and eye protection. First aid for skin contact: remove
contaminated clothing. Wash skin thoroughly with soap and water. First aid for eye
contact: flush with water for 15 minutes or until irritation subsides. If symptoms
persist, seek medical attention. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to
personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• Use solvent cleaning compound MIL-PRF-680 in a well-ventilated area. Use
respirator as needed. Accidental ingestion can cause irritation of digestive tract and
respiratory tract. May cause lung and central nervous system damage. Can be fatal
if swallowed. Inhalation of high/massive concentrations can cause coma or be fatal.
First aid for ingestion: DO NOT induce vomiting. Seek immediate medical attention.
First aid for inhalation: move to fresh air. If not breathing, provide artificial
respiration. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. Failure to comply may result
in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• MIL-PRF-680 solvent is combustible; DO NOT use or store near heat, sparks,
flame, or other ignition sources. Use mechanical ventilation whenever product is
used in confined space, heated above ambient temperatures, or agitated. When
not using MIL-PRF-680 solvents, ensure MIL-PRF-680 solvent container is closed.
Store, transport, and dispose virgin/used solvents and solvent contaminated rags
in compliance with local procedures. Failure to comply may result in death or injury
to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• Cleaning solvent compound MIL-PRF-680 is toxic and flammable. ALWAYS wear eye
protection and gloves and use only in a well-ventilated area. Avoid contact with skin,
eyes, and clothes and do not breathe vapors. Do not use near open flame or excessive
heat. When not using MIL-PRF-680 solvent cleaning compounds, ensure compound
container is closed. Store, transport, and dispose virgin / used solvents and solvent
contaminated rags in compliance with local procedures and regulations. Failure to
comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event
of an injury.
• Improper cleaning methods and use of unauthorized cleaning liquids or solvents
can injure personnel and damage equipment. Failure to comply may result in death
or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.

0106-4
TM 9-2330-330-13 0106

CLEANING AND INSPECTION - Continued

CAUTION
• Accidental or intentional introduction of liquid contaminants into the environment is
a violation of state, federal, and military regulations. Refer to Army Petroleum Oils
and Lubricants (POL) for information concerning storage, use, and disposal of
these liquids. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek
medical attention in the event of an injury.
• Do not clean parts with gasoline, in a hot solution tank, or with water and alkaline
solutions. Failure to comply may result in damage to, or destruction of, equipment
or mission.
• Do not use compressed air to spin bearings. Failure to comply may result in
damage to, or destruction of, equipment or mission.
1. Thoroughly clean all parts with cleaning compound and stiff fiber brush. Make sure parts are completely dry.
Use low-pressure compressed air to dry parts, refer to TM 9-214.
2. Inspect hubcap for damage to flange that would allow water to leak into wheel bearings. Replace
if damaged.
3. Check for damage to threads of studs and screws. Replace if damaged.
4. Inspect brake drum for pitting or scoring. If brake drum is damaged, replace as necessary.
5. Inspect hub for rust, pitting, or cracks. If hub is damaged, replace as necessary.

NOTE
Wheel bearings and bearing cups are matched sets. If wheel bearings need replacing,
bearing cups must also be replaced.
6. Inspect inner and outer wheel bearings for cracks or breaks in bearing cage, etching or pitting on roller
surfaces, and any evidence of wear. Replace if worn or damaged.
7. Pack inner and outer wheel bearings from large end of cone with grease, making sure all cavities between
rollers and cage are filled. Cover bearings with clean, lint-free rag until time to install.
8. Inspect inner and outer bearing cups in hub for pits, grooves, or flaking. If damaged, replace with new
bearing cup.

END OF TASK

0106-5 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1046)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0106

ASSEMBLY

1. Install wheel studs (Figure 4, Item 16) if removed.

2. Install inner and outer bearing cups (Figure 4, Items 10 and 12) into hub (Figure 4, Item 11).
3. Install inner wheel bearing (Figure 4, Item 13) and new seal (Figure 4, Item 14) into hub (Figure 4. Item 11).
4. Install hub (Figure 4, Item 11) fully to spindle (Figure 4, Item 15).
5. Install outer wheel bearing (Figure 4, Item 9) to spindle (Figure 4, Item 15).
6. Install inner bearing nut (Figure 4, Item 8) to spindle (Figure 4, Item 15) and torque to 75 lb ft (102 N·m) to
ensure proper seating of wheel bearings.
7. Loosen inner bearing nut (Figure 4, Item 8) so wheel will turn freely.
8. Torque inner bearing nut (Figure 4, Item 8) to 50 lb ft (68 N·m) while rotating hub (Figure 4, Item 11) in order
to position bearings for proper adjustment.

WARNING

Failure to torque outer wheel bearing nut properly could cause wheel to come off during
vehicle operation. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek
medical attention in the event of an injury.
9. Loosen inner bearing nut (Figure 4, Item 8) 1/3 turn.
10. Install new lockwasher (Figure 4, Item 7) so dowel on inner bearing nut (Figure 4, Item 8) aligns with hole in
lockwasher (Figure 4, Item 7) and tang fits in keyway of spindle (Figure 4, Item 15).
11. Install outer bearing nut (Figure 4, Item 6) and torque to 250-400 lb ft (339-542 N·m).
12. Apply light coat of grease on new gasket (Figure 4, Item 5) and position gasket on hub (Figure 4, Item 11).
13. Install hubcap (Figure 4, Item 4), six washers (Figure 4, Item 3), and bolts (Figure 4, Item 2) to
hub (Figure 4, Item 11).

1
5 11 14
2 3 4 6 7 8 9 10 12 13 15

16 BAE9136a

Figure 4. Hub and Brake Drum Assembly.

0106-6 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1046)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0106

ASSEMBLY - Continued

NOTE
Coat sensor with grease prior to installation.
14. Install sensor (Figure 5, Item 7), sensor cable (Figure 5, Item 3), and new grommet (Figure 5, Item 1)
through dust shield (Figure 5, Item 6) and axle flange (Figure 5, Item 5).
15. Install new sensor clip (Figure 5, Item 8) and sensor (Figure 5, Item 7) to mounting block (Figure 5, Item 9).

WARNING

Brake drums weigh 85 lbs (39 kg) and require two people to lift. Failure to comply may
result in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.

NOTE
Push sensor through mounting block as far as possible or until sensor contacts the toothed
wheel hub.
16. Install brake drum (Figure 4, Item 1) to hub (Figure 4, Item 11).
17. Secure sensor cable (Figure 5, Item 3) to axle (Figure 5, Item 2) with new tiedown straps (Figure 5, Item 4)
as required.
18. Connect sensor cable to ECU (WP 0096).

7, 8, 9 3 2
5 4 BAE9139

Figure 5. Hubs, Brake Drums, and ABS Sensor.

END OF TASK

0106-7 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1046)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0106

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Adjust brake (WP 0095).

2. Install tire and wheel assembly (WP 0066).
3. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0106-8 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1046)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0107

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TIRE AND WHEEL ASSEMBLY MAINTENANCE

INITIAL SETUP:

References
TM 9-2610-200-14

For inspection, repair, or replacement, refer to TM 9-2610-200-14.

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0107-1/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1047)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0108

FIELD MAINTENANCE
LADDER ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Spare tire removed (WP 0065)

Materials/Parts
Nut, Self-Locking
Qty: (2) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 74)

Equipment Condition
Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)

REMOVAL

1. Remove two quick-release pins (Figure 1, Item 1) from top of ladder (Figure 1, Item 2).

BAE9526a

Figure 1. Ladder Quick-Release Pins Removal.

0108-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1048)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0108

REMOVAL - Continued

2. Remove two self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 5), four washers (Figure 2, Item 4), two bolts
(Figure 2, Item 3), and ladder (Figure 2, Item 6) from brackets (Figure 2, Item 2) at bottom of ladder
(Figure 2, Item 6). Discard self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 5).

END OF TASK

INSTALLATION

1. Install ladder (Figure 2, Item 6), two bolts (Figure 2, Item 3), four washers (Figure 2, Item 4), and two new
self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 5) to brackets (Figure 2, Item 2) at bottom of ladder (Figure 2, Item 6).
2. Install two quick-release pins (Figure 2, Item 1) on top of ladder (Figure 2, Item 6).

5
4 2
4
3 BAE9526

Figure 2. Ladder Replacement.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Install spare tire (WP 0065).

2. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0108-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1048)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0109

FIELD MAINTENANCE
REAR DRAIN PIPES REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Spare tire removed (WP 0065)

Materials/Parts
Nut, Self-Locking
Qty: (8) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 74)

Equipment Condition
Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)

NOTE
There are two rear drain pipes. This procedure replaces one rear drain pipe. The drain
pipes are replaced the same way.

REMOVAL

1. Remove self-locking nut (Figure 1, Item 1), two washers (Figure 1, Item 2), and one bolt (Figure 1, Item 3)
from channel (Figure 1, Item 4) at top of drain pipe (Figure 1, Item 5). Discard self-locking nut
(Figure 1, Item 1).
2. Remove two self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 7), four washers (Figure 1, Item 8), and two bolts
(Figure 1, Item 9) from platform support (Figure 1, Item 10). Discard self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 7).
3. Remove two self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 11), four washers (Figure 1, Item 12), and two bolts
(Figure 1, Item 13) from angle bracket (Figure 1, Item 6). Discard self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 11).

1, 2, 3 4

11, 12, 13 10 7, 8, 9
BAE9212

Figure 1. Curbside Drain Pipe.

0109-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1049)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0109

REMOVAL - Continued

4. Remove two self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 2), four washers (Figure 2, Item 3), and two bolts
(Figure 2, Item 4) from spare tire support (Figure 2, Item 1). Discard self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 2).
5. Remove self-locking nut (Figure 2, Item 5), two washers (Figure 2, Item 6), bolt (Figure 2, Item 7), and drain
pipe (Figure 2, Item 9) from bottom support bracket (Figure 2, Item 8). Discard self-locking nut
(Figure 2, Item 5).

END OF TASK

INSTALLATION

1. Install drain pipe (Figure 2, Item 9), bolt (Figure 2, Item 7), two washers (Figure 2, Item 6), and new
self-locking nut (Figure 2, Item 5) to bottom support bracket (Figure 2, Item 8).

2, 3, 4

9
5, 6, 7
8
BAE9213

Figure 2. Drain Pipes Bottom Support Bracket.

2. Install drain pipe (Figure 3, Item 4), bolt (Figure 3, Item 3), two washers (Figure 3, Item 2), and new
self-locking nut (Figure 3, Item 1) at channel (Figure 3, Item 5).
3. Install drain pipe (Figure 3, Item 4), two bolts (Figure 3, Item 9), four washers (Figure 3, Item 8), and two
new self-locking nuts (Figure 3, Item 7) to platform support (Figure 3, Item 10).
4. Install drain pipe (Figure 3, Item 4), two bolts (Figure 3, Item 13), four washers (Figure 3, Item 12), and two
new self-locking nuts (Figure 3, Item 11) to angle bracket (Figure 3, Item 6).
5. Install drain pipe (Figure 2. Item 9), two bolts (Figure 2, Item 3), four washers (Figure 2, Item 3), and two
new self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 5) to spare tire support (Figure 2, Item 1).

0109-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1049)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0109

INSTALLATION - Continued

1, 2, 3 4

11, 12, 13 10 7, 8, 9
BAE9214

Figure 3. Curbside Drain Pipe Installation.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Install spare tire (WP 0065).

2. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0109-3/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1049)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0110

FIELD MAINTENANCE
KINGPIN COUPLER REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Personnel Required

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's Two
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10)
Wrench, Torque (WP 0215, Table 1, Item 13)
Equipment Condition
Semitrailer parked on hard level surface
Materials/Parts (WP 0005)
Nut, Self-Locking Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Qty: (14) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 79) Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)

WARNING

Kingpin coupler weighs 200 lbs (90 kg). Attempting to lift or maneuver coupler by yourself
could result in injury or death to personnel. Failure to comply may result in death or injury
to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.

0110-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1050)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0110

REMOVAL

1. Position suitable lifting device under kingpin coupler (Figure 1, Item 4).
2. Remove 14 self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 1), washers (Figure 1, Item 2), bolts (Figure 1, Item 3), and
kingpin coupler (Figure 1, Item 4) from semitrailer. Discard self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 1).

1
2

3
4 BAE9169

Figure 1. Kingpin Coupling Replacement.

END OF TASK

INSTALLATION

1. Using a suitable lifting device, position kingpin coupler (Figure 1, Item 4) under semitrailer.
2. Install kingpin coupler (Figure 1, Item 4), 14 bolts (Figure 1, Item 3), washers (Figure 1, Item 2), and new
self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 1) to semitrailer. Torque nuts to 140 lb ft (190 N·m).

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0110-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1050)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0111

FIELD MAINTENANCE
KINGPIN SPACER REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
Wrench, Torque (WP 0215, Table 1, Item 13) Semitrailer kingpin coupler removed (WP 0110)

Materials/Parts
Nut, Self-Locking
Qty: (14) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 57)

Personnel Required
Two

Equipment Condition
Semitrailer parked on hard level surface
(WP 0005)

WARNING

Kingpin spacer weighs 200 lbs (90 kg). Attempting to lift or maneuver coupler by yourself
could result in injury or death to personnel. Failure to comply may result in death or injury
to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.

0111-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1051)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0111

REMOVAL

NOTE
This is an Additional Authorization List (AAL) item procedure.
1. Position suitable lifting device under kingpin spacer (Figure 1, Item 4).
2. Remove 14 self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 1), 28 washers (Figure 1, Item 2), 14 bolts (Figure 1, Item 3),
and kingpin spacer (Figure 1, Item 4) from semitrailer. Discard self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 1).

1, 2, 3
4

BAE9170

Figure 1. Kingpin Spacer Replacement.

END OF TASK

INSTALLATION

1. Using a suitable lifting device, position kingpin spacer (Figure 1, Item 4) under semitrailer.
2. Install kingpin spacer (Figure 1, Item 4), 14 bolts (Figure 1, Item 3), 28 washers (Figure 1, Item 2), and 14
new self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 1) to semitrailer. Torque nuts to 140 Ib ft (190 N·m).

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Install kingpin coupler (WP 0110).

2. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0111-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1051)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0112

FIELD MAINTENANCE
SPARE TIRE LIFTING DEVICE (WINCH) REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's Qty: (2) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 71)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10)
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Nut, Self-Locking Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)

REMOVAL

1. Remove two hooks (Figure 1, Item 2) from ladder (Figure 1, Item 1).

BAE9209

Figure 1. Spare Tire Lifting Device Removal.

0112-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1052)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0112

REMOVAL - Continued

2. Remove roll pin (Figure 2, Item 6) from hand crank (Figure 2, Item 1).

NOTE
Tanker may or may not have support bracket (Figure 2, Item 12).
3. Remove two nuts (Figure 2, Item 3), four washers (Figure 2, Item 4), two bolts (Figure 2, Item 5), bracket
(Figure 2, Item 12), hand crank (Figure 2, Item 1), and shaft (Figure 2, Item 2) from platform
(Figure 2, Item 7).
4. Remove two self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 8), four washers (Figure 2, Item 9), two bolts
(Figure 2, Item 10), and winch (Figure 2, Item 11) from platform (Figure 2, Item 7). Discard self-locking nuts
(Figure 2, Item 8).

1 2 3, 4, 5 2 6 7 8, 9, 10

12 11 BAE9210

Figure 2. Spare Tire Lifting Device (Winch).

END OF TASK

INSTALLATION

1. Install winch (Figure 2, Item 11), two bolts (Figure 2, Item 10), four washers (Figure 2, Item 9), and two new
self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 8) to platform (Figure 2, Item 7).
2. Install shaft (Figure 2, Item 2), hand crank (Figure 2, Item 1), bracket (Figure 2, Item 12), two bolts
(Figure 2, Item 5), four washers (Figure 2, Item 4), and two nuts (Figure 2, Item 3) to platform
(Figure 2, Item 7).
3. Install roll pin (Figure 2, Item 6) to hand crank (Figure 2, Item 1).
4. Install two hooks (Figure 3, Item 2) to ladder (Figure 3, Item 1).

0112-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1052)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0112

INSTALLATION - Continued

BAE9211

Figure 3. Spare Tire Lifting Device Installation.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0112-3/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1052)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0113

FIELD MAINTENANCE
LANDING GEAR GROUND BOARDS MAINTENANCE

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 71)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10)
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Nut, Self-Locking

NOTE
There are two landing gear ground boards. This procedure replaces one landing gear
board. The other landing gear ground board is replaced the same way.

REMOVAL

Remove chain (Figure 1, Item 4) and two chocks (Figure 1, Item 1) from bracket (Figure 1, Item 2) securing
landing gear ground board (Figure 1, Item 3).

1
2

4
BAE9171

Figure 1. Landing Gear Ground Boards Removal.

END OF TASK

0113-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1053)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0113

DISASSEMBLY

1. Remove two nuts (Figure 2, Item 1), washers (Figure 2, Item 2), bolts (Figure 2, Item 3), handle
(Figure 2, Item 4), and chain (Figure 2, Item 6) from landing gear ground board (Figure 2, Item 5).
2. Remove self-locking nut (Figure 2, Item 9), two washers (Figure 2, Item 8), bolt (Figure 2, Item 7), and chain
(Figure 2, Item 6) from bracket (Figure 2, Item 10). Discard self-locking nut (Figure 2, Item 9).

1, 2, 3
4
5
6
7, 8, 9

BAE9172

Figure 2. Landing Gear Ground Boards Maintenance.

END OF TASK

ASSEMBLY

1. Install chain (Figure 2, Item 6), bolt (Figure 2, Item 7), two washers (Figure 2, Item 8), and new self-locking
nut (Figure 2, Item 9) to bracket (Figure 2, Item 10).
2. Install chain (Figure 2, Item 6), handle (Figure 2, Item 4), two bolts (Figure 2, Item 3), washers
(Figure 2, Item 2), and nuts (Figure 2, Item 1) to landing gear ground board (Figure 2, Item 5).

END OF TASK

0113-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1053)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0113

INSTALLATION

Install chain (Figure 3, Item 4) and two chocks (Figure 3, Item 1) to bracket (Figure 3, Item 2) securing
landing gear ground board (Figure 3, Item 3).

2
1

4 BAE9173

Figure 3. Landing Gear Ground Boards Installation.

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0113-3/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1053)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0114

FIELD MAINTENANCE
CURBSIDE LANDING LEG REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools References

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's WP 0206
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10)
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
Nut, Self-Locking Semitrailer fuel tank drained (WP 0006)
Qty: (8) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 97) Batteries removed (WP 0084)
Nut, Self-Locking Optic socket box mounting bracket disconnected
Qty: (4) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 129) (WP 0078)

Personnel Required
Two

WARNING

Landing leg weighs 110 lbs (50 kg) and require two people to lift. Failure to comply may
result in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of
an injury.

NOTE
• Landing gear legs should be raised 6 in. (15 cm) off the ground prior to performing
this procedure.
• Semitrailer must be securely supported to a Prime Mover prior to performing
this procedure.

0114-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1054)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0114

REMOVAL

1. Remove self-locking nut (Figure 1, Item 6), two washers (Figure 1, Item 7), and bolt (Figure 1, Item 8) from
leg support bracket (Figure 1, Item 5). Discard self-locking nut (Figure 1, Item 6).
2. Remove self-locking nut (Figure 1, Item 1), two washers (Figure 1, Item 2), and bolt (Figure 1, Item 3) from
landing gear leg support (Figure 1, Item 4). Discard self-locking nut (Figure 1, Item 1).

1, 2, 3 4 5

6, 7, 8

BAE9174

Figure 1. Curbside Landing Leg Removal.

3. Remove self-locking nut (Figure 2, Item 1), two washers (Figure 2, Item 2), bolt (Figure 2, Item 3),
cross-drive shaft (Figure 2, Item 4), and landing gear leg (Figure 2, Item 5) from semitrailer. Discard
self-locking nut (Figure 2, Item 1).

1, 2, 3

BAE9177

Figure 2. Curbside Landing Leg Cross-Drive Shaft Removal.

0114-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1054)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0114

REMOVAL - Continued

4. Remove eight self-locking nuts (Figure 3, Item 1), washers (Figure 3, Item 2), and bolts (Figure 3, Item 3)
from landing gear leg bracket (Figure 3, Item 4). Discard self-locking nuts (Figure 3, Item 1).

1, 2, 3
U S ARMY

BAE9176

Figure 3. Curbside Landing Leg Bracket Removal.

5. Remove self-locking nut (Figure 4, Item 2), bolt (Figure 4, Item 3), shaft (Figure 4, Item 4), and landing gear
shoe (Figure 4, Item 1) from landing gear leg (Figure 2, Item 5). Discard self-locking nut (Figure 4, Item 2).

2, 3
1

4 BAE9178

Figure 4. Curbside Landing Leg Shoe Removal.

END OF TASK

0114-3 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1054)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0114

INSTALLATION

1. Install landing gear shoe (Figure 5, Item 1), shaft (Figure 5, Item 4), bolt (Figure 5, Item 3), and nut
(Figure 5, Item 2) to landing gear leg (Figure 7, Item 5).

2, 3
1

4 BAE9178a

Figure 5. Curbside Landing Leg Shoe Installation.

2. Install eight bolts (Figure 6, Item 3), washers (Figure 6, Item 2), and new self-locking nuts (Figure 6, Item 1)
to landing leg bracket (Figure 6, Item 4).

U S ARMY
1, 2, 3

BAE9176a

Figure 6. Curbside Landing Leg Bracket Installation.

0114-4 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1054)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0114

INSTALLATION - Continued

3. Install landing gear leg (Figure 7, Item 5), cross-drive shaft (Figure 7, Item 4), two bolts (Figure 7, Item 3),
four washers (Figure 7, Item 2), and two new self-locking nuts (Figure 7, Item 1) to semitrailer.

1, 2, 3

BAE9177

Figure 7. Curbside Landing Leg Cross-Drive Shaft Installation.

4. Install bolt (Figure 8, Item 3), two washers (Figure 8, Item 2), and new self-locking nut (Figure 8, Item 1) to
landing gear leg support (Figure 8, Item 4).
5. Install bolt (Figure 8, Item 8), two washers (Figure 8, Item 7), and new self-locking nut (Figure 8, Item 6) to
leg supports bracket (Figure 8, Item 5).

1, 2, 3 4 5

6, 7, 8

BAE9180

Figure 8. Curbside Landing Leg Installation.

END OF TASK

0114-5 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1054)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0114

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Lubricate landing leg (WP 0206).

2. Connect optic socket box mounting bracket (WP 0078).
3. Install batteries (WP 0084).
4. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0114-6 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1054)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0115

FIELD MAINTENANCE
ROADSIDE LANDING LEG AND HAND CRANK REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools References

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's WP 0206
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10)
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
Nut, Self-Locking Semitrailer fuel tank drained (WP 0006)
Qty: (8) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 97)
Nut, Self-Locking
Qty: (6) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 129)

Personnel Required
Two

WARNING

Landing leg weighs 110 lbs (50 kg) and require two people to lift. Failure to comply may
result in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of
an injury.

0115-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1055)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0115

REMOVAL

1. Remove nut (Figure 1, Item 6), two washers (Figure 1, Item 7), bolt (Figure 1, Item 8), and hand crank
(Figure 1, Item 9) from shaft (Figure 1, Item 5).

1, 2, 3

9 6, 7, 8 5 BAE9181

Figure 1. Roadside Landing Leg and Hand Crank Removal.

2. Remove self-locking nut (Figure 2, Item 1), two washers (Figure 2, Item 2), and bolt (Figure 2, Item 3) from
leg support bracket (Figure 2, Item 4). Discard self-locking nut (Figure 2, Item 1).
3. Remove self-locking nut (Figure 2, Item 6), two washers (Figure 2, Item 7), and bolt (Figure 2, Item 8) from
landing gear leg support (Figure 2, Item 5). Discard self-locking nut (Figure 2, Item 6).

1, 2, 3 4 5

6, 7, 8

BAE9182

Figure 2. Roadside Landing Leg Support Removal.

0115-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1055)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0115

REMOVAL - Continued

4. Remove eight self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 1), washers (Figure 1, Item 2), and bolts (Figure 1, Item 3)
from landing gear leg bracket (Figure 1, Item 4). Discard self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 1).
5. Remove two self-locking nuts (Figure 3, Item 4), four washers (Figure 3, Item 3), two bolts
(Figure 3, Item 2), cross-drive shaft (Figure 3, Item 1), and landing gear leg (Figure 3, Item 5) from
semitrailer. Discard self-locking nuts (Figure 3, Item 4).

1
2, 3, 4

BAE9184

Figure 3. Roadside Landing Leg Cross-Drive Shaft Removal.

6. Remove nut (Figure 4, Item 2), bolt (Figure 4, Item 3), shaft (Figure 4, Item 4), and landing gear shoe
(Figure 4, Item 5) from landing gear leg (Figure 4, Item 1).

4 2, 3 BAE9185

Figure 4. Roadside Landing Leg Shoe Removal.

END OF TASK

0115-3 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1055)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0115

INSTALLATION

1. Install landing gear shoe (Figure 5, Item 5), shaft (Figure 5, Item 4), bolt (Figure 5, Item 3), and nut
(Figure 5, Item 2) to landing gear leg (Figure 5, Item 1).

4 2, 3 BAE9185a

Figure 5. Roadside Landing Leg Shoe Installation.

2. Install eight bolts (Figure 6, Item 3), washers (Figure 6, Item 2), and new self-locking nuts (Figure 6, Item 1)
to landing leg bracket (Figure 6, Item 4).

1, 2, 3

BAE9183

Figure 6. Roadside Landing Leg Bracket Installation.

0115-4 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1055)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0115

INSTALLATION - Continued

3. Install landing gear leg (Figure 7, Item 5), cross-drive shaft (Figure 7, Item 1), two bolts (Figure 7, Item 2),
four washers (Figure 7, Item 3), and two new self-locking nuts (Figure 7, Item 4) to semitrailer.

1 2, 3, 4

BAE9184a

Figure 7. Roadside Landing Leg Cross-Drive Shaft Installation.

4. Install bolt (Figure 8, Item 8), two washers (Figure 8, Item 7), and new self-locking nut (Figure 8, Item 6) to
landing gear leg support (Figure 8, Item 5).
5. Install bolt (Figure 8, Item 3), two washers (Figure 8, Item 2), and new self-locking nut (Figure 8, Item 1) to
leg support bracket (Figure 8, Item 4).

1, 2, 3 4 5

6, 7, 8

BAE9182a

Figure 8. Roadside Landing Leg Support Installation.

0115-5 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1055)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0115

INSTALLATION - Continued

6. Install hand crank (Figure 9, Item 5), two washers (Figure 9, Item 3), bolt (Figure 9, Item 4), and nut
(Figure 9, Item 2) to shaft (Figure 9, Item 1).

5
2, 3, 4
BAE9186

Figure 9. Roadside Landing Leg and Hand Crank Installation.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Lubricate landing leg (WP 0206).

2. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0115-6 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1055)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0116

FIELD MAINTENANCE
LEAF SPRINGS REPAIR

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Air reservoir drained (WP 0100)
Wrench, Torque (WP 0215, Table 1, Item 13) Semitrailer fuel tank drained (WP 0006)
Axles removed (WP 0092)
Materials/Parts
Bolt, U Qty: (2) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 77)

Personnel Required
Two

Equipment Condition
Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)

WARNING

Leaf springs weigh 100 lbs (45 kg) and require two people to lift. Failure to comply may
result in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.

NOTE
There are two leaf springs on semitrailer. This procedure replaces one leaf spring. The
other leaf spring is replaced the same way.

0116-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1056)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0116

DISASSEMBLY

1. Remove four nuts (Figure 1, Item 8) and washers (Figure 1, Item 9) from two U-bolts (Figure 1, Item 3).
2. Remove two U-bolts (Figure 1, Item 3) and wear plate (Figure 1, Item 4) from leaf spring (Figure 1, Item 10)
and trunnion tube (Figure 1, Item 1). Discard U-bolts (Figure 1, Item 3).
3. Using suitable lifting device, remove leaf spring (Figure 1, Item 10) from upper trunnion hub
(Figure 1, Item 5).
4. Remove upper trunnion hub (Figure 1, Item 5), lower trunnion hub (Figure 1, Item 7), rubber bushing
(Figure 1, Item 6), and trunnion washer (Figure 1, Item 2) from trunnion tube (Figure 1, Item 1).

4
1
2

10
9
8 7 BAE9362

Figure 1. Leaf Springs Repair.

END OF TASK

0116-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1056)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0116

ASSEMBLY

NOTE
If rubber bushings (Figure 1, Item 6) are worn or damaged, replace with new bushings.
1. Install trunnion washer (Figure 1, Item 2), rubber bushing (Figure 1, Item 6), upper trunnion hub
(Figure 1, Item 5), and lower trunnion hub (Figure 1, Item 7) on trunnion tube (Figure 1, Item 1).
2. Using suitable lifting device, position leaf spring (Figure 1, Item 10) on upper trunnion hub (Figure 1, Item 5)
so that center bolt of leaf spring is in recess of upper trunnion hub.
3. Position wear plate (Figure 1, Item 4) in place on leaf spring (Figure 1, Item 10). Nut on center bolt of leaf
spring fits into hole in wear plate.
4. Install two new U-bolts (Figure 1, Item 3) over wear plate (Figure 1, Item 4) and through holes in upper and
lower trunnion hubs (Figure 1, Items 5 and 7).
5. Install four washers (Figure 1, Item 9) and nuts (Figure 1, Item 8) on two U-bolts (Figure 1, Item 3) and
tighten evenly to 200-320 lb ft (271-434 N·m).

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Install axles (WP 0092).

2. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0116-3/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1056)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0117

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TRUNNION TUBE AND HANGERS REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools References

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's TB 9-2300-247-40
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10)
Tool Kit, Welders
Equipment Condition
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 11)
Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
Materials/Parts Semitrailer fuel tank drained (WP 0005)
Nut, Self-Locking Leaf springs removed (WP 0116)
Qty: (4) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 54) Axles removed (WP 0092)
Nut, Self-Locking
Qty: (8) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 96)

WARNING

NOTE
Trunnion hanger is welded to frame at front and rear. It will be necessary to grind out
welded area to separate trunnion hanger from frame.

0117-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1057)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0117

REMOVAL

NOTE
If replacing trunnion tube only, perform Step 2.
1. Grind weld area (Figure 1, Item 1).
2. Remove four self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 4), bolts (Figure 1, Item 5), and trunnion tube
(Figure 1, Item 3) from two trunnion hangers (Figure 1, Item 6). Discard self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 4).
3. Remove eight self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 7), 16 washers (Figure 1, Item 8), and eight bolts
(Figure 1, Item 9) from two trunnion hangers (Figure 1, Item 6). Discard self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 7).
4. Remove two trunnion hangers (Figure 1, Item 6) from frame (Figure 1, Item 2), refer to TB 9-2300-247-40.

1
2

3
7, 8, 9

4, 5 BAE9359

Figure 1. Trunnion Tube and Hangers Replacement.

END OF TASK

0117-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1057)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0117

INSTALLATION

NOTE
If installing trunnion tube only, perform Step 3.
1. Install two trunnion hangers (Figure 1, Item 6) to frame (Figure 1, Item 2), refer to TB 9-2300-247-40.
2. Install eight bolts (Figure 1, Item 9), 16 washers (Figure 1, Item 8), and eight new self-locking nuts
(Figure 1, Item 7) to two trunnion hangers (Figure 1, Item 6).
3. Install trunnion tube (Figure 1, Item 3), four bolts (Figure 1, Item 5), and new self-locking nuts
(Figure 1, Item 4) to two trunnion hangers (Figure 1, Item 6).

WARNING

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Install leaf springs (WP 0116).

2. Install axles (WP 0092).
3. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0117-3/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1057)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0118

FIELD MAINTENANCE
BATTERY ACCESS PANEL REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's Qty: (6) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 71)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10)
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Nut, Self-Locking

REMOVAL

Remove six bolts (Figure 1, Item 1), self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 2), washers (Figure 1, Item 3), and
access panel (Figure 1, Item 4). Discard self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 2).

END OF TASK

INSTALLATION

Install access panel (Figure 1, Item 4) using six bolts (Figure 1, Item 1), washers (Figure 1, Item 3), and new
self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 2).

1, 2, 3

BAE9079

Figure 1. Battery Access Panel Replacement.

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0118-1/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1023)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0119

FIELD MAINTENANCE
MUD FLAPS REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's Qty: (4) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 71)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10)
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Nut, Self-Locking Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)

NOTE
There are two mud flaps. This procedure replaces one mud flap. The other mud flap is
replaced the same way.

REMOVAL

Remove four self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 2), eight washers (Figure 1, Item 3), four bolts
(Figure 1, Item 4), bracket (Figure 1, Item 1), and mud flap (Figure 1, Item 5) from semitrailer. Discard
self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 2).

2, 3, 4

BAE9187

Figure 1. Mud Flaps Removal.

END OF TASK

0119-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1058)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0119

INSTALLATION

Install mud flap (Figure 2, Item 5) and bracket (Figure 2, Item 1) with four bolts (Figure 2, Item 4), eight
washers (Figure 2, Item 3), and four new self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 2) to semitrailer.

2, 3, 4

BAE9188

Figure 2. Mud Flaps Installation.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0119-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1058)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0120

FIELD MAINTENANCE
GROUNDING STUDS REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)

WARNING

Ladder has narrow tread. Use care when climbing to prevent injury. Failure to comply may
result in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.

NOTE
There are three grounding studs. This procedure replaces the upper grounding stud. The
other grounding studs are replaced the same way.

0120-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1061)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0120

REMOVAL

Remove nut (Figure 1, Item 4), lockwasher (Figure 1, Item 3), and grounding stud (Figure 1, Item 1) from
frame (Figure 1, Item 2).

3
4

BAE9197

Figure 1. Grounding Stud Replacement.

END OF TASK

INSTALLATION

WARNING

Make sure grounding studs are installed on clean, unpainted metal surface. If mounting
surface is painted, scrape off paint to bare metal. Failure to comply may result in death or
injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
1. Install grounding stud (Figure 1, Item 1), lockwasher (Figure 1, Item 3), and nut (Figure 1, Item 4) to frame
(Figure 1, Item 2).
2. Make sure International Grounding Symbol and “DO NOT PAINT GND STUD” stencils are present
and legible.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0120-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1061)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0121

FIELD MAINTENANCE
VENT CAP REPAIR

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 22)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10)
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Gasket (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 33) Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
Tape, Antiseizing Semitrailer fuel tank drained (WP 0005)

WARNING

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0121-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1062)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0122

FIELD MAINTENANCE
FRONT DRAIN HOSES REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)

NOTE
There are two front drain hoses. This procedure replaces one front drain hose. The drain
hoses are replaced the same way.

REMOVAL

1. Remove drain hose (Figure 1, Item 1) from hose clips (Figure 1, Item 2).
2. Remove hose clamp (Figure 1, Item 3) from top end of drain hose (Figure 1, Item 1).
3. Remove drain hose (Figure 1, Item 1) from semitrailer.

3
2
1

BAE9215

Figure 1. Front Drain Hoses Removal.

END OF TASK

0122-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1063)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0122

INSTALLATION

1. Position bottom end of drain hose (Figure 2, Item 1) to semitrailer.

2. Install hose clamp (Figure 2, Item 3) to top end of drain hose (Figure 2, Item 1).
3. Install drain hose (Figure 2, Item 1) to two hose clips (Figure 2, Item 2) on tank body.

3
2
1

BAE9215a

Figure 2. Front Drain Hoses Installation.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0122-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1063)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0123

FIELD MAINTENANCE
STATIC REELS AND ELECTRICAL CLIPS REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s Qty: (2) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 102)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10)
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Nut, Self-Locking Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)

NOTE
There are two static reels. This procedure replaces one static reel. The other static reel is
replaced the same way.

REMOVAL

1. Remove two self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 5), four washers (Figure 1, Item 6), two bolts
(Figure 1, Item 7), and static reel (Figure 1, Item 1) from frame (Figure 1, Item 8). Discard self-locking nuts
(Figure 1, Item 5).
2. Remove two socket head capscrews (Figure 1, Item 3) and electrical clip (Figure 1, Item 4) from cable
(Figure 1, Item 2).

1
2 3

4
8

5, 6, 7
BAE9189

Figure 1. Static Reels and Electrical Clips Removal.

END OF TASK

0123-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1065)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0123

INSTALLATION

1. Install electrical clip (Figure 2, Item 4) and two socket head screws (Figure 2, Item 3) to cable
(Figure 2, Item 2).
2. Install static reel (Figure 2, Item 1), two bolts (Figure 2, Item 7), four washers (Figure 2, Item 6), and two
new self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 5) to frame (Figure 2, Item 8).

1
2 3

4
8

5, 6, 7
BAE9190

Figure 2. Static Reels and Electrical Clips Installation.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0123-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1065)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0124

FIELD MAINTENANCE
GROUNDING ROD STORAGE TUBE RETAINING PIN REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 59)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10)
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Wire Rope Assembly Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)

REMOVAL

1. Remove retaining pin (Figure 1, Item 2) from grounding rod storage tube (Figure 1, Item 1).
2. Remove retaining wire (Figure 1, Item 3) from support post (Figure 1, Item 4). Discard retaining wire
(Figure 1, Item 3).

2 3

BAE9195

Figure 1. Grounding Rod Storage Tube Retaining Pin Removal.

END OF TASK

0124-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1066)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0124

INSTALLATION

1. Install new retaining wire (Figure 2, Item 3) to support post (Figure 2, Item 4) and pin (Figure 2, Item 2).
2. Install retaining pin (Figure 2, Item 2) to grounding rod storage tube (Figure 2, Item 1).

2 3

BAE9196

Figure 2. Grounding Rod Storage Tube Retaining Pin Installation.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0124-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1066)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0125

FIELD MAINTENANCE
HOSE TUBES REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Hose tube access covers removed (WP 0126)
Roadside Haz/Mat placard bracket removed
(WP 0138)
Materials/Parts
Nut, Self-Locking
Qty: (20) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 71)

Equipment Condition
Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)

NOTE
Roadside and curbside hose tubes are different. The curbside hose tube consists of two
hose tubes and the roadside hose tube consists of only one hose tube. This procedure
removes the hose tubes from both sides.

CURBSIDE HOSE TUBE REMOVAL

1. Remove four self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 1), washers (Figure 1, Item 2), and J-bolts (Figure 1, Item 3)
from two bands (Figure 1, Item 10). Discard self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 1). Remove marker light box
(Figure 1, Item 9) from hose tube (Figure 1, Item 11).
2. Remove self-locking nut (Figure 1, Item 5), two washers (Figure 1, Item 6), bolt (Figure 1, Item 7), and band
(Figure 1, Item 8) from bracket (Figure 1, Item 4). Discard self-locking nut (Figure 1, Item 5).

1, 2, 3 4 5, 6, 7
8

BAE9199a
11 10 9

Figure 1. Curbside Hose Tubes Removal.

0125-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1067)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0125

CURBSIDE HOSE TUBE REMOVAL - Continued

3. Remove three self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 2), six washers (Figure 2, Item 3), three bolts
(Figure 2, Item 4), bands (Figure 2, Item 1), and two curbside hose tubes (Figure 2, Item 5) from semitrailer.
Discard self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 2).

1 2, 3, 4

5
BAE9200

Figure 2. Curbside Hose Tubes Bands.

END OF TASK

CURBSIDE HOSE TUBES INSTALLATION

1. Install two curbside hose tubes (Figure 2, Item 5), three bands (Figure 2, Item 1), bolts (Figure 2, Item 4), six
washers (Figure 2, Item 3), and three new self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 2) to semitrailer.
2. Install band (Figure 3, Item 8), bolt (Figure 3, Item 7), two washers (Figure 3, Item 6), and new self-locking
nut (Figure 3, Item 5) to bracket (Figure 3, Item 4).
3. Install marker light box (Figure 3, Item 9), two bands (Figure 3, Item 10), bolts (Figure 3, Item 3), four
washers (Figure 3, Item 2), and two new self-locking nuts (Figure 3, Item 1) to hose tubes
(Figure 3, Item 11).

1, 2, 3 4 5, 6, 7 8

11 10 9 BAE9199a

Figure 3. Curbside Hose Tubes Bands Installation.

END OF TASK

0125-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1067)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0125

ROADSIDE HOSE TUBE REMOVAL

1. Remove four self-locking nuts (Figure 4, Item 1), washers (Figure 4, Item 2), J-bolts (Figure 4, Item 3),
bands (Figure 4, Item 5), and marker light box (Figure 4, Item 6) from hose tubes (Figure 4, Item 4). Discard
self-locking nuts (Figure 4, Item 1).

1, 2, 3 4

6 5 BAE9201

Figure 4. Marker Light Box Bands.

2. Remove eight self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 3), 16 washers (Figure 2, Item 4), eight bolts
(Figure 2, Item 5), four bands (Figure 2, Item 2), and hose tube (Figure 2, Item 1) from semitrailer. Discard
self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 3).

END OF TASK

ROADSIDE HOSE TUBE INSTALLATION

1. Install hose tube (Figure 2, Item 1), four bands (Figure 2, Item 2), eight bolts (Figure 2, Item 5), 16 washers
(Figure 2, Item 4), and eight new self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 3).
2. Install marker light box (Figure 4, Item 6), two bands (Figure 4, Item 5), J-bolts (Figure 4, Item 3), washers
(Figure 4, Item 2), and new self-locking nuts (Figure 4, Item 1) to hose tubes (Figure 4, Item 4).

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Install roadside Haz/Mat placard bracket (WP 0138).

2. Install hose tube access covers (WP 0126).
3. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0125-3/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1067)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0126

FIELD MAINTENANCE
HOSE TUBE ACCESS COVERS REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s Qty: (10) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 71)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10)
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Nut, Self-Locking Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)

NOTE
Roadside and curbside hose tube access covers are different. The curbside hose tube
assembly consists of two hose tubes and the roadside hose tube assembly consists of only
one hose tube.

CURBSIDE HOSE TUBE ACCESS COVER REMOVAL

1. Release pin (Figure 1, Item 1) and open access cover (Figure 1, Item 2).

1 2

BAE9203

Figure 1. Curbside Hose Tube Access Cover Removal.

0126-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1068)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0126

CURBSIDE HOSE TUBE ACCESS COVER REMOVAL - Continued

2. Remove six self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 2), washers (Figure 2, Item 3), bolts (Figure 2, Item 4), and
access cover (Figure 2, Item 1) from hose tube (Figure 2, Item 5). Discard self-locking nuts
(Figure 2, Item 2).

1 2, 3, 4
5

BAE9204

Figure 2. Curbside Hose Tube Cap.

END OF TASK

CURBSIDE HOSE TUBE ACCESS COVER INSTALLATION

1. Install access cover (Figure 2, Item 1), six bolts (Figure 2, Item 3), washers (Figure 2, Item 4), and new
self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 2) to hose tube (Figure 2, Item 5).
2. Lock access cover (Figure 3, Item 2) into place with pin (Figure 3, Item 1).

1 2

BAE9208

Figure 3. Curbside Hose Tube Access Cover Installation.

END OF TASK

0126-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1068)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0126

ROADSIDE HOSE TUBE ACCESS COVER REMOVAL

1. Release pin (Figure 4, Item 1) and open access cover (Figure 4, Item 2).

1 2

BAE9205

Figure 4. Roadside Hose Tube Access Release Pin.

2. Remove four self-locking nuts (Figure 5, Item 3), washers (Figure 5, Item 4), bolts (Figure 5, Item 5), and
access cover (Figure 5, Item 2) from hose tube (Figure 5, ltem 1). Discard self-locking nuts
(Figure 5, Item 3).

3, 4, 5

BAE9206

Figure 5. Roadside Hose Tube Access Cover Removal.

END OF TASK

0126-3 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1068)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0126

ROADSIDE HOSE TUBE ACCESS COVER INSTALLATION

1. Install access cover (Figure 6, Item 2), four bolts (Figure 6, Item 5), washers (Figure 6, Item 4), and new
self-locking nuts (Figure 6, Item 3) to hose tube (Figure 6, Item 6).
2. Lock access cover (Figure 6, Item 2) into place with pin (Figure 6, Item 1).

1 2 3, 4, 5

BAE9207

Figure 6. Roadside Hose Tube Access Cover Installation.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0126-4 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1068)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0127

FIELD MAINTENANCE
1-1/4 IN. HOSE REELS REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 22)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Washer, Lock
Qty: (10) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 84)
Materials/Parts
Nut, Self-Locking Equipment Condition
Qty: (9) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 71) Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Strap, Tiedown Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
(WP 0214, Table 1, Item 20) Semitrailer fuel tank drained (WP 0005)
Tag, Marker (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 21) Negative battery cables disconnected (WP 0005)
Tape, Antiseizing P and R valves removed (WP 0200)
Volumetric meters removed (WP 0183)

NOTE
There are two 1-1/4 in. hose reel assemblies. This procedure replaces one hose reel
assembly. The hose reel assemblies are replaced the same way.

HOSE REEL REMOVAL

1. Remove and disconnect hose from hose reel.

2. Remove two nuts (Figure 1, Item 2), washers (Figure 1, Item 3), lockwashers (Figure 1, Item 4), bolts
(Figure 1, Item 5), and tensioner (Figure 1, Item 1) from hose reel frame (Figure 1, Item 6). Discard
lockwashers (Figure 1, Item 4).

2, 3, 4, 5

6
BAE9900

Figure 1. Hose Reel Removal.

0127-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1069)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0127

HOSE REEL REMOVAL - Continued

3. Remove two nuts (Figure 2, Item 2), lockwashers (Figure 2, Item 3), washers (Figure 2, Item 4), and bolts
(Figure 2, Item 5) from frame (Figure 2, Item 1). Discard lockwashers (Figure 2, Item 3).

2, 3, 4, 5 BAE9901

Figure 2. Hose Reel.

4. Remove eight self-locking nuts (Figure 3, Item 3), 16 washers (Figure 3, Item 4), and eight bolts
(Figure 3, Item 5) securing frame (Figure 3, Item 2) to cabinet (Figure 3, Item 1). Discard self-locking nuts
(Figure 3, Item 3).

3, 4, 5 2 BAE9902

Figure 3. Hose Reel Frame Removal.

0127-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1069)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0127

HOSE REEL REMOVAL - Continued

NOTE
Maneuver hose reel frame so that left side of hose reel bearing can be reached with
a wrench.
5. Remove two bolts (Figure 4, Item 1), four washers (Figure 4, Item 2), two lockwashers (Figure 4, Item 3),
nuts (Figure 4, Item 4), and spacer (Figure 4, Item 6) from frame (Figure 4, ltem 5). Discard lockwashers
(Figure 4, Item 3).

1, 2, 3, 4
5

BAE9903

Figure 4. Hose Reel Bearing.

6. Remove hose reel drum (Figure 5, Item 1) from frame (Figure 5, Item 9).

NOTE
Leave motor in cabinet after disconnecting from frame.
7. Remove four bolts (Figure 5, Item 3), eight washers (Figure 5, Item 4), four lockwashers (Figure 5, Item 5),
nuts (Figure 5, Item 6), and two spacers (Figure 5, Item 7) from motor (Figure 5, Item 2) and frame
(Figure 5, Item 9). Discard lockwashers (Figure 5, Item 5).
8. Remove frame (Figure 5, Item 9) from hose reel cabinet (Figure 5, Item 8).

1
2

9
8
3, 4, 5, 6, 7 BAE9904

Figure 5. Hose Reel Cabinet.

END OF TASK

0127-3 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1069)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0127

MOTOR REMOVAL

1. Remove two nuts (Figure 6, Item 1), washers (Figure 6, Item 2), and screws (Figure 6, Item 3) from hose
reel motor rewind switch (Figure 6, Item 4).

1, 2, 3

4 BAE9905

Figure 6. Motor Removal Rewind Switch.

2. Loosen two bolts (Figure 7, Item 1) and remove cover (Figure 7, Item 2) from electrical junction box
(Figure 7, Item 3).
3. Remove self-locking nut (Figure 7, Item 4), washer (Figure 7, Item 5), and bracket (Figure 7, Item 6) from
cabinet (Figure 7, Item 8). Discard self-locking nut (Figure 7, Item 4).
4. Remove and discard tiedown straps (Figure 7, Item 7) as necessary.

0127-4 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1069)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0127

MOTOR REMOVAL - Continued

1 2 3

4, 5, 6

8 BAE9906

Figure 7. Electrical Junction Box Removal.

NOTE
Tag all wires, hoses, tubing, and connections prior to removal for ease of installation.
5. Remove three nuts (Figure 8, Item 2) and four wires (Figure 8, Item 3) from solenoid (Figure 8, Item 5).
6. Remove three conduit nuts (Figure 8, Item 1) from junction box (Figure 8, Item 4).

1 2 3 1

3 2 3 BAE9907

Figure 8. Motor Removal Junction Box.

0127-5 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1069)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0127

MOTOR REMOVAL - Continued

7. Remove motor (Figure 9, Item 4), motor rewind switch (Figure 9, Item 3), and three conduits
(Figure 9, Item 2) from cabinet (Figure 9, Item 1).

4 3 2 BAE9908

Figure 9. Motor Rewind Switch Replacement.

END OF TASK

MOTOR INSTALLATION

1. Install three conduits (Figure 9, Item 2), motor rewind switch (Figure 9, Item 3), and motor (Figure 9, Item 4)
to hose reel cabinet (Figure 9, Item 1).
2. Install three conduit nuts (Figure 10, Item 1) to junction box (Figure 10, Item 4).
3. Install four wires (Figure 10, Item 3) and three nuts (Figure 10, Item 2) to solenoid (Figure 10, Item 5).

0127-6 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1069)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0127

MOTOR INSTALLATION - Continued

1 2 3 1

3 2 3 BAE9907a

Figure 10. Motor Solenoid Installation.

4. Install new tiedown straps (Figure 11, Item 7) as necessary.

5. Install bracket (Figure 11, Item 6), washer (Figure 11, Item 5), and new self-locking nut (Figure 11, Item 4) to
cabinet (Figure 11, Item 8).
6. Close cover (Figure 11, Item 2) to electrical junction box (Figure 11, Item 3) and tighten two bolts
(Figure 11, Item 1).

1 2 3

4, 5, 6

8 BAE9906a

Figure 11. Electrical Junction Box Installation.

0127-7 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1069)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0127

MOTOR INSTALLATION - Continued

7. Install screws (Figure 12, Item 3), washers (Figure 12, Item 2), and two nuts (Figure 12, Item 1) to hose reel
motor rewind switch (Figure 12, Item 4).

1, 2, 3

4 BAE9905b

Figure 12. Motor Rewind Switch Installation.

END OF TASK

HOSE REEL INSTALLATION

1. Install frame (Figure 13, ltem 8) in hose reel cabinet (Figure 13, Item 9).
2. Install two spacers (Figure 13, Item 7), four nuts (Figure 13, Item 6), new lockwashers (Figure 13, Item 5),
eight washers (Figure 13, Item 4), and four bolts (Figure 13, Item 3) to frame (Figure 13, Item 8) and motor
(Figure 13, Item 2).
3. Install hose reel drum (Figure 13, Item 1) on frame (Figure 13, Item 8).

0127-8 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1069)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0127

HOSE REEL INSTALLATION - Continued

1 2

8
3, 4, 5, 6, 7 BAE9904a

Figure 13. Hose Reel Installation.

4. Install spacer (Figure 14, Item 6), two nuts (Figure 14, Item 4), new lockwashers (Figure 14, Item 3), four
washers (Figure 14, Item 2), and two bolts (Figure 14, Item 1) to frame (Figure 14, Item 5).

1, 2, 3, 4
5

BAE9903a

Figure 14. Hose Reel Bearing Installation.

0127-9 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1069)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0127

HOSE REEL INSTALLATION - Continued

5. Install two bolts (Figure 15, Item 5), washers (Figure 15, Item 4), new lockwashers (Figure 15, ltem 3), and
nuts (Figure 15, Item 2) to frame (Figure 15, Item 1).

2, 3, 4, 5 BAE9901a

Figure 15. Hose Reel Installation.

6. Install frame (Figure 16, Item 2), eight bolts (Figure 16, Item 5), 16 washers (Figure 16, Item 4), and eight
new self-locking nuts (Figure 16, Item 3) to hose reel cabinet (Figure 16, Item 1).

3, 4, 5 2 BAE9902a

Figure 16. Hose Reel Frame Installation.

7. Install tensioner (Figure 17, Item 1), two bolts (Figure 17, Item 5), new lockwashers (Figure 17, Item 4),
washer (Figure 17, Item 3), and nuts (Figure 17, Item 2) to hose reel frame (Figure 17, Item 6).

0127-10 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1069)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0127

HOSE REEL INSTALLATION - Continued

NOTE
Apply antiseizing tape to threads.
8. Install hose onto hose reel and rewind.

2, 3, 4, 5

6
BAE9909

Figure 17. Hose Rewind.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Install P and R valve (WP 0200).

2. Install volumetric meters (WP 0183).
3. Connect negative battery cables (WP 0005).
4. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cable (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0127-11/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1069)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0128

FIELD MAINTENANCE
HOSE REEL CABINET REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition (cont.)

1 2 3, 4, 5

6
14

11, 12, 13 8, 9, 10 7 BAE9996a

Figure 4. Piping Frame Installation.

0128-4 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1070)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0128

INSTALLATION - Continued

7. Install bracket (Figure 5, Item 8), washer (Figure 5, Item 7), and new self-locking nut (Figure 5, Item 6) to
cabinet (Figure 5, Item 5).
8. Install two electrical junction boxes (Figure 5, Item 1), eight bolts (Figure 5, Item 4), washers
(Figure 5, Item 3), and new self-locking nuts (Figure 5, Item 2) to cabinet (Figure 5, Item 5).

2, 3, 4 6, 7, 8 5 2, 3, 4
BAE9998

Figure 5. Installation of Junction Boxes.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Install volumetric meters (WP 0183).

2. Install hose reels (WP 0127).
3. Install P and R valves (WP 0200).
4. Install roadside hose tubes (WP 0125).
5. Install optic socket box (WP 0078).
6. Connect negative battery cables (WP 0005).
7. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0128-5/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1070)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0129

FIELD MAINTENANCE
HOSE REEL CABINET DOOR LOCK RELEASE LEVERS REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s Qty: (2) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 76)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10)
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Pin, Cotter Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)

REMOVAL

NOTE
There are two hose reel cabinet door lock release levers. This procedure replaces the front
cabinet door lock release lever. Replace the other door lock release lever the same way.
Remove two cotter pins (Figure 1, Item 1), washers (Figure 1, Item 2), and lock release levers
(Figure 1, Item 3) from inside cabinet door lock mechanism (Figure 1, Item 4). Discard cotter pins
(Figure 1, Item 1).

1, 2

3
3

1, 2 BAE9936

Figure 1. Hose Reel Cabinet Door Lock Removal.

END OF TASK

0129-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1071)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0129

INSTALLATION

Install lock release levers (Figure 2, Item 3), two washers (Figure 2, Item 2), and new cotter pins
(Figure 2, Item 1) to inside cabinet door lock mechanism (Figure 2, Item 4).

1, 2

3
3

1, 2
BAE9937

Figure 2. Hose Reel Cabinet Door Lock Installation.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0129-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1071)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0130

FIELD MAINTENANCE
HOSE REEL CABINET DOOR LATCHES REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Hose reel cabinet door lock release levers
removed (WP 0129)
Materials/Parts
Nut, Self-Locking
Qty: (4) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 72)

Equipment Condition
Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)

REMOVAL

NOTE
There are two hose reel cabinet door latches. This procedure removes the front hose reel
cabinet door latch. Replace the other hose reel cabinet door latch the same way.
Remove four self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 1), eight washers (Figure 1, Item 2), four bolts
(Figure 1, Item 3), and latch (Figure 1, Item 4) from cabinet door (Figure 1, Item 5). Discard self-locking nuts
(Figure 1, Item 1).

1, 2, 3

4
4 5
BAE9938

Figure 1. Hose Reel Cabinet Door Latch Removal.

END OF TASK

0130-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1072)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0130

INSTALLATION

Install latch (Figure 2, Item 4), four bolts (Figure 2, Item 3), eight washers (Figure 2, Item 2), and four new
self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 1) to cabinet door (Figure 2, Item 5).

1, 2, 3

4 5
4

BAE9939

Figure 2. Hose Reel Cabinet Door Latch Installation.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Install hose reel cabinet door lock release levers (WP 0129).
2. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0130-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1072)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0131

FIELD MAINTENANCE
HOSE REEL CABINET DOOR SPRINGS REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)

REMOVAL

NOTE
• There are two hose reel cabinet door springs per cabinet and two cabinets.
• This procedure replaces the door springs from the front cabinet. Replace the other
door springs the same way.
• Cabinet door must be secured in the open position prior to replacement of hinges.
Remove four pins (Figure 1, Item 1), eight washers (Figure 1, Item 2), four pins (Figure 1, Item 3), and two
hinges (Figure 1, Item 4) from four door spring brackets (Figure 1, Item 5).

1 2 3

5
4 BAE9983

Figure 1. Hose Reel Cabinet Door Spring Removal.

END OF TASK

0131-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1073)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0131

INSTALLATION

Install two hinges (Figure 2, Item 4), four pins (Figure 2, Item 3), eight washers (Figure 2, Item 2), and four
pins (Figure 2, Item 1) to four door hinge brackets (Figure 2, ltem 5).

1 2 3

5
4 BAE9984

Figure 2. Hose Reel Cabinet Door Spring Installation.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0131-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1073)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0132

FIELD MAINTENANCE
STORAGE BOX REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Remove data plate (WP 0137)

Materials/Parts
Nut, Self-Locking
Qty: (12) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 97)

Equipment Condition
Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)

REMOVAL

1. Remove self-locking nut (Figure 1, Item 1), two washers (Figure 1, Item 2), and bolt (Figure 1, Item 3) from
manifold (Figure 1, Item 4). Discard self-locking nut (Figure 1, Item 1).

1, 2, 3

BAE9191

Figure 1. Storage Box Removal.

0132-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1074)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0132

REMOVAL - Continued

2. Remove 11 self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 3), 22 washers (Figure 2, Item 4), 11 bolts (Figure 2, Item 5),
and storage box (Figure 2, Item 1) from between front skid plate (Figure 2, Item 6) and piping frame
(Figure 2, Item 2). Discard self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 3).

3, 4, 5 2 BAE9192

Figure 2. Storage Box Replacement.

END OF TASK

INSTALLATION

1. Install storage box (Figure 2, Item 1), 11 bolts (Figure 2, Item 5), 22 washers (Figure 2, Item 4), and 11 new
self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 3) to front skid plate (Figure 2, Item 6) and piping frame (Figure 2, Item 2).
2. Install bolt (Figure 3, Item 3), two washers (Figure 3, Item 2), and new self-locking nut (Figure 3, Item 1) to
manifold (Figure 3, Item 4).

0132-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1074)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0132

INSTALLATION - Continued

1, 2, 3

BAE9194

Figure 3. Storage Box Installation.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Install data plate (WP 0137).

2. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0132-3/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1074)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0133

FIELD MAINTENANCE
ENGINE AND PUMP CABINET FRAME REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's Qty: (6) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 99)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Strap, Tiedown (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 20)
Tag, Marker (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 21)
Materials/Parts
Gasket References
Qty: (2) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 9) WP 0058
Nut, Self-Locking
Qty: (10) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 56)
Equipment Condition
Nut, Self-Locking
Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Qty: (4) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 62)
Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
Nut, Self-Locking
Semitrailer fuel tank drained (WP 0005)
Qty: (2) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 71)
Batteries removed (WP 0084)
Nut, Self-Locking
Optic socket box removed (WP 0078)
Qty: (16) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 72)
Brake interlock valve removed (WP 0105)
Nut, Self-Locking
Static reel removed (WP 0123)
Qty: (21) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 74)
Fuel lines disconnected (WP 0155)
Nut, Self-Locking
Fuel tank removed (WP 0156)
Qty: (4) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 78)
Air cleaner and hose removed (WP 0164)
Nut, Self-Locking
Muffler plate and muffler removed (WP 0159)
Alternator removed (WP 0167)

WARNING

Accidental or intentional introduction of liquid contaminants into the environment is a

0133-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1075)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0133

REMOVAL

1. Remove two self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 8) and washers (Figure 1, Item 9) from U-bolt
(Figure 1, Item 10). Discard self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 8).
2. Remove four self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 5), eight washers (Figure 1, Item 6), and four bolts
(Figure 1, Item 7) from side and bottom of bottom loading support bracket (Figure 1, Item 4). Discard self-
locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 5).
3. Remove two bolts (Figure 1, Item 12), nuts (Figure 1, Item 11), gasket (Figure 1, Item 2), and split coupling
(Figure 1, Item 1) at inlet T (Figure 1, Item 3). Discard gasket (Figure 1, Item 2).

1, 2
3
12
11

9
8

5, 6, 7 4
BAE9363

Figure 1. Bottom Loading Valve Bracket Removal.

4. Remove two bolts (Figure 2, Item 4), nuts (Figure 2, Item 5), gasket (Figure 2, Item 2), and split coupling
(Figure 2, Item 3) at top of centrifugal pump (Figure 2, Item 1). Discard gasket (Figure 2, Item 2).

0133-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1075)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0133

REMOVAL - Continued

2, 3
1 4, 5

BAE9365

Figure 2. Centrifugal Pump Plumbing.

NOTE
Close all valves and drain fuel from centrifugal pump using plug at bottom of pump.
5. Remove two bolts (Figure 3, Item 2), four washers (Figure 3, Item 3), and two self-locking nuts
(Figure 3, Item 4) on engine electrical control box (Figure 3, Item 5) and open front cover (Figure 3, Item 1).
Discard self-locking nuts (Figure 3, Item 4).

2, 3, 4
1

BAE9366

Figure 3. Electrical Control Box.

0133-3 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1075)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0133

REMOVAL - Continued

6. Disconnect two wires (Figure 4, Item 4) and remove nut (Figure 4, Item 6) and circuit breaker
(Figure 4, Item 5) from control box (Figure 4, Item 12).
7. Remove nut (Figure 4, Item 7), washer (Figure 4, Item 8), and glow plug cable (Figure 4, Item 3) from
solenoid (Figure 4, Item 9).
8. Remove nut (Figure 4, Item 1), conduit nut (Figure 4, Item 2), and cable (Figure 4, Item 3) from control box
(Figure 4, Item 12).
9. Disconnect wire (Figure 4, Item 10) from terminal strip (Figure 4, Item 11).

1 2 3
4
5

7, 8
9

BAE9514
11 10

Figure 4. Electrical Control Box Interior.

10. Remove oil pressure gage line (Figure 5, Item 2) from fitting (Figure 5, Item 1).

NOTE
• Tag all wires prior to removal to assist with installation.
• Tier II engine has additional wires. EPA engine shown.
11. Disconnect wires (Figure 5, Item 4) from oil pressure switch (Figure 5, Item 3).

0133-4 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1075)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0133

REMOVAL - Continued

1
2

4 BAE9368

Figure 5. Oil Pressure Switch and Wires (EPA Engine Shown).

12. Disconnect two connectors (Figure 6, Item 1) from overheat shutdown switch (Figure 6, Item 3) and fuel
stop solenoid (Figure 6, Item 2).

1 2

3
BAE9369

Figure 6. Overhead Shutdown Switch/Fuel Stop Solenoid Disconnect.

0133-5 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1075)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0133

REMOVAL - Continued

13. Remove four self-locking nuts (Figure 7, Item 2), four washers (Figure 7, Item 3), two bolts
(Figure 7, Item 4), and control box (Figure 7, Item 1) from bracket (Figure 7, Item 5). Discard self-locking
nuts (Figure 7, Item 2).

2, 3, 4

BAE9370

Figure 7. Electrical Control Box Removal.

14. Remove tiedown straps (Figure 8, Item 5) from wires (Figure 8, Item 6). Discard tiedown straps
(Figure 8, Item 5).
15. Remove two self-locking nuts (Figure 8, Item 1), four washers (Figure 8, Item 2), two bolts
(Figure 8, Item 3), and clamps (Figure 8, Item 4) from vertical support (Figure 8, Item 7). Discard self-locking
nuts (Figure 8, Item 1).

1, 2, 3
4

6
7
4

BAE9371

Figure 8. Wire and Hardware Removal.

16. Remove eight self-locking nuts (Figure 9, Item 2), 16 washers (Figure 9, Item 3), eight bolts
(Figure 9, Item 4), and engine fan shroud (Figure 9, Item 5) from frame (Figure 9, Item 6) and engine shroud
(Figure 9, Item 1). Discard self-locking nuts (Figure 9, Item 2).

0133-6 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1075)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0133

REMOVAL - Continued

1 2, 3, 4
5

6
BAE9372

Figure 9. Engine Fan Shroud Removal.

17. Remove four self-locking nuts (Figure 10, Item 2), eight washers (Figure 10, Item 3), and four bolts
(Figure 10, Item 4) from bottom of splash shield (Figure 10, Item 1). Discard self-locking nuts
(Figure 10, Item 2).

2, 3, 4
BAE9373

Figure 10. Bottom Splash Shield.

0133-7 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1075)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0133

REMOVAL - Continued

WARNING

At this point, maneuver suitable support under engine and pump cabinet frame. Failure to
comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of
an injury.

CAUTION
Position suitable support under engine and pump cabinet before removing vertical
supports. Failure to comply may result in damage to, or destruction of, equipment
or mission.
18. Remove 16 self-locking nuts (Figure 11, Item 6), 32 washers (Figure 11, Item 5), 16 bolts
(Figure 11, Item 4), and two outside vertical supports (Figure 11, Item 2) from frame (Figure 11, Item 3) and
engine shroud (Figure 11, Item 1). Discard self-locking nuts (Figure 11, Item 6).

2 2

4, 5, 6 3
BAE9374

Figure 11. Outside Vertical Supports Removal.

19. Remove eight self-locking nuts (Figure 12, Item 1), 16 washers (Figure 12, Item 2), and eight bolts
(Figure 12, Item 3) from two brackets (Figure 12, Item 4) on rear inside vertical support (Figure 12, Item 5).
Discard self-locking nuts (Figure 12, Item 1).

0133-8 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1075)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0133

REMOVAL - Continued

1, 2, 3
4

BAE9375

Figure 12. Bracket Hardware Removal.

20. Remove four self-locking nuts (Figure 13, Item 5), eight washers (Figure 13, Item 4), four bolts
(Figure 13, Item 3), and rear cross member (Figure 13, Item 1) from engine frame (Figure 13, Item 2).
Discard self-locking nuts (Figure 13, Item 5).

BAE9376
3, 4, 5 2

Figure 13. Rear Cross Member Removal.

0133-9 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1075)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0133

REMOVAL - Continued

21. Remove three self-locking nuts (Figure 14, Item 3), six washers (Figure 14, Item 4), and three bolts
(Figure 14, Item 5) from angle bracket (Figure 14, Item 1) and engine frame (Figure 14, Item 2). Discard
self-locking nuts (Figure 14, Item 3).

3, 4, 5 2 BAE9377

Figure 14. Angle Bracket Hardware Removal.

22. Remove four self-locking nuts (Figure 15, Item 7), eight washers (Figure 15, Item 6), and four bolts
(Figure 15, Item 5) from inside vertical support (Figure 15, Item 8). Discard self-locking nuts
(Figure 15, Item 7).
23. Remove two self-locking nuts (Figure 15, Item 3), four washers (Figure 15, Item 2), two bolts
(Figure 15, Item 1), and front inside vertical support (Figure 15, Item 8) from semitrailer tank rib
(Figure 15, Item 4). Discard self-locking nuts (Figure 15, Item 3).

1, 2, 3

5, 6, 7 BAE9378

Figure 15. Front Inside Vertical Support.

0133-10 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1075)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0133

REMOVAL - Continued

24. Using suitable lifting device, lower engine frame.

25. Separate engine and pump from frame.
26. Remove damaged components from engine frame and discard self-locking nuts.

END OF TASK

INSTALLATION

NOTE
Engine frame is bolted together. Loosely assemble frame components on a flat surface.
Tighten fasteners on cross members last.
1. Install engine and pump to frame.
2. Using a suitable lifting device, maneuver engine cabinet in place at semitrailer.
3. Install front inside vertical support (Figure 15, Item 8), two bolts (Figure 15, Item 1), four washers
(Figure 15, Item 2), and two new self-locking nuts (Figure 15, Item 3) to semitrailer tank rib
(Figure 15, Item 4).
4. Install front inside vertical support (Figure 15, Item 8) with four bolts (Figure 15, Item 5), eight washers
(Figure 15, Item 6), and four new self-locking nuts (Figure 15, Item 7).
5. Install angle bracket (Figure 14, Item 2), three bolts (Figure 14, Item 5), six washers (Figure 14, Item 4), and
three new self-locking nuts (Figure 14, Item 3) to engine frame (Figure 14, Item 1).
6. Install rear cross member (Figure 16, Item 1) to engine frame (Figure 16, Item 2) with four bolts
(Figure 16, Item 3), eight washers (Figure 16, Item 4), and four new self-locking nuts (Figure 16, Item 5).

BAE9376a
3, 4, 5 2

Figure 16. Rear Cross Member Installation.

0133-11 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1075)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0133

INSTALLATION - Continued

7. Install eight bolts (Figure 17, Item 3), 16 washers (Figure 17, Item 2), and eight new self-locking nuts
(Figure 17, Item 1) to two brackets (Figure 17, Item 4) on rear inside vertical support (Figure 17, Item 5).

1, 2, 3
4

BAE9375a

Figure 17. Bracket Hardware Installation.

8. Install two outside vertical supports (Figure 18, Item 2), 16 bolts (Figure 18, Item 4), 32 washers
(Figure 18, Item 5), and 16 new self-locking nuts (Figure 18, Item 6) to frame (Figure 18, Item 3) and engine
shroud (Figure 18, Item 1).

2 2

4, 5, 6 3
BAE9374a

Figure 18. Outside Vertical Supports Installation.

0133-12 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1075)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0133

INSTALLATION - Continued

9. Install four bolts (Figure 19, Item 4), eight washers (Figure 19, Item 3), and four new self-locking nuts
(Figure 19, Item 2) to bottom of splash shield (Figure 19, Item 1).

2, 3, 4
BAE9373a

Figure 19. Splash Shield Hardware Installation.

10. Install engine fan shroud (Figure 20, Item 5), eight bolts (Figure 20, Item 4), 16 washers (Figure 20, Item 3),
and eight new self-locking nuts (Figure 20, Item 2) to frame (Figure 20, Item 6) and engine shroud
(Figure 20, Item 1).

1 2, 3, 4
5

6
BAE9372a

Figure 20. Engine Fan Shroud Installation.

0133-13 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1075)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0133

INSTALLATION - Continued

11. Install two clamps (Figure 21, Item 4), bolts (Figure 21, Item 3), four washers (Figure 21, Item 2), and two
new self-locking nuts (Figure 21, Item 1) to vertical support (Figure 21, Item 7).
12. Install new tiedown straps (Figure 21, Item 5) to wires (Figure 21, Item 6) as necessary.

1, 2, 3
4

6
7
4

BAE9371a

Figure 21. Wire and Hardware Installation.

13. Install control box (Figure 22, Item 1), four bolts (Figure 22, Item 4), four washers (Figure 22, Item 3), and
four new self-locking nuts (Figure 22, Item 2) to bracket (Figure 22, Item 5).

2, 3, 4

BAE9370a

Figure 22. Electrical Control Box Installation.

14. Connect two connectors (Figure 23, Item 1) to overheat shutdown switch (Figure 23, Item 3) and fuel stop
solenoid (Figure 23, Item 2).

0133-14 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1075)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0133

INSTALLATION - Continued

1 2

3
BAE9369a

Figure 23. Overhead Shutdown Switch/Fuel Stop Solenoid Connect.

NOTE
Tier II engine has additional wires. EPA engine shown.
15. Connect two wires (Figure 24, Item 4) to oil pressure switch (Figure 24, Item 3).
16. Install oil pressure gage line (Figure 24, Item 2) to fitting (Figure 24, Item 1).

1
2

4 BAE9368a

Figure 24. Oil Pressure Switch Wire Reconnection (EPA Engine Shown).

0133-15 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1075)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0133

INSTALLATION - Continued

17. Connect wire (Figure 25, Item 10) to terminal strip (Figure 25, Item 11).
18. Install glow plug cable (Figure 25, Item 3), conduit nut (Figure 25, Item 2), and nut (Figure 25, Item 1) to
control box (Figure 25, Item 12).
19. Install cable (Figure 25, Item 3), washer (Figure 25, Item 8), and nut (Figure 25, Item 7) to solenoid
(Figure 25, Item 9).
20. Install circuit breaker (Figure 25, Item 5) and nut (Figure 25, Item 6), and connect two wires
(Figure 25, Item 4) to control box (Figure 25, Item 12).

1 2 3
4
5

7, 8
9

11 10 BAE9514a

Figure 25. Electrical Control Box Wire Installation.

0133-16 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1075)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0133

INSTALLATION - Continued

21. Install two bolts (Figure 26, Item 2), four washers (Figure 26, Item 3), and two new self-locking nuts
(Figure 26, Item 4) on control box (Figure 26, Item 5) and close front cover (Figure 26, Item 1).

2, 3, 4
1

BAE9366

Figure 26. Electrical Control Box Cover Installation.

22. Install split coupling (Figure 27, Item 3), new gasket (Figure 27, Item 2), two nuts (Figure 27, Item 5), and
bolts (Figure 27, Item 4) at top of centrifugal pump (Figure 27, Item 1).

2, 3
1 4, 5

BAE9365a

Figure 27. Centrifugal Pump Plumbing Installation.

0133-17 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1075)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0133

INSTALLATION - Continued

23. Install split coupling (Figure 28, Item 1), new gasket (Figure 28, Item 2), two nuts (Figure 28, Item 12), and
bolts (Figure 28, Item 11) at inlet T (Figure 28, Item 3).
24. Install four bolts (Figure 28, Item 7), eight washers (Figure 28, Item 6), and four new self-locking nuts
(Figure 28, Item 5) to side and bottom of bottom loading support bracket (Figure 28, Item 4).
25. Install two washers (Figure 28, Item 9) and new self-locking nuts (Figure 28, Item 8) to U-bolt
(Figure 28, Item 10).

1, 2 3

12
11

9
8

5, 6, 7 4
BAE9364a

Figure 28. Bottom Valve Bracket Installation.

END OF TASK

0133-18 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1075)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0133

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Install alternator (WP 0167).

2. Install muffler plate and muffler (WP 0159).
3. Install air cleaner and hose (WP 0169).
4. Install fuel tank (WP 0164).
5. Connect fuel lines (WP 0155).
6. Install static reel (WP 0125).
7. Install brake interlock valve (WP 0102).
8. Install optic socket box (WP 0078).
9. Install batteries (WP 0087).
10. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).
11. Test for leaks (WP 0058).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0133-19/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1075)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0134

FIELD MAINTENANCE
PIPING FRAME ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s Main wiring harness removed (WP 0080)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Static reel removed (WP 0123)
G valve removed (WP 0199)
F, E, and B valves and handwheels removed
Materials/Parts (WP 0184)
Nut, Self-Locking Discharge manifold valve removed (WP 0186)
Qty: (20) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 71) Bottom loading valve removed (WP 0187)
Manifold valve removed (WP 0188)
Personnel Required Emergency valve A control handle removed
Two (WP 0202)
D valve removed (WP 0196)
Engine throttle control lever removed (WP 0158)
Equipment Condition Overfill monitor removed (WP 0076)
Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005) Engine control panel box removed (WP 0171)
Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)

WARNING

Piping frame assembly weighs 100 lbs (45 kg) and can cause injury to personnel if it
should fall. An assistant is required to remove and install piping frame assembly on
semitrailer. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical
attention in the event of an injury.

0134-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1076)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0134

REMOVAL

1. Remove eight self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 6), 16 washers (Figure 1, Item 5), eight bolts
(Figure 1, Item 7), and rear of piping frame (Figure 1, Item 1) from bulkhead. Discard self-locking nuts
(Figure 1, Item 6).

2
3
3
1 4
6
5
4
3

3
2
5
7

BAE9405

Figure 1. Piping Frame Replacement.

2. Remove eight self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 4), 16 washers (Figure 1, Item 3), and eight bolts
(Figure 1, Item 2) from both sides of piping frame (Figure 1, Item 1). Discard self-locking nuts
(Figure 1, Item 4).

END OF TASK

DISASSEMBLY

NOTE
The piping cabinet does not need to be removed to replace the upper piping cabinet brace.
Remove four self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 4), eight washers (Figure 2, Item 2), four bolts
(Figure 2, Item 1), and upper piping cabinet brace (Figure 2, Item 3) from piping frame (Figure 2, Item 5).
Discard self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 4).

END OF TASK

0134-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1076)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0134

ASSEMBLY

Install four bolts (Figure 2, Item 1), eight washers (Figure 2, Item 2), four new self-locking nuts
(Figure 2, Item 4), and upper piping cabinet brace (Figure 2, Item 3) to piping frame (Figure 2, Item 5).

2
1 3

4
2

2
4
2 1

BAE9406

Figure 2. Piping Frame Maintenance.

END OF TASK

INSTALLATION

1. Install eight bolts (Figure 1, Item 2), 16 washers (Figure 1, Item 3), eight new self-locking nuts
(Figure 1, Item 4), and both sides of piping frame (Figure 1, Item 1) to semitrailer.
2. Install eight bolts (Figure 1, Item 7), 16 washers (Figure 1, Item 5), eight new self-locking nuts
(Figure 1, Item 6), and rear of piping frame (Figure 1, Item 1) to bulkhead.

END OF TASK

0134-3 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1076)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0134

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Install engine control panel box (WP 0171).

2. Install overfill monitor (WP 0076).
3. Install engine throttle control lever (WP 0158).
4. Install D valve (WP 0196).
5. Install emergency valve A control handle (WP 0202).
6. Install manifold valve (WP 0188).
7. Install bottom loading valve (WP 0187).
8. Install discharge manifold valve (WP 0186).
9. Install F, E, and B valves and handwheels (WP 0184).
10. Install G valve (WP 0199).
11. Install static reel (WP 0123).
12. Install main wiring harness (WP 0080).
13. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0134-4 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1076)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0135

FIELD MAINTENANCE
MANHOLE COVER MAINTENANCE

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 83)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10)
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Gasket (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 31) Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
Washer, Lock Semitrailer fuel tank drained (WP 0005)

WARNING

0135-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1077)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0135

REMOVAL

1. Remove nut (Figure 1, Item 6), washer (Figure 1, Item 5), and bolt (Figure 1, Item 4) from locking ring
(Figure 1, Item 1).
2. Remove locking ring (Figure 1, Item 1), manhole cover (Figure 1, Item 2), and manhole cover gasket
(Figure 1, Item 3). Discard gasket (Figure 1, Item 3).

1
2

4, 5, 6 BAE9216

Figure 1. Manhole Cover Replacement.

END OF TASK

DISASSEMBLY

1. Remove plug (Figure 2, Item 4) from latch handle (Figure 2, Item 5).
2. Remove nut (Figure 2, Item 1), lockwasher (Figure 2, Item 2), threaded shaft (Figure 2, Item 3), and cylinder
(Figure 2, Item 6) from underneath latch handle (Figure 2, Item 5). Discard lockwasher (Figure 2, Item 2).

END OF TASK

ASSEMBLY

1. Install cylinder (Figure 2, Item 6), threaded shaft (Figure 2, Item 3), new lockwasher (Figure 2, Item 2), and
nut (Figure 2, Item 1) to latch handle (Figure 2, Item 5).
2. Install plug (Figure 2, Item 4) in latch handle (Figure 2, Item 5).

0135-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1077)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0135

ASSEMBLY - Continued

1, 2, 3
4

6 5

BAE9217

Figure 2. Manhole Cover Maintenance.

END OF TASK

INSTALLATION

1. Install new manhole cover gasket (Figure 1, Item 3), manhole cover (Figure 1, Item 2), and locking ring
(Figure 1, Item 1) to tank.
2. Install bolt (Figure 1, Item 4), washer (Figure 1, Item 5), nut (Figure 1, Item 6), and locking ring
(Figure 1, Item 1) to manhole cover (Figure 1, Item 2).

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0135-3/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1077)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0136

FIELD MAINTENANCE
REFLECTORS REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 6)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Rag, Wiping (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 13)

Materials/Parts Equipment Condition

Cleaning Compound, Solvent Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)

NOTE
There are eight reflectors (four red and four amber). This procedure replaces one reflector.
The other reflectors are replaced the same way.

REMOVAL

Peel away damaged reflector (Figure 1, Item 1) from semitrailer. Discard reflector (Figure 1, Item 1).

BAE9221

Figure 1. Reflector Removal.

END OF TASK

0136-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1078)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0136
INSTALLATION
WARNING

• Solvent cleaning compound MIL-PRF-680 may be irritating to the eyes and skin.
Wear protective gloves and eye protection. First aid for skin contact: remove
contaminated clothing. Wash skin thoroughly with soap and water. First aid for eye
contact: flush with water for 15 minutes or until irritation subsides. If symptoms
persist, seek medical attention. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to
personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• Use solvent cleaning compound MIL-PRF-680 in a well-ventilated area. Use
respirator as needed. Accidental ingestion can cause irritation of digestive tract and
respiratory tract. May cause lung and central nervous system damage. Can be fatal
if swallowed. Inhalation of high/massive concentrations can cause coma or be fatal.
First aid for ingestion: DO NOT induce vomiting. Seek immediate medical attention.
First aid for inhalation: move to fresh air. If not breathing, provide artificial
respiration. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. Failure to comply may result
in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• MIL-PRF-680 solvent is combustible; DO NOT use or store near heat, sparks,
flame, or other ignition sources. Use mechanical ventilation whenever product is
used in confined space, heated above ambient temperatures, or agitated. When
not using MIL-PRF-680 solvents, ensure MIL-PRF-680 solvent container is closed.
Store, transport, and dispose virgin/used solvents and solvent contaminated rags
in compliance with local procedures. Failure to comply may result in death or injury
to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• Cleaning solvent compound MIL-PRF-680 is toxic and flammable. ALWAYS wear eye
protection and gloves and use only in a well-ventilated area. Avoid contact with skin,
eyes, and clothes and do not breathe vapors. Do not use near open flame or excessive
heat. When not using MIL-PRF-680 solvent cleaning compounds, ensure compound
container is closed. Store, transport, and dispose virgin / used solvents and solvent
contaminated rags in compliance with local procedures and regulations. Failure to
comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event
of an injury.
• Improper cleaning methods and use of unauthorized cleaning liquids or solvents
can injure personnel and damage equipment. Failure to comply may result in death
or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.

1. Remove any residual dirt or grit from area where reflector is to be installed using cleaning compound.
Surface must be clean and dry before installing reflector.
2. Remove protective backing from new reflector (Figure 2, Item 1) and position on semitrailer.
3. Using a dry clean rag, press down reflector (Figure 2, Item 1) and smooth away any air bubbles.

0136-2
TM 9-2330-330-13 0136

INSTALLATION - Continued

BAE9221a

Figure 2. Reflector Installation.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0136-3/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1078)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0137

FIELD MAINTENANCE
ID/INSTRUCTION PLATES REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
Drill, Electric, Portable (WP 0215, Table 1, Item 3)
Drill Set, Twist (WP 0215, Table 1, Item 4)
Riveter, Blind (WP 0215, Table 1, Item 5)

Materials/Parts
Rivet, Blind
Qty: (4) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 78)

NOTE
The ID/instruction plates are all replaced the same way. This procedure covers the vapor
recovery kit instruction plate.

REMOVAL

Remove four rivets (Figure 1, Item 1) and remove vapor recovery kit instruction plate (Figure 1, Item 2).
Discard rivets (Figure 1, Item 1).

1 2

BAE9222

Figure 1. ID/Instruction Plates Removal.

END OF TASK

0137-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1079)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0137

INSTALLATION

NOTE
Update information on new ID/instruction plates as necessary.
Install vapor recovery kit instruction plate (Figure 2, Item 2) and four new rivets (Figure 2, Item 1).

1 2

BAE9223

Figure 2. ID/Instruction Plates Installation.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0137-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1079)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0138

FIELD MAINTENANCE
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS PLACARD HOLDERS/BRACKETS REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's Qty: (7) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 72)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Rivet, Blind
Drill, Electric, Portable (WP 0215, Table 1, Item 3) Qty: (2) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 78)
Drill Set, Twist (WP 0215, Table 1, Item 4)
Riveter, Blind (WP 0215, Table 1, Item 5)
Equipment Condition
Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Materials/Parts Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
Nut, Self-Locking

REMOVAL

1. Remove two self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 2), four washers (Figure 1, Item 3), two bolts
(Figure 1, Item 4), and hazardous materials placard bracket (Figure 1, Item 1) as a unit from front of
semitrailer. Discard self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 2).

2, 3, 4

BAE9224

Figure 1. Hazardous Materials Placard Holder/Brackets Removal.

0138-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1080)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0138

REMOVAL - Continued

2. Remove three self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 4), six washers (Figure 2, Item 3), three bolts
(Figure 2, Item 2), and hazardous materials placard bracket (Figure 2, Item 1) from roadside of semitrailer.
Discard self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 4).

1 2
3

3
4

BAE9225

Figure 2. Hazardous Materials Placard Holder/Brackets.

3. Remove two self-locking nuts (Figure 3, Item 4), two washers (Figure 3, Item 3), U-bolt (Figure 3, Item 2),
and hazardous materials placard bracket (Figure 3, Item 5) from vapor recovery pipe (Figure 3, Item 1) at
rear of semitrailer. Discard self-locking nuts (Figure 3, Item 4).

3
4

2
1

5
BAE9226

Figure 3. Hazardous Materials Placard Vapor Recovery Pipe.

0138-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1080)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0138

REMOVAL - Continued

4. Remove two rivets (Figure 4, Item 1) and hazardous materials placard (Figure 4, Item 2). Discard rivets
(Figure 4, Item 1).

1 BAE9227

Figure 4. Hazardous Materials Placard.

END OF TASK

INSTALLATION

1. Install hazardous materials placard (Figure 4, Item 2) using two new rivets (Figure 4, Item 1).
2. Install hazardous materials placard bracket (Figure 3, Item 5), U-bolt (Figure 3, Item 2), two washers
(Figure 3, Item 3), and new self-locking nuts (Figure 3, Item 4) to vapor recovery pipe (Figure 3, Item 1) at
rear of semitrailer.
3. Install hazardous materials placard bracket (Figure 2, Item 1), three bolts (Figure 2, Item 2), six washers
(Figure 2, Item 3), and three new self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 4) at roadside of semitrailer.

0138-3 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1080)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0138

INSTALLATION - Continued

4. Install hazardous materials placard bracket (Figure 5, Item 1) as a unit, two bolts (Figure 5, Item 4), four
washers (Figure 5, Item 3), and two new self-locking nuts (Figure 5, Item 2) at front of semitrailer.

2, 3, 4

BAE9228

Figure 5. Hazardous Materials Placard Holder/Brackets Installation.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0138-4 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1080)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0139

FIELD MAINTENANCE
ENGINE ASSEMBLY AND MOUNTING BRACKET REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's Qty: (6) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 90)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Washer, Lock
Qty: (8) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 119)
Materials/Parts
Cleaning Compound, Solvent References
(WP 0214, Table 1, Item 19) WP 0206
Lubricating Oil (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 12)
Nut, Self-Locking
Equipment Condition
Qty: (15) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 72)
Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Nut, Self-Locking
Engine and pump cabinet removed (WP 0133)
Qty: (4) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 79)
Engine electrical box removed (WP 0169)
Rag, Wiping (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 13)
Fuel pump solenoid removed (WP 0151)
Washer, Lock
Muffler and exhaust pipe removed (WP 0159)

WARNING

Accidental or intentional introduction of liquid contaminants into the environment is a

0139-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1081)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0139

REMOVAL

1. Remove ten bolts (Figure 1, Item 1), self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 4), 20 washers (Figure 1, Item 2), and
firewall (Figure 1, Item 3) from two support brackets (Figure 1, Item 6). Discard self-locking nuts
(Figure 1, Item 4).
2. Remove five self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 7), washers (Figure 1, Item 8), bolts (Figure 1, Item 9), and
muffler tray (Figure 1, Item 5) from two support brackets (Figure 1, Item 6). Discard self-locking nuts
(Figure 1, Item 7).

1
2
3
9

2
4
5
6

8
7 6

BAE9530

Figure 1. Engine Support Bracket Removal.

3. Remove fuel supply line (Figure 2, Item 4) from fuel pump (Figure 2, Item 1) by removing bolt
(Figure 2, Item 3) and washers (Figure 2, Item 2).

2
BAE9531

Figure 2. Engine Fuel Supply Line Removal.

4. Remove screw (Figure 3, Item 20), clamp (Figure 3, Item 1), and fuel return line (Figure 3, Item 3) from
engine shroud (Figure 3, Item 2). Reinstall screw (Figure 3, Item 20) on engine shroud (Figure 3, Item 2).

0139-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1081)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0139

REMOVAL - Continued

5. Loosen clamp (Figure 3, Item 18) and remove fuel return line (Figure 3, Item 3) from fitting
(Figure 3, Item 19).
6. Remove nut, lockwasher, and lead (Figure 3, Item 5) from starter motor (Figure 3, Item 4).
7. Remove bolt (Figure 3, Item 14), washer (Figure 3, Item 15), and ground lead (Figure 3, Item 16) from
engine mount (Figure 3, Item 11). Reinstall washer (Figure 3, Item 15) and bolts (Figure 3, Item 14) on
engine mount (Figure 3, Item 11).
8. Remove screw (Figure 3, Item 9) and lead (Figure 3, Item 10) from oil pressure switch (Figure 3, Item 8) and
remove engine harness (Figure 3, Item 6) from engine (Figure 3, Item 17).
9. Remove screw and lead (Figure 3, Item 7) from oil pressure switch (Figure 3, Item 8).
10. Remove four self-locking nuts (Figure 3, Item 12) and bolts (Figure 3, Item 13) from four engine mounts
(Figure 3, Item 11) and cabinet frame. Discard self-locking nuts (Figure 3, Item 12).

3 4 5 6
2 7
1
8

20 9
10
18 17 11
19 16 15 12
14 13 BAE9532

Figure 3. Engine Mount and Harness Removal.

11. Remove eight bolts (Figure 4, Item 3), lockwashers (Figure 4, Item 4), and pump clutch ring
(Figure 4, Item 5) from engine drive flange (Figure 4, Item 2). Discard lockwashers (Figure 4, Item 4).
12. Remove six bolts (Figure 4, Item 6) and lockwashers (Figure 4, Item 7) from pump housing
(Figure 4, Item 8) and engine. Discard lockwashers (Figure 4, Item 7).
13. Attach lifting device to engine lifting eyes (Figure 4, Item 1).

1
2

8
3, 4

6, 7

5
BAE9533

Figure 4. Engine Removal.

0139-3 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1081)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0139

REMOVAL - Continued

WARNING

END OF TASK

0139-4 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1081)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0139
PREPARATION FOR INSTALLATION
WARNING

0139-5
TM 9-2330-330-13 0139

INSTALLATION

WARNING

All personnel must stand clear during lifting procedures. A swinging or shifting load may
cause injury to personnel or damage to equipment. Failure to comply may result in death or
injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
1. Attach lifting device to engine lifting eyes (Figure 5, Item 1).
2. Raise engine and position on cabinet frame.
3. Align engine with pump clutch housing (Figure 5, Item 8) and install with six bolts (Figure 5, Item 6) and new
lockwashers (Figure 5, Item 7).
4. Install pump clutch ring (Figure 5, Item 5) on the engine drive flange (Figure 5, Item 2) with eight new
lockwashers (Figure 5, Item 4) and bolts (Figure 5, Item 3).

8
3, 4

6, 7

5
BAE9534

Figure 5. Engine Installation.

0139-6 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1081)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0139

INSTALLATION - Continued

5. Install four bolts (Figure 6, Item 8) and new self-locking nuts (Figure 6, Item 9) to four engine mounts
(Figure 6, Item 7) and cabinet frame.
6. Remove lifting device from engine lifting eyes (Figure 5, Item 1).
7. Install lead (Figure 6, Item 3) on oil pressure switch (Figure 6, Item 4) with screw.
8. Install harness lead (Figure 6, Item 6) on oil pressure switch (Figure 6, Item 4) and screw (Figure 6, Item 5).
9. Remove bolt (Figure 6, Item 17) and washer (Figure 6, Item 18) from engine mount (Figure 6, Item 7).
10. Install ground lead (Figure 6, Item 16) on engine mount (Figure 6, Item 7) with washer (Figure 6, Item 18)
and bolt (Figure 6, Item 17).
11. Install lead (Figure 6, Item 2) on starter motor (Figure 6, Item 1) with lockwasher and nut.
12. Install fuel return line (Figure 6, Item 10) on fitting (Figure 6, Item 12) and tighten clamp (Figure 6, Item 11).
13. Remove screw (Figure 6, Item 13) from engine shroud (Figure 6, Item 15) and install fuel return line
(Figure 6, Item 10) with clamp (Figure 6, Item 14) and screw (Figure 6, Item 13).

1 2
3

5
6
16 17 7
18 8
9
15
14 10

11
12 BAE9535

Figure 6. Engine Mount and Harness Installation.

0139-7 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1081)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0139

INSTALLATION - Continued

14. Install fuel supply line (Figure 7, Item 5) on fuel pump (Figure 7, Item 6) with bolt (Figure 7, Item 8) and
washers (Figure 7, Item 7).
15. Install muffler tray (Figure 7, Item 10), five bolts (Figure 7, Item 13), washers (Figure 7, Item 12), and new
self-locking nuts (Figure 7, Item 11) on two support brackets (Figure 7, Item 9).
16. Install firewall (Figure 7, Item 3), ten bolts (Figure 7, Item 1), 20 washers (Figure 7, Item 2), and ten new
self-locking nuts (Figure 7, Item 4) on two support brackets (Figure 7, Item 9).

1
2 6
3 5

2
13 4
7
9 8

12 10
11
9

BAE9536

Figure 7. Engine Support Bracket Installation.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Install muffler and exhaust pipe (WP 0159).

2. Install fuel stop solenoid (WP 0151).
3. Install engine electrical box (WP 0169).
4. Install engine and pump cabinet (WP 0133).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0139-8 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1081)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0140

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TIER II CAM TIMING HOSES REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Engine oil drained (WP 0005)

WARNING

Accidental or intentional introduction of liquid contaminants into the environment is a

0140-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1082)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0140

REMOVAL HOSE (FIGURE 1)

1. Remove banjo bolt (Figure 1, Item 2), washer (Figure 1, Item 3), hose (Figure 1, Item 1), and washer
(Figure 1, Item 3) from adapter (Figure 1, Item 11).
2. Remove banjo bolt (Figure 1, Item 8), washer (Figure 1, Item 7), hose (Figure 1, Item 6), washer
(Figure 1, Item 7), hose (Figure 1, Item 1), and washer (Figure 1, Item 7) from engine.

NOTE
Only remove the adapter (Figure 1, Item 11) and adapter plug (Figure 1, Item 4) if they
need to be replaced.
3. Remove banjo bolt (Figure 1, Item 9), washer (Figure 1, Item 10), adapter (Figure 1, Item 11), and washer
(Figure 1, Item 10) from engine.
4. Remove adapter plug (Figure 1, Item 4) and washer (Figure 1, Item 5) from adapter (Figure 1, Item 11).

END OF TASK

INSTALLATION HOSE (FIGURE 1)

1. Install washer (Figure 1, Item 3), hose (Figure 1, Item 1), washer (Figure 1, Item 3), and banjo bolt
(Figure 1, Item 2) to adapter (Figure 1, Item 11).
2. Install washer (Figure 1, Item 7), hose (Figure 1, Item 1), washer (Figure 1, Item 7), hose (Figure 1, Item 6),
and washer (Figure 1, Item 7) with banjo bolt (Figure 1, Item 8) to engine.

NOTE
Only install the adapter (Figure 1, Item 11) and adapter plug (Figure 1, Item 4) if they
were removed.
3. Install washer (Figure 1, Item 10), adapter (Figure 1, Item 11), and washer (Figure 1, Item 10) with banjo
bolt (Figure 1, Item 9) to engine.
4. Install adapter plug (Figure 1, Item 4) and washer (Figure 1, Item 5) into adapter (Figure 1, Item 11).

2
3
1 4
5

7
10 6
11
9 10
7

8 7
BAE9537

Figure 1. Hose Replacement With Adapter Plug.

END OF TASK

0140-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1082)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0140

REMOVAL HOSE (FIGURE 2)

1. Remove banjo bolt (Figure 2, Item 6), washer (Figure 2, Item 5), hose (Figure 2, Item 4), and two washers
(Figure 2, Item 5) from engine.
2. Remove banjo bolt (Figure 2, Item 1), washer (Figure 2, Item 3), hose (Figure 2, Item 2), washer
(Figure 2, Item 3), hose (Figure 2, Item 4), and washer (Figure 2, Item 3) from engine.

END OF TASK

INSTALLATION HOSE (FIGURE 2)

1. Install washer (Figure 2, Item 3), hose (Figure 2, Item 4), washer (Figure 2, Item 3), hose (Figure 2, Item 2),
and washer (Figure 2, Item 3) with banjo bolt (Figure 2, Item 1) to engine.
2. Install two washers (Figure 2, Item 5), hose (Figure 2, Item 4), and washer (Figure 2, Item 5) with banjo bolt
(Figure 2, Item 6) to engine.

3
2
1 5
4 5
6
3
BAE9538b

Figure 2. Hose Replacement.

END OF TASK

0140-3 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1082)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0140

REMOVAL HOSE (FIGURE 3)

1. Remove banjo bolt (Figure 3, Item 5), washer (Figure 3, Item 4), hose (Figure 3, Item 6), and washer
(Figure 3, Item 4) from engine.
2. Remove clamp (Figure 3, Item 1) and hose (Figure 3, Item 6) from adapter (Figure 3, Item 2).
3. Remove adapter (Figure 3, Item 2) and washer (Figure 3, Item 3) from engine.

END OF TASK

INSTALLATION HOSE (FIGURE 3)

1. Install washer (Figure 3, Item 3) and adapter (Figure 3, Item 2) to engine.

2. Install hose (Figure 3, Item 6) to adapter (Figure 3, Item 2) with clamp (Figure 3, Item 1).
3. Install washer (Figure 3, Item 4), hose (Figure 3, Item 6), and washer (Figure 3, Item 4) with banjo bolt
(Figure 3, Item 5) to engine.

3
2
1

6 4

4
5 BAE9538c

Figure 3. Hose Replacement With Adapter.

END OF TASK

0140-4 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1082)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0140

REMOVAL HOSE (FIGURE 4)

1. Remove banjo bolt (Figure 4, Item 9), washer (Figure 4, Item 7), hose (Figure 4, Item 6), washer
(Figure 4, Item 7), hose (Figure 4, Item 8), and washer (Figure 4, Item 7) from engine.
2. Remove banjo bolt (Figure 4, Item 1), washer (Figure 4, Item 4), hose (Figure 4, Item 6), washer
(Figure 4, Item 4), hose (Figure 4, Item 5), and washer (Figure 4, Item 4) from engine.
3. Remove clamp (Figure 4, Item 3) and hose (Figure 4, Item 6) from banjo adapter (Figure 4, Item 2).

END OF TASK

INSTALLATION HOSE (FIGURE 4)

1. Install hose (Figure 4, Item 6) to banjo adapter (Figure 4, Item 2) with clamp (Figure 4, Item 3).
2. Install washer (Figure 4, Item 4), hose (Figure 4, Item 5), washer (Figure 4, Item 4), hose (Figure 4, Item 6),
and washer (Figure 4, Item 4) with banjo bolt (Figure 4, Item 1) to engine.
3. Install washer (Figure 4, Item 7), hose (Figure 4, Item 8), washer (Figure 4, Item 7), hose (Figure 4, Item 6),
and washer (Figure 4, Item 7) with banjo bolt (Figure 4, Item 9) to engine.

4
7
3
2 6
1
5 8
4 7
9 BAE9538a

Figure 4. Hose Replacement With Banjo Adapter.

END OF TASK

0140-5 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1082)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0140

FOLLOW ON TASK

Fill engine oil (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0140-6 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1082)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0141

FIELD MAINTENANCE
CAM CASE VENTILATION REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Engine oil drained (WP 0005)

Materials/Parts
Gasket Qty: (2) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 39)

WARNING

Accidental or intentional introduction of liquid contaminants into the environment is a

0141-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1083)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0141

REMOVAL (EPA AND TIER II)

1. Remove banjo bolt (Figure 1, Item 3), two washers (Figure 1, Item 2), and breather hose (Figure 1, Item 1)
from intake manifold.
2. Remove clamp (Figure 1, Item 4), breather hose (Figure 1, Item 1), and breather (Figure 1, Item 5).
3. Remove breather (Figure 1, Item 5), breather adapter (Figure 1, Item 6), and gasket (Figure 1, Item 7) from
engine. Discard gasket (Figure 1, Item 7).

END OF TASK

INSTALLATION (EPA AND TIER II)

1. Install new gasket (Figure 1, Item 7), breather adapter (Figure 1, Item 6), and breather (Figure 1, Item 5)
to engine.
2. Install breather hose (Figure 1, Item 1) to breather (Figure 1, Item 5) with clamp (Figure 1, Item 4).
3. Install two washers (Figure 1, Item 2), breather hose (Figure 1, Item 1), and banjo bolt (Figure 1, Item 3) to
intake manifold.

1 2

2
3
4

6
7
BAE9486

Figure 1. Camcase Ventilation Replacement (EPA and Tier II).

END OF TASK

0141-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1083)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0141

REMOVAL (EPA)

1. Loosen clamp (Figure 2, Item 5) and remove hose (Figure 2, Item 1) from clamp (Figure 2, Item 5).
2. Loosen clamp (Figure 2, Item 2) and remove hose (Figure 2, Item 1) and clamp (Figure 2, Item 2) from
breather tube fitting (Figure 2, Item 3).
3. Remove breather tube fitting (Figure 2, Item 3) and gasket (Figure 2, Item 4) from engine. Discard gasket
(Figure 2, Item 4).

END OF TASK

INSTALLATION (EPA)

1. Install new gasket (Figure 2, Item 4) and breather tube fitting (Figure 2, Item 3) to engine.
2. Install clamp (Figure 2, Item 2) and hose (Figure 2, Item 1) on breather tube fitting (Figure 2, Item 3).
3. Install hose (Figure 2, Item 1) in clamp (Figure 2, Item 5) and tighten clamp (Figure 2, Item 5).

1
2
3
5 4

BAE9487

Figure 2. Camcase Ventilation Replacement (EPA).

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

Fill engine oil (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0141-3/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1083)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0142

FIELD MAINTENANCE
ENGINE OIL PAN AND DIPSTICK REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 12)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Rag, Wiping
Wrench, Torque (WP 0215, Table 1, Item 13) (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 13)

Materials/Parts Equipment Condition

Cleaning Compound, Solvent Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
(WP 0214, Table 1, Item 19) Engine removed (WP 0133)
Gasket (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 45)
Lubricating Oil

WARNING

Accidental or intentional introduction of liquid contaminants into the environment is a

0142-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1084)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0142

OIL PAN REMOVAL

1. Remove drain plug (Figure 1, Item 3) and washer (Figure 1, Item 4) from oil pan (Figure 1, Item 2), and
allow oil to drain.
2. Remove 26 bolts (Figure 1, Item 5), washers (Figure 1, Item 6), oil pan (Figure 1, Item 2), and gasket
(Figure 1, Item 1) from engine. Discard gasket (Figure 1, Item 1).

6 4
3
5 BAE9539

Figure 1. Engine Oil Pan Replacement.

END OF TASK

0142-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1084)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0142
CLEANING AND INSPECTION
WARNING

• Solvent cleaning compound MIL-PRF-680 may be irritating to the eyes and skin.
Wear protective gloves and eye protection. First aid for skin contact: remove
contaminated clothing. Wash skin thoroughly with soap and water. First aid for eye
contact: flush with water for 15 minutes or until irritation subsides. If symptoms
persist, seek medical attention. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to
personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• Use solvent cleaning compound MIL-PRF-680 in a well-ventilated area. Use
respirator as needed. Accidental ingestion can cause irritation of digestive tract and
respiratory tract. May cause lung and central nervous system damage. Can be fatal
if swallowed. Inhalation of high/massive concentrations can cause coma or be fatal.
First aid for ingestion: DO NOT induce vomiting. Seek immediate medical attention.
First aid for inhalation: move to fresh air. If not breathing, provide artificial
respiration. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. Failure to comply may result
in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• MIL-PRF-680 solvent is combustible; DO NOT use or store near heat, sparks,
flame, or other ignition sources. Use mechanical ventilation whenever product is
used in confined space, heated above ambient temperatures, or agitated. When
not using MIL-PRF-680 solvents, ensure MIL-PRF-680 solvent container is closed.
Store, transport, and dispose virgin/used solvents and solvent contaminated rags
in compliance with local procedures. Failure to comply may result in death or injury
to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• Cleaning solvent compound MIL-PRF-680 is toxic and flammable. ALWAYS wear eye
protection and gloves and use only in a well-ventilated area. Avoid contact with skin,
eyes, and clothes and do not breathe vapors. Do not use near open flame or excessive
heat. When not using MIL-PRF-680 solvent cleaning compounds, ensure compound
container is closed. Store, transport, and dispose virgin / used solvents and solvent
contaminated rags in compliance with local procedures and regulations. Failure to
comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event
of an injury.
• Improper cleaning methods and use of unauthorized cleaning liquids or solvents
can injure personnel and damage equipment. Failure to comply may result in death
or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.

1. Clean oil pan (Figure 1, Item 2) with solvent and a dry clean rag.
2. Inspect oil pan (Figure 1, Item 2) and hardware for cracks, breaks, and stripped threads. Replace
if damaged.

END OF TASK

0142-3
TM 9-2330-330-13 0142

OIL PAN INSTALLATION

1. Position new gasket (Figure 2, Item 8) on oil pan (Figure 2, Item 3) and install oil pan on engine with 26
washers (Figure 2, Item 7) and bolts (Figure 2, Item 6).
2. Alternate torquing of bolts (Figure 2, Item 6) to 18 lb ft (24 N·m).
3. Install washer (Figure 2, Item 5) and drain plug (Figure 2, Item 4) in oil pan (Figure 2, Item 3).
4. Fill engine crankcase to proper fluid level (WP 0005).

7 5
4
6 BAE9540

Figure 2. Engine Oil Pan and Dipstick Replacement.

END OF TASK

0142-4 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1084)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0142

DIPSTICK REPLACEMENT

NOTE
If dipstick assembly is reinforced with a screw, remove screw.
1. Remove dipstick assembly (Figure 2, Items 1 and 2).

NOTE
If dipstick assembly was reinforced with a screw, install screw.
2. Install dipstick assembly (Figure 2, Items 1 and 2).

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

Install engine (WP 0133).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0142-5/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1084)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0143

FIELD MAINTENANCE
ENGINE OIL FILTER REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Engine oil crankcase drained (WP 0206)
Negative battery cables disconnected (WP 0005)
Materials/Parts
Lubricating Oil (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 10)
Rag, Wiping (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 13)

Equipment Condition
Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)

WARNING

Accidental or intentional introduction of liquid contaminants into the environment is a

0143-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1085)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0143

REMOVAL

1. Place drain pan under oil filter (Figure 1, Item 1).

2. Remove oil filter (Figure 1, Item 1) from oil filter head (Figure 1, Item 2). Discard filter (Figure 1, Item 1).
3. Wipe oil filter head (Figure 1, Item 2) area clean with rags.

END OF TASK

INSTALLATION

1. Coat gasket of new oil filter (Figure 1, Item 1) with clean engine oil.
2. Install new oil filter (Figure 1, Item 1) to oil filter head (Figure 1, Item 2) until contact is made and tighten an
additional 1/4 turn.

1 2

BAE9231

Figure 1. Engine Oil Filter Replacement.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Connect negative battery cables (WP 0005).

2. Refill engine oil crankcase (WP 0206).
3. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).
4. Operate engine to visually inspect for leaks (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

1. Install engine shroud (WP 0165).

2. Add engine oil as necessary (WP 0005).
3. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0145-3/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1087)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0146

FIELD MAINTENANCE
OIL FILL ADAPTER REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's Qty: (4) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 51)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10)
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Gasket (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 37) Drain engine oil (WP 0005)
Washer, Lock

WARNING

Accidental or intentional introduction of liquid contaminants into the environment is a

0146-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1088)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0146

REMOVAL

Remove cap (Figure 1, Item 1), four screws (Figure 1, Item 5), lockwashers (Figure 1, Item 4), one engine
oil fill adapter (Figure 1, Item 3), and gasket (Figure 1, Item 2) from engine. Discard lockwashers
(Figure 1, Item 4) and gasket (Figure 1, Item 2).

4
2
5
3
4
5 BAE9541

Figure 1. Oil Fill Adapter Replacement.

END OF TASK

INSTALLATION

Install four screws (Figure 1, Item 5), new lockwashers (Figure 1, Item 4), one engine oil fill adapter
(Figure 1, Item 3), and new gasket (Figure 1, Item 2) on engine. Install cap (Figure 1, Item 1).

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

Fill engine oil (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0146-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1088)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0147

FIELD MAINTENANCE
INTAKE MANIFOLD REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's Qty: (9) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 51)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10)
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Gasket Qty: (3) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 43) Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
Gasket (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 44) Negative battery cables disconnected (WP 0005)
Tape, Antiseizing Exhaust manifold removed (WP 0160)
(WP 0214, Table 1, Item 22) Glow plugs removed (WP 0148)
Washer, Lock

REMOVAL

1. Remove hose clamp (Figure 1, Item 7) and hose (Figure 1, Item 8) from flange (Figure 1, Item 5).
2. Remove one nut (Figure 1, Item 6), three lockwashers (Figure 1, Item 2), two bolts (Figure 1, Item 1), flange
(Figure 1, Item 5), and gasket (Figure 1, Item 3) from manifold (Figure 1, Item 4). Discard lockwashers
(Figure 1, Item 2) and gasket (Figure 1, Item 3).
3. Disconnect air cleaner restriction indicator line (Figure 1, Item 9).

2 4
1
3

5
2
7 6
8 BAE9239

Figure 1. Intake Manifold Removal.

0147-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1089)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0147

REMOVAL - Continued

4. Remove six nuts (Figure 2, Item 5), lockwashers (Figure 2, Item 4), three gaskets (Figure 2, Item 3), and
intake manifold (Figure 2, Item 1) from engine (Figure 2, Item 2). Discard lockwashers (Figure 2, Item 4) and
gaskets (Figure 2, Item 3).

5
4

BAE9238

Figure 2. Intake Manifold Replacement.

END OF TASK

INSTALLATION

NOTE
Apply antiseizing tape to threads.
1. Install intake manifold (Figure 2, Item 1), three new gaskets (Figure 2, Item 3), six new lockwashers
(Figure 2, Item 4), and nuts (Figure 2, Item 5) to engine (Figure 2, Item 2).
2. Connect air cleaner restriction indicator line (Figure 3, Item 9).
3. Install new gasket (Figure 3, Item 3) and flange (Figure 3, Item 5) to manifold (Figure 3, Item 4) with two
bolts (Figure 3, Item 1), three new lockwashers (Figure 3, Item 2), and one nut (Figure 3, Item 6).
4. Install hose (Figure 3, Item 8) and hose clamp (Figure 3, Item 7) to flange (Figure 3, Item 5).

0147-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1089)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0147

INSTALLATION - Continued

2 4
1
3

5
2
7 6
8 BAE9239a

Figure 3. Intake Manifold Installation.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Install glow plugs (WP 0148).

2. Install exhaust manifold (WP 0160).
3. Connect negative battery cables (WP 0005).
4. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0147-3/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1089)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0148

FIELD MAINTENANCE
GLOW PLUGS REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Negative battery cables disconnected (WP 0005)
Wrench, Torque (WP 0215, Table 1, Item 13) Exhaust manifold removed (WP 0160)
Intake manifold removed (WP 0147)
Materials/Parts
Tape, Antiseizing
(WP 0214, Table 1, Item 22)

Equipment Condition
Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)

NOTE
There are three glow plugs. This procedure replaces one glow plug. The other glow plugs
are replaced the same way.

REMOVAL

Remove one glow plug (Figure 1, Item 1) from intake manifold (Figure 1, Item 2).

FR
ON
T

BAE9229
ENGINE SHOWN REMOVED FOR CLARITY

Figure 1. Glow Plug Removal.

END OF TASK

0148-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1090)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0148

INSTALLATION

NOTE
Apply antiseizing tape to threads.
Install one glow plug (Figure 2, Item 1) to intake manifold (Figure 2, Item 2). Tighten glow plugs to 50 Ib ft
(68 N·m).

FR
ON
T

ENGINE SHOWN REMOVED FOR CLARITY BAE9229a

Figure 2. Glow Plug Installation.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Install intake manifold (WP 0147).

2. Install exhaust manifold (WP 0160).
3. Connect negative battery cables (WP 0005).
4. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0148-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1090)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0149

FIELD MAINTENANCE
FUEL INJECTION LINES AND FITTINGS REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Negative battery cables disconnected (WP 0005)

Equipment Condition
Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)

WARNING

Accidental or intentional introduction of liquid contaminants into the environment is a

NOTE
There are three sets of fuel injection lines. This procedure replaces one fuel injection line.
The other fuel injection lines are replaced the same way.

0149-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1091)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0149

REMOVAL

1. Remove screw (Figure 1, Item 3), washer (Figure 1, Item 2), fuel injection return line (Figure 1, Item 1), and
washer (Figure 1, Item 2) from ported screw (Figure 1, Item 8).
2. Remove ported screw (Figure 1, Item 8), washer (Figure 1, Item 7), fuel supply line (Figure 1, Item 6), and
washer (Figure 1, Item 7) from fuel metering pump (Figure 1, Item 5).
3. Loosen coupling nut (Figure 1, Item 4) at fuel metering pump (Figure 1, Item 5).

1 2 3

2
8
4
7

TM 9-2330-330-13 0150

FIELD MAINTENANCE
FUEL INJECTION REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's Engine removed (WP 0139)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10)
Wrench, Torque (WP 0215, Table 1, Item 13)

Materials/Parts
Gasket (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 40)

WARNING

Accidental or intentional introduction of liquid contaminants into the environment is a

NOTE
There are three fuel injectors. This procedure replaces one fuel injector. The other fuel
injectors are replaced the same way.

0150-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1092)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0150

REMOVAL

1. Loosen nut and disconnect fuel injection line (Figure 1, Item 5) from bracket (Figure 1, Item 4) on fuel
injector (Figure 1, Item 8).
2. Remove clamp (Figure 1, Item 9) and fuel injection return line (Figure 1, Item 1) from fuel injector
(Figure 1, Item 8).
3. Remove screw (Figure 1, Item 3), lockpin (Figure 1, Item 2), and bracket (Figure 1, Item 4) from fuel injector
(Figure 1, Item 8).

CAUTION
Use extreme care when removing fuel injector. Sealing gaskets/shims may become loose
causing faulty injector and engine performance. Failure to comply may result in damage to,
or destruction of, equipment or mission.
4. Remove fuel injector (Figure 1, Item 8) from engine (Figure 1, Item 7).
5. Remove gasket (Figure 1, Item 6) from fuel injector (Figure 1, Item 8). Discard gasket (Figure 1, Item 6).

2 4
1

9
6
8

BAE9542

Figure 1. Fuel Injector Replacement.

END OF TASK

0150-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1092)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0150

INSTALLATION

1. Install new gasket (Figure 1, Item 6) on fuel injector (Figure 1, Item 8).
2. Install fuel injector (Figure 1, Item 8) on engine (Figure 1, Item 7). Ensure inlet and outlet port are
positioned correctly.
3. Install bracket (Figure 1, Item 4), lockpin (Figure 1, Item 2), and screw (Figure 1, Item 3) on fuel injector
(Figure 1, Item 8).
4. Install fuel injection return line (Figure 1, Item 1) and clamp (Figure 1, Item 9) on fuel injector
(Figure 1, Item 8).
5. Install bracket (Figure 1, Item 4) on fuel injection line (Figure 1, Item 5) to fuel injector (Figure 1, Item 8) and
torque nut.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

Install engine (WP 0139).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0150-3/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1092)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0151

FIELD MAINTENANCE
FUEL PUMP REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's Qty: (2) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 51)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10)
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Gasket (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 95) Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
Tag, Marker (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 21)
Washer, Lock

WARNING

Accidental or intentional introduction of liquid contaminants into the environment is a

NOTE
• Tag all wires, hoses, tubing, and connections prior to removal for ease
of installation.
• Tier II fuel pump is mounted at an angle, but removal and installation are
the same.

0151-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1093)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0151

REMOVAL

1. Remove two screws (Figure 1, Item 1), washers (Figure 1, Item 2), fuel lines (Figure 1, Item 3), and washers
(Figure 1, Item 2) from fuel pump (Figure 1, Item 4).

NOTE
If studs are damaged, replace.
2. Remove two nuts (Figure 1, Item 8), lockwashers (Figure 1, Item 7), fuel pump (Figure 1, Item 4), and
gasket (Figure 1, Item 6) from crankcase (Figure 1, Item 5). Discard lockwashers (Figure 1, Item 7) and
gasket (Figure 1, Item 6).

1, 2 3 4

FR
ON
T
ENGINE SHOWN REMOVED FOR CLARITY 7, 8 6 BAE9241

Figure 1. Fuel Pump Replacement.

END OF TASK

INSTALLATION

1. Install new gasket (Figure 1, Item 6), fuel pump (Figure 1, Item 4), two new lockwashers (Figure 1, Item 7),
and nuts (Figure 1, Item 8) to crankcase (Figure 1, Item 5).
2. Install two washers (Figure 1, Item 2), fuel lines (Figure 1, Item 3), washers (Figure 1, Item 2), and screws
(Figure 1, Item 1) to fuel pump (Figure 1, Item 4).

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Bleed air from system.

2. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0151-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1093)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0152

FIELD MAINTENANCE
FUEL PUMP, TIER II REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s Semitrailer bonded and grounded (WP 0005)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)

Materials/Parts
Gasket (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 38)
Sealing Compound (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 14)

WARNING

Accidental or intentional introduction of liquid contaminants into the environment is a

0152-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1094)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0152

REMOVAL

1. Disconnect fuel line (Figure 1, Item 10) from elbow (Figure 1 Item 1) on fuel pump (Figure 1, Item 4).
2. Remove screw (Figure 1, Item 2), washer (Figure 1, Item 3), and fuel line (Figure 1, Item 9) from fuel pump
(Figure 1, Item 4).

NOTE
Gasket is used to adjust drive rod travel from crankcase. Measure and record thickness of
gasket upon removal.
3. Remove washer (Figure 1, Item 6), screw (Figure 1, Item 5), fuel pump (Figure 1, Item 4), and gasket
(Figure 1, Item 7) from crankcase (Figure 1, Item 8). Discard gasket (Figure 1, Item 7).
4. Remove elbow (Figure 1, Item 1) from fuel pump (Figure 1, Item 4).

2, 3

4
6

5
9
8 7

10 6
5
4 BAE9543

Figure 1. Fuel Pump Replacement.

END OF TASK

INSTALLATION

1. Position new gasket (Figure 1, Item 7) on crankcase (Figure 1, Item 8).

2. Apply sealing compound to threads of elbow (Figure 1, Item 1) and install on fuel pump (Figure 1, Item 4).
3. Install gasket (Figure 1, Item 7) and fuel pump (Figure 1, Item 4) on crankcase (Figure 1, Item 8) with
washer (Figure 1, Item 6) and screw (Figure 1, Item 5).
4. Install fuel line (Figure 1, Item 9) on fuel pump (Figure 1, Item 4) with washer (Figure 1, Item 3) and screw
(Figure 1, Item 2).
5. Connect fuel line (Figure 1, Item 10) to elbow (Figure 1, Item 1) on fuel pump (Figure 1, Item 4).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0152-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1094)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0153

FIELD MAINTENANCE
AIR CLEANER RESTRICTION INDICATOR REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)

REMOVAL

1. Loosen tube nut (Figure 1, Item 2) from underside of engine shroud (Figure 1, Item 4).
2. Loosen coupling nut (Figure 1, Item 3) from underside of engine shroud (Figure 1, Item 4) and remove air
restriction indicator (Figure 1, Item 1).

4 3 2

BAE9259

Figure 1. Air Cleaner Restriction Indicator Removal.

END OF TASK

0153-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1095)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0153

INSTALLATION

1. Install indicator (Figure 2, Item 1) to top of engine shroud (Figure 2, Item 4) and tighten coupling nut
(Figure 2, Item 3).
2. Tighten tube nut (Figure 2, Item 2) to underside of engine shroud (Figure 2, Item 4).

4 3 2 BAE9260

Figure 2. Air Cleaner Restriction Indicator Installation.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0153-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1095)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0154

FIELD MAINTENANCE
AIR DUCT HOSE REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)

REMOVAL

1. Loosen hose clamp (Figure 1, Item 3) at air cleaner (Figure 1, Item 2) and disconnect air duct hose
(Figure 1, Item 4).
2. Loosen hose clamp (Figure 1, Item 1) at air intake manifold (Figure 1, Item 5) and remove air duct hose
(Figure 1, Item 4).

2
1

4
3 BAE9261

Figure 1. Air Duct Hose Removal.

END OF TASK

0154-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1096)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0154

INSTALLATION

1. Connect air duct hose (Figure 2, Item 4) on air intake manifold (Figure 2, Item 5) and tighten hose clamp
(Figure 2, Item 1).
2. Install opposite end of air duct hose (Figure 2, Item 4) at air cleaner (Figure 2, Item 2) and tighten hose
clamp (Figure 2, Item 3).

1 2

4
3 BAE9262

Figure 2. Air Duct Hose Installation.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0154-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1096)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0155

FIELD MAINTENANCE
ENGINE FUEL LINES REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10)

WARNING

Accidental or intentional introduction of liquid contaminants into the environment is a

0155-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1097)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0155

FUEL SUPPLY LINES REMOVAL

1. Disconnect fuel supply line (Figure 1, Item 1) from elbow (Figure 1, Item 2) at fuel tank (Figure 1, Item 12).
2. Remove banjo bolt (Figure 1, Item 3), two washers (Figure 1, Item 4), and fuel supply line (Figure 1, Item 1)
from fuel pump (Figure 1, Item 5).
3. Remove banjo bolt (Figure 1, Item 6), two washers (Figure 1, Item 7), and fuel pump to fuel filter line
(Figure 1, Item 11) from fuel pump (Figure 1, Item 5).
4. Remove banjo bolt (Figure 1, Item 8), two washers (Figure 1, Item 9), and fuel pump to fuel filter line
(Figure 1, Item 11) from fuel filter housing (Figure 1, Item 10).

6, 7
5
8, 9

1 2
3, 4
1

12 11

BAE9527

Figure 1. Fuel Supply Lines Replacement.

END OF TASK

FUEL RETURN LINE REMOVAL

1. Remove clamp (Figure 2, Item 3) and fuel return line (Figure 2, Item 6) from engine.
2. Remove fuel return line (Figure 2, Item 6) from fittings (Figure 2, Items 4 and 5).
3. Disconnect fuel return line (Figure 2, Item 6) from elbow (Figure 2, Item 2) on fuel tank and remove fuel
return line (Figure 2, Item 6) from grommet (Figure 2, Item 7) on engine shroud (Figure 2, Item 1).

0155-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1097)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0155

FUEL RETURN LINE REMOVAL - Continued

2 3 4
1

7 6 6 5 BAE9528

Figure 2. Fuel Return Lines Replacement.

END OF TASK

FUEL RETURN LINE INSTALLATION

1. Connect fuel return line (Figure 2, Item 6) to elbow (Figure 2, Item 2) on fuel tank.
2. Route fuel return line (Figure 2, Item 6) through grommet (Figure 2, Item 7) on engine shroud
(Figure 2, Item 1) and install on fittings (Figure 2, Items 4 and 5) with clamp (Figure 2, Item 3).
3. Install fuel return line (Figure 2, Item 6) on engine with clamp (Figure 2, Item 3).

END OF TASK

FUEL SUPPLY LINES INSTALLATION

1. Install banjo bolt (Figure 1, Item 8), two washers (Figure 1, Item 9), and fuel pump to fuel filter line
(Figure 1, Item 11) on fuel filter housing (Figure 1, Item 10).
2. Install fuel pump to fuel filter line (Figure 1, Item 11) on fuel pump (Figure 1, Item 5) with two washers
(Figure 1, Item 7) and banjo bolt (Figure 1, Item 6).
3. Install fuel supply line (Figure 1, Item 1) on fuel pump (Figure 1, Item 5) with banjo bolt (Figure 1, Item 3)
and two washers (Figure 1, Item 4).
4. Connect fuel supply line (Figure 1, Item 1) to elbow (Figure 1, Item 2) at fuel tank (Figure 1, Item 12).

END OF TASK

0155-3 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1097)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0155

FOLLOW ON TASK

Run engine; inspect for leaks (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0155-4 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1097)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0156

FIELD MAINTENANCE
ENGINE FUEL TANK REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

WARNING

Accidental or intentional introduction of liquid contaminants into the environment is a

FIELD MAINTENANCE
ENGINE FUEL FILTER AND HOUSING REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's Qty: (2) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 52)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10)
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Washer, Lock

WARNING

Accidental or intentional introduction of liquid contaminants into the environment is a

0157-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1100)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0157

REMOVAL

NOTE
If only changing filter, perform Step 1.
1. Remove fuel filter (Figure 1, Item 6) from fuel filter housing (Figure 1, Item 5).
2. Remove lockwasher (Figure 1, Item 8), nut (Figure 1, Item 7), metric screw (Figure 1, Item 4), and housing
(Figure 1, Item 5) from fuel filter housing bracket (Figure 1, Item 1). Discard lockwasher (Figure 1, Item 8).
3. Remove bolt (Figure 1, Item 3), lockwasher (Figure 1, Item 2), and fuel filter housing bracket
(Figure 1, Item 1) from engine. Discard lockwasher (Figure 1, Item 2).

1
4
2
3

5
8
7
6

BAE9544

Figure 1. Engine Fuel Filter and Housing Replacement.

END OF TASK

INSTALLATION

1. Install fuel filter housing bracket (Figure 1, Item 1), new lockwasher (Figure 1, Item 2), and bolt
(Figure 1, Item 3) on engine.
2. Install housing (Figure 1, Item 5), nut (Figure 1, Item 7), new lockwasher (Figure 1, Item 8), and metric
screw (Figure 1, Item 4) on fuel filter housing bracket (Figure 1, Item 1).
3. Install fuel filter (Figure 1, Item 6) on fuel filter housing (Figure 1, Item 5).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0157-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1100)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0158

FIELD MAINTENANCE
ENGINE THROTTLE CABLE REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)

Materials/Parts
Strap, Tiedown (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 20)

REMOVAL

NOTE
Remove and discard tiedown straps as found.
1. Loosen screw (Figure 1, Item 1) on cable stop (Figure 1, Item 4) at governor throttle lever (Figure 1, Item 2)
and disconnect throttle cable (Figure 1, Item 3).

1 2

4
3

FR
ON
T

ENGINE SHOWN REMOVED FOR CLARITY BAE9263

Figure 1. Engine Throttle Cable Disconnection.

0158-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1101)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0158

REMOVAL - Continued

2. Remove nut (Figure 2, Item 2), washer (Figure 2, Item 1), and throttle cable (Figure 2, Item 3).

Figure 2. Engine Throttle Cable Replacement.

END OF TASK

INSTALLATION

1. Connect throttle cable (Figure 2, Item 3) and install washer (Figure 2, Item 1) and nut (Figure 2, Item 2).
2. Route end of throttle cable (Figure 2, Item 3) through cable guide (Figure 3, Item 3).

NOTE
Install new tiedown straps as necessary.
3. Install cable (Figure 3, Item 4) through cable stop (Figure 3, Item 5) at governor throttle lever
(Figure 3, Item 2) and tighten screw (Figure 3, Item 1).

0158-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1101)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0158

INSTALLATION - Continued

1 2 3

5
4

BAE9265

Figure 3. Engine Throttle Cable Installation.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0158-3/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1101)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0159

FIELD MAINTENANCE
MUFFLER AND EXHAUST PIPE REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s Qty: (6) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 72)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Washer, Lock
Wrench, Torque (WP 0215, Table 1, Item 13) Qty: (2) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 51)

Materials/Parts Equipment Condition

Gasket (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 36) Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Nut, Self-Locking Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)

REMOVAL

1. Remove two nuts (Figure 1, Item 1), lockwashers (Figure 1, Item 2), stud (Figure 1, Item 3), and gasket
(Figure 1, Item 4) from exhaust pipe (Figure 1, Item 6) at exhaust manifold (Figure 1, Item 5). Discard
lockwashers (Figure 1, Item 2) and gasket (Figure 1, Item 4).

1, 2, 3 4 5

6
BAE9266

Figure 1. Exhaust Pipe to Manifold Connection.

0159-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1102)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0159

REMOVAL - Continued

2. Remove two self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 5), washers (Figure 2, Item 6), bolts (Figure 2, Item 7), and
muffler (Figure 2, Item 8) from muffler support (Figure 2, Item 2). Discard self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 5).
3. Remove four nuts (Figure 2, Item 3), two U-bolts (Figure 2, Item 4), and exhaust pipes (Figure 2, Item 1)
from muffler (Figure 2, Item 8).

1 2 3 1

8 5, 6, 7 4 BAE9267

Figure 2. Muffler and Support.

NOTE
If muffler supports are damaged, remove per Step 4.
4. Remove four self-locking nuts (Figure 3, Item 3), eight washers (Figure 3, Item 4), four bolts
(Figure 3, Item 6), two brackets (Figure 3, Item 5), and loop clamps (Figure 3, Item 2) from upper muffler
shroud (Figure 3, Item 1). Discard self-locking nuts (Figure 3, Item 3).

6
4

5
4 2
3
BAE9267a

Figure 3. Muffler Support Replacement.

END OF TASK

0159-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1102)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0159

INSTALLATION

NOTE
If muffler supports were removed, install per Step 1.
1. Install two loop clamps (Figure 3, Item 2), brackets (Figure 3, Item 5), four bolts (Figure 3, Item 6), eight
washers (Figure 3, Item 4), and four new self-locking nuts (Figure 3, Item 3) to upper muffler shroud
(Figure 3, Item 1). Torque self-locking nuts (Figure 3, Item 3) to 85 lb ft (115 N·m).
2. Install exhaust pipes (Figure 2, Item 1), two U-bolts (Figure 2, Item 4), and four nuts (Figure 2, Item 3) to
muffler (Figure 2, Item 8).
3. Install muffler (Figure 2, Item 8), two bolts (Figure 2, Item 7), washers (Figure 2, Item 6), and new
self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 5) to muffler support (Figure 2, Item 2).
4. Install new gasket (Figure 4, Item 4), stud (Figure 4, Item 3), two new lockwashers (Figure 4, Item 2), and
nuts (Figure 4, Item 1) to exhaust pipe (Figure 4, Item 6) at exhaust manifold (Figure 4, Item 5).

1, 2, 3 4 5

6
BAE9268

Figure 4. Muffler and Exhaust Pipe Installation.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0159-3/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1102)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0160

FIELD MAINTENANCE
ENGINE EXHAUST MANIFOLD REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s Qty: (12) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 88)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10)
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Gasket Qty: (3) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 35) Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
Gasket Qty: (3) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 36) Negative battery cables disconnected (WP 0005)
Washer, Lock

REMOVAL

1. Remove two nuts (Figure 1, Item 8), lockwashers (Figure 1, Item 7), one exhaust pipe flange
(Figure 1, Item 9), and gasket (Figure 1, Item 6) from exhaust manifold (Figure 1, Item 5). Discard gasket
(Figure 1, Item 6) and lockwashers (Figure 1, Item 7).
2. Remove six nuts (Figure 1, Item 2), lockwashers (Figure 1, Item 3), one exhaust manifold (Figure 1, Item 5),
and three gaskets (Figure 1, Item 4) from studs (Figure 1, Item 1). Discard lockwashers (Figure 1, Item 3)
and gaskets (Figure 1, Item 4).

1, 2, 3 4 5 6

7, 8

FR
ON
T
9

ENGINE SHOWN REMOVED

FOR CLARITY

BAE9234

Figure 1. Engine Exhaust Manifold Removal.

0160-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1103)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0160

REMOVAL - Continued

3. Remove four nuts (Figure 2, Item 2), lockwashers (Figure 2, Item 3), two metal plates (Figure 2, Item 5), and
gaskets (Figure 2, Item 4) from exhaust manifold (Figure 2, Item 1). Discard lockwashers
(Figure 2, Item 3) and gaskets (Figure 2, Item 4).

2, 3
2, 3 4, 5
4, 5 BAE9235

Figure 2. Engine Exhaust Manifold.

END OF TASK

INSTALLATION

1. Install two new gaskets (Figure 2, Item 4), metal plates (Figure 2, Item 5), four new lockwashers
(Figure 1, Item 3), and nuts (Figure 2, Item 2) to exhaust manifold (Figure 2, Item 1).

NOTE
Be sure to check studs for damage. Replace if damaged.
2. Install three new gaskets (Figure 3, Item 4), one exhaust manifold (Figure 3, Item 5), six new lockwashers
(Figure 3, Item 3), and nuts (Figure 3, Item 2) to studs (Figure 3, Item 1).
3. Install new gasket (Figure 3, Item 6), one exhaust pipe flange (Figure 3, Item 9), two nuts (Figure 3, Item 8),
and two new lockwashers (Figure 1, Item 7) to exhaust manifold (Figure 3, Item 5).

0160-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1103)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0160

INSTALLATION - Continued

1, 2, 3 4 5 6

7, 8

BAE9236

Figure 3. Engine Exhaust Manifold Installation.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Connect negative battery cables (WP 0005).

2. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0160-3/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1103)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0161

FIELD MAINTENANCE
ENGINE HEAT SHIELD REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Semitrailer fuel tank drained (WP 0005)
Engine and pump cabinet removed (WP 0133)
Materials/Parts
Nut, Self-Locking
Qty: (10) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 72)

Personnel Required
Two

Equipment Condition
Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)

WARNING

The heat shield is oddly shaped and requires two persons to maneuver. Failure to comply
may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.

0161-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1104)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0161

REMOVAL

1. Remove eight self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 2), 16 washers (Figure 1, Item 3), and eight bolts
(Figure 1, Item 4) from top right and left of heat shield (Figure 1, Item 1). Discard self-locking nuts
(Figure 1, Item 2).

1 2, 3, 4

BAE9380

Figure 1. Engine Heat Shield Replacement.

2. Remove self-locking nut (Figure 2, Item 1), two washers (Figure 2, Item 2), and bolt (Figure 2, Item 3) from
heat shield (Figure 2, Item 4) and rear inside vertical support post (Figure 2, Item 5). Discard self-locking nut
(Figure 2, Item 1).

1, 2, 3 4

BAE9381

Figure 2. Rear Inside Vertical Support Post.

0161-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1104)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0161

REMOVAL - Continued

3. Remove self-locking nut (Figure 3, Item 3), two washers (Figure 3, Item 4), and bolt (Figure 3, Item 5) from
heat shield (Figure 3, Item 1) and front inside vertical support post (Figure 3, Item 2). Discard self-locking
nut (Figure 3, Item 3).
4. With an assistant, lift heat shield (Figure 3, Item 1) from semitrailer.

2
3, 4, 5 BAE9382

Figure 3. Front Inside Vertical Support Post.

END OF TASK

INSTALLATION

1. With an assistant, lift heat shield (Figure 3, Item 1) into position on semitrailer.
2. Install bolt (Figure 3, Item 5), two washers (Figure 3, Item 4), and new self-locking nut (Figure 3, Item 3) to
heat shield (Figure 3, Item 1) and front inside vertical support post (Figure 3, Item 2).
3. Install bolt (Figure 2, Item 3), two washers (Figure 2, Item 2), and new self-locking nut (Figure 2, Item 1) to
heat shield (Figure 2, Item 4) and rear inside vertical support post (Figure 2, Item 5).
4. Install eight bolts (Figure 1, Item 4), 16 washers (Figure 1, Item 3), and eight new self-locking nuts
(Figure 1, Item 2) to top right and left of heat shield (Figure 1, Item 1).

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Install engine and pump cabinet (WP 0133).

2. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0161-3/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1104)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0162

FIELD MAINTENANCE
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s Qty: (4) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 51)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10)
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Belting, V (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 87) Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
Washer, Lock Fuel tank removed (WP 0156)
Qty: (3) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 50) Fan shroud removed (WP 0164)
Washer, Lock

REMOVAL

1. Remove seven screws (Figure 1, Item 1) and grille (Figure 1, Item 2) from engine (Figure 1, Item 3).

1 2

3 BAE9252

Figure 1. Engine Grille Removal.

0162-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1105)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0162

REMOVAL - Continued

2. Remove three nuts (Figure 2, Item 1) and lockwashers (Figure 2, Item 2) from outer pulley half
(Figure 2, Item 3). Discard lockwashers (Figure 2, Item 2).

NOTE
If only replacing the belt, stop after Step 3. Only perform required steps to replace faulty
components.
3. Remove outer pulley half (Figure 2, Item 3) and fan belt (Figure 2, Item 4).

1, 2 3 4

6, 7 5 BAE9253

Figure 2. Engine Fan Belt Replacement.

4. Remove cooling fan pulley center nut (Figure 3, Item 1) and washer (Figure 3, Item 2).

NOTE
Remove studs only if damaged.
5. Remove three studs (Figure 3, Item 9).
6. Remove cooling fan spacers (Figure 3, Item 3) and pulley (Figure 3, Item 4).
7. Remove cooling fan nuts (Figure 3, Item 6), lockwashers (Figure 3, Item 7), studs (Figure 3, Item 8), and
cooling fan (Figure 3, Item 5). Discard lockwashers (Figure 3, Item 7).
8. Remove crankshaft pulley bolt (Figure 2, Item 6), washer (Figure 2, Item 7), and crankshaft pulley
(Figure 2, Item 5).

0162-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1105)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0162

REMOVAL - Continued

4
3 6
1 2 7

8
9
BAE9253a

Figure 3. Cooling Fan Replacement.

END OF TASK

INSTALLATION

NOTE
If only replacing the belt, only perform Steps 6 through 8.
1. Install crankshaft pulley (Figure 2, Item 5), washer (Figure 2, Item 7), and crankshaft pulley bolt
(Figure 2, Item 6).
2. Install cooling fan (Figure 3, Item 5) with studs (Figure 3, Item 9), new lockwashers (Figure 3, Item 7), and
cooling fan nuts (Figure 3, Item 6).
3. Install cooling fan spacers (Figure 3, Item 3) and pulley (Figure 3, Item 4).
4. If removed, install cooling fan pulley studs (Figure 3, Item 8).
5. Install cooling fan pulley center nut (Figure 3, Item 1) and washer (Figure 3, Item 2).
6. Install belt (Figure 2, Item 4), outer pulley half (Figure 2, Item 3), three new lockwashers
(Figure 2, Item 2), and nuts (Figure 2, Item 1).
7. Alternately tighten nuts (Figure 2, Item 1) on outer pulley half (Figure 2, Item 3), while slowly rotating
crankshaft pulley bolt (Figure 2, Item 5).

0162-3 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1105)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0162

INSTALLATION - Continued

NOTE
• After tightening belt per Step 2, belt deflection should be 0.1875 in. (5 mm) to 0.25
in. (6 mm). If deflection exceeds 0.25 in. (6 mm), remove outer pulley half and one
shim. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 until proper deflection is achieved.
• When installing grille, note that the two short screws fit in the two lower holes
in grille.
8. Install grille (Figure 4, Item 2) and seven screws (Figure 4, Item 1) to engine (Figure 4, Item 3).

1 2

3 BAE9254

Figure 4. Engine Grille Installation.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Install fan shroud (WP 0164).

2. Install fuel tank (WP 0156).
3. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0162-4 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1105)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0163

FIELD MAINTENANCE
ENGINE CRANKSHAFT PULLEY REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10)

Materials/Parts
Key, Woodruff (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 122)

CAUTION
Crankshaft pulley screw has left-handed threads. Turn clockwise to loosen and counter
clockwise to tighten. Failure to comply may result in damage to, or destruction of,
equipment or mission.

REMOVAL

1. Remove bolt (Figure 1, Item 5) and washer (Figure 1, Item 4) from crankshaft pulley (Figure 1, Item 3).
2. Remove crankshaft pulley (Figure 1, Item 3) and woodruff key (Figure 1, Item 1) from crankshaft
(Figure 1, Item 2). Discard woodruff key (Figure 1, Item 1).

4 3
5 BAE9545

Figure 1. Crankshaft Pulley Removal.

END OF TASK

0163-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1106)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0163

INSTALLATION

Position new woodruff key (Figure 2, Item 1) and crankshaft pulley (Figure 2, Item 3) on crankshaft
(Figure 2, Item 2) and install with washer (Figure 2, Item 4) and bolt (Figure 2, Item 5).

4 3
5 BAE9545a

Figure 2. Crankshaft Pulley Installation.

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0163-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1106)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0164

FIELD MAINTENANCE
ENGINE AIR CLEANER AND AIR CLEANER SUPPORT SHROUD REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Curbside optic socket box bracket removed from
fan shroud (WP 0078)
Air restriction indicator removed (WP 0153)
Materials/Parts Fuel tank removed (WP 0156)
Nut, Self-Locking Remove air filter (WP 0069)
Qty: (9) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 72)
Nut, Self-Locking
Qty: (4) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 74)

Equipment Condition
Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)

INTAKE AIR CLEANER DISASSEMBLY

1. Remove hose clamp (Figure 1, Item 6) and air intake hose (Figure 1, Item 7) from air cleaner
(Figure 1, Item 1).
2. Remove two screws (Figure 1, Item 2), nuts (Figure 1, Item 3), clamping bands (Figure 1, Item 4), and air
cleaner (Figure 1, Item 1) from two air cleaner mounting brackets (Figure 1, Item 5).

1 2, 3

BAE9255
7 6

Figure 1. Intake Air Cleaner Removal.

END OF TASK

0164-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1108)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0164

INTAKE AIR CLEANER ASSEMBLY

1. Install air cleaner (Figure 2, Item 1), two clamping bands (Figure 2, Item 4), nuts (Figure 2, Item 3), and
screws (Figure 2, Item 2) to two air cleaner mounting brackets (Figure 2, Item 4).
2. Install air intake hose (Figure 2, Item 7) and hose clamp (Figure 2, Item 6) to air cleaner (Figure 2, Item 1).

1 2, 3

7 6 BAE9258

Figure 2. Intake Air Cleaner Installation.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

Install air filter (WP 0069).

END OF TASK

ENGINE FAN SHROUD REMOVAL

1. Remove four self-locking nuts (Figure 3, Item 7), eight washers (Figure 3, Item 8), four bolts
(Figure 3, Item 9), two clamping bands (Figure 3, Item 5), and three lines (Figure 3, Item 10) from engine fan
shroud (Figure 3, Item 6). Discard self-locking nuts (Figure 3, Item 7).
2. Remove three self-locking nuts (Figure 3, Item 2), six washers (Figure 3, Item 3), three bolts
(Figure 3, Item 4), and shroud (Figure 3, Item 6) from muffler shield (Figure 3, Item 1). Discard self-locking
nuts (Figure 3, Item 2).

0164-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1108)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0164

ENGINE FAN SHROUD REMOVAL - Continued

2, 3, 4 5
1 6
2, 3, 4

10 7, 8, 9 BAE9256

Figure 3. Air Cleaner Clamping Bands.

3. Remove six self-locking nuts (Figure 4, Item 2), 12 washers (Figure 4, Item 3), six bolts
(Figure 4, Item 4), and shroud (Figure 4, Item 1) from engine frame (Figure 4, Item 5). Discard self-locking
nuts (Figure 4, Item 2).

2, 3, 4

BAE9257

Figure 4. Engine Fan Shroud Replacement.

END OF TASK

ENGINE FAN SHROUD INSTALLATION

1. Install shroud (Figure 4, Item 1), six bolts (Figure 4, Item 4), 12 washers (Figure 4, Item 3), and six new
self-locking nuts (Figure 4, Item 2) to frame (Figure 4, Item 5).
2. Instal shroud (Figure 3, Item 6), three bolts (Figure 3, Item 4), six washers (Figure 3, Item 3), and three new
self-locking nuts (Figure 3, Item 2) to shield (Figure 3, Item 1).
3. Install two clamping bands (Figure 3, Item 5), four bolts (Figure 3, Item 9), eight washers (Figure 3, Item 8),
four new self-locking nuts (Figure 3, Item 7), and three lines (Figure 3, Item 10) to shroud (Figure 3, Item 6).

END OF TASK

0164-3 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1108)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0164

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Install fuel tank (WP 0156).

2. Install air restriction indicator (WP 0153).
3. Install curbside optic socket box bracket to fan shroud (WP 0078).
4. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0164-4 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1108)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0165

FIELD MAINTENANCE
ENGINE SHROUD REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Negative battery cables disconnected (WP 0005)

Equipment Condition
Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)

NOTE
Any shrouds not depicted in this work package are similarly replaced.

REMOVAL

1. Remove two thumb screws (Figure 1, Item 6) and pan (Figure 1, Item 5) from shroud (Figure 1, Item 1).
2. Remove two screws (Figure 1, Item 7), washers (Figure 1, Item 8), five bolts (Figure 1, Item 9), washers
(Figure 1, Item 10), and shroud (Figure 1, Item 1).
3. Remove two bolts (Figure 1, Item 12) and rear shroud (Figure 1, Item 11).
4. Remove four bolts (Figure 1, Item 2), washers (Figure 1, Item 3), and shroud mount (Figure 1, Item 4).

2 3 4

1
5

6
11
10 9 8 7 BAE9354

Figure 1. Engine Shroud Removal.

END OF TASK

0165-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1109)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0165

INSTALLATION

1. Install shroud mount (Figure 2, Item 4), four washers (Figure 2, Item 3), and bolts (Figure 2, Item 2).
2. Install rear shroud (Figure 2, Item 11) and two bolts (Figure 2, Item 12).
3. Install shroud (Figure 2, Item 1), five washers (Figure 2, Item 10), bolts (Figure 2, Item 9), two washers
(Figure 2, Item 8), and screws (Figure 2, Item 7).
4. Install pan (Figure 2, Item 5) and two thumb screws (Figure 2, Item 6) to shroud (Figure 2, Item 1).

2 3 4

1
5

6
11
10 9 8 7 BAE9355

Figure 2. Engine Shroud Installation.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Connect negative battery cables (WP 0005).

2. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0165-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1109)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0166

FIELD MAINTENANCE
ALTERNATOR DRIVE BELT REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s Qty: (8) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 119)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10)
Wrench, Torque
Equipment Condition
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 12)
Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
Materials/Parts Negative battery cables disconnected (WP 0005)
Washer, Lock Alternator removed (WP 0167)

REMOVAL

NOTE
It will be necessary to rotate crankshaft to access mounting screws securing flex plate to
alternator drive belt pulley. Engine is turned using crankshaft pulley bolt.
1. Remove eight screws (Figure 1, Item 1) and lockwashers (Figure 1, Item 2) from ring (Figure 1, Item 3) and
flywheel (Figure 1, Item 4). Discard lockwashers (Figure 1, Item 2).

4
3
1, 2

BAE9274

Figure 1. Drive Belt and Flywheel.

0166-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1110)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0166

REMOVAL - Continued

2. Separate drivering (Figure 2, Item 2) from rubber element (Figure 2, Item 3) and push drivering
(Figure 2, Item 2) toward rear.
3. Maneuver drivebelt (Figure 2, Item 4) through drivering (Figure 2, Item 2) and over rubber element
(Figure 2, Item 3).
4. Using two pry bars (Figure 2, Item 6), pry rubber element (Figure 2, Item 3) from flywheel (Figure 2, Item 1)
and maneuver drivebelt (Figure 2, Item 4) from between rubber element (Figure 2, Item 3) and flywheel
(Figure 2, Item 1).

3 4
2
1

6
5

BAE9275

Figure 2. Drive Belt Replacement.

END OF TASK

INSTALLATION

1. Using two pry bars (Figure 2, Item 6), pry rubber element (Figure 2, Item 3) from flywheel (Figure 2, Item 1)
and maneuver drivebelt (Figure 2, Item 4) down and around rubber element (Figure 2, Item 3).
2. Maneuver drivebelt (Figure 2, Item 4) over rubber element (Figure 2, Item 3) and through drivering
(Figure 2, Item 2).
3. Position drivebelt (Figure 2, Item 4) on pulley (Figure 2, Item 5).

CAUTION
Do not fully torque screws at this time. Screws act as guides for installing drivering. Failure
to comply may result in damage to, or destruction of, equipment or mission.
4. Slide drivering (Figure 3, Item 4) on rubber element (Figure 3, Item 5).
5. Align holes of drivering (Figure 3, Item 4) with mounting holes of flywheel (Figure 3, Item 3) and install eight
new lockwashers (Figure 3, Items 2) and screws (Figure 3, Item 1).
6. Alternately torque screws (Figure 3, Item 1) to 126 lb in. (14 N·m).

0166-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1110)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0166

INSTALLATION - Continued

4 5
3
1, 2

BAE9276

Figure 3. Drive Belt and Flywheel Installation.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Install alternator (WP 0167).

2. Connect negative battery cables (WP 0005).
3. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0166-3/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1110)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0167

FIELD MAINTENANCE
ALTERNATOR AND MOUNTING BRACKET MAINTENANCE

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools References

ADJUSTMENT

1. Loosen three nuts (Figure 4, Items 2 and 4) holding alternator (Figure 4, Item 1) in place.
2. Pull alternator (Figure 4, Item 1) away from engine (Figure 5, Item 2) until tension on belt (Figure 5, Item 4)
only allows 0.13 to 0.25 in. (3 to 6 mm) deflection.

0167-4 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1111)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0167

ADJUSTMENT - Continued

1 2

4 3 BAE9270a

Figure 5. Alternator Belt and Pulley Adjustment.

3. Tighten three nuts (Figure 4, Items 2 and 4) to secure alternator (Figure 4, Item 1) in place.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Connect negative battery cables (WP 0005).

2. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0167-5/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1111)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0168

FIELD MAINTENANCE
STARTER AND STARTER SHROUD REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s Qty: (3) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 52)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10)
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Nut, Self-Locking Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
Qty: (2) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 99) Negative battery cables disconnected (WP 0005)
Washer, Lock

REMOVAL

1. Remove two self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 1), four washers (Figure 1, Item 2), two bolts
(Figure 1, Item 3), and shroud (Figure 1, Item 4) from bracket (Figure 1, Item 5). Discard self-locking nuts
(Figure 1, Item 1).

1, 2, 3

5 4 BAE9281

Figure 1. Starter Shroud.

0168-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1112)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0168

REMOVAL - Continued

2. Remove nut (Figure 2, Item 3), washer (Figure 2, Item 4), lockwasher (Figure 2, Item 5), and cable
(Figure 2, Item 2) from solenoid (Figure 2, Item 1). Discard lockwasher (Figure 2, Item 5).
3. Remove screw (Figure 2, Item 7) and electrical connector (Figure 2, Item 8) from solenoid (Figure 2, Item 1).
4. Remove two nuts (Figure 2, Item 9), lockwashers (Figure 2, Item 10), and starter (Figure 2, Item 6) from
studs (Figure 2, Item 11). Discard lockwashers (Figure 2, Item 10).

1
2

3, 4, 5

9, 10, 11 8 7 6 BAE9282

Figure 2. Starter Removal.

END OF TASK

INSTALLATION

1. Install starter (Figure 2, Item 6), two new lockwashers (Figure 2, Item 10), and nuts (Figure 2, Item 9) to
studs (Figure 2, Item 11).
2. Install electrical connector (Figure 2, Item 8) and screw (Figure 2, Item 7) to solenoid (Figure 2, Item 1).
3. Install cable (Figure 2, Item 2), new lockwasher (Figure 2, Item 5), washer (Figure 2, Item 4), and nut
(Figure 2, Item 3) to solenoid (Figure 2, Item 1).
4. Install shroud (Figure 3, Item 4), two bolts (Figure 3, Item 3), four washers (Figure 3, Item 2), and two new
self-locking nuts (Figure 3, Item 1) to bracket (Figure 3, Item 5).

0168-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1112)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0168

INSTALLATION - Continued

1, 2, 3

5 4 BAE9437

Figure 3. Starter Installation.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Connect negative battery cables (WP 0005).

2. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0168-3/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1112)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0169

FIELD MAINTENANCE
ENGINE ELECTRICAL BOX REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's Tag, Marker (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 21)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Washer, Lock
Tool Kit, Electrical Qty: (6) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 117)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 9)
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Nut, Self-Locking Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
Qty: (12) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 99) Negative battery cables disconnected (WP 0005)

NOTE
Tag all wires, hoses, tubing, and connections prior to removal for ease of installation.

REMOVAL

1. Remove two bolts (Figure 1, Item 2), four washers (Figure 1, Item 3), and two self-locking nuts
(Figure 1, Item 4) at top of engine electrical control box (Figure 1, Item 5) and lower front cover
(Figure 1, Item 1). Discard self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 4).

1 2, 3, 4

BAE9277

Figure 1. Engine Electrical Box Cover Removal.

0169-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1113)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0169

REMOVAL - Continued

2. Remove four nuts (Figure 2, Item 7) and wires (Figure 2, Item 4) from two circuit breakers (Figure 2, Item 8).
3. Remove four nuts (Figure 2, Item 14) and five wires (Figure 2, Item 13) from solenoid (Figure 2, Item 12).
4. Remove two connectors (Figure 2, Item 9), circuit breaker (Figure 2, Item 10), and nut (Figure 2, Item 11).
5. Remove 16 screws (Figure 2, Item 2) and 22 wires (Figure 2, Item 1) from busbar (Figure 2, Item 3).
6. Remove seven nuts (Figure 2, Item 5) and conduits (Figure 2, Item 6) from control box (Figure 2, Item 16).
7. Remove four self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 17), eight washers (Figure 2, Item 18), four bolts
(Figure 2, Item 19), and control box (Figure 2, Item 16) from two brackets (Figure 2, Item 15). Discard
self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 17).

4 5 6 7
8
3 9
2 10
1
11

17, 18, 19
13
14

15
16

17, 18, 19
15

8 4 7 17, 18, 19 BAE9278

Figure 2. Engine Electrical Box Removal.

END OF TASK

DISASSEMBLY

NOTE
If brackets are damaged, perform Step 1.
1. Remove two self-locking nuts (Figure 3, Item 2), four washers (Figure 3, Item 3), two bolts
(Figure 3, Item 4), and two brackets (Figure 3, Item 1). Discard self-locking nuts (Figure 3, Item 2).

0169-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1113)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0169

DISASSEMBLY - Continued

1
4
3

3
2

BAE9279c

Figure 3. Bracket Disassembly.

2. Remove two self-locking nuts (Figure 4, Item 4), two washers (Figure 4, Item 2), two bolts (Figure 4, Item 1),
and inner panel (Figure 4, Item 5) from control box (Figure 4, Item 3). Discard self-locking nuts
(Figure 4, Item 4).

4
3

2
1

5 BAE9279d

Figure 4. Inner Panel Disassembly.

0169-3 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1113)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0169

DISASSEMBLY - Continued

3. Remove four bolts (Figure 5, Item 1), lockwashers (Figure 5, Item 2), and busbar (Figure 5, Item 3) from
inner panel (Figure 5, Item 12). Discard lockwashers (Figure 5, Item 2).
4. Remove four bolts (Figure 5, Item 16) and two circuit breakers (Figure 5, Item 17) from inner panel
(Figure 5, Item 12).
5. Remove two bolts (Figure 5, Item 15), lockwashers (Figure 5, Item 14), and solenoid (Figure 5, Item 13)
from inner panel (Figure 5, Item 12). Discard lockwashers (Figure 5, Item 14).

END OF TASK

ASSEMBLY

1. Install solenoid (Figure 5, Item 13), two bolts (Figure 5, Item 15), and new lockwashers (Figure 5, Item 14) to
inner panel (Figure 5, Item 12).
2. Install two circuit breakers (Figure 5, Item 17) and four bolts (Figure 5, Item 16) to inner panel
(Figure 5, Item 12).
3. Install busbar (Figure 5, Item 3), four bolts (Figure 5, Item 1), and new lockwashers (Figure 5, Item 2) to
inner panel (Figure 5, Item 12).

9
7 8 10
6 8

5
4

3
2
1

10
11

17
16

14 12
15
13 BAE9279e

Figure 5. Engine Electrical Box Assembly.

4. Install inner panel (Figure 5, Item 12), two bolts (Figure 5, Item 4), washers (Figure 5, Item 5), and new self-
locking nuts (Figure 5, Item 7) to control box (Figure 5, Item 6).

0169-4 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1113)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0169

ASSEMBLY - Continued

NOTE
If brackets were removed, perform Step 5.
5. Install two bolts (Figure 5, Item 9), four washers (Figure 5, Item 10), two brackets (Figure 5, Item 8), and
new self-locking nuts (Figure 5, Item 11).

END OF TASK

INSTALLATION

1. Install control box (Figure 6, Item 16), four bolts (Figure 6, Item 19), eight washers (Figure 6, Item 18), and
four new self-locking nuts (Figure 6, Item 17) to brackets (Figure 6, Item 15).
2. Install seven conduits (Figure 6, Item 6) and nuts (Figure 6, Item 5) to control box (Figure 6, Item 16).
3. Install 22 wires (Figure 6, Item 1) and 16 screws (Figure 6, Item 2) to busbar (Figure 6, Item 3).
4. Install nut (Figure 6, Item 11), circuit breaker (Figure 6, Item 10), and two connectors (Figure 6, Item 9).
5. Install five wires (Figure 6, Item 13) and four nuts (Figure 6, Item 14) to solenoid (Figure 6, Item 12).
6. Install four wires (Figure 6, Item 4) and nuts (Figure 6, Item 7) to two circuit breakers (Figure 6, Item 8).

4 5 6 7
8
3 9
2 10
1
11

17, 18, 19
13
14

15
16

17, 18, 19
15

8 4 7 17, 18, 19 BAE9278a

Figure 6. Engine Electrical Box Cover.

0169-5 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1113)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0169

INSTALLATION - Continued

7. Close control box (Figure 7, Item 5) front cover (Figure 7, Item 1) and install two bolts (Figure 7, Item 2), four
washers (Figure 7, Item 3), and two new self-locking nuts (Figure 7, Item 4).

1 2, 3, 4

ON
OFF
TO RESET MOVE
SWITCH TO “OFF”
POSSITION
BACK TO “ON”

BAE9277a

Figure 7. Engine Electrical Box Installation.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Connect negative battery cables (WP 0005).

2. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0169-6 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1113)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0170

FIELD MAINTENANCE
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Negative battery cables disconnected (WP 0005)
Tag, Marker (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 21)

WARNING

• Accidental or intentional introduction of liquid contaminants into the environment is

a violation of state, federal, and military regulations. Refer to Army Petroleum, Oils,
and Lubricants (POL) for information concerning storage, use, and disposal of
these liquids. Failure to comply may cause damage to environment and health of
personnel. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek
medical attention in the event of an injury.
• Remove or disconnect batteries prior to performing maintenance in immediate
battery area or working on electrical system. Such disconnections prevent
electrical shock to personnel or equipment. Failure to comply may result in death
or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.

NOTE
Tag all wires, hoses, tubing, and connections prior to removal for ease of installation.

0170-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1118)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0170

REMOVAL

1. Remove two screws (Figure 1, Item 7) and electrical connections (Figure 1, Item 6) attached to the oil
pressure switch (Figure 1, Item 5).
2. Remove bolt (Figure 1, Item 1), washer (Figure 1, Item 2), oil pressure switch adapter (Figure 1, Item 3),
and washer (Figure 1, Item 4) from engine (Figure 1, Item 8).
3. Remove oil pressure switch (Figure 1, Item 5) from adapter (Figure 1, Item 3).

4
3

2
1

7 6
6
7

BAE9461

Figure 1. Oil Pressure Switch Replacement.

END OF TASK

INSTALLATION

1. Install oil pressure switch (Figure 1, Item 5) to adapter (Figure 1, Item 3).
2. Install washer (Figure 1, Item 4), oil switch adapter (Figure 1, Item 3), washer (Figure 1, Item 2), and bolt
(Figure 1, Item 1) to engine (Figure 1, Item 8).
3. Connect electrical lines (Figure 1, Item 6) to oil pressure switch (Figure 1, Item 5) with two screws
(Figure 1, Item 7).

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

Connect negative battery cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0170-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1118)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0171

FIELD MAINTENANCE
ENGINE CONTROL PANEL AND WIRING MAINTENANCE

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s Qty: (4) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 78)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Tag, Marker (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 21)
Drill, Electric, Portable (WP 0215, Table 1, Item 3)
Drill Set, Twist (WP 0215, Table 1, Item 4)
References
Riveter, Blind (WP 0215, Table 1, Item 5)
WP 0083

Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
Silicone Compound
Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
(WP 0214, Table 1, Item 15)
Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
Nut, Self-Locking
Negative battery cables disconnected (WP 0005)
Qty: (4) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 106)
Rivet, Blind

NOTE
Tag all wiring harnesses and connectors prior to disconnecting if they are not already
identified or if metal ID band is missing or not readable.

DISASSEMBLY

1. Remove six screws (Figure 1, Item 1) from control panel frame (Figure 1, Item 3) and pull control panel front
cover (Figure 1, Item 2) down.
2. Remove control panel light (WP 0083).

1 2

PRE-HEATER STARTER ENGINE RPM

15 HOURS
WARNING
10 20
ON START
ENGINE RPM
ENGINE 5 25
ENGINE HOURS
TACH
0 30
24 28
20 32

RUN ENGINE RPM

0 36

ax bc

STOP

BATTERY VOLTAGE

3 20
30
40
50
60
70
80
ON
TANKER FUEL LEVEL
20
10
30
psi
40
50
20
40 60
psi
80

60 0 100
ax bc
ax bc

OFF

FILTER XP VAPOR PUMP PRESSURE OIL PRESSURE

BAE9283

Figure 1. Engine Control Panel.

0171-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1119)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0171

DISASSEMBLY - Continued

3. Remove two screws (Figure 2, Item 14), washers (Figure 2, Item 15), and disconnect two wires
(Figure 2, Item 16) from engine hourmeter (Figure 2, Item 12).
4. Remove nut (Figure 2, Item 11), bracket (Figure 2, Item 10), and hourmeter (Figure 2, Item 12) from control
panel (Figure 2, Item 13).
5. Remove two screws (Figure 2, Item 7), washers (Figure 2, Item 8), and disconnect wires (Figure 2, Item 9)
from voltmeter (Figure 2, Item 3).
6. Remove two nuts (Figure 2, Item 5), washers (Figure 2, Item 4), brackets (Figure 2, Item 6), and voltmeter
(Figure 2, Item 3) from control panel (Figure 2, Item 13).
7. Remove three nuts (Figure 2, Item 1) and disconnect three wires (Figure 2, Item 2) from tachometer
(Figure 2, Item 19).
8. Remove two nuts (Figure 2, Item 17), bracket (Figure 2, Item 18), and tachometer (Figure 2, Item 19) from
control panel (Figure 2, Item 13).

3
4, 5
2 6
1

7, 8, 9
10
11
19 12

18 17 14, 15, 16 13 BAE9284

Figure 2. Engine Hourmeter, Voltmeter, and Tachometer Removal.

9. Remove four capscrews (Figure 3, Item 1), eight washers (Figure 3, Item 2), and fuel level display
(Figure 3, Item 3) from front of control panel (Figure 3, Item 4).
10. Remove three screws (Figure 3, Item 5), washers (Figure 3, Item 6), and wires (Figure 3, Item 7) from fuel
level switch (Figure 3, Item 8).

0171-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1119)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0171

DISASSEMBLY - Continued

1, 2, 3 4

PRE-HEATER STARTER ENGINE RPM

WARNING
ON START
ENGINE
ENGINE HOURS

RUN ENGINE RPM

STOP
5, 6 7
BATTERY VOLTAGE

TANKER FUEL LEVEL 30 40 60

50
ON 20 40
40 60 psi 20 psi
80
30 70 10 50
20 80
60 0 100
ax bc
ax bc

OFF

FILTER XP VAPOR PUMP PRESSURE OIL PRESSURE

BAE9285

Figure 3. Fuel Level Indicator and Display Removal.

11. Remove five screws (Figure 4, Item 2), washers (Figure 4, Item 3), and disconnect electrical connectors
(Figure 4, Item 1) from engine starter switch (Figure 4, Item 4) and engine pre-heater switch
(Figure 4, Item 5).

2, 3

5
4

2, 3 1 BAE9287

Figure 4. Engine Start and Preheat Switches Removal.

0171-3 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1119)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0171

DISASSEMBLY - Continued

12. Remove three screws (Figure 5, Item 2), washers (Figure 5, Item 3), and toggles (Figure 5, Item 5) from
control panel (Figure 5, Item 1).
13. Remove three nuts (Figure 5, Item 6) and six washers (Figure 5, Item 7) from engine starter switch
(Figure 5, Item 4), engine pre-heater switch (Figure 5, Item 9), and engine run/stop switch (Figure 5, Item 8).

1 2, 3 4, 5 6, 7

PRE-HEATER STARTER ENGINE RPM

WARNING
ON START
ENGINE
ENGINE HOURS
5, 9
RUN ENGINE RPM

STOP

BATTERY VOLTAGE
5, 8
TANKER FUEL LEVEL 30 40 60
50
ON 20 40
40 60 psi 20 psi
80
30 70 10 50
20 80
60 0 100
ax bc
ax bc

OFF

FILTER XP VAPOR PUMP PRESSURE OIL PRESSURE

BAE9288

Figure 5. Switch Toggle Removal.

14. Remove two nuts (Figure 6, Item 2), four washers (Figure 6, Item 3), and electrical connectors
(Figure 6, Item 4) from engine run/stop switch (Figure 6, Item 1).

1 2, 3

BAE9289

Figure 6. Engine Run/Stop Switch Removal.

0171-4 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1119)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0171

DISASSEMBLY - Continued

15. Remove nut (Figure 7, Item 2) and switch (Figure 7, Item 3) from control panel (Figure 7, Item 1).

PRE-HEATER STARTER ENGINE RPM

1 WARNING
ON START
ENGINE
ENGINE HOURS

RUN ENGINE RPM

STOP

2, 3 BATTERY VOLTAGE

TANKER FUEL LEVEL 30 40 60

50
ON 20 40
40 60 psi 20 psi
80
30 70 10 50
20 80
60 0 100
ax bc
ax bc

OFF

FILTER XP VAPOR PUMP PRESSURE OIL PRESSURE

BAE9290

Figure 7. Fuel Level Switch Removal.

16. Remove nuts (Figure 8, Item 2), washers (Figure 8, Item 3), and indicator light assemblies (Figure 8, Item 1)
from control panel (Figure 8, Item 4).

4 2, 3 2, 3 BAE9291

Figure 8. Indicator Lights Removal.

0171-5 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1119)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0171

DISASSEMBLY - Continued

WARNING

Accidental or intentional introduction of liquid contaminants into the environment is a

CAUTION
Use a drain pan or appropriate containment equipment to capture any draining or leaking
fluid. Refer to local procedures and plans for preventing and responding to fluid spills or
leaks. Comply with local regulations when disposing of clean up material and leaked and
spilled fluids. Failure to comply may result in damage to, or destruction of, equipment
or mission.
17. Remove four hose fittings (Figure 9, Item 2) from three gages (Figure 9, Item 1).
18. Remove four nuts (Figure 9, Item 3), brackets (Figure 9, Item 4), and two gages (Figure 9, Item 1) from
control panel (Figure 9, Item 8).
19. Remove two nuts (Figure 9, Item 6), two screws (Figure 9, Item 5), and gage (Figure 9, Item 7) from control
panel (Figure 9, Item 8).

2
1
3

8
7
5, 6 BAE9293

Figure 9. Control Panel Oil Pressure, Pump Press Gage Removal.

0171-6 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1119)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0171

DISASSEMBLY - Continued

20. Remove silicone bead (Figure 10, Item 2) from edges of cutout (Figure 10, Item 3) at control panel rear
(Figure 10, Item 1). Discard silicone (Figure 10, Item 2).
21. Remove four self-locking nuts (Figure 10, Item 6), eight washers (Figure 10, Item 5), four bolts
(Figure 10, Item 4), and control panel (Figure 10, Item 1) from semitrailer. Discard self-locking nuts
(Figure 10, Item 6).

1 2 3

4, 5, 6

BAE9294

Figure 10. Control Panel Removal.

0171-7 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1119)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0171

DISASSEMBLY - Continued

22. Remove four nuts (Figure 11, Item 1), screws (Figure 11, Item 2), and control panel plate (Figure 11, Item 3)
from control panel (Figure 11, Item 4).

1, 2
PRE-HEATER STARTER ENGINE RPM
3
WARNING
ON

ENGINE
START

ENGINE HOURS
4
RUN ENGINE RPM

STOP

BATTERY VOLTAGE

TANKER FUEL LEVEL

OFF

FILTER XP VAPOR PUMP PRESSURE OIL PRESSURE

BAE9295

Figure 11. Control Panel Plate Removal.

23. Remove four rivets (Figure 12, Item 2) and engine operating instruction plate (Figure 12, Item 3) from
control panel lid (Figure 12, Item 1). Discard rivets (Figure 12, Item 2).

BAE9296

Figure 12. Engine Operating Instruction Plate Removal.

END OF TASK

0171-8 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1119)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0171

INSPECTION

Check all instruments for broken glass, damaged or broken terminals, corrosion, and damage to cases and
tubes. Replace damaged instrumentation. Check wiring for fraying, breaks, or damaged insulation. Check
hoses for leaks, tears, or other damage. Replace damaged wiring or hoses.

END OF TASK

ASSEMBLY

1. Install engine operating instruction plate (Figure 12, Item 3) and four new rivets (Figure 12, Item 2) to control
panel lid (Figure 12, Item 1).
2. Install control panel plate (Figure 11, Item 3), four screws (Figure 11, Item 2), and nuts (Figure 11, Item 1) to
control panel (Figure 11, Item 4).
3. Install control panel (Figure 13, Item 1), four bolts (Figure 13, Item 4), eight washers (Figure 13, Item 5), and
four new self-locking nuts (Figure 13, Item 6) to semitrailer.
4. Apply new silicone bead (Figure 13, Item 2) to edges of cutout (Figure 13, Item 3) at the control panel rear
(Figure 13, Item 1).

1 2 3

4, 5, 6

BAE9294a

Figure 13. Control Panel Installation.

0171-9 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1119)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0171

ASSEMBLY - Continued

5. Install gage (Figure 14, Item 7), two screws (Figure 14, Item 5), and nuts (Figure 14, Item 6) to control panel
(Figure 14, Item 8).
6. Install two gages (Figure 14, Item 1), four brackets (Figure 14, Item 4), and nuts (Figure 14, Item 3) to
control panel (Figure 14, Item 8).
7. Install four hose fittings (Figure 14, Item 2) to three gages (Figure 14, Item 1).

2
1
3

8
7
5, 6 BAE9293a

Figure 14. Control Panel Oil Pressure, Pump Press Gage Installation.

0171-10 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1119)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0171

ASSEMBLY - Continued

8. Install two indicator light assemblies (Figure 15, Item 1), washers (Figure 15, Item 3), and nuts
(Figure 15, Item 2) to control panel (Figure 15, Item 4).

1
1

4 2, 3 2, 3 BAE9291a

Figure 15. Indicator Lights Installation.

9. Install switch (Figure 16, Item 3) and nut (Figure 16, Item 2) on control panel (Figure 16, Item 1).

PRE-HEATER STARTER ENGINE RPM

1 WARNING
ON START
ENGINE
ENGINE HOURS

RUN ENGINE RPM

STOP

2, 3 BATTERY VOLTAGE

TANKER FUEL LEVEL 30 40 60

50
ON 20 40
40 60 psi 20 psi
80
30 70 10 50
20 80
60 0 100
ax bc
ax bc

OFF

FILTER XP VAPOR PUMP PRESSURE OIL PRESSURE

BAE9290a

Figure 16. Fuel Level Switch Installation.

0171-11 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1119)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0171

ASSEMBLY - Continued

10. Install two electrical connectors (Figure 17, Item 4), four washers (Figure 17, Item 3), and two nuts
(Figure 17, Item 2) to engine run/stop switch (Figure 17, Item 1).

1 2, 3

BAE9289a

Figure 17. Engine Run/Stop Switch Installation.

11. Install six washers (Figure 18, Item 7) and three nuts (Figure 18, Item 6) to engine run/stop switch
(Figure 18, Item 8), engine pre-heater switch (Figure 18, Item 9), and engine starter switch
(Figure 18, Item 4).
12. Install three toggles (Figure 18, Item 5), washers (Figure 18, Item 3), and screws
(Figure 18, Item 2) to control panel front (Figure 18, Item 1).

1 2, 3 4, 5 6, 7

PRE-HEATER STARTER ENGINE RPM

WARNING
ON START
ENGINE
ENGINE HOURS
5, 9
RUN ENGINE RPM

STOP

BATTERY VOLTAGE
5, 8
TANKER FUEL LEVEL 30 40 60
50
ON 20 40
40 60 psi 20 psi
80
30 70 10 50
20 80
60 0 100
ax bc
ax bc

OFF

FILTER XP VAPOR PUMP PRESSURE OIL PRESSURE

BAE9288a

Figure 18. Switch Toggle Installation.

0171-12 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1119)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0171

ASSEMBLY - Continued

13. Connect five electrical connectors (Figure 19, Item 1), washers (Figure 19, Item 3), and screws
(Figure 19, Item 2) to engine pre-heater (Figure 19, Item 5) and engine starter
(Figure 19, Item 4) switches.

1
2, 3

5
4

BAE9287a
2, 3 1

Figure 19. Engine Start and Preheat Switches Installation.

14. Install three wires (Figure 20, Item 7), washers (Figure 20, Item 6), and screws (Figure 20, Item 5) on fuel
level switch (Figure 20, Item 8).
15. Install fuel level display (Figure 20, Item 3), eight washers (Figure 20, Item 2), and four capscrews
(Figure 20, Item 1) on control panel (Figure 20, Item 4).

1, 2, 3 4

PRE-HEATER STARTER ENGINE RPM

WARNING
ON START
ENGINE
ENGINE HOURS

5, 6 7
RUN ENGINE RPM

STOP

BATTERY VOLTAGE

TANKER FUEL LEVEL 30 40 60

50
ON 20 40
40 60 psi 20 psi
80
30 70 10 50
20 80
60 0 100
ax bc
ax bc

OFF

FILTER XP VAPOR PUMP PRESSURE OIL PRESSURE

BAE9285a
8

Figure 20. Fuel Level Indicator.

0171-13 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1119)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0171

ASSEMBLY - Continued

16. Install tachometer (Figure 21, Item 19), bracket (Figure 21, Item 18), and two nuts (Figure 21, Item 17) to
control panel (Figure 21, Item 13).
17. Connect three wires (Figure 21, Item 2) and nuts (Figure 21, Item 1) to tachometer (Figure 21, Item 19).
18. Install voltmeter (Figure 21, Item 3), bracket (Figure 21, Item 6), two washers (Figure 21, Item 4), and nuts
(Figure 21, Item 5) to control panel (Figure 21, Item 13).
19. Connect two wires (Figure 21, Item 9), washers (Figure 21, Item 8), and screws (Figure 21, Item 7) to
voltmeter (Figure 21, Item 3).
20. Install hourmeter (Figure 21, Item 12), bracket (Figure 21, Item 10), and nut (Figure 21, Item 11) to control
panel (Figure 21, Item 13).
21. Connect two wires (Figure 21, Item 16), washers (Figure 21, Item 15), and screws (Figure 21, Item 14) to
hourmeter (Figure 21, Item 12).

3
4, 5
2
1 6

7, 8, 9
10
11
19 12

18 17 14, 15, 16 13 BAE9284a

Figure 21. Engine Hourmeter, Voltmeter, and Tachometer Installation.

0171-14 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1119)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0171

ASSEMBLY - Continued

22. Install control panel light (WP 0083).

23. Install six screws (Figure 22, Item 1) and control panel front cover (Figure 22, Item 2) to control panel frame
(Figure 22, Item 3).

1 2
PRE-HEATER STARTER ENGINE RPM

15 HOURS
WARNING
10 20
ON START
ENGINE RPM
ENGINE 5 25
ENGINE HOURS
TACH
0 30
24 28
20 32

RUN ENGINE RPM

0 36

ax bc

STOP

BATTERY VOLTAGE

3 20
30
40
50
60
70
80
ON
TANKER FUEL LEVEL
20
10
30
psi
40
50
20
40 60
psi
80

60 0 100
ax bc
ax bc

OFF

FILTER XP VAPOR PUMP PRESSURE OIL PRESSURE

BAE9298

Figure 22. Engine Control Panel Installation.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Connect negative battery cables (WP 0005).

2. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0171-15/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1119)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0172

FIELD MAINTENANCE
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR AND SENSOR TUBE REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s Qty: (4) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 24)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10)
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Gasket Set (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 127) Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
Tag, Marker (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 21) Negative battery cables disconnected (WP 0005)
Washer, Lock

NOTE
• This WP covers two fuel level sensor designs. Replace old design fuel level
sensors with new design fuel level sensors.
• Tag all wires, hoses, tubing, and connections prior to removal for ease
of installation.

REMOVAL (OLD DESIGN)

1. Loosen three screws (Figure 1, Item 2) and open cover (Figure 1, Item 1).
2. Disconnect six sensor wires (Figure 1, Item 4) and one ground wire (Figure 1, Item 3) from sensor
(Figure 1, Item 5).

5 4 3 BAE9299

Figure 1. Fuel Level Sensor Wiring Disconnect (Old Design).

0172-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1120)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0172

REMOVAL (OLD DESIGN) - Continued

3. Remove conduit nut (Figure 2, Item 11) and remove conduit (Figure 2, Item 10) from sensor
(Figure 2, Item 1).
4. Remove two bolts (Figure 2, Item 5), lockwashers (Figure 2, Item 4), coupling halves (Figure 2, Item 3), and
plate (Figure 2, Item 2) from support bracket (Figure 2, Item 9). Discard lockwashers (Figure 2, Item 4).
5. Remove five screws (Figure 2, Item 6), gasket (Figure 2, Item 7), sensor tube (Figure 2, Item 8), and sensor
(Figure 2, Item 1) from semitrailer. Discard gasket (Figure 2, Item 7), sensor (Figure 2, Item 1), and sensor
tube (Figure 2, Item 8).

9
10

6, 7

2, 3, 4, 5
BAE9300

Figure 2. Fuel Level Sensor and Sensor Tube Removal (Old Design).

END OF TASK

0172-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1120)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0172

REMOVAL (NEW DESIGN)

1. Remove lid (Figure 3, Item 1) to reveal wires inside fuel level sensor (Figure 3, Item 2).

BAE9300b

Figure 3. Fuel Level Sensor Cap Removal (New Design).

2. Disconnect sensor wires (Figure 4, Item 2) from fuel level sensor (Figure 4, Item 3).
3. Disconnect wiring harness (Figure 4, Item 1) and remove.

3 2
BAE9300a

Figure 4. Fuel Level Sensor Wiring Disconnect (New Design).

0172-3 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1120)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0172

REMOVAL (NEW DESIGN) - Continued

4. Remove four bolts (Figure 5, Item 2) and lockwashers (Figure 5, Item 3) from base of fuel level sensor
(Figure 5, Item 1). Discard lockwashers (Figure 5, Item 3).
5. Remove fuel level sensor (Figure 5, Item 1) and gasket (Figure 5, Item 4). Discard gasket (Figure 5, Item 4).

2
3

4
BAE9302b

Figure 5. Fuel Level Sensor Replacement (New Design).

END OF TASK

INSTALLATION (NEW DESIGN)

1. Install new gasket (Figure 5, Item 4) and fuel level sensor (Figure 5, Item 1) into top of semitrailer.
2. Install four bolts (Figure 5, Item 2) and new lockwashers (Figure 5, Item 3) into four holes at base of fuel
level sensor (Figure 5, Item 1) and tighten.
3. Connect six sensor wires and one ground wire (Figure 6, Item 2) to fuel level sensor (Figure 6, Item 3).
4. Connect and tighten wiring harness (Figure 6, Item 1).

0172-4 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1120)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0172

INSTALLATION (NEW DESIGN) - Continued

3 2
BAE9300c

Figure 6. Fuel Level Sensor Wiring Connect (New Design).

5. Install and tighten lid (Figure 7, Item 1) on fuel level sensor (Figure 7, Item 2).

BAE9300d

Figure 7. Fuel Level Sensor Cap Installation (New Design).

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Connect negative battery cables (WP 0005).

2. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0172-5/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1120)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0173

FIELD MAINTENANCE
VAPOR RECOVERY SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s Qty: (8) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 56)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10)
References
Materials/Parts WP 0194
Tape, Antiseizing
(WP 0214, Table 1, Item 22)
Equipment Condition
Gasket (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 8)
Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Gasket (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 67)
Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
Nut, Self-Locking
Brake interlock valve removed (WP 0105)

Figure 4. Vent Valve and Hose Flange Installation.

0173-5 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1122)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0173

INSTALLATION - Continued

6. Install hose (Figure 5, Item 3) and hose clamps (Figure 5, Item 2) to flange (Figure 5, Item 1) and cap
(Figure 5, Item 4).
7. Install band clamp (Figure 5, Item 5) and two nuts (Figure 5, Item 6) to cap (Figure 5, Item 4).

2 3 2
1

5
6 BAE9307

Figure 5. Vapor Recovery Installation.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Install brake interlock valve (WP 0105).

2. Adjust vent valve push rod (WP 0194).
3. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0173-6 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1122)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0174

FIELD MAINTENANCE
VAPOR INTEGRITY TEST

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools References (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s TB ORD 1031
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) WP 0173
WP 0194
References
DOT 49CFR180.407 Equipment Condition
DOT 49CFR180.409 Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
DOT 49CFR180.415 Semitrailer bonded and grounded (WP 0005)
METHOD 27

NOTE
• Perform Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Method 27 for the leak test; this
procedure tests tankers to MC306 and DOT 406 Standards. This will be performed
to California EPA standards.
• Testing personnel must be registered with DOT in accordance with DOT regulation
49CFR180.409.

PRESSURE TEST PREPARATION

WARNING

0174-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1123)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0174

PRESSURE TEST PREPARATION - Continued

CAUTION
• Monometer with a precision of 0.1 in. (3 mm) H2O must be used for the vapor
recovery test. Failure to use a monometer of this precision will not provide
accurate results and may result in equipment leaks and possible failure. Failure to
comply may result in damage to, or destruction of, equipment or mission.
• Use a drain pan or appropriate containment equipment to capture any draining or
leaking fluid. Refer to local procedures and plans for preventing and responding to
fluid spills or leaks. Comply with local regulations when disposing of clean up
material and leaked and spilled fluids. Failure to comply may result in damage to,
or destruction of, equipment or mission.

NOTE
• Select an area with minimum temperature changes, which directly affect pressure
readings. Do not perform the pressure test in direct sunlight.
• Visually inspect outside of tank and all associated piping. Look for stained areas
that indicate obvious leakage. Repair obvious leaks prior to performing pressure
test. Inspect discharge valve to ensure leak-free operation.
• Make sure test equipment gages are set to zero by turning adjusting screw on
each gage.
1. Open manhole cover (Figure 1, Item 7), install test plate (Figure 1, Item 2), and fasten securely.
2. Ensure clamp ring (Figure 1, Item 3) for manhole cover (Figure 1, Item 7) is fastened securely.
3. Ensure both 3 in. (76 mm) cleanout caps (Figure 1, Item 1) are fastened securely.
4. Ensure vapor vent valve (Figure 1, Item 4), hood clamp (Figure 1, Item 5), and hose clamps
(Figure 1, Item 6) are fastened securely.

2
1

4
6 5 BAE8462
BAE9462

Figure 1. Manhole Cover and Vapor Vent Assembly.

0174-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1123)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0174

PRESSURE TEST PREPARATION - Continued

5. Remove dust cap (Figure 2, Item 1) from vapor vent line (Figure 2, Item 2).
6. Attach coupling assembly (Figure 2, Item 3) to vapor vent line (Figure 2, Item 2).
7. Attach regulator assembly (Figure 2, Item 5) to coupling assembly (Figure 2, Item 3) using two hose
assemblies (Figure 2, Item 4).

5
4

BAE9463

Figure 2. Vapor Vent Line and Coupling Assembly.

0174-3 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1123)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0174

PRESSURE TEST PREPARATION - Continued

8. On regulator assembly (Figure 3, Item 16), close control shut-off valve (Figure 3, Item 1), valve
(Figure 3, Item 7), draincock valve (Figure 3, Item 6), and valve (Figure 3, Item 14), and open valve
(Figure 3, Item 8). On coupling assembly (Figure 3, Item 2), close valves (Figure 3, Items 3 and 4) and open
valve (Figure 3, Item 5).
9. Turn valves (Figure 3, Items 9, 10, and 11) on regulator assembly (Figure 3, Item 16) to the horizontal
position for positive pressure reading.

WARNING

Make sure regulator is set to its lowest setting (turned fully counterclockwise) to avoid
overpressure in tank. The pneumatic test pressure in the tank must be reached gradually.
If tank is overpressurized, close control shut-off valve and open draincock valve to reduce
overpressure. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical
attention in the event of an injury.
10. Connect air pressure supply to regulator assembly port (Figure 3, Item 13).

1
2
16
3
15
14
13
12 4
11
10
5
9

8
7 6 BAE9464

Figure 3. Coupling and Regulator Assembly.

END OF TASK

0174-4 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1123)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0174

PRESSURE TEST PROCEDURE

1. Open emergency valve A (Figure 4, Item 2) and valves D and E (Figure 4, Items 3 and 4). Close valves G
and J (Figure 4, Items 5 and 1).

3 4

1 2

F K
B
B

J
G

BAE9465
5

Figure 4. Control Valves and Regulator Assembly.

2. Open control shut-off valve (Figure 3, Item 1) on regulator assembly (Figure 3, Item 16).

WARNING

CAUTION
Use a drain pan or appropriate containment equipment to capture any draining or leaking
fluid. Refer to local procedures and plans for preventing and responding to fluid spills or
leaks. Comply with local regulations when disposing of clean up material and leaked and
spilled fluids. Failure to comply may result in damage to, or destruction of, equipment
or mission.
3. Slowly adjust regulator assembly (Figure 3, Item 16) by turning regulator knob (Figure 3, Item 15) clockwise
to increase flow of air into vapor return line and tank until a pressure reading of 18 in. (46 cm)
Water Column (wc) is obtained on gage (Figure 3, Item 12).
4. Close control shut-off valve (Figure 3, Item 1) on regulator assembly (Figure 3, Item 16).
5. Wait five minutes to verify that pressure reading remains stable at 18 in. (46 cm) wc.

0174-5 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1123)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0174

PRESSURE TEST PROCEDURE - Continued

6. Close draincock valve (Figure 5, Item 6) after tank pressure has stabilized at 18 in. (46 cm) wc on gage
(Figure 5, Item 7) and begin timing.
7. At the end of an additional five minutes, record the time and final pressure from gage (Figure 5, Item 7). If
pressure drops more than 0.5 in. (13 mm) wc, repressurize tank per Step 3 before connecting.
8. Check tank for leaks. Repair tank if leaking and restart test at Step 1.

CAUTION
• Although an emergency valve leak does not constitute a K stamp (indicating
compliance with DOT 49CFR180.407 (h)) failure if the leak is internal, proper
emergency valve operator function is required for safe operation. Failure to comply
may result in damage to, or destruction of, equipment or mission.
• Use a drain pan or appropriate containment equipment to capture any draining or
leaking fluid. Refer to local procedures and plans for preventing and responding to
fluid spills or leaks. Comply with local regulations when disposing of clean up
material and leaked and spilled fluids. Failure to comply may result in damage to,
or destruction of, equipment or mission.
9. Close emergency valve A (Figure 5, Item 1) and monitor gage (Figure 5, Item 7) on regulator
assembly (Figure 5, Item 8).
10. Wait five minutes to verify that pressure reading remains stable. If pressure drops more than 0.5 in.
(13 mm) wc on gage (Figure 5, Item 7), go to Step 11. If pressure remains at 18 in. (46 cm) wc, go to
Step 14.
11. Look for leaks in vapor vent line (Figure 5, Item 4); check vapor vent hood (Figure 5, Item 2), vapor vent
hose (Figure 5, Item 10), and hose clamps (Figure 5, Item 9).
12. Return tank and piping system to normal atmospheric pressure by opening G valve (Figure 5, Item 11) and
emergency valve A (Figure 5, Item 1).
13. Repair any leaks found in vapor vent line (Figure 5, Item 4) (WP 0173). Restart test at Step 1.
14. Return vapor vent line (Figure 5, Item 4) to atmospheric pressure by opening draincock valve
(Figure 5, Item 6) of regulator assembly (Figure 5, Item 8).
15. On regulator assembly (Figure 5, Item 8), close draincock valve (Figure 5, Item 6) and monitor gage
(Figure 5, Item 7) for five minutes.
16. If no increase in pressure is indicated on gage (Figure 5, Item 7), vapor vent valve (Figure 5, Item 3) is
functional. Go to Step 19. If there is an increase in pressure more than 0.5 in. (13 mm) wc, vapor vent valve
(Figure 5, Item 3) is leaking. Go to Step 17.
17. Return vapor vent line (Figure 5, Item 4) to atmospheric pressure by opening draincock valve
(Figure 5, Item 6) of regulator assembly (Figure 5, Item 8).
18. Repair any leaks found in vapor vent valve (Figure 5, Item 3). Restart test at Step 1.
19. Return tank and piping system to normal atmospheric pressure by opening G valve (Figure 5, Item 11) and
emergency valve A (Figure 5, Item 1).
20. Remove coupling assembly (Figure 5, Item 5) from vapor vent line (Figure 5, Item 4). Install coupling
assembly (Figure 5, Item 5) on discharge port of valve B (Figure 5, Item 12). Install a dust cap on the open
vapor vent line (Figure 5, Item 4).
21. Open emergency valve A (Figure 5, Item 1). Pressurize tank and piping system according to Steps 3 thru 5
and then continue with Step 22.

0174-6 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1123)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0174

PRESSURE TEST PROCEDURE - Continued

1 E

F K
B
B

J
G

11 12

2
9
3

7 4
5

6 BAE9466

Figure 5. Vapor Vent Line and Control Valves.

0174-7 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1123)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0174

PRESSURE TEST PROCEDURE - Continued

22. On regulator assembly (Figure 6, Item 1), monitor gage (Figure 6, Item 2) for five minutes to verify that
pressure reading remains stable at 18 in. (46 cm) wc. If pressure does not drop more than 0.5 in.
(13 mm) wc, go to Step 23.

BAE9467

Figure 6. Regulator Assembly.

23. Repressurize tank and piping system according to Steps 3 thru 5. Close emergency valve A
(Figure 7, Item 2). Monitor gage (Figure 6, Item 2) for five minutes. If pressure does not drop, go to
Step 24. If pressure drops more than 0.5 in. (13 mm) wc, piping system is leaking. Go to Step 27.
24. Check cleanout caps (Figure 7, Item 1), manhole cover (Figure 7, Item 6), precheck circuit, and
weld seams.
25. Return tank and piping system to atmospheric pressure by opening manifold drain valve (Figure 7, Item 5)
and emergency valve A (Figure 7, Item 2).
26. Repair leak as required. Restart test from Step 1.
27. Locate leak in piping system, check G valve (Figure 7, Item 4), D valve (Figure 7, Item 3), precheck circuit,
and hose clamps.
28. Return tank and piping system to atmospheric pressure by opening manifold drain valve (Figure 7, Item 5)
and emergency valve A (Figure 7, Item 2).
29. Repair piping system leak as required. Restart test from Step 1.
30. Return tank and piping system to atmospheric pressure by closing emergency valve A (Figure 7, Item 2)
and valve D (Figure 7, Item 3).
31. Open manifold drain valve (Figure 7, Item 5) and monitor gage (Figure 6, Item 2) on regulator assembly
(Figure 6, Item 1) for five minutes.
32. If pressure on gage (Figure 6, Item 2) does not increase, go to Step 35. If pressure increases more than
0.5 in. (13 mm) wc and emergency valve is leaking, go to Step 33.

0174-8 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1123)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0174

PRESSURE TEST PROCEDURE - Continued

CAUTION
Although an emergency valve leak does not constitute a K stamp (indicating compliance
with DOT 49CFR180.407 (h)) failure if the leak is internal, proper emergency valve
operator function is required for safe semitrailer operation. Failure to comply may result in
damage to, or destruction of, equipment or mission.
33. Return tank and piping system to atmospheric pressure by opening manifold drain valve (Figure 7, Item 5)
and emergency valve A (Figure 7, Item 2).

NOTE
Do Steps 34 and 35 after test has been completed.
34. Repair emergency valve in accordance with (WP 0194). Restart test from Step 1.
35. Return tank and piping system to atmospheric pressure by opening manifold drain valve (Figure 7, Item 5)
and emergency valve A (Figure 7, Item 2).

3
1

2 E

F K
B
B

J
6 G

5
4

BAE9468

Figure 7. Piping System.

NOTE
After successful completion of various tests, DOT regulation 49CFR180.415 requires that a
tanker be stamped with the appropriate letter (“K" stamp for leak test), as well as the test
date (month and year).
36. Close all valves initially opened for pneumatic leak test to allow fuel storage.

END OF TASK

0174-9 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1123)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0174

VACUUM TEST PREPARATION

WARNING

• Use extreme caution when walking or working on the top of semitrailer. Walkway
can become slippery due to moisture or fuel spillage. Failure to comply may result
in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• Before performing the pressure or vacuum test, the semitrailer must be grounded
to an approved (earth) ground and must be safe to proceed. Failure to follow this
warning may cause a spark to ignite. Failure to comply may result in death or injury
to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• Make sure tank and piping system are free of all liquid and that tank is purged of
all fuel vapor (implement the cleaning procedures, as applicable, refer to
TB ORD 1031). Failure to follow this warning may cause a spark to ignite. Failure
to comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the
event of an injury.
• Always relieve pressure in tank before opening manhole cover. Pressure may
cause manhole cover to burst open. Failure to comply may result in death or injury
to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
1. Open manhole cover (Figure 8, Item 21), install test plate (Figure 8, Item 2), and fasten securely.
2. Ensure clamp ring (Figure 8, Item 3) for manhole cover (Figure 8, Item 21) is fastened securely.
3. Ensure both 3 in. (76 mm) cleanout caps (Figure 8, Item 1) are fastened securely.
4. Remove dust cap (Figure 8, Item 19) from vapor vent line (Figure 8, Item 20).
5. Attach coupling assembly (Figure 8, Item 7) to vapor vent line (Figure 8, Item 20).
6. Attach regulator assembly (Figure 8, Item 18) to hose assemblies (Figure 8, Item 6), and attach hose
assemblies (Figure 8, Item 6) to coupling assemblies (Figure 8, Item 7).
7. On regulator assembly (Figure 8, Item 18), close control shut-off valve (Figure 8, Item 9) and draincock
valve (Figure 8, Item 10), and open valves (Figure 8, Items 11 and 16).
8. On coupling assembly (Figure 8, Item 7), close valves (Figure 8, Items 4 and 8) and open
valve (Figure 8, Item 5).
9. On regulator assembly (Figure 8, Item 18), turn valves (Figure 8, Items 12, 13, and 14) to vertical position
for negative pressure reading.
10. Slowly adjust regulator assembly (Figure 8, Item 18) to its lowest setting by turning regulator knob
(Figure 8, Item 17) fully clockwise.
11. Connect vacuum supply to regulator assembly port (Figure 8, Item 15).

0174-10 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1123)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0174

VACUUM TEST PREPARATION - Continued

2
1

20
9 7
18
19 8
17
16
15

14 4
13
5
12
6
11
10 BAE9469

Figure 8. Vacuum Test Preparation.

END OF TASK

0174-11 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1123)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0174

VACUUM TEST PROCEDURE

1. Open valves (Figure 9, Items 3 and 4) and emergency valve A (Figure 9, Item 2). Close G valve
(Figure 9, Item 5) and manifold drain valve (Figure 9, Item 1).
2. Open control shut-off valve (Figure 9, Item 6) on regulator assembly (Figure 9, Item 9).

WARNING

• Never remove any accessory items (e.g., manhole cover, cleanout caps) during
pressure test. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek
medical attention in the event of an injury.
• Do not overpressurize tank. If tank is overpressurized, close control shut-off valve
and open draincock valve to reduce overpressure. Failure to comply may result in
death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
3. Slowly adjust regulator assembly (Figure 9, Item 9) by turning regulator knob (Figure 9, Item 10)
counterclockwise to increase flow of air and evacuate tank and piping system, until a vacuum reading of
6.0 in. ± 0.5 in. (152 mm ± 13 mm) wc is obtained on gage (Figure 9, Item 7).
4. Close control shut-off valve (Figure 9, Item 6) on regulator assembly (Figure 9, Item 9).
5. Wait five minutes to verify that pressure reading remains stable at 6.0 in. ± 0.5 in. (152 mm ± 13 mm) wc on
gage (Figure 9, Item 7).
6. If vacuum reading increases or decreases more than 0.5 in. (13 mm) wc on gage (Figure 9, Item 7),
reevacuate tank per Steps 3 thru 5 and continue with Step 7. Initial test vacuum must be at 6.0 in. ± 0.5 in.
(152 mm ± 13 mm) wc.
7. If tank is overpressurized, close control shut-off valve (Figure 9, Item 6) and open draincock valve
(Figure 9, Item 8) to reduce tank pressure. When tank pressure has dropped to 6.0 in. ± 0.5 in.
(152 mm ± 13 mm) wc, close draincock valve (Figure 9, Item 8).
8. Wait an additional five minutes, then record the time and final vacuum from gage (Figure 9, Item 7).
9. If vacuum does not drop on gage (Figure 9, Item 7), tank is leak free. If pressure drops more than
0.5 in. (13 mm) wc, reevacuate tank and piping system according to Steps 3 thru 5 then continue
with Step 8.
10. Close emergency valve A (Figure 9, Item 2) and monitor gage (Figure 9, Item 7) on regulator
assembly (Figure 9, Item 9).
11. Wait five minutes. If pressure does not drop more than 0.5 in. (13 mm) wc on gage (Figure 9, Item 7), go to
Step 13. If pressure drops more than 0.5 in. (13 mm) wc, go to Step 12.

0174-12 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1123)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0174

VACUUM TEST PROCEDURE - Continued

3 4

1 2

F K
B
B

J
G

10 6

9
8 BAE9470

Figure 9. Emergency and Draincock Valve.

0174-13 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1123)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0174

VACUUM TEST PROCEDURE - Continued

12. Locate the leak in vapor vent line (Figure 10, Item 2), check vapor vent hood (Figure 10, Item 6), vapor vent
hose (Figure 10, Item 3), and hose clamps (Figure 10, Item 11).
13. Return tank and piping system to atmospheric pressure.
14. Repair any leaks found in vapor vent valve (Figure 10, Item 7). Restart test at Step 1.
15. Return vapor vent line (Figure 10, Item 2) to atmospheric pressure by opening draincock valve
(Figure 10, Item 13) of regulator assembly (Figure 10, Item 15).
16. On regulator assembly (Figure 10, Item 15), close draincock valve (Figure 10, Item 13) and monitor gage
(Figure 10, Item 14) for five minutes.
17. If pressure on gage (Figure 10, Item 14) does not increase, vapor vent is functional; go to Step 20. If
vacuum increases more than 0.5 in. (13 mm) wc, vapor vent valve is leaking. Go to Step 18.
18. Return tank and piping system to atmospheric pressure by opening G valve (Figure 10, Item 9) and
emergency valve A (Figure 10, Item 10).
19. Repair any leaks found in vapor vent valve (Figure 10, Item 7) as required. Restart test from Step 1.
20. Return tank and piping system to atmospheric pressure by opening G valve (Figure 10, Item 9) and
emergency valve A (Figure 10, Item 10).
21. Remove coupling assembly (Figure 10, Item 1) from vapor vent line (Figure 10, Item 2).
22. Install coupling assembly (Figure 10, Item 1) on discharge port of valve B (Figure 10, Item 8).
23. Install dust cap on the now open vapor vent line (Figure 10, Item 2).
24. Open emergency valve A (Figure 10, Item 10). Evacuate tank and piping system according to
Steps 3 and 5, then continue with Step 25.
25. Wait five minutes to verify that vacuum reading on gage (Figure 10, Item 14) remains stable. If vacuum does
not drop, go to Step 34. If vacuum drops more than 0.5 in. (13 mm) wc, go to Step 26.
26. Reevacuate tank and piping system according to Steps 3 thru 5; then continue with Step 27.
27. Close emergency valve A (Figure 10, Item 10). Wait five minutes to verify that vacuum reading on gage
(Figure 10, Item 14) remains stable. If vacuum does not drop, tank is leaking; go to Step 28. If vacuum
drops more than 0.5 in. (13 mm) wc, piping system is leaking. Go to Step 31.
28. Locate leak in tank, check cleanout caps (Figure 10, Item 5), manhole cover (Figure 10, Item 4), precheck
circuit, and weld seams.
29. Return tank and piping system to atmospheric pressure by opening manifold drain valve
(Figure 10, Item 12) and emergency valve A (Figure 10, Item 10).
30. Repair tank leak as required. Restart test at Step 1.
31. Locate leak in piping system, check G valve (Figure 10, Item 9), precheck circuit, and hose clamps.
32. Return tank and piping system to atmospheric pressure by opening manifold valve (Figure 10, Item 12) and
emergency valve A (Figure 10, Item 10).

0174-14 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1123)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0174

VACUUM TEST PROCEDURE - Continued

1 2 5
4

3
6

14 11
13
10
12 8
E

F K
B
B

J
G

9 BAE9471

Figure 10. Vapor Vent Valve.

33. Repair piping system leaks. Restart test at Step 1.

34. Return tank and piping system to atmospheric pressure by opening emergency valve A (Figure 10, Item 10).
35. Open manifold drain valve (Figure 10, Item 12) to relieve vacuum.
36. Close manifold drain valve (Figure 10, Item 12) and monitor gage (Figure 10, Item 14) on regulator
assembly (Figure 10, Item 15).
37. Wait five minutes to verify that vacuum reading on gage (Figure 10, Item 14) remains stable. If vacuum does
not increase, go to Step 40. If vacuum reading increases more than 0.5 in. (13 mm) wc, emergency valve is
leaking, go to Step 38.

0174-15 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1123)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0174

VACUUM TEST PROCEDURE - Continued

CAUTION
Although an emergency valve leak does not constitute a K stamp (indicating compliance
with DOT 49CFR180.407 (h)) failure if the leak is internal, proper emergency valve
operator function is required for safe tanker operation. Failure to comply may result in
damage to, or destruction of, equipment or mission.
38. Return tank and piping system to atmospheric pressure by opening manifold drain valve (Figure 11, Item 1)
and emergency valve A (Figure 11, Item 2).
39. Repair emergency valve in accordance with (WP 0194). Restart test at Step 1.

NOTE
Perform Steps 40 and 41 after test has been completed.
40. Return tank and piping system to atmospheric pressure by opening manifold drain valve (Figure 11, Item 1)
and emergency valve A (Figure 11, Item 2).

NOTE
After successful completion of various tests, DOT regulation 49CFR180.415 requires that a
tanker be stamped with the appropriate letter (“K” stamp for leak test), as well as the test
date (month and year).
41. Close all valves.

1 2

F K
B
B

J
G

BAE9472

Figure 11. Manifold Drain Valve and Piping System.

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0174-16 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1123)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0175

FIELD MAINTENANCE
HOSE REEL CABINET ELECTRICAL MAINTENANCE

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s Semitrailer bonded and grounded (WP 0005)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)

References
TM 9-2330-330-23P
WP 0171

Equipment Condition
Negative battery cables disconnected (WP 0005)

REPLACEMENT

WARNING

When troubleshooting an electrical malfunction or performing electrical maintenance,

ALWAYS disconnect intervehicular electrical cable from semitrailer and negative battery
cables at batteries. Failure to follow this warning may create a spark and explosion. Failure
to comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of
an injury.
To locate, remove, and install cabinet electrical leads and cable assemblies wiring, refer to
TM 9-2330-330-23P.

END OF TASK

0175-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1124)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0175

REPAIR

NOTE
Repair of cabinet electrical leads and cable assemblies can be performed without removing
them from conduit.
1. Check ends of cabinet electrical leads and cable assemblies for frayed insulation and broken wires
(WP 0171).
2. Inspect wires for bent, broken, or missing terminals (WP 0171).

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

Connect negative battery cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0175-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1124)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0176

FIELD MAINTENANCE
HUB MILEAGE METER REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 118)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10)
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Washer, Lock

REMOVAL

NOTE
Record mileage and date prior to removing hub mileage meter.
1. Remove two bolts (Figure 1, Item 6) and washers (Figure 1, Item 5) from bracket (Figure 1, Item 2).
2. Remove nut (Figure 1, Item 4), lockwasher (Figure 1, Item 3), and hub mileage meter (Figure 1, Item 1) from
bracket (Figure 1, Item 2). Discard lockwasher (Figure 1, Item 3).

2 4
3

5
6 BAE9308

Figure 1. Hub Mileage Meter Removal.

END OF TASK

0176-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1125)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0176

INSTALLATION

1. Install hub mileage meter (Figure 2, Item 1), new lockwasher (Figure 2, Item 3), and nut (Figure 2, Item 4) to
bracket (Figure 2, Item 2).
2. Install bracket (Figure 2, Item 2), two washers (Figure 2, Item 5), and bolts (Figure 2, Item 6).

2 4
3

5
6 BAE9309

Figure 2. Hub Mileage Meter Installation.

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0176-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1125)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0177

FIELD MAINTENANCE
GAGE ASSEMBLY REPAIR

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's Negative battery cables disconnected (WP 0005)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Semitrailer fuel tank drained (WP 0005)

Materials/Parts
Pin, Cotter (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 109)

Equipment Condition
Semitrailer bonded and grounded (WP 0005)

REMOVAL

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0177-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1126)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0178

FIELD MAINTENANCE
CONTROL PANEL FASTENER REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's Negative battery cables disconnected (WP 0005)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
Drill, Electric, Portable (WP 0215, Table 1, Item 3)
Drill Set, Twist (WP 0215, Table 1, Item 4)
Riveter, Blind (WP 0215, Table 1, Item 5)

Materials/Parts
Rivet, Blind
Qty: (2) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 80)

REMOVAL

1. Release fastener (Figure 1, Item 3) and open control panel cover (Figure 1, Item 1).
2. Remove six screws (Figure 1, Item 4) from engine control panel (Figure 2, Item 5) and swing control panel
cover (Figure 1, Item 1) down.
3. Remove two rivets (Figure 1, Item 2) and fastener (Figure 1, Item 3) from control panel (Figure 2, Item 5).
Discard rivets (Figure 1, Item 2).

4
10 15

5 EN
GI
NE 20
RP
M
HO
0
TA UR
30 40 50 CH
S
20 60 25
70
80 30
ax
bc

20 24
0 28

36
ax
bc
20 30
10 ps
i 40
50
ax
bc60
40
20
ps 60

3
i
0 80
10
0

BAE9473

Figure 1. Control Panel Fastener Removal.

END OF TASK

0178-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1127)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0178

INSTALLATION

1. Install fastener (Figure 2, Item 3) on control panel (Figure 2, Item 5) with two new rivets
(Figure 2, Item 2).
2. Close control panel cover (Figure 2, Item 1) and install six screws (Figure 2, Item 4).
3. Secure control panel cover (Figure 2, Item 1) with fastener (Figure 2, Item 3).

4 10 15

5 EN
GIN
E 20
RP
M
HO
0
TA UR
30 40 50 CH
S
20 60 25
70
80 30
ax
bc

20 24
0 28

36
ax
bc
20 30
10 p
si 4
0
50
ax
bc60
40
20
ps 60
i
0 80

3
10
0

2 BAE9473a

Figure 2. Control Panel Fastener Installation.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

Connect negative battery cables (WP 0004).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0178-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1127)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0179

FIELD MAINTENANCE
FILTER/SEPARATOR REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Personnel Required

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's Two
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10)
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Coupling, Clamp, Pipe Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
Qty: (2) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 94) Negative battery cables disconnected (WP 0064)
Strap, Tiedown (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 20) Fuel tank drained (WP 0005)
Strap, Webbing (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 12)
Tape, Antiseizing
(WP 0214, Table 1, Item 22)

WARNING

Accidental or intentional introduction of liquid contaminants into the environment is a

0179-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1128)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0179

REMOVAL

1. Close valve (Figure 1, Item 10) at side of filter/separator (Figure 1, Item 2).
2. Open valve (Figure 1, Item 11) to drain any residual fuel.
3. Remove four nuts (Figure 1, Item 7), bolts (Figure 1, Item 8), and two pipe clamp couplings
(Figure 1, Item 9) from filter/separator (Figure 1, Item 2). Discard pipe clamp couplings (Figure 1, Item 9).
4. Remove three fittings (Figure 1, Item 1) from filter/separator (Figure 1, Item 2).
5. Remove tiedown straps (Figure 1, Item 13) from brackets (Figure 1, Item 12) at top of filter/separator
(Figure 1, Item 2). Discard tiedown straps (Figure 1, Item 13).
6. Remove plug (Figure 1, Item 3).

WARNING

1 2 3 4, 5 6 7, 8, 9 10

11 BAE9482

Figure 1. Filter/Separator Replacement.

END OF TASK

0179-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1128)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0179

INSTALLATION

WARNING

Filter/separator weighs 1,000 lbs (454 kg). Extreme caution must be used when moving
filter/separator. Position suitable support under filter/separator to support weight. Failure to
comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of
an injury.
1. Install filter/separator (Figure 1, Item 2), two new strap webbings, mounting brackets (Figure 1, Item 6), four
washers (Figure 1, Item 5), and four nuts (Figure 1, Item 4) to semitrailer.
2. Install three fittings (Figure 2, Item 2) on filter/separator (Figure 2, Item 1).
3. Install two new pipe clamp couplings (Figure 2, Item 3), four bolts (Figure 2, Item 4), and nuts
(Figure 2, Item 5) to filter/separator (Figure 2, Item 1).
4. Install new tiedown straps (Figure 1, Item 13) to brackets (Figure 1, Item 12) at top of filter/separator
(Figure 1, Item 2).

NOTE
Apply antiseizing tape to threads of plug prior to installation.
5. Close valve (Figure 1, Item 11) and install plug (Figure 2, Item 6).

1 2

2
3, 4, 5
6
2

3, 4, 5

REVERSE SIDE VIEW

TANK SHOWN REMOVED FOR CLARITY BAE9483

Figure 2. Filter/Separator, Rear View.

END OF TASK

0179-3 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1128)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0179

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Connect negative battery cables (WP 0005).

2. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0179-4 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1128)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0180

FIELD MAINTENANCE
FILTER/SEPARATOR FILTER ELEMENTS REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's Seal, Antipilferage
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Qty: (2) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 89)
Washer, Lock
Qty: (20) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 21)
Materials/Parts
Compound, Thread Sealing
(WP 0214, Table 1, Item 14) Personnel Required
Filter Element Two
Qty: (15) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 20)
Separator, Water, Liquid
Equipment Condition
Qty: (15) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 86)
Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Gasket Qty: (5) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 3)
Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
Gasket Qty: (1) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 2)
Fuel tank drained (WP 0005)
Gasket Qty: (5) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 4)
All fuel dispensing valves closed (WP 0005)
Gasket Qty: (5) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 5)
Negative battery cables disconnected (WP 0064)
Rag, Wiping (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 13)

WARNING

Accidental or intentional introduction of liquid contaminants into the environment is a

0180-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1129)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0180

REMOVAL

1. Remove plug (Figure 1, Item 4) to assist draining, open manual drain valve N (Figure 1, Item 6), and drain
any fluid from filter/separator (Figure 1, Item 1). Close manual valve N (Figure 1, Item 6) after filter/separator
(Figure 1, Item 1) is drained.
2. Remove two antipilferage seals (Figure 1, Item 2) from four drilled bolts (Figure 1, Item 3) at top and bottom
of access cover (Figure 1, Item 5). Discard seals (Figure 1, Item 2).

1 2, 3 4

2, 3
6 BAE9966

Figure 1. Filter/Separator Access Cover.

3. Remove 12 nuts (Figure 2, Item 5), 24 washers (Figure 2, Item 2), 12 lockwashers (Figure 2, Item 6), bolts
(Figure 2, Item 1), access cover (Figure 2, Item 3), and gasket (Figure 2, Item 4) from filter/separator
(Figure 2, Item 7). Discard lockwashers (Figure 2, Item 6) and gasket (Figure 2, Item 4).

2
1
5
6
2 7 BAE9967

Figure 2. Filter/Separator Access Cover Removal.

0180-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1129)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0180

REMOVAL - Continued

4. At left side of filter/separator (Figure 3, Item 1), remove seven nuts (Figure 3, Item 5), lockwashers
(Figure 3, Item 4), washers (Figure 3, Item 3), and retaining plate (Figure 3, Item 2) from seven support rods
(Figure 3, Item 7). Discard lockwashers (Figure 3, Item 4).
5. Remove five spring tension clips (Figure 3, Item 6) and filter assemblies (Figure 3, Item 8) from seven
support rods (Figure 3, Item 7).

8
2

7
3
6 4
5
BAE9968

Figure 3. Filter Assemblies and Retaining Plate.

6. At right side of filter/separator (Figure 4, Item 1), remove 15 retainer nuts (Figure 4, Item 3) from 15 filter
elements (Figure 4, Item 2) and slide elements off 15 guide pipes. Discard elements (Figure 4, Item 2) in
accordance with local HAZMAT Procedures.

2 BAE9970

Figure 4. Filter Elements.

END OF TASK

0180-3 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1129)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0180

DISASSEMBLY

1. Remove gasket (Figure 5, Item 8), adapter (Figure 5, Item 7), gasket (Figure 5, Item 6), go-no-go fuse
mounting plate (Figure 5, Item 5), gasket (Figure 5, Item 4), three go-no-go fuses (Figure 5, Item 1), and
fuse bracket (Figure 5, Item 2) from filter assembly (Figure 5, Item 3). Discard gaskets (Figure 5, Item 8) and
go-no-go fuses (Figure 5, Item 1) in accordance with local HAZMAT Procedures. Clean and replace filter
assembly (Figure 5, Item 3) if damaged.
2. Repeat Step 1 for four remaining filter assemblies (Figure 5, Item 3).

8 3
7
6
5
4
BAE9971

Figure 5. Filter Assembly and Go-No-Go Fuses Disassembly.

NOTE
Step 3 not required if full assembly is being reused.
3. Remove nut (Figure 6, Item 2), lockwasher (Figure 6, Item 3), washer (Figure 6, Item 4), guide bar
(Figure 6, Item 1), washer (Figure 6, Item 5), and bolt (Figure 6, Item 6) from retaining plate
(Figure 6, Item 7). Discard lockwasher (Figure 6, Item 3).

2, 3, 4, 5, 6

BAE9972

Figure 6. Retaining Plate Disassembly.

END OF TASK

0180-4 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1129)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0180

CLEANING AND INSPECTION

WARNING

• Solvent cleaning compound MIL-PRF-680 may be irritating to the eyes and skin.
Wear protective gloves and eye protection. First aid for skin contact: remove
contaminated clothing. Wash skin thoroughly with soap and water. First aid for eye
contact: flush with water for 15 minutes or until irritation subsides. If symptoms
persist, seek medical attention. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to
personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• Use solvent cleaning compound MlL-PRF-680 in a well ventilated area. Use
respirator as needed. Accidental ingestion can cause irritation of digestive tract
and respiratory tract. May cause lung and central nervous system damage. Can
be fatal if swallowed. Inhalation of high/massive concentrations can cause coma
or be fatal. First aid for ingestion: DO NOT induce vomiting. Seek immediate
medical attention. First aid for inhalation: move to fresh air. If not breathing,
provide artificial respiration. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. Failure to
comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the
event of an injury.
• MIL-PRF-680 solvent is combustible; DO NOT use or store near heat, sparks,
flame, or other ignition sources. Use mechanical ventilation whenever product is
used in confined space, heated above ambient temperatures, or agitated. Keep
container sealed when not in use. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to
personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• Improper cleaning methods and use of unauthorized cleaning liquids or solvents
can injure personnel and damage equipment. Failure to comply may result in death
or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• Cloths or rags saturated with solvent cleaning compound must be disposed of in
accordance with authorized facility procedures. Failure to comply may result in
death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.

1. Rinse inside of filter/separator with a clean gallon of the fuel being carried in tanker.
2. Wipe out inside of filter/separator and all components being reused with a dry clean rag.
3. Inspect for damaged support rods and guide pipes.
4. Inspect water detection float for damage and free movement.

END OF TASK

0180-5
TM 9-2330-330-13 0180

ASSEMBLY

NOTE
Step 1 is not required if full assembly is being reused.
1. Install bolt (Figure 7, Item 6), washer (Figure 7, Item 5), guide bar (Figure 7, Item 1), washer
(Figure 7, Item 4), new lockwasher (Figure 7, Item 3), and nut (Figure 7, Item 2) to retaining plate
(Figure 7, Item 7).

2, 3, 4, 5, 6

BAE9972a

Figure 7. Retaining Plate Assembly.

2. Install gasket (Figure 8, Item 6) and go-no-go fuse mounting plate (Figure 8, Item 5) into adapter
(Figure 8, Item 7).
3. Lubricate O-ring on bottom of three new go-no-go fuses (Figure 8, Item 1) and mount mounting plate
(Figure 8, Item 5).
4. Install gasket (Figure 8, Item 4) over new go-no-go fuses (Figure 8, Item 1) and push into adapter
(Figure 8, Item 7).
5. Install fuse bracket (Figure 8, Item 2) onto go-no-go fuses (Figure 8, Item 1).

3
7
6
5
4
BAE9971a

Figure 8. Filter Assembly and Go-No-Go Fuses Assembly.

0180-6 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1129)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0180

ASSEMBLY - Continued

6. Install fuse canister (Figure 8, Item 3) over go-no-go fuses (Figure 8, Item 1).
7. Repeat Steps 2 through 6 for four remaining filter assemblies (Figure 8, Item 3).

END OF TASK

INSTALLATION

1. Install gasket (Figure 10, Item 1) on end of filter assembly (Figure 10, Item 2).
2. Install five filter assemblies (Figure 10, Item 2) and spring tension clips (Figure 10, Item 7) using sequence
shown in Figure 9 onto seven support rods (Figure 10, Item 8).

C–4 C–2

C–5 C–3 C–1

BAE9973

Figure 9. Filter Assembly Installation Sequence.

3. Install retaining plate (Figure 10, Item 3), seven washers (Figure 10, Item 4), new lockwashers
(Figure 10, Item 5), and nuts (Figure 10, Item 6) to seven support rods (Figure 10, Item 8).

8
4
5
7 6
BAE9974

Figure 10. Filter Assemblies and Retaining Plate Installation.

0180-7 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1129)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0180

INSTALLATION - Continued

4. On right side of filter/separator (Figure 11, Item 2), slide 15 filter elements (Figure 11, Item 1) onto guide
pipes (Figure 11, Item 3) and install retainer nuts (Figure 11, Item 4).

BAE9970a

Figure 11. Filter Elements Installation.

NOTE
Ensure four drilled bolts are positioned in the two upper most and lowest holes.
5. Install new gasket (Figure 12, Item 2), 12 bolts (Figure 12, Item 6), new lockwashers (Figure 12, Item 4),
24 washers (Figure 12, Item 5), and 12 nuts (Figure 12, Item 3) to access cover (Figure 12, Item 1).

2
1

4 3 BAE9967a
5
5
6

Figure 12. Filter/Separator Access Cover Installation.

0180-8 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1129)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0180

INSTALLATION - Continued

6. Install two new antipilferage seals (Figure 13, Item 1) to four drilled bolts (Figure 13, Item 2) at top and
bottom of access cover (Figure 13, Item 4).

NOTE
Apply thread sealing compound to threads of plug.
7. Install plug (Figure 13, Item 3).

1, 2 3

1, 2
BAE9969

Figure 13. Filter/Separator Access Cover Replacement.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Connect negative battery cables (WP 0064).

2. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0180-9/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1129)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0181

FIELD MAINTENANCE
FLUID REGULATING (RELIEF) AND FUEL SAMPLING VALVE REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 22)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10)
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Set, Cap and Plug Semitrailer bonded and grounded (WP 0005)
(WP 0214, Table 1, Item 5) Negative battery cables disconnected (WP 0064)
Tape, Antiseizing All fuel dispensing valves closed (WP 0005)

WARNING

Read and observe all safety precautions listed in the warning summary before performing
maintenance on filter/separator. Ensure that semitrailer is grounded to an approved ground
(earth) and it is safe to proceed. Failure to follow this warning may cause a spark to ignite.
Failure to comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the
event of an injury.

NOTE
Use a drain pan or appropriate containment equipment to capture any draining or leaking
fluid. Refer to local procedures and plans for preventing and responding to fluid spills or
leaks. Comply with local regulations when disposing of clean up material and leaked and
spilled fluids. Failure to comply may result in damage to, or destruction of, equipment
or mission.

0181-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1132)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0181

RELIEF VALVE REMOVAL

1. Remove fluid regulating valve (Figure 1, Item 2) from top of filter/separator (Figure 1, Item 1).
2. Plug opening in top of filter/separator (Figure 1, Item 1) with plug from cap and plug set.

END OF TASK

RELIEF VALVE INSTALLATION

1. Remove plug from opening in top of filter/separator (Figure 1, Item 1).

NOTE
Apply antiseizing tape to threads of valve.
2. Install fluid regulating valve (Figure 1, Item 2) in top of filter/separator (Figure 1, Item 1).

3
2 4
1

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0181-3/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1132)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0182

FIELD MAINTENANCE
4-IN. PUMP MAINTENANCE

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's Seal (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 27)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Washer, Lock
Qty: (20) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 90)
Materials/Parts
Cleaning Compound, Solvent References
(WP 0214, Table 1, Item 6) WP 0206
Gasket (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 25)
Gasket (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 32)
Equipment Condition
Nut, Self-Locking
Alternator removed (WP 0167)
Qty: (2) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 97)
Engine and pump cabinet removed (WP 0133)
Rag, Wiping (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 13)
Seal Qty: (2) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 26)

WARNING

Accidental or intentional introduction of liquid contaminants into the environment is a

0182-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1133)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0182

REMOVAL

1. Remove pipe plug (Figure 1, Item 5) and drain lubricant.

2. Remove six bolts (Figure 1, Item 2) and lockwashers (Figure 1, Item 3) connecting intermediate housing
(Figure 1, Item 1) to engine (Figure 1, Item 4). Discard lockwashers (Figure 1, Item 3).

2, 3 4

5 BAE9396

Figure 1. 4-in. Pump Location.

NOTE
A shim pack is located under one of the pump mounts. If the same pump is going to be
reinstalled, mark the location of the shim pack and the number of shims. Set the shim pack
aside for installation.
3. Remove two self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 4), washers (Figure 2, Item 3), and bolts (Figure 2, Item 2) at
bottom of pump (Figure 2, Item 1). Discard self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 4).

BAE9397
2, 3, 4

Figure 2. 4-in. Pump Removal.

0182-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1133)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0182

REMOVAL - Continued

WARNING

Pump weighs 500 lbs (227 kg). To avoid personal injury, use a hoist or other lifting device
when lifting pump. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek
medical attention in the event of an injury.
4. Remove pump (Figure 3, Item 1) and intermediate housing (Figure 3, Item 2) from cabinet frame
(Figure 3, Item 3).

BAE9398

Figure 3. 4-in. Pump and Intermediate Housing Removal.

END OF TASK

0182-3 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1133)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0182

DISASSEMBLY

NOTE
Measure and record thickness of gasket(s) for ease of assembly.
1. Remove eight nuts (Figure 4, Item 3), lockwashers (Figure 4, Item 4), intermediate housing
(Figure 4, Item 2), and gasket(s) (Figure 4, Item 5) from pump (Figure 4, Item 1) as an assembly. Discard
lockwashers (Figure 4, Item 4) and gasket(s) (Figure 4, Item 5).

5 3, 4
BAE9399

Figure 4. 4-in. Pump Initial Disassembly.

WARNING

Be careful when removing the impeller from the pump. The spring load on the mechanical
seal may cause the impeller to fly off the shaft as it is being removed. Failure to comply
may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
2. Remove impeller (Figure 5, Item 6) from impeller shaft (Figure 5, Item 16) by unscrewing it in the same
direction as pump turns.
3. Remove seal plate (Figure 5, Item 10), mechanical seal (Figure 5, Item 9), spring seat (Figure 5, Item 8),
and shims (Figure 5, Item 7) from impeller shaft (Figure 5, Item 16). Discard mechanical seal
(Figure 5, Item 9).

NOTE
If there are shims between bearing cap and bearing, set aside for use at assembly.
4. Remove four screws (Figure 5, Item 23), lockwashers (Figure 5, Item 22), bearing cap (Figure 5, Item 20),
gasket (Figure 5, Item 19), and shims (Figure 5, Item 18). Discard lockwashers (Figure 5, Item 22) and
gasket (Figure 5, Item 19).
5. Remove pump coupling (Figure 5, Item 11) and key (Figure 5, Item 15) from impeller shaft
(Figure 5, Item 16).

0182-4 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1133)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0182

DISASSEMBLY - Continued

6. Remove impeller shaft (Figure 5, Item 16) and bearings (Figure 5, Item 14) from intermediate housing
(Figure 5, Item 12) as an assembly.
7. Remove seal (Figure 5, Item 13) from intermediate housing (Figure 5, Item 12). Discard seal
(Figure 5, Item 13).
8. Remove seal (Figure 5, Item 21) from bearing cap (Figure 5, Item 20). Discard seal (Figure 5, Item 21).
9. Remove snap ring (Figure 5, Item 17) and two bearings (Figure 5, Item 14) from impeller shaft
(Figure 5, Item 16).

NOTE
Remove wear plate only if excessive wear is evident and replacement is necessary.
10. Remove two nuts (Figure 5, Item 26), lockwashers (Figure 5, Item 25), and wear plate (Figure 5, Item 5)
from volute (Figure 5, Item 3). Discard lockwashers (Figure 5, Item 25).
11. Remove eight studs (Figure 5, Item 4) from volute (Figure 5, Item 3).
12. Remove three plugs (Figure 5, Items 1, 2, and 24).

1 2
3
4
5 6
7 8
9
26 10
25
24

21 20
19 18
17 14
16 15
23 22 14 13
12
11

BAE9400

Figure 5. 4-in. Pump Disassembly.

END OF TASK

0182-5 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1133)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0182
CLEANING
WARNING

• Compressed air used for drying or cleaning purposes should not exceed 30 psi (207 kPa). Use
only with effective chip-guarding and personal protective equipment (e.g., eye protection,
gloves). Failure to comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in
the event of an injury.
• Solvent cleaning compound MIL-PRF-680 may be irritating to the eyes and skin. Wear
protective gloves and eye protection. First aid for skin contact: remove contaminated clothing.
Wash skin thoroughly with soap and water. First aid for eye contact: flush with water for 15
minutes or until irritation subsides. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. Failure to
comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an
injury.
• Use solvent cleaning compound MIL-PRF-680 in a well-ventilated area. Use respirator as
needed. Accidental ingestion can cause irritation of digestive tract and respiratory tract. May
cause lung and central nervous system damage. Can be fatal if swallowed. Inhalation of
high/massive concentrations can cause coma or be fatal. First aid for ingestion: DO NOT induce
vomiting. Seek immediate medical attention. First aid for inhalation: move to fresh air. If not
breathing, provide artificial respiration. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. Failure to
comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an
injury.
• MIL-PRF-680 solvent is combustible; DO NOT use or store near heat, sparks, flame, or other
ignition sources. Use mechanical ventilation whenever product is used in confined space,
heated above ambient temperatures, or agitated. When not using MIL-PRF-680 solvents,
ensure MIL-PRF-680 solvent container is closed. Store, transport, and dispose virgin/used
solvents and solvent contaminated rags in compliance with local procedures. Failure to comply
may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• Cleaning solvent compound MIL-PRF-680 is toxic and flammable. ALWAYS wear eye protection
and gloves and use only in a well-ventilated area. Avoid contact with skin, eyes, and clothes and
do not breathe vapors. Do not use near open flame or excessive heat. When not using MIL-
PRF-680 solvent cleaning compounds, ensure compound container is closed. Store, transport,
and dispose virgin / used solvents and solvent contaminated rags in compliance with local
procedures and regulations. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek
medical attention in the event of an injury.
• Improper cleaning methods and use of unauthorized cleaning liquids or solvents can injure
personnel and damage equipment. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to personnel.
Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
CAUTION
Use a drain pan or appropriate containment equipment to capture any draining or leaking fluid.
Refer to local procedures and plans for preventing and responding to fluid spills or leaks. Comply
with local regulations when disposing of clean up material and leaked and spilled fluids. Failure to
comply may result in damage to, or destruction of, equipment or mission.
Clean shaft and all component parts (except bearings) with a rag soaked in cleaning solvent. Inspect parts
for wear or damage and replace as necessary.
END OF TASK

INSPECTION AND REPAIR

1. Remove minor nicks on edges of impeller vanes.

2. Replace all seals, gaskets, and bearings.
3. Inspect impeller shaft for nicks, scratches, scoring, or other damage. Replace shaft if damaged.

0182-6
TM 9-2330-330-13 0182

INSPECTION AND REPAIR - Continued

4. If shaft is worn so bearings slip on and off easily, shaft must be replaced. Replace housing if bearings do not
fit snugly into bearing bore.

END OF TASK

ASSEMBLY

1. Install three plugs (Figure 6, Items 1, 2, and 13) in volute (Figure 6, Item 3) and plug (Figure 6, Item 7) in
intermediate housing (Figure 6, Item 6).
2. Install eight studs (Figure 6, Item 4) in volute (Figure 6, Item 3).
3. Install wear plate (Figure 6, Item 5) to volute (Figure 6, Item 3) with two new lockwashers (Figure 6, Item 14)
and nuts (Figure 6, Item 15).
4. Install two bearings (Figure 6, Item 8) and snap ring (Figure 6, Item 10) to impeller shaft (Figure 6, Item 9).
5. Install new seal (Figure 6, Item 12) in bearing cap (Figure 6, Item 11). Lip of seal must be towards inside
of cap.

1
2
3
4
5

15 14
13

6
11 10 8
9
8

7
BAE9401

Figure 6. 4-in. Pump Assembly.

0182-7 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1133)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0182

ASSEMBLY - Continued

6. Install new seal (Figure 7, Item 8) in intermediate housing (Figure 7, Item 7).
7. Install bearings (Figure 7, Item 9) and impeller shaft (Figure 7, Item 11) in intermediate housing
(Figure 7, Item 7) as an assembly.

NOTE
If shims were present at disassembly, put back in at assembly.
8. Install shims (Figure 7, Item 12), new gasket (Figure 7, Item 13), bearing cap (Figure 7, Item 14), four new
lockwashers (Figure 7, Item 15), and screws (Figure 7, Item 16) to intermediate housing (Figure 7, Item 7).
9. Install pump coupling (Figure 7, Item 6) and key (Figure 7, Item 10) to impeller shaft (Figure 7, Item 11).
10. Install shims (Figure 7, Item 2), spring seat (Figure 7, Item 3), new mechanical seal (Figure 7, Item 4), and
seal plate (Figure 7, Item 5) to impeller shaft (Figure 7, Item 11).

NOTE
A clearance of 0.020 to 0.040 in. (0.51 to 1 mm) between the impeller and seal plate is
necessary for maximum pump efficiency. Measure this clearance and add or remove shims
until the clearance is reached.
11. Install impeller (Figure 7, Item 1) to impeller shaft (Figure 7, Item 11).

2 3 5
4

10
9
8
7
16 15 14 13 12 6
9
11

BAE9439

Figure 7. 4-in. Pump Impeller Assembly.

0182-8 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1133)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0182

ASSEMBLY - Continued

NOTE
Install same thickness of gasket(s) as previously removed.
12. Install new gasket(s) (Figure 8, Item 5), intermediate housing (Figure 8, Item 2), eight new lockwashers
(Figure 8, Item 4), and nuts (Figure 8, Item 3) to pump (Figure 8, Item 1) as an assembly.

3, 4
5 BAE9399a

Figure 8. 4-in. Pump Initial Assembly.

NOTE
A clearance of 0.010 to 0.020 in. (0.25 to 0.51 mm) between impeller and wear plate. Set
this clearance by adding or removing gasket(s).
13. Check for clearance between front of impeller (Figure 9, Item 3) and wear plate (Figure 9, Item 2). If impeller
scrapes, add another gasket (Figure 9, Item 4) of sufficient thickness between seal plate (Figure 9, Item 5)
and volute (Figure 9, Item 1).

2
3
4
5

BAE9402

Figure 9. 4-in. Impeller Clearance.

END OF TASK

0182-9 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1133)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0182

INSTALLATION

WARNING

Pump weighs 500 lbs (227 kg). To avoid personal injury, use a hoist or other lifting device
when lifting pump. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek
medical attention in the event of an injury.
1. Install pump (Figure 10, Item 1) and intermediate housing (Figure 10, Item 2) to cabinet frame
(Figure 10, Item 3).

BAE9398a

Figure 10. 4-in. Pump and Intermediate Housing Installation.

2. Install six bolts (Figure 11, Item 2) and new lockwashers (Figure 11, Item 3) connecting intermediate
housing (Figure 11, Item 1) to engine (Figure 11, Item 4).

NOTE
Install shim pack removed in Removal Step 3.
3. Install shim pack in location from where it was removed.

0182-10 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1133)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0182

INSTALLATION - Continued

2, 3 4
1

BAE9403

Figure 11. 4-in. Pump and Cabinet Frame Installation.

4. Install two bolts (Figure 12, Item 3), washers (Figure 12, Item 2), and new self-locking nuts
(Figure 12, Item 1) through pump mounts to cabinet frame (Figure 12, Item 5).
5. Fill intermediate housing (Figure 12, Item 4) with oil (WP 0206).

1, 2, 3

5 BAE9404

Figure 12. 4-in. Pump Installation.

END OF TASK

0182-11 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1133)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0182

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Install engine and pump cabinet (WP 0133).

2. Install alternator (WP 0167).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0182-12 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1133)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0183

FIELD MAINTENANCE
VOLUMETRIC METER REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Personnel Required

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's Two
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10)
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Gasket Qty: (2) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 1) Semitrailer bonded and grounded (WP 0005)
Seal (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 29) Semitrailer fuel tank drained (WP 0005)
Washer, Lock Negative battery cables disconnected (WP 0064)
Qty: (3) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 90) P or R valve removed (WP 0200)

WARNING

• Accidental or intentional introduction of liquid contaminants into the environment is

a violation of state, federal, and military regulations. Refer to Army Petroleum, Oils,
and Lubricants (POL) for information concerning storage, use, and disposal of
these liquids. Failure to comply may cause damage to environment and health of
personnel. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek
medical attention in the event of an injury.
• Volumetric meter assembly weighs 60 lbs (27 kg) and require two people to lift.
Failure to comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention
in the event of an injury.

NOTE
There are two volumetric meters assemblies. This procedure replaces one volumetric
meter assembly. The volumetric meter assemblies are replaced the same way.

0183-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1134)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0183

REMOVAL

1. Remove two nuts (Figure 1, Item 10), bolts (Figure 1, Item 11), split coupling (Figure 1, Item 8), and seal
(Figure 1, Item 9) from pipe (Figure 1, Item 12). Discard seal (Figure 1, Item 9).
2. Remove four nuts (Figure 1, Item 7), flange (Figure 1, Item 6), and gasket (Figure 1, Item 5) from volumetric
meter assembly (Figure 1, Item 1).
3. Remove four nuts (Figure 1, Item 4), flange (Figure 1, Item 3), and gasket (Figure 1, Item 2) from meter
assembly (Figure 1, Item 1).

10, 11 12
2
8, 9
3

7 6 5 4 BAE9976

Figure 1. Volumetric Meter and Piping Replacement.

4. Remove three bolts (Figure 2, Item 2), lockwashers (Figure 2, Item 3), washers (Figure 2, Item 4) and meter
assembly (Figure 1, Item 1) from semitrailer. Discard lockwashers (Figure 2, Item 3).

2, 3, 4
BAE9977

Figure 2. Volumetric Meter Mount Replacement.

END OF TASK

0183-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1134)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0183

INSTALLATION

1. Install meter assembly (Figure 2, Item 1), three washers (Figure 2, Item 4), new lockwashers
(Figure 2, Item 3), and bolts (Figure 2, Item 2) to semitrailer.
2. Install new gasket (Figure 1, Item 2), flange (Figure 1, Item 3), and four nuts (Figure 1, Item 4) to meter
assembly (Figure 1, Item 1).
3. Install new gasket (Figure 1, Item 5), flange (Figure 1, Item 6), and four nuts (Figure 1, Item 7) to meter
assembly (Figure 2, Item 1).
4. Install new seal (Figure 1, Item 9), split coupling (Figure 1, Item 8), two bolts (Figure 1, Item 11), and nuts
(Figure 1, Item 10) to pipe (Figure 1, Item 12).

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Install P or R valve (WP 0200).

2. Connect negative battery cables (WP 0005).
3. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0183-3/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1134)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0184

FIELD MAINTENANCE
FLANGE AND PIPING MANIFOLDS, HANDWHEELS, AND F, E, AND B VALVES MAINTENANCE

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's Qty: (54) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 71)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10)
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Gasket Qty: (8) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 9) Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
Nut, Self-Locking Fuel tank drained (WP 0005)

WARNING

Accidental or intentional introduction of liquid contaminants into the environment is a

0184-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1135)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0184

VALVE REMOVAL

NOTE
Use this task to replace F, E, and B valves and handwheel. F valve and handwheel
are shown.
Remove 16 bolts (Figure 1, Item 3), self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 1), washers (Figure 1, Item 2), two
gaskets (Figure 1, Item 5), and F valve (Figure 1, Item 6) from piping (Figure 1, Item 4). Discard self-locking
nuts (Figure 1, Item 1) and gaskets (Figure 1, Item 5).

END OF TASK

VALVE INSTALLATION

Install F valve (Figure 1, Item 6) and two new gaskets (Figure 1, Item 5) on piping (Figure 1, Item 4) with
16 bolts (Figure 1, Item 3), new self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 1), and washers (Figure 1, Item 2).

1, 2, 3

E
4
5

F K
B

J 6
G

4 5 BAE9319

Figure 1. Flange, Piping, and Handwheel Manifolds Replacement.

END OF TASK

0184-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1135)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0184

FLANGE MANIFOLD DISASSEMBLY

1. Remove eight bolts (Figure 2, Item 4), self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 2), washers (Figure 2, Item 3),
gasket (Figure 2, Item 17), and roadside bottom load adapter (Figure 2, Item 1) from flange manifold
(Figure 2, Item 8). Discard self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 2) and gasket (Figure 2, Item 17).
2. Remove eight bolts (Figure 2, Item 16), self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 14), washers (Figure 2, Item 15),
and gasket (Figure 2, Item 5) from E valve (Figure 2, Item 18). Discard self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 14)
and gasket (Figure 2, Item 5).
3. Remove two bolts (Figure 2, Item 6) and self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 7) from cabinet frame. Discard
self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 7).
4. Remove two bolts (Figure 2, Item 11), self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 9), washers (Figure 2, Item 10), and
gasket (Figure 2, Item 12). Remove piping clamp (Figure 2, Item 13). Discard self-locking nuts
(Figure 2, Item 9) and gasket (Figure 2, Item 12).
5. Remove flange manifold (Figure 2, Item 8).

9, 10, 11, 12, 13

8
6, 7
2, 3, 4 5
1 14, 15, 16

E
F K
B 17
J 18
G
F

BAE9320

Figure 2. Flange and Piping Manifolds, Handwheels, and F Valve Disassembly.

END OF TASK

0184-3 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1135)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0184

FLANGE MANIFOLD ASSEMBLY

1. Install flange manifold (Figure 3, Item 9), piping clamp (Figure 3, Item 14), new gasket (Figure 3, Item 13),
two bolts (Figure 3, Item 12), washers (Figure 3, Item 11), and new self-locking nuts (Figure 3, Item 10).
2. Install two bolts (Figure 3, Item 8) and new self-locking nuts (Figure 3, Item 7) to cabinet frame.
3. Install new gasket (Figure 3, Item 6), eight bolts (Figure 3, Item 17), washers (Figure 3, Item 16), and new
self-locking nuts (Figure 3, Item 15) to E valve (Figure 3, Item 32).
4. Install new gasket (Figure 3, Item 5), roadside bottom load adapter (Figure 3, Item 1), eight bolts
(Figure 3, Item 4), washers (Figure 3, Item 3), and new self-locking nuts (Figure 3, Item 2) to flange manifold
(Figure 3, Item 9).

10, 11, 12, 13, 14

7, 8 9
5
2, 3, 4 6
1 15, 16, 17
18, 19, 20

1. Loosen nut (Figure 4, Item 2) and turn handwheel (Figure 4, Item 3) counterclockwise.
2. Remove nut (Figure 4, Item 2) and handwheel (Figure 4, Item 3) from F valve (Figure 4, Item 1).

END OF TASK

HANDWHEEL INSTALLATION

Install handwheel (Figure 4, Item 3) and nut (Figure 4, Item 2) on F valve (Figure 4, Item 1). Turn handwheel
(Figure 4, Item 3) clockwise and tighten nut (Figure 4, Item 2).

2
F K
B

J
G 3

BAE9321

Figure 4. Handwheel Replacement.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0184-5/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1135)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0185

FIELD MAINTENANCE
K VALVE REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's Qty: (8) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 74)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10)
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Gasket Qty: (2) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 10) Fuel tank drained (WP 0005)
Nut, Self-Locking

WARNING

Accidental or intentional introduction of liquid contaminants into the environment is a

0185-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1136)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0185

REMOVAL

1. Remove four self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 12), eight washers (Figure 1, Items 9 and 11), four bolts
(Figure 1, Item 8), and gasket (Figure 1, Item 10) and disconnect K valve (Figure 1, Item 3) from discharge
manifold (Figure 1, Item 13). Discard self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 12) and gasket (Figure 1, Item 10).
2. Remove four self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 7), eight washers (Figure 1, Items 2 and 6), four bolts
(Figure 1, Item 1), and gasket (Figure 1, Item 4) from K valve (Figure 1, Item 3) and pipe (Figure 1, Item 5).
Discard self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 7) and gasket (Figure 1, Item 4).

7
6
5
4
3
1 2

8
13 9

11
12
BAE9986

Figure 1. K Valve Replacement.

END OF TASK

INSTALLATION

1. Install new gasket (Figure 1, Item 4), K valve (Figure 1, Item 3), and pipe (Figure 1, Item 5) with four bolts
(Figure 1, Item 1), eight washers (Figure 1, Items 2 and 6), and four new self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 7).
2. Install K valve (Figure 1, Item 3) and new gasket (Figure 1, Item 10) on discharge manifold
(Figure 1, Item 13) with four bolts (Figure 1, Item 8), eight washers (Figure 1, Items 9 and 11), and four new
self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 12).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0185-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1136)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0186

FIELD MAINTENANCE
DISCHARGE MANIFOLD REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Semitrailer fuel tank drained (WP 0005)
F valve assembly removed (WP 0195)
B valve assembly removed (WP 0184)
Materials/Parts G valve assembly removed (WP 0198)
Gasket (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 9) K valve removed (WP 0185)
Nut, Self-Locking
Qty: (13) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 71)

Equipment Condition
Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)

WARNING

Accidental or intentional introduction of liquid contaminants into the environment is a

0186-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1137)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0186

REMOVAL

1. Remove eight bolts (Figure 1, Item 9), self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 12), access cover
(Figure 1, Item 11), and gasket (Figure 1, Item 10) from discharge manifold (Figure 1, Item 3). Discard
self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 12) and gasket (Figure 1, Item 10).
2. Remove three bolts (Figure 1, Item 1), six washers (Figure 1, Item 2), and three self-locking nuts
(Figure 1, Item 4) from discharge manifold (Figure 1, Item 3). Discard self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 4).
3. Remove two bolts (Figure 1, Item 8), four washers (Figure 1, Item 5), two self-locking nuts
(Figure 1, Item 6), and discharge manifold (Figure 1, Item 3) from piping control cabinet (Figure 1, Item 7).
Discard self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 6).

END OF TASK

INSTALLATION

1. Install discharge manifold (Figure 1, Item 3) in piping control cabinet (Figure 1, Item 7) with two bolts
(Figure 1, Item 8), four washers (Figure 1, Item 5), and two new self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 6).
2. Install three bolts (Figure 1, Item 1), six washers (Figure 1, Item 2), and three new self-locking nuts
(Figure 1, Item 4) on discharge manifold (Figure 1, Item 3).
3. Install access cover (Figure 1, Item 11) and new gasket (Figure 1, Item 10) on discharge manifold
(Figure 1, Item 3) with eight bolts (Figure 1, Item 9) and new self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 12).

3
2 4

6
5
2 7
1

8 5
10 BAE9322
11 9
12

Figure 1. Discharge Manifold Replacement.

END OF TASK

0186-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1137)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0186

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Install K valve (WP 0185).

2. Install G valve assembly (WP 0198).
3. Install B valve assembly (WP 0184).
4. Install F valve assembly (WP 0195).
5. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0186-3/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1137)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0187

FIELD MAINTENANCE
BOTTOM LOADING VALVE REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s Qty: (8) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 71)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) O-Ring (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 112)

Materials/Parts Equipment Condition

Gasket (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 9) Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Nut, Self-Locking Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
Semitrailer fuel tank drained (WP 0005)

WARNING

Accidental or intentional introduction of liquid contaminants into the environment is a

0187-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1138)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0187

ROADSIDE BOTTOM LOADING VALVE REMOVAL

Remove six screws (Figure 1, Item 2), O-ring (Figure 1, Item 3), and bottom loading valve (Figure 1, Item 1)
from base (Figure 1, Item 4). Discard O-ring (Figure 1, Item 3).

END OF TASK

ROADSIDE BOTTOM LOADING VALVE INSTALLATION

Install bottom loading valve (Figure 1, Item 1), new O-ring (Figure 1, Item 3) with six screws
(Figure 1, Item 2) to base (Figure 1, Item 4).

BAE9323
4 2,3

Figure 1. Roadside Bottom Loading Valve Replacement.

END OF TASK

CURBSIDE BOTTOM LOADING VALVE REMOVAL

1. Remove two screws (Figure 2, Item 1) and brake interlock valve (Figure 2, Item 2) from top of curbside
bottom loading valve (Figure 2, Item 3).
2. Remove eight self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 4), 16 washers (Figure 2, Item 5), eight bolts
(Figure 2, Item 6), bottom loading valve (Figure 2, Item 3), and gasket (Figure 2, Item 7) from pipe
(Figure 2, Item 8). Discard self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 4) and gasket (Figure 2, Item 7).

END OF TASK

CURBSIDE BOTTOM LOADING VALVE INSTALLATION

1. Install new gasket (Figure 2, Item 7), bottom loading valve (Figure 2, Item 3), eight bolts (Figure 2, Item 6),
16 washers (Figure 2, Item 5), and eight new self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 4) to pipe (Figure 2, Item 8).
2. Install brake interlock valve (Figure 2, Item 2) and two screws (Figure 2, Item 1) to top of curbside bottom
loading valve (Figure 2, Item 3).

0187-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1138)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0187

CURBSIDE BOTTOM LOADING VALVE INSTALLATION - Continued

1 2 3

4, 5, 6
BAE9324

Figure 2. Curbside Bottom Loading Valve Replacement.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0187-3/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1138)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0188

FIELD MAINTENANCE
MANIFOLD VALVE REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Semitrailer fuel tank drained (WP 0005)
Negative battery cables disconnected (WP 0005)
G valve removed (WP 0198)
Materials/Parts J valve removed (WP 0189)
Gasket (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 17)
Nut, Self-Locking
Qty: (2) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 73)

Equipment Condition
Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)

WARNING

Accidental or intentional introduction of liquid contaminants into the environment is a

0188-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1139)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0188

REMOVAL

1. Remove four nuts (Figure 1, Item 7), bolts (Figure 1, Item 6), two split couplings (Figure 1, Item 4), and
seals (Figure 1, Item 5) from two pipes (Figure 1, Item 8).
2. Remove two self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 1), washers (Figure 1, Item 2), bolts (Figure 1, Item 3), and
manifold valve (Figure 1, Item 14) from frame (Figure 1, Item 13). Discard self-locking nuts
(Figure 1, Item 1).
3. Remove 16 nuts (Figure 1, Item 10), bolts (Figure 1, Item 11), valve (Figure 1, Item 12), and gasket
(Figure 1, Item 9). Discard gasket (Figure 1, Item 9).

END OF TASK

INSTALLATION

1. Install new gasket (Figure 1, Item 9), valve (Figure 1, Item 12), 16 bolts (Figure 1, Item 11), and nuts
(Figure 1, Item 10).
2. Install manifold valve (Figure 1, Item 14), two bolts (Figure 1, Item 3), washers (Figure 1, Item 2), and new
self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 1) to frame (Figure 1, Item 13).
3. Install two seals (Figure 1, Item 5), split couplings (Figure 1, Item 4), four bolts (Figure 1, Item 6), and nuts
(Figure 1, Item 7) to two pipes (Figure 1, Item 8).

1, 2, 3 8
4, 5 6 7

6, 7
4, 5

9
10, 11
13 12 BAE9327

Figure 1. Manifold Valve Replacement.

END OF TASK

0188-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1139)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0188

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Install J valve (WP 0189).

2. Install G valve (WP 0198).
3. Connect negative battery cables (WP 0005).
4. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0188-3/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1139)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0189

FIELD MAINTENANCE
J AND N BALL VALVES REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Semitrailer fuel tank drained (WP 0005)
Negative battery cables disconnected (WP 0005)
Filter separator drained (WP 0179)
Materials/Parts
Thread, Sealing Compound
(WP 0214, Table 1, Item 14)

References
WP 0199

Equipment Condition
Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)

WARNING

Accidental or intentional introduction of liquid contaminants into the environment is a

NOTE
• There are two ball valves. This procedure replaces the J valve. The N valve is
replaced the same way.
• Close valves A, G, and H if removing valve J. Close valve M if removing valve N.

0189-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1140)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0189

REMOVAL

Move handle (Figure 1, Item 3) 90 degrees counterclockwise and remove elbow (Figure 1, Item 5), J valve
(Figure 1, Item 1), and fitting (Figure 1, Item 2) from manifold (Figure 1, Item 4).

2 3
1

5
4 BAE9328

Figure 1. J Valve Removal.

END OF TASK

INSTALLATION

NOTE
Apply thread sealing compound to threads.
Install fitting (Figure 1, Item 2), J valve (Figure 1, Item 1), and elbow (Figure 1, Item 4) to manifold
(Figure 1, Item 3).

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Open A, G, and H valves if J valve was replaced; open M valve if N valve was replaced (WP 0199).
2. Connect negative battery cables (WP 0005).
3. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0189-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1140)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0190

FIELD MAINTENANCE
RECIRCULATION VALVE ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s Qty: (8) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 98)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) O-Ring (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 112)

Materials/Parts Equipment Condition

Gasket (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 8) Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Nut, Self-Locking Semitrailer drained (WP 0005)
Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
Fire extinguisher removed

GASKET REPLACEMENT

1. Remove eight self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 1). Discard self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 1).
2. Remove adapter plate (Figure 1, Item 2) and gasket (Figure 1, Item 3). Discard gasket (Figure 1, Item 3).
3. Install new gasket (Figure 1, Item 3) over eight studs (Figure 1, Item 4).
4. Replace adapter plate (Figure 1, Item 2) and secure with eight new self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 1).

2
1

BAE9513a

Figure 1. Gasket Replacement.

END OF TASK

0190-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1141)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0190

ADAPTER REPLACEMENT

1. Remove six screws (Figure 2, Item 2).

2. Remove adapter (Figure 2, Item 3) and O-ring (Figure 2, Item 4) by pulling adapter from the adapter plate
(Figure 2, Item 5). Discard O-ring (Figure 2, Item 4).
3. Install new O-ring (Figure 2, Item 4) in groove on adapter.
4. Install adapter (Figure 2, Item 3) into hole in adapter plate and secure with six screws (Figure 2, Item 2).

4
2
3
1

5 BAE9513

Figure 2. Adapter and Dust Cap Replacement.

END OF TASK

DUST CAP REPLACEMENT

1. Remove the dust cap (Figure 2, Item 1) from the adapter (Figure 2, Item 3).
2. Release the spring clip at the adapter (Figure 2, Item 3) and remove cable and dust cap (Figure 2, Item 1).
3. Attach spring clip to the adapter (Figure 2, Item 3) and install dust cap (Figure 2, Item 1) on adapter
(Figure 2, Item 3).

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Install fire extinguisher.

2. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0190-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1141)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0191

FIELD MAINTENANCE
CABINET PIPING ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s Qty: (4) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 74)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Seal Qty: (4) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 6)

Materials/Parts Equipment Condition

Gasket (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 10) Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Nut, Self-Locking Semitrailer fuel tank drained (WP 0005)
Qty: (2) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 71) Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
Nut, Self-Locking Negative battery cables disconnected (WP 0005)

NOTE
All pipe sections are removed and installed using this procedure. The piping assemblies
consist of sections joined at couplings. Be sure to place supports at intervals under the
piping assembly before beginning disassembly.

REMOVAL

1. Remove four self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 1), eight washers (Figure 1, Item 2), four bolts
(Figure 1, Item 3), and gasket (Figure 1, Item 5) from piping assembly (Figure 1, Item 6) at valve
(Figure 1, Item 4). Discard self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 1) and gasket (Figure 1, Item 5).

1, 2, 3

BAE9989

Figure 1. Piping and Valve Assembly.

0191-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1142)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0191

REMOVAL - Continued

2. Remove four nuts (Figure 2, Item 1), bolts (Figure 2, Item 2), two split couplings (Figure 2, Item 3), and
seals (Figure 2, Item 4) from two pipes (Figure 2, Item 5) inside hose reel cabinets (Figure 2, Item 6).
Discard seals (Figure 2, Item 4).

1 2

3, 4
5

BAE9990

Figure 2. Piping With Split Coupling.

3. Remove four nuts (Figure 3, Item 3), bolts (Figure 3, Item 4), two split couplings (Figure 3, Item 1), and
seals (Figure 3, Item 2) from piping assembly (Figure 3, Item 5). Discard seals (Figure 3, Item 2).

1, 2

1, 2
3, 4

5 3, 4 BAE9991

Figure 3. Piping Assembly Replacement.

4. Remove two self-locking nuts (Figure 4, Item 4), U-bolt (Figure 4, Item 3), and piping assembly
(Figure 4, Item 1) from cross member bracket (Figure 4, Item 2). Discard self-locking nuts
(Figure 4, Item 4).

0191-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1142)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0191

REMOVAL - Continued

3, 4 BAE9992

Figure 4. Piping U-Bolt and Support.

END OF TASK

INSTALLATION

1. Install piping assembly (Figure 4, Item 1), U-bolt (Figure 4, Item 3), and two new self-locking nuts
(Figure 4, Item 4) to cross member bracket (Figure 4, Item 2).
2. Install two new seals (Figure 3, Item 2), split couplings (Figure 3, Item 1), four bolts (Figure 3, Item 4), and
nuts (Figure 3, Item 3) to piping assembly (Figure 3, Item 5).
3. Install two new seals (Figure 2, Item 4), split couplings (Figure 2, Item 3), four bolts (Figure 2, Item 2), and
nuts (Figure 2, Item 1) to two pipes (Figure 2, Item 5) inside hose reel cabinets (Figure 2, Item 6).
4. Install new gasket (Figure 5, Item 5), four bolts (Figure 5, Item 3), eight washers (Figure 5, Item 2), and four
new self-locking nuts (Figure 5, Item 1) to piping assembly (Figure 5, Item 6) at valve (Figure 5, Item 4).

1, 2, 3

5
BAE9994

Figure 5. Piping and Valve Assembly.

END OF TASK

0191-3 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1142)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0191

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Connect negative battery cables (WP 0005).

2. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0191-4 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1142)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0192

FIELD MAINTENANCE
AUTOMATIC DRAIN VALVE AND FLOAT REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s Semitrailer bonded and grounded (WP 0005)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)

Materials/Parts
Gasket (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 15)

WARNING

• Accidental or intentional introduction of liquid contaminants into the environment is

a violation of state, federal, and military regulations. Refer to Army Petroleum, Oils,
and Lubricants (POL) for information concerning storage, use, and disposal of
these liquids. Failure to comply may cause damage to environment and health of
personnel. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek
medical attention in the event of an injury.
• Read and observe all safety precautions listed in the warning summary before
performing maintenance on filter/separator. Ensure that semitrailer is grounded to
an approved ground (earth) and it is safe to proceed. Failure to follow this warning
may cause a spark to ignite. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to
personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.

0192-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1143)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0192

REMOVAL

1. Open manual drain valve N (Figure 1, Item 5) to remove any fluid from filter/separator (Figure 1, Item 2).
Close manual drain valve N (Figure 1, Item 5) when thoroughly drained.

NOTE
DO NOT disconnect tubes connecting float assembly to automatic drain.
2. Disconnect tube from top of filter/separator (Figure 1, Item 2) at the float assembly (Figure 1, Item 6).
3. Remove eight capscrews (Figure 1, Item 4), washers (Figure 1, Item 3), and automatic drain valve
(Figure 1, Item 1), and float assembly (Figure 1, Item 6).
4. Remove and discard O-ring (Figure 1, Item 7).

1
3 2
4

BAE9525
7 6 5

Figure 1. Drain Valve N Replacement.

END OF TASK

INSTALLATION

1. Position automatic drain valve (Figure 1, Item 1), float assembly (Figure 1, Item 6), and new O-ring
(Figure 1, Item 7) on filter/separator (Figure 1, Item 2). Secure with eight capscrews (Figure 1, Item 4) and
washers (Figure 1, Item 3).
2. Connect tube to top of filter/separator (Figure 1, Item 2).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0192-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1143)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0193

FIELD MAINTENANCE
WATER DETECTION SWITCH AND HARNESS MAINTENANCE

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools References

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s WP 0086
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10)
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Connector Qty: (6) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 30) Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
Gasket (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 15) Negative battery cables disconnected (WP 0005)
Sealing Compound (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 14) Fuel separator drained (WP 0179)
Tag, Marker (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 21)

REMOVAL

NOTE
Tag all wiring harness connectors prior to disconnecting if they are not already identified or
if metal ID band is missing or not readable.
1. Remove six screws (Figure 1, Item 1) and lower front of panel (Figure 1, Item 2) from control panel
assembly (Figure 1, Item 3).

1 2

PRE-HEATER STARTER ENGINE RPM

15 HOURS
WARNING
10 20
ON START
ENGINE RPM
ENGINE 5 25
ENGINE HOURS
TACH
0 30
24 28
20 32

RUN ENGINE RPM

0 36

ax bc

STOP

BATTERY VOLTAGE

TANKER FUEL LEVEL 30

3 20
30
40
50
60
70
80
ON 20
10
psi
40
50
60
20

0
40 60
psi
80

100
ax bc
ax bc

OFF

FILTER XP VAPOR PUMP PRESSURE OIL PRESSURE

BAE9927

Figure 1. Engine Control Panel.

0193-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1144)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0193

REMOVAL - Continued

2. Disconnect two wires (Figure 2, Item 2) from water level warning indicator light (Figure 2, Item 3) on back of
panel (Figure 2, Item 1).

1
2

BAE9928

Figure 2. Water Level Warning Light.

3. Disconnect wire (Figure 3, Item 4) from terminal strip (Figure 3, Item 5) in electrical junction box
(Figure 3, Item 1).
4. Disconnect wire (Figure 3, Item 2) from relay (Figure 3, Item 3) in junction box (Figure 3, Item 1).

5
4

3 BAE9929

Figure 3. Electrical Junction Box.

0193-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1144)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0193

REMOVAL - Continued

5. Remove nut (Figure 4, Item 3) from water detection switch conduit (Figure 4, Item 4) and remove conduit
from switch (Figure 4, Item 1).
6. Disconnect two wires (Figure 4, Item 2) from water detection switch (Figure 4, Item 1).

1, 2

4 3 BAE9930

Figure 4. Water Detection Switch.

NOTE
Connectors must be removed from harness leads in order to fit through conduit.
7. At junction box (Figure 5, Item 2) pull two wires (Figure 5, Item 4) from water level warning indicator light
(Figure 5, Item 5) at control panel (Figure 5, Item 6) through conduit (Figure 5, Item 3) and wires
(Figure 5, Item 8) from water detection switch (Figure 5, Item 7) through conduit (Figure 5, Item 1).

1 2 3 4, 5 6

FRONT
TOP VIEW
7, 8 BAE9931

Figure 5. Water Level Warning Light Wiring Harness.

0193-3 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1144)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0193

REMOVAL - Continued

8. Remove eight screws (Figure 6, Item 5), washers (Figure 6, Item 6), bracket (Figure 6, Item 4), sump plate
(Figure 6, Item 7), and gasket (Figure 6, Item 8) from filter/separator (Figure 6, Item 1). Discard gasket
(Figure 6, Item 8).
9. Remove water detection switch (Figure 6, Item 2).

2
8
7 3

5, 6

4 BAE9932

Figure 6. Water Detection Switch.

END OF TASK

INSPECTION

Inspect wires for cracks and fraying or exposed insulation. If any of these conditions exist, repair (WP 0086).

END OF TASK

INSTALLATION

NOTE
Apply a light coat of thread sealing compound to screw threads prior to installation.
1. Install water detection switch (Figure 6, Item 2) on sump plate (Figure 6, Item 6).
2. Install new gasket (Figure 6, Item 8), sump plate (Figure 6, Item 6), eight washers (Figure 6, Item 4), and
eight screws (Figure 6, Item 5).
3. From junction box (Figure 7, Item 2) thread two wires (Figure 7, Item 4) through conduit (Figure 7, Item 3)
leading to water level warning indicator light (Figure 7, Item 5) at control panel (Figure 7, Item 6).
4. From junction box (Figure 7, Item 2) thread two wires (Figure 6, Item 3) through conduit (Figure 7, Item 1)
leading to water detection switch (Figure 7, Item 7).

0193-4 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1144)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0193

INSTALLATION - Continued

NOTE
New connectors may need to be installed on wires (WP 0086).
5. Connect two thread wires (Figure 7, Item 8) at water detection switch (Figure 7, Item 7).

1 2 3 4, 5 6

FRONT
TOP VIEW
7, 8 BAE9931a

Figure 7. Water Level Warning Light Wiring Harness.

6. Connect two wires (Figure 8, Item 1) at water level warning indicator light (Figure 8, Item 2).

vvBAE9933

Figure 8. Water Level Warning Light.

0193-5 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1144)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0193

INSTALLATION - Continued

7. Connect wire (Figure 9, Item 2) to relay (Figure 9, Item 3) in junction box (Figure 9, Item 1).
8. Connect wire (Figure 9, Item 4) to terminal strip (Figure 9, Item 5) in junction box (Figure 9, Item 1).

4
2

3 BAE9934

Figure 9. Electrical Junction Box.

9. Install six screws (Figure 10, Item 1) and secure front panel (Figure 10, Item 2) to control panel assembly
(Figure 10, Item 3).

1
2
PRE-HEATER STARTER ENGINE RPM

15 HOURS
WARNING

3
10 20
ON START
ENGINE RPM
ENGINE 5 25
ENGINE HOURS
TACH
0 30
24 28
20 32

RUN ENGINE RPM

0 36

ax bc

STOP

BATTERY VOLTAGE

TANKER FUEL LEVEL 30 40 60

50
ON 20 40
40 60 psi 20 psi
80
30 70 10 50
20 80
60 0 100
ax bc
ax bc

OFF

FILTER XP VAPOR PUMP PRESSURE OIL PRESSURE

BAE9935

Figure 10. Engine Control Panel.

END OF TASK

0193-6 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1144)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0193

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Connect negative battery cables (WP 0005).

2. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0193-7/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1144)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0194

FIELD MAINTENANCE
EMERGENCY VALVE MAINTENANCE

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s Qty: (2) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 123)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Pin, Cotter
Qty: (2) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 108)
Retainer Sleeve, Seal
Materials/Parts (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 23)
Gasket Qty: (2) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 8) Ring, Wiper (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 22)
Nut, Self-Locking Tape, Antiseizing (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 22)
Qty: (8) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 55)
O-Ring Qty: (2) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 111)
O-Ring (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 113) Personnel Required
O-Ring (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 114) Two
O-Ring (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 115)
O-Ring (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 116)
Equipment Condition
Packing, Preformed
Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
(WP 0216, Table 1, Item 34)
Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
Packing, Preformed
Negative battery cables disconnected (WP 0005)
Fuel tank drained (WP 0005)

WARNING

Accidental or intentional introduction of liquid contaminants into the environment is a

0194-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1145)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0194

REMOVAL

1. Remove two nuts (Figure 1, Item 11), fuse plate (Figure 1, Item 14), reinforcing plate (Figure 1, Item 15),
U-bolt (Figure 1, Item 12), and cable (Figure 1, Item 13) from lever (Figure 1, Item 16).
2. Remove cable (Figure 1, Item 13) from cable support (Figure 1, Item 9) and fitting (Figure 1, Item 8).
3. Remove split coupling (Figure 1, Item 5), two bolts (Figure 1, Item 3), nuts (Figure 1, Item 4), and seal
(Figure 1, Item 6) from pipe (Figure 1, Item 7).

CAUTION
• Assistance may be necessary when removing elbow and emergency valve. Failure
to comply may result in damage to, or destruction of, equipment or mission.
• Elbow and emergency valve may not come down together. If they do not pressure
MUST be applied to keep the emergency valve in place until it is removed. Failure
to comply may result in damage to, or destruction of, equipment or mission.
4. Remove eight nuts (Figure 1, Item 1), washers (Figure 1, Item 2), and elbow (Figure 1, Item 10) from studs
(Figure 1, Item 17).

3, 4
5, 6

1, 2
17 7
16

14, 15
13
11, 12
10 9 8 BAE9311

Figure 1. Emergency Valve Piping Removal.

0194-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1145)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0194

REMOVAL - Continued

5. Lower internal valve (Figure 2, Item 3) to access line (Figure 2, Item 1) and fitting (Figure 2, Item 5).

NOTE
Tie a string or lightweight wire to line (Figure 2, Item 1) so it will not snap back into tank.
6. Remove line (Figure 2, Item 1) and fitting (Figure 2, Item 5) from internal valve (Figure 2, Item 3).
7. Remove internal valve (Figure 2, Item 3), push rod (Figure 2, Item 2), and two gaskets (Figure 2, Item 4).
Discard gaskets (Figure 2, Item 4).

3
4

BAE9312

Figure 2. Emergency Valve.

END OF TASK

END OF TASK

0194-6 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1145)

0194-9 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1145)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0194

INSTALLATION

NOTE
• Have an assistant guide top of push rod into vent valve at top of tank.
• Apply antiseizing tape to threads.
1. Place push rod (Figure 6, Item 2) and new gasket (Figure 6, Item 4) to internal valve (Figure 6, Item 3).
2. Install line (Figure 6, Item 1) and fitting (Figure 6, Item 5) to internal valve (Figure 6, Item 3).

3
4

BAE9312a

Figure 6. Internal Valve.

NOTE
If restraining string or wire was utilized, untie string or wire.
3. Install new gasket (Figure 7, Item 1), elbow (Figure 7, Item 9), eight washers (Figure 7, Item 18), and nuts
(Figure 7, Item 17) to studs (Figure 7, Item 16).
4. Install seal (Figure 7, Item 5), two nuts (Figure 7, Item 3), bolts (Figure 7, Item 2), and split coupling
(Figure 7, Item 4) to pipe (Figure 7, Item 6).
5. Install fitting (Figure 7, Item 7) and cable (Figure 7, Item 12) to cable support (Figure 7, Item 8).
6. Install cable (Figure 7, Item 12), U-bolt (Figure 7, Item 11), reinforcing plate (Figure 7, Item 13), fuse plate
(Figure 7, Item 14), and two nuts (Figure 7, Item 10) to lever (Figure 7, Item 15).

0194-10 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1145)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0194

INSTALLATION - Continued

2, 3
1 4, 5

17, 18
16 6
15

13, 14
12 10, 11
9 8 7 BAE9315

Figure 7. Valve Piping Installation.

END OF TASK

ADJUSTMENT

Reach down through manhole and grasp push rod to verify push rod has slight up and down movement.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Adjust emergency valve cable (WP 0202).

2. Connect negative battery cables (WP 0005).
3. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0194-11/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1145)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0195

FIELD MAINTENANCE
F, E, AND B VALVES REPAIR

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s Rag, Wiping (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 13)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Washer, Lock
Qty: (8) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 103)
Materials/Parts
Cleaning Compound, Solvent Equipment Condition
(WP 0214, Table 1, Item 6) Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Gasket (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 48) Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
Packing (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 46)

NOTE
Use this task to repair the F, E, and B valves. F valve shown.

DISASSEMBLY

1. Remove eight screws (Figure 1, Item 2), lockwashers (Figure 1, Item 5), nuts (Figure 1, Item 6), gasket
(Figure 1, Item 3), and bonnet (Figure 1, Item 1) from valve body (Figure 1, Item 4). Discard lockwashers
(Figure 1, Item 5) and gasket (Figure 1, Item 3).

1 2

5
6
BAE9410a

Figure 1. Bonnet Removal.

0195-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1146)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0195

DISASSEMBLY - Continued

2. Loosen packing nut (Figure 2, Item 14) and turn handwheel (Figure 2, Item 15) counterclockwise.
Remove nut (Figure 2, Item 1), handwheel, packing nut, spring (Figure 2, Item 13), packing retainer
(Figure 2, Item 12), and packing (Figure 2, Item 11) from bonnet (Figure 2, Item 10). Discard packing
(Figure 2, Item 11).
3. Remove stem (Figure 2, Item 2), pull nut (Figure 2, Item 3), and disc assembly (Figure 2, Item 4) from valve
body (Figure 2, Item 6).

1
3

15
4
14

13 5
12

11
6
9
10

7
8

BAE9410

Figure 2. Valve Body Disassembly.

END OF TASK

0195-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1146)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0195
CLEANING AND INSPECTION
WARNING

• Solvent cleaning compound MIL-PRF-680 may be irritating to the eyes and skin. Wear
protective gloves and eye protection. First aid for skin contact: remove contaminated
clothing. Wash skin thoroughly with soap and water. First aid for eye contact: flush with
water for 15 minutes or until irritation subsides. If symptoms persist, seek medical
attention. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical
attention in the event of an injury.
• Use solvent cleaning compound MIL-PRF-680 in a well-ventilated area. Use respirator as
needed. Accidental ingestion can cause irritation of digestive tract and respiratory tract.
May cause lung and central nervous system damage. Can be fatal if swallowed.
Inhalation of high/massive concentrations can cause coma or be fatal. First aid for
ingestion: DO NOT induce vomiting. Seek immediate medical attention. First aid for
inhalation: move to fresh air. If not breathing, provide artificial respiration. If symptoms
persist, seek medical attention. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to
personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• MIL-PRF-680 solvent is combustible; DO NOT use or store near heat, sparks, flame, or
other ignition sources. Use mechanical ventilation whenever product is used in confined
space, heated above ambient temperatures, or agitated. When not using MIL-PRF-680
solvents, ensure MIL-PRF-680 solvent container is closed. Store, transport, and dispose
virgin/used solvents and solvent contaminated rags in compliance with local procedures.
Failure to comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the
event of an injury.
• Cleaning solvent compound MIL-PRF-680 is toxic and flammable. ALWAYS wear eye
protection and gloves and use only in a well-ventilated area. Avoid contact with skin, eyes,
and clothes and do not breathe vapors. Do not use near open flame or excessive heat.
When not using MIL-PRF-680 solvent cleaning compounds, ensure compound container is
closed. Store, transport, and dispose virgin / used solvents and solvent contaminated rags in
compliance with local procedures and regulations. Failure to comply may result in death or
injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• Improper cleaning methods and use of unauthorized cleaning liquids or solvents can
injure personnel and damage equipment. Failure to comply may result in death or injury
to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.

1. Clean all metal parts with cleaning compound and dry clean rags.
2. Inspect metal parts for cracks, scoring, and pitting. Replace any damaged parts.
3. If disc assembly or disc assembly mating surfaces are pitted or scored, replace entire valve assembly.
END OF TASK

0195-3
TM 9-2330-330-13 0195

ASSEMBLY

1. Install stem (Figure 3, Item 2), pull nut (Figure 3, Item 3), and disc assembly (Figure 3, Item 4) in valve body
(Figure 3, Item 6).
2. Install new packing (Figure 3, Item 11), packing retainer (Figure 3, Item 12), spring (Figure 3, Item 13),
packing nut (Figure 3, Item 14), handwheel (Figure 3, Item 15), and nut (Figure 3, Item 1) on bonnet
(Figure 3, Item 10).
3. Install eight screws (Figure 3, Item 9), new lockwashers (Figure 3, Item 7), nuts (Figure 3, Item 8), new
gasket (Figure 3, Item 5), and bonnet (Figure 3, Item 10) on valve body (Figure 3, Item 6).

1
3

15
4

13 5
12

11
6
9
10
7
8
BAE9410

Figure 3. Valve Body Assembly.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0195-4 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1146)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0196

FIELD MAINTENANCE
D VALVE AND LINES REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Negative battery cables disconnected (WP 0005)
Semitrailer emptied and purged (WP 0006)
Materials/Parts
Strap, Tiedown (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 20)

References
WP 0197

Equipment Condition
Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)

REMOVAL

NOTE
Replace fuel filter when replacing hoses (WP 0197).
1. Loosen set screw (Figure 1, Item 3) and remove knob (Figure 1, Item 4) and nut (Figure 1, Item 1) from D
valve stem (Figure 1, Item 2).
2. Remove two fittings (Figure 1, Item 5) and D valve body (Figure 1, Item 6).

3 4
2

5 5
6 BOTTOM VIEW BAE9411

Figure 1. D Valve Body Removal.

0196-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1147)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0196

REMOVAL - Continued

NOTE
Remove tiedown straps as necessary.
3. Remove fitting (Figure 2, Item 1).

1 BAE9412

Figure 2. Push-Lock Fitting Removal.

4. Disconnect hose at high level shut-off (Figure 3, Item 2) and at D valve fitting (Figure 3, Item 3).
5. Remove elbow fitting (Figure 3, Item 1) from high level shut-off (Figure 3, Item 2).

1
2

INTERIOR VIEW
BAE9413

Figure 3. D Valve Line Replacement.

END OF TASK

0196-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1147)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0196

INSTALLATION

1. Install elbow fitting (Figure 3, Item 1) to high level shut-off (Figure 3, Item 2).
2. Install hose (Figure 3, Item 2) to high level shut-off (Figure 3, Item 3).
3. Install valve body fitting (Figure 4, Item 6).

NOTE
Install new tiedown straps as necessary.
4. Install two fittings (Figure 4, Item 5).
5. Install nut (Figure 4, Item 1) and knob (Figure 4, Item 4) to D valve stem (Figure 4, Item 2) and tighten set
screw (Figure 4, Item 3).

3 4

5 5

6
BOTTOM VIEW BAE9414

Figure 4. D Valve Body Installation.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Connect negative battery cables (WP 0005).

2. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0196-3/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1147)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0197

FIELD MAINTENANCE
HIGH LEVEL SHUT-OFF SENSOR AND FILTER REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s Semitrailer fuel tank drained (WP 0005)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Manhole cover removed (WP 0135)

Materials/Parts
Clamp, Hose
Qty: (2) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 47)

Equipment Condition
Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)

SENSOR REMOVAL

NOTE
• Manhole cover removal is only required for sensor replacement.
• Tie up lines for ease of maintenance.
1. Remove two lines (Figure 1, Item 1) from fittings (Figure 1, Item 2) on sensor (Figure 1, Item 3).
2. Measure and record distance from top inside roof of tank to centerline of fitting.

2
1

BAE9316

Figure 1. High Level Shut-off Sensor.

0197-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1148)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0197

SENSOR REMOVAL - Continued

3. Remove lower nut (Figure 2, Item 5), washer (Figure 2, Item 4), and sensor (Figure 2, Item 3) from rod
(Figure 2, Item 6).
4. Remove two fittings (Figure 2, Item 1) from sensor (Figure 2, Item 3).

TOP INSIDE
ROOF OF TANK

1 1
MEASURE
2

CENTERLINE
OF FITTING

4
5
3
6
BAE9317

Figure 2. Sensor Measurement.

END OF TASK

SENSOR INSTALLATION

1. Install two fittings (Figure 2, Item 1) to sensor (Figure 2, Item 3).

2. Install sensor (Figure 2, Item 3), washer (Figure 2, Item 4), and nut (Figure 2, Item 5) to rod
(Figure 2, Item 6). Verify recorded measurement from Removal Step 2.
3. Install two lines (Figure 2, Item 2) to fittings (Figure 2, Item 1) on sensor (Figure 2, Item 3).

END OF TASK

FILTER REMOVAL

1. Cut clamps (Figure 3, Item 2) from hose (Figure 3, Item 3) on both ends of filter (Figure 3, Item 1). Discard
clamps (Figure 3, Item 2).
2. Remove filter (Figure 3, Item 1) from hose (Figure 3, Item 3).

0197-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1148)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0197

FILTER REMOVAL - Continued

1
2
3
FUEL FLOW

BAE9318

Figure 3. High Level Shut-off Filter.

END OF TASK

FILTER INSTALLATION

1. Place new clamps (Figure 3, Item 2) on each hose (Figure 3, Item 3) end.
2. Install filter (Figure 3, Item 1) on hose (Figure 3, Item 3) and secure by crimping clamps (Figure 3, Item 2).

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Install manhole cover (WP 0135).

2. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0197-3/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1148)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0198

FIELD MAINTENANCE
G, M, P, AND R VALVES MAINTENANCE

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s Qty: (2) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 82)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10)
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Cleaning Compound, Solvent Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
(WP 0214, Table 1, Item 6) Semitrailer fuel tank drained (WP 0005)
Disk, Valve (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 128) R and P valves removed (WP 0200)
O-Ring (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 19) G and M valves removed (WP 0199)
O-Ring (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 18)
Pin, Spring

NOTE
All four valves are identical except in size. Valves G and M are larger than valves P and R.
This procedure covers the P valve.

DISASSEMBLY

1. Remove nut (Figure 1, Item 3), bolt (Figure 1, Item 2), and handle (Figure 1, Item 1) from valve
(Figure 1, Item 4).

3 BAE9408a

Figure 1. Valve and Valve Handle.

0198-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1149)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0198

DISASSEMBLY - Continued

2. Remove two screws (Figure 2, Item 6) and ratchet plate (Figure 2, Item 5).
3. Remove two retaining pins (Figure 2, Item 9) from top side of valve (Figure 2, Item 3). Discard retaining pins
(Figure 2, Item 9).
4. Remove stems (Figure 2, Items 1 and 8), O-rings (Figure 2, Items 2 and 7), and disc (Figure 2, Item 4) from
valve (Figure 2, Item 3). Discard O-rings (Figure 2, Items 2 and 7) and disc (Figure 2, Item 4).

4
1
3
2

9
8 6

BAE9409a

Figure 2. Valve Disassembly.

END OF TASK

0198-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1149)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0198
CLEANING AND INSPECTION
WARNING

CAUTION
• Use a drain pan or appropriate containment equipment to capture any draining or
leaking fluid. Refer to local procedures and plans for preventing and responding to fluid
spills or leaks. Comply with local regulations when disposing of clean up material and
leaked and spilled fluids. Failure to comply may result in damage to, or destruction of,
equipment or mission.

• Do not clean parts with gasoline, in a hot solution tank, or with water and alkaline
solutions. Failure to comply may result in damage to, or destruction of, equipment
or mission.

0198-3
TM 9-2330-330-13 0198

CLEANING AND INSPECTION - Continued

Clean all metal parts with cleaning solvent. Check for any obvious damage, such as cracks in parts.
Replace any damaged parts.

END OF TASK

ASSEMBLY

1. Install new disc (Figure 3, Item 4), two new O-rings (Figure 3, Items 2 and 7), and stems
(Figure 3, Items 1 and 8) on valve (Figure 2, Item 3).
2. Insert smooth ends of two new retaining pins (Figure 3, Item 9) into valve (Figure 3, Item 3).
3. Install ratchet plate (Figure 3, Item 5) to valve (Figure 3, Item 3) with two screws (Figure 3, Item 6).

4
1
3
2

9
8 6

BAE9409

Figure 3. Valve Assembly.

4. Install handle (Figure 4, Item 1) to valve (Figure 4, Item 4) with bolt (Figure 4, Item 2) and nut
(Figure 4, Item 3).

0198-4 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1149)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0198

ASSEMBLY - Continued

4
2
3 BAE9408

Figure 4. Valve and Valve Handle Assembly.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Install valves (WP 0199) and (WP 0200).

2. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0198-5/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1149)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0199

FIELD MAINTENANCE
G AND M VALVES REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Semitrailer fuel tank drained (WP 0005)
Negative battery cables disconnected (WP 0005)
Discharge manifold removed (WP 0186)
Materials/Parts
Gasket Qty: (2) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 9)
Nut, Self-Locking
Qty: (8) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 71)

References
WP 0134

Equipment Condition
Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)

WARNING

Accidental or intentional introduction of liquid contaminants into the environment is a

NOTE
• This procedure replaces the G valve. The G & M valves are both replaced the
same way.
• It may be necessary to loosen piping control components (WP 0134) prior to
removal of valve.

0199-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1150)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0199

REMOVAL

Remove eight self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 1), 16 washers (Figure 1, Item 2), six bolts (Figure 1, Item 4),
two studs (Figure 1, Item 6), two seals (Figure 1, Item 5), and valve (Figure 1, Item 3). Discard self-locking
nuts (Figure 1, Item 1) and seals (Figure 1, Item 5).

M VALVE

1, 2 3 2
4

6 1 5 BAE9310

Figure 1. G Valve Replacement.

END OF TASK

INSTALLATION

Install valve (Figure 1, Item 3), two new seals (Figure 1, Item 5), six bolts (Figure 1, Item 4), two studs
(Figure 1, Item 6), 16 washers (Figure 1, Item 2), and eight new self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 1).

END OF TASK

0199-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1150)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0199

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Install discharge manifold (WP 0186).

2. Connect negative battery cables (WP 0005).
3. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0199-3/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1150)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0200

FIELD MAINTENANCE
P AND R VALVES REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s Qty: (8) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 73)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10)
Wrench, Torque (WP 0215, Table 1, Item 14)
Equipment Condition
Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Materials/Parts Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
Gasket (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 14) Semitrailer fuel tank drained (WP 0006)
Gasket Qty: (2) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 67) Negative battery cables disconnected (WP 0005)
Nut, Self-Locking

NOTE
There are two valves. This procedure replaces the R valve. The P valve is replaced the
same way.

REMOVAL

1. Remove four nuts (Figure 1, Item 8), gasket (Figure 1, Item 9), and pipe (Figure 1, Item 7) from meter
(Figure 1, Item 1). Discard gasket (Figure 1, Item 9).
2. Remove eight self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 4), 16 washers (Figure 1, Item 5), eight bolts
(Figure 1, Item 6), two seals (Figure 1, Item 2), and valve (Figure 1, Item 3). Discard self-locking nuts
(Figure 1, Item 4) and seals (Figure 1, Item 2).

1
2

3
R

9
8
7 4, 5, 6 BAE9978

Figure 1. R Valve Assembly Removal.

END OF TASK

0200-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1151)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0200

INSTALLATION

1. Install valve (Figure 2, Item 6), two new seals (Figure 2, Item 5), eight bolts (Figure 2, Item 4), 16 washers
(Figure 2, Item 3), and eight new self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 2).
2. Install pipe (Figure 2, Item 7), new gasket (Figure 2, Item 9), and nuts (Figure 2, Item 8) to meter
(Figure 2, Item 1). Torque nuts to 85 ft lb (115.24 N·m).

1 2, 3, 4 5

6
R

8 7
BAE9979

Figure 2. R Valve Assembly Installation.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Connect negative battery cables (WP 0005).

2. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0200-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1151)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0201

FIELD MAINTENANCE
CONTROL CABLE ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Cables disconnected from valve A control handle
(WP 0202)
Equipment Condition
Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)

REMOVAL

1. Remove four nuts (Figure 1, Item 3), two U-bolts (Figure 1, Item 4), and cables (Figure 1, Item 2) from
handles (Figure 1, Item 1).

4 3 2 BAE9338

Figure 1. Control Cable Handle Removal.

0201-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1152)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0201

REMOVAL - Continued

2. Remove two nuts (Figure 2, Item 3), U-bolt (Figure 2, Item 4), fuse plate and reinforcing plate
(Figure 2, Item 2), and cable (Figure 2, Item 5) from lever (Figure 2, Item 1).

3 BAE9339

Figure 2. Control Cable Lever.

3. Remove three cables (Figure 3, Item 1) from conduit (Figure 3, Item 2) at valve A control handle
(Figure 3, Item 3).

2
1

3
BAE9340

Figure 3. Valve A Control Handle.

END OF TASK

0201-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1152)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0201

INSTALLATION

1. Install three cables (Figure 3, Item 1) through conduit (Figure 3, Item 2) to handle (Figure 3, Item 3).
2. Install two cables (Figure 4, Item 2), U-bolts (Figure 4, Item 4), and four nuts (Figure 4, Item 3) to handles
(Figure 4, Item 1).

4 3 2 BAE9341

Figure 4. Control Cable Handle Installation.

3. Install cable (Figure 2, Item 5) to U-bolt (Figure 2, Item 4), fuse plate, reinforcing plate (Figure 2, Item 2),
and two nuts (Figure 2, Item 3) to lever (Figure 2, Item 1).

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Install cables to valve A control handle (WP 0202).

2. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0201-3/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1152)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0202

FIELD MAINTENANCE
EMERGENCY VALVE A CONTROL HANDLE MAINTENANCE

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Materials/Parts (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s Qty: (4) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 58)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Tag, Marker (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 21)

Materials/Parts Personnel Required

Clamp, Wire Rope Two
Qty: (2) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 28)
Nut, Self-Locking
Equipment Condition
Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)
Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)

NOTE
• Put handle in closed position prior to removing cables.
• Tag all wires, hoses, tubing, and connections prior to removal for ease
of installation.

0202-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1153)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0202

REMOVAL

1. Remove four nuts (Figure 1, Item 3), two clamps (Figure 1, Item 1), and cables (Figure 1, Item 2) from
bracket (Figure 1, Item 4). Discard clamps (Figure 1, Item 1).

1 2

F K
B

J
G

4 1 BAE9329

Figure 1. Emergency Valve A Control Handle Removal.

2. Remove two shaft nuts (Figure 2, Item 2) and cable (Figure 2, Item 3) from threaded shaft (Figure 2, Item 1).
3. Remove threaded shaft (Figure 2, Item 1) from lever (Figure 2, Item 4).

3
2
1

BAE9330

Figure 2. Emergency Valve A Control Handle Assembly.

4. Remove four self-locking nuts (Figure 3, Item 1), eight washers (Figure 3, Item 2), four bolts

0202-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1153)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0202

REMOVAL - Continued

(Figure 3, Item 3), and handle mounting bracket (Figure 3, Item 4). Discard self-locking nuts
(Figure 3, Item 1).

1, 2, 3

BAE9331

Figure 3. Emergency Valve A Control Handle Mounting Bracket.

END OF TASK

INSTALLATION

1. Install handle mounting bracket (Figure 3, Item 4), four bolts (Figure 3, Item 3), eight washers
(Figure 3, Item 2), and four new self-locking nuts (Figure 3, Item 1).
2. Install threaded shaft (Figure 2, Item 1) to lever (Figure 2, Item 4).
3. Install cable (Figure 2, Item 3) and two shaft nuts (Figure 2, Item 2) to threaded shaft (Figure 2, Item 1).
4. Install two cables (Figure 1, Item 2), two new clamps (Figure 1, Item 1), and four nuts (Figure 1, Item 3) to
bracket (Figure 1, Item 4).

END OF TASK

0202-3 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1153)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0202

ADJUSTMENT

1. Make sure emergency valve A handle (Figure 4, Item 1) is closed.

BAE9335a

Figure 4. Emergency Valve A Handle.

2. Loosen two nuts (Figure 6, Item 2) and clamp (Figure 6, Item 3) on emergency valve A lever
(Figure 5, Item 1).
3. Remove slack from control cable (Figure 5, Item 2) at lever (Figure 5, Item 1) while tightening two nuts
(Figure 6, Item 2) and clamp (Figure 6, Item 3).

2 BAE9334

Figure 5. Emergency Valve A Lever.

0202-4 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1153)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0202

ADJUSTMENT - Continued

4. Pull control handle (Figure 4, Item 1) to open position and verify that lever (Figure 6, Item 1) opens fully.

NOTE
Have an assistant observe and verify correct emergency valve A lever operation.
5. Push control handle (Figure 4, Item 1) to closed position and verify that lever (Figure 6, Item 1) closes.
6. It may be necessary to repeat Steps 1 thru 5 until control handle fully opens emergency valve A.

3 2 BAE9335

Figure 6. Lever Adjustment.

END OF TASK

SHUT-OFF HANDLE CABLES

1. Pull control handle (Figure 4, Item 1) to open position.

2. Pull roadside emergency valve handle (Figure 7, Item 1) into closed position and verify control handle
(Figure 4, Item 1) closes.

BAE9336

Figure 7. Roadside Emergency Valve Handle.

0202-5 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1153)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0202

SHUT-OFF HANDLE CABLES - Continued

3. If control handle (Figure 8, Item 1) does not close, loosen clamp (Figure 8, Item 2) at control handle bracket
(Figure 8, Item 4) and remove slack in shut-off cable (Figure 8, Item 3) so that it closes control handle
(Figure 8, Item 1).
4. Repeat Steps 1 thru 3 for curbside emergency valve handle.

1 2 3

4 2 BAE9337

Figure 8. Control Handle Cable Adjustment.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0202-6 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1153)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0203

FIELD MAINTENANCE
FIRE EXTINGUISHER BRACKETS REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Fire extinguisher removed

Materials/Parts
Nut, Self-Locking
Qty: (4) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 71)

Equipment Condition
Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)

NOTE
There are two fire extinguisher brackets. This procedure replaces one fire extinguisher
bracket. The other fire extinguisher bracket is replaced the same way.

REMOVAL

Remove four self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 3), eight washers (Figure 1, Item 2), four bolts
(Figure 1, Item 1), and fire extinguisher bracket (Figure 1, Item 4) from semitrailer. Discard self-locking nuts
(Figure 1, Item 3).

3
2

2
1

BAE9342

Figure 1. Fire Extinguisher Brackets Removal.

END OF TASK

0203-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1154)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0203

INSTALLATION

Install fire extinguisher bracket (Figure 2, Item 4), four bolts (Figure 2, Item 1), eight washers
(Figure 2, Item 2), and four new self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 3) to semitrailer.

3
2

2
1

BAE9342b

Figure 2. Fire Extinguisher Brackets Installation.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Install fire extinguisher.

2. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0203-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1154)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0204

FIELD MAINTENANCE
DECONTAMINATION APPARATUS BRACKET REPLACEMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition (cont.)

Tool Kit, General Mechanic's Semitrailer grounded (WP 0005)
(WP 0215, Table 1, Item 10) Decontamination apparatus removed

Materials/Parts
Nut, Self-Locking
Qty: (4) (WP 0216, Table 1, Item 71)

Equipment Condition
Semitrailer uncoupled (WP 0005)

REMOVAL

Remove four self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 2), eight washers (Figure 1, Item 3), four bolts
(Figure 1, Item 4), and decontamination apparatus bracket (Figure 1, Item 1) from semitrailer. Discard
self-locking nuts (Figure 1, Item 2).

3 2

4 3 BAE9343

Figure 1. Decontamination Apparatus Bracket Removal.

END OF TASK

0204-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1155)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0204

INSTALLATION

Install decontamination apparatus bracket (Figure 2, Item 1), four bolts (Figure 2, Item 4), eight washers
(Figure 2, Item 3), and four new self-locking nuts (Figure 2, Item 2) to semitrailer.

3 2

4 3 BAE9344

Figure 2. Decontamination Apparatus Bracket Installation.

END OF TASK

FOLLOW ON TASK

1. Install decontamination apparatus.

2. Disconnect semitrailer grounding cables (WP 0005).

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0204-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1155)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0205

FIELD MAINTENANCE
PREPARATION FOR STORAGE AND SHIPMENT

INITIAL SETUP:

Materials/Parts References (cont.)

Tag, Marker (WP 0214, Table 1, Item 21) SB 740-98-1
SF Form 364
TB 43-0209
References TM 43-0139
DA Form 2404/5988-E TM 55-2200-001-12
DA Form 2407/5990-E WP 0005
DA PAM 750-8 WP 0206
DD Form 1397

GENERAL

This section contains requirements and procedures for administrative storage of equipment that is issued to and
in use by Army activities worldwide.
The requirements specified herein are necessary to maintain equipment in administrative storage in such a way
as to achieve the maximum readiness condition.
Equipment that is placed in administrative storage should be capable of being readied to perform its mission
within a 24-hour period, or as otherwise may be prescribed by the approving authority. Before equipment is
placed in administrative storage, a current Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) must be
completed and deficiencies corrected.
Report equipment in administrative storage as prescribed for all reportable equipment.
Perform inspections, maintenance services, and lubrication as specified herein.
Records and reports to be maintained for equipment in administrative storage are those prescribed by
DA PAM 750-8 for equipment in use.
A 10 percent variance is acceptable on time, running hours, or mileage used to determine the required
maintenance actions.
Accomplishment of applicable PMCS, as mentioned throughout this Work Package (WP), will be on a
quarterly basis.

DEFINITION OF ADMINISTRATIVE STORAGE

The placement of equipment in administrative storage can be for short periods of time when a shortage of
maintenance effort exists. Items should be ready for use within the time factors as determined by the directing
authority. During the storage period, appropriate maintenance records will be kept.

END OF TASK

0205-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1156)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0205

PREPARATION OF EQUIPMENT FOR ADMINISTRATIVE STORAGE

1. Storage Site.
a. Select the best available site for administrative storage. Separate stored equipment from equipment in
use. Conspicuously mark the area “ADMINISTRATIVE STORAGE.”
b. Covered space is preferred. When sufficient covered space for all items to be stored is not available,
priority should be given to items which are most susceptible to deterioration from the elements.
SB 740-98-1 should be used as a guide for establishing which items are most susceptible to
deterioration. Open sites should be improved hardstand, if possible. Unimproved sites should be firm,
well drained, and kept free of excessive vegetation.
2. Storage Plan.
a. Store equipment so as to provide maximum protection from the elements and to provide access for
inspection, maintenance, and exercising. Anticipate removal or deployment problems and take
suitable precautions.
b. Take into account environmental conditions such as extreme heat or cold, high humidity, blowing sand
or loose debris, soft ground, mud, and/or heavy snow, and take adequate precautions.
c. Establish a fire plan and provide for adequate firefighting equipment and personnel.
3. Maintenance Services and Inspection.
a. Prior to storage, perform the next scheduled organizational PMCS.
b. Inspect and approve the equipment prior to storage. Do not place equipment in storage in a
non-mission capable condition.
c. Lubricate equipment in accordance with applicable lubrications instructions located in (WP 0206).
4. Additional Authorization List (AAL) Items.
a. Process AAL items simultaneously with the major item to which they are assigned.
b. If possible, store AAL items with the major item.
c. If stored apart from the major item, mark AAL items with tags indicating the major item, its registration
or serial number, and location, and store in protective-type closures. In addition, place a tag or list
indicating the location of the removed items in a conspicuous place on the major item.
5. Correction of Shortcomings and Deficiencies. Correct all shortcomings and deficiencies prior to storage,
or obtain a waiver from the approving authority.
6. General Cleaning, Painting, and Preservation.

CAUTION
Do not direct water or steam, under pressure, against electrical wires or any exterior
opening. Failure to comply may result in damage to, or destruction of, equipment
or mission.
a. Clean all equipment of dirt, grease, and other contaminants in accordance with applicable provisions
of this manual. Do not use vapor degreasing. Remove foreign objects that are wedged in tire treads.
b. Remove rust and damaged paint by scraping, wire brushing, sanding, or buffing. Sand to a smooth
finish and spot paint as necessary. Refer to TB 43-0209 and TM 43-0139.
c. After cleaning and drying, immediately coat unpainted metal surfaces with oil or grease,
as appropriate.

0205-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1156)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0205

PREPARATION OF EQUIPMENT FOR ADMINISTRATIVE STORAGE - Continued

NOTE
Air circulation under draped covers reduces deterioration from moisture and heat.
d. Place equipment and provide blocking or framing to allow ventilation and water drainage. Support
cover away from item surfaces, which may rust, rot, or mildew.

END OF TASK

CARE OF EQUIPMENT IN ADMINISTRATIVE STORAGE

1. Maintenance Services. After equipment has been placed in administrative storage, inspect, service, and
exercise as specified in this manual.
2. Inspection. Inspection will usually be visual and must consist of at least a walk-around examination of all
equipment to detect any deficiencies. Inspect equipment in open storage weekly and equipment in covered
storage monthly. Inspect all equipment immediately after any severe storm or environmental change. The
following are examples of things to look for during a visual inspection:
a. Low or flat tires.
b. Condition of preservatives, seals, and wraps.
c. Torn, frayed, or split canvas covers and tops.
d. Corrosion or other deterioration.
e. Missing or damaged parts.
f. Water in components.
g. Any other readily recognizable shortcomings or deficiencies.
3. Repair During Administrative Storage. Keep equipment in an optimum state of readiness. Accomplish
the required services and repairs as expeditiously as possible. Whenever possible, perform all
maintenance on-site.
4. Exercising. Exercise equipment in accordance with Table 1, Exercise Schedule, and the
following instructions:
a. Vehicle Major Exercise. Depreserve equipment by removing only that material restricting exercise.
Close all drains, remove blocks, latch tailgates, and perform all before-operation checks. Couple
semitrailer to Prime Mover, and drive for at least 25 mi (40 km). Make several right and left 90 degree
turns. Make several hard braking stops without skidding. Do the following during exercising when it is
convenient and safe: operate all other functional components and perform all during- and after-
operation checks.
b. Scheduled Services. Scheduled services will include inspection per "Inspection" above, and will be
conducted in accordance with Table 1, Exercise Schedule. Lubricate in accordance with instructions in
(WP 0206). Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) will be completed per (WP 0059).
c. Corrective Action. Immediately take action to correct shortcomings and deficiencies noted. Record
inspection and exercise results on DA Form 2404/5988-E. Record and report all maintenance actions
on DA Form 2407/5990-E. After exercising, restore the preservation to the original condition.

0205-3 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1156)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0205

CARE OF EQUIPMENT IN ADMINISTRATIVE STORAGE - Continued

Table 1. Exercise Schedule.

Week 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24

PMCS X X

Scheduled
X X X X X
Services

Major
X
Exercise

5. Rotation. To ensure utilization of all assigned materiel, rotate items in accordance with rotational plan that
will keep equipment in operational condition and reduce maintenance efforts.

END OF TASK

PROCEDURES FOR COMMON COMPONENTS AND MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS

1. Tires. Visually inspect tires during each walk-around inspection. This inspection includes checking tires with
a tire gage. Inflate, repair, or replace as necessary those found to be low, damaged, or excessively worn.
Mark inflated and repaired tires with a crayon for checking at the next inspection.
2. Seals. Seals may develop leaks during storage, or shortly thereafter. If leaking persists, refer to the
applicable maintenance section in this manual for corrective maintenance procedures.

END OF TASK

REMOVAL OF EQUIPMENT FROM ADMINISTRATIVE STORAGE

1. Activation. Restore the equipment to normal operating condition in accordance with the instructions
contained in (WP 0005).
2. Servicing. Resume the maintenance service schedule in effect at the commencement of storage, or service
the equipment before the scheduled dates in order to produce a staggered maintenance workload.

END OF TASK

PREPARATION OF EQUIPMENT FOR SHIPMENT

1. Refer to TM 55-2200-001-12 for additional instructions on processing, storage, and shipment of materiel.
2. Semitrailers that have been removed from storage for shipment do not have to be reprocessed if they will
reach their destination within the administrative storage period. Reprocess only if inspection reveals any
corrosion, or if anticipated in-transit weather conditions make it necessary.

0205-4 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1156)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0205

PREPARATION OF EQUIPMENT FOR SHIPMENT - Continued

3. When a semitrailer is received that has already been processed for domestic shipment, as indicated on
DD Form 1397, the semitrailer does not have to be reprocessed for storage unless corrosion and
deterioration are found during the inspection upon receipt. List on SF Form 364 all discrepancies found
because of poor preservation, packaging, packing, marking, handling, loading, storage, or excessive
preservation. Repairs that cannot be handled by the receiving unit must have tags attached listing needed
repairs. A report of these conditions will be submitted by the unit commander for action by an ordnance
maintenance unit.

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0205-5/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(maintwp) wpno(M1156)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0206
FIELD MAINTENANCE
LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS

INITIAL SETUP:

Materials/Parts References
Cleaning Compound, Solvent FM 9-207
(WP 0214, Table 1, Item 19) TM 9-214

WARNING

• Solvent cleaning compound MIL-PRF-680 may be irritating to the eyes and skin. Wear protective
gloves and eye protection. First aid for skin contact: remove contaminated clothing. Wash skin
thoroughly with soap and water. First aid for eye contact: flush with water for 15 minutes or until
irritation subsides. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. Failure to comply may result in
death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• Use solvent cleaning compound MIL-PRF-680 in a well-ventilated area. Use respirator as
needed. Accidental ingestion can cause irritation of digestive tract and respiratory tract. May
cause lung and central nervous system damage. Can be fatal if swallowed. Inhalation of
high/massive concentrations can cause coma or be fatal. First aid for ingestion: DO NOT induce
vomiting. Seek immediate medical attention. First aid for inhalation: move to fresh air. If not
breathing, provide artificial respiration. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. Failure to
comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an
injury.
• MIL-PRF-680 solvent is combustible; DO NOT use or store near heat, sparks, flame, or other
ignition sources. Use mechanical ventilation whenever product is used in confined space, heated
above ambient temperatures, or agitated. When not using MIL-PRF-680 solvents, ensure MIL-
PRF-680 solvent container is closed. Store, transport, and dispose virgin/used solvents and
solvent contaminated rags in compliance with local procedures. Failure to comply may result in
death or injury to personnel. Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.
• Cleaning solvent compound MIL-PRF-680 is toxic and flammable. ALWAYS wear eye protection
and gloves and use only in a well-ventilated area. Avoid contact with skin, eyes, and clothes and
do not breathe vapors. Do not use near open flame or excessive heat. When not using MIL-PRF-
680 solvent cleaning compounds, ensure compound container is closed. Store, transport, and
dispose virgin / used solvents and solvent contaminated rags in compliance with local
procedures and regulations. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to personnel. Seek
medical attention in the event of an injury.
• Improper cleaning methods and use of unauthorized cleaning liquids or solvents can injure
personnel and damage equipment. Failure to comply may result in death or injury to personnel.
Seek medical attention in the event of an injury.

0206-1
TM 9-2330-330-13 0206

GENERAL

This Work Package (WP) contains lubrication instructions, showing location, intervals, and proper materials for
lubricating the M969A3 5000 Gallon Bulkhaul, Self-Load/Unload. Refer to the NOTES section of the chart for
specific components to be lubricated. These instructions are mandatory.
The KEY lists lubricants to be used in all temperature ranges and shows the intervals.

LUBRICATION CHART

Table 1. Lubrication Chart.

LUBRICANTS EXPECTED TEMPERATURES INTERVALS

ABOVE +15°F +40°F to -15°F +40°F to -65°F

(ABOVE -9°C) (+4°C to -26°C) (+4°C to -54°C)

OE/HDO OE/HDO-30 OE/HDO-30 S - Semiannual

(MIL-L-2104) A - Annual
Lubricating Oil,
Internal Combustion
Engine, Tactical
Service

OEA (MIL-L-46167) OEA

Lubricating Oil,
Internal Combustion
Engine, Arctic

GAA (MIL-G-10924) All Temperatures

Grease, Automotive
and Artillery

*For Arctic operations, refer to FM 9-207.

NOTE
• FOR OPERATION OF SEMITRAILER IN EXPECTED COLD TEMPERATURES
BELOW -15°F (-26°C). Remove lubricants prescribed in the key for temperatures
above -15°F (-26°C). Relubricate with lubricants specified in the key for
temperatures below -15°F (-26°C). If OEA lubricant is required to meet the
temperature changes prescribed in the key, OEA lubricant is to be used in place of
OE/HDO-10 lubricant for all temperature ranges where OE/HDO-10 lubricant is
specified in the key.
• Oil Can Points. Every 6 months, lubricate linkage, pins, clevises, and all exposed
adjusting threads with OE/HDO. Lubricants: The following is a list of lubricants with
military symbols and applicable specification numbers:

0206-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(lubewp) wpno(M1157)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0206

GENERAL - Continued

LUBRICANT · INTERVAL INTERVAL · LUBRICANT

W · GAA

CURBSIDE
Pickup and Kingpin
Plate

ROADSIDE
S· OE/HDO
GAA · S Landing Gear
Landing Gear Footpads
Leg Fittings (2)
S· OE/HDO
Landing Gear Handle
OE/HDO · W
Check Engine Oil
Level S· GA A
Landing Gear
Drive Unit, and
Fittings (3)
OE/HDO · A
Change Engine Oil
S· OE/HDO
Control Panel Hinge
and Latch
OE/HDO · M
Centrifugal Pump
(Remove Pipe Plug S· OE/HDO
and Fill to Bottom Static Reels (2)
of Pipe Plug Hole)

OE/HDO · S METER OILERS

Manhole Cover OE/HDO- S
Hinges (top)

OE/HDO- A
Wheels and
Hubs (4)
OE/HDO · M
Slack Adjuster
(4)

BOTTOM VIEW BAE9039

Figure 1. Lubrication Interval.

0206-3 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(lubewp) wpno(M1157)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0206

DETAILED LUBRICATION INFORMATION

Clean lubrication points, grease fittings, and surrounding areas before applying lubricant.

Clean all lubrication points after lubricating to prevent accumulation of foreign matter. Clean and lubricate
bearings as specified in TM 9-214.

SPECIFIC LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS

Keep all lubricants in closed containers and store in a clean, dry place away from extreme heat. Keep container
covers clean and do not allow dust, dirt, or other foreign material to mix with lubricants. Keep all lubrication
equipment clean and ready for use.

CAUTION
Wipe excess lubricant from area of brake shoe linings to avoid grease soaking linings. If
brake shoe linings become soaked, replace them. Failure to comply may result in damage
to, or destruction of, equipment or mission.
Keep all external parts of equipment not requiring lubrication clean of lubricants.

NOTE
FORDING OPERATIONS. Refer to lubrication instructions before and after
fording operations.
Refer to FM 9-207 for lubrication instruction in cold weather.

CLEANING

Keep all lubricants in closed containers and store in a clean, dry place away from external heat. Keep container
covers clean and allow no dust, dirt, or other foreign material to mix with the lubricants. Keep all lubrication
equipment clean and ready for use.

LUBRICATION INTERVAL

Service the lubrication points at the proper intervals as specified in the lubrication chart. The intervals specified
are based on operation under normal conditions. Modification of the recommended intervals may be required
under unusual operating conditions.

LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0206-4 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(lubewp) wpno(M1157)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0207

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TORQUE LIMITS

SCOPE

This work package lists standard torque values and provides general information for applying torque. Special
torque values and tightening sequences are indicated in the maintenance procedures for applicable components.

GENERAL

1. Always use torque values listed in Tables 2 and 3 when a maintenance procedure does not give a specific
torque value.
a. Table 2 provides torque limits for SAE standard fasteners.
b. Table 3 provides torque limits for metric fasteners.
2. Unless otherwise indicated, standard torque tolerance shall be ± ten percent.
3. Torque values listed are based on clean, dry threads. Reduce torque by ten percent when engine oil is used
as a lubricant. Reduce torque by 20 percent if new plated capscrews are used.

CAUTION
If replacement capscrews are of higher grade than originally supplied, use torque
specifications for the original. This will prevent equipment damage due to
over-torquing. Failure to comply may result in damage to, or destruction of,
equipment or mission.

TIGHTENING METAL FASTENERS

When torquing a fastener, select a wrench that has a range which fits the required torque value. A torque wrench
is most accurate from 25 to 75 percent of its stated range. A wrench with a stated range of 0-100 Ib ft (0-136 N·m)
will be most accurate from 25-75 Ib ft (34-102 N·m). The accuracy of readings will decrease as you approach
0 Ib ft or 100 Ib ft (136 N·m). Ranges in Table 1 are based on this principle.

Table 1. Metal Fasteners.

STATED RANGE MOST EFFECTIVE RANGE

0 to 200 lb in. (0 to 23 N·m) 50 to 150 lb in. (6 to 17 N·m)

0 to 600 lb ft (0 to 813 N·m) 50 to 450 lb ft (68 to 610 N·m)

0 to 170 lb ft (0 to 230 N·m) 44 to 131 lb ft (60 to 178 N·m)

15 to 75 lb ft (20 to 102 N·m) 30 to 60 lb ft (41 to 81 N·m)

0207-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(torquewp) wpno(M1158)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0207

TIGHTENING METAL FASTENERS - Continued

WHEN 60 LBS/FT ARE REQUIRED AND WHERE L = 18 IN.

READING AND C = 6 IN.
TORQUE

60 x 18 1080
SCALE READING = 18 + 6 = 24 = 45FT

SCALE READING = TORQUE REQUIRED x WRENCH LENGTH

C L WRENCH LENGTH (L) =EXTENSION
LENGTH (C)

Eb
Eb Lb Lb

ca
length = Lb + Eb
length = Lb - Eb
TL01

Figure 1. Torque Wrench Formula.

If your set-up If you use the torque wrench adapter when

looks like this, torquing the bolts remember, you may get more
you need to or less torque on the bolt than what you read
torque to on the wrench.
63-75 lb ft.

If your set-up
looks like this,
torque to
83-100 lb ft.

If your set-up
looks like this,
torque to
125-150 lb ft.

In all three situations, you will be putting 83-100 lb ft on the bolt.

TL02

Figure 2. Torque Wrench Adapter Setups.

INSTALLATION AND TORQUING

1. Matching Nuts. Matching nuts require a minimum height equal to the basic diameter of the bolt. The same
is true of tapped holes. In tapped softer materials, the depth of the tapped hole should be 1-1/2 times the
basic diameter of the bolt.
2. Threaded Protrusion. In all installations, bolts, studs, and screws must extend through the nut at least a
length equivalent to two complete threads. This applies to both self-locking and plain nuts.

0207-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(torquewp) wpno(M1158)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0207

INSTALLATION AND TORQUING - Continued

3. Torquing Self-Locking Nuts. To obtain the correct recommended torque value on self-locking nuts, the nut
must be tightened until it is one turn from the beginning of seating. At this point, if the torque is less than 1/3
of the recommended torque, it should be disregarded and the nut tightened to the recommended
torque value.
If the torque is 1/3 or more of the recommended torque, it should be added to the recommended torque.
Example: The recommended torque is 50-70 lb in. (6-8 N·m). The torque at one turn from seating is 30 lb in.
(3 N·m). The correct torque wrench reading would be 80-100 lb in. (9-11 N·m).
4. Re-torquing Fasteners. Procedures intended for installing metal fasteners can cause incorrect readings
when used to check or re-torque already installed fasteners during maintenance. Before checking or
re-torquing an already installed threaded fastener, first mark the fastener and its companion components so
the marks are in line. Second, back it off a 1/4 turn to loosen it. Torque it to the specification with an even
steady pull on the torque wrench. The marks should be in line; if not, the marks will indicate the fastener
was under- or over-torqued.
5. Standard Torque Charts. Standard torque charts have been established for dry and wet torque conditions.
Surface variations such as thread roughness, scale paint, lubrication (oil, grease, etc.), hardening, and
plating may alter these values considerably. Tables 2 and 3 are standard torque charts. To find the grade of
the screw that is to be installed, match the markings on the head to the correct picture of CAPSCREW
HEAD MARKINGS in Tables 2 and 3. Manufacturer’s marks may vary.

0207-3 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(torquewp) wpno(M1158)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0207

INSTALLATION AND TORQUING - Continued

Table 2. Torque Limits – SAE Fasteners.

QUALITY OF MINIMUM MEDIUM BEST

INDETERMINATE
MATERIAL COMMERCIAL COMMERCIAL COMMERCIAL

SAE Grade Number 1 or 2 5 6 or 7 8

Capscrew Head
Markings
Manufacture’s Marks
May Vary
These are all SAE
Grade 5
(3 line)

CAPSCREW BODY TORQUE TORQUE TORQUE TORQUE

SIZE IN. –THREAD LB FT (N•m) LB FT (N•m) LB FT (N•m) LB FT (N•m)

1/4 20 5 (7) 8 (11) 10 (14) 12 (16)

28 6 (8) 10 (14) 14 (19)
5/16 18 11 (15) 17 (23) 19 (26) 24 (33)
24 13 (18) 19 (26) 27 (37)
3/8 16 18 (24) 31 (42) 34 (46) 44 (60)
24 20 (27) 35 (47) 49 (66)
7/16 14 28 (38) 49 (66) 55 (75) 70 (95)
20 30 (41) 55 (75) 78 (106)
1/2 13 39 (53) 75 (102) 85 (115) 105 (142)
20 41 (56) 85 (115) 120 (163)
9/16 12 51 (69) 110 (149) 120 (163) 155 (210)
18 55 (75) 120 (163) 170 (231)
5/8 11 83 (113) 150 (203) 167 (226) 210 (285)
18 95 (129) 170 (231) 240 (325)
3/4 10 105 (142) 270 (366) 280 (380) 375 (508)
16 115 (156) 295 (400) 420 (569)
7/8 9 160 (217) 395 (536) 440 (597) 605 (820)
14 175 (237) 435 (590) 675 (915)
1 8 235 (319) 590 (800) 660 (895) 910 (1,234)
14 250 (339) 660 (895) 990 (1,342)

0207-4 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(torquewp) wpno(M1158)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0207

INSTALLATION AND TORQUING - Continued

Table 3. Torque Limits - Metric Fastener.

8.8 8 10.9 10

Thread CLASS 8.8 BOLT CLASS 8 NUT CLASS 10.9 BOLT CLASS 10 NUT
Diameter – Pitch TORQUE: LB FT (N•m) TORQUE: LB FT (N•m)
M6 5 (7) 7 (9)
M8 12 (16) 17 (23)
M8 x 1 13 (18) 18 (24)
M10 24 (33) 34 (46)
M10 x 1.25 27 (37) 38 (52)
M12 42 (57) 60 (81)
M12 x 1.5 43 (58) 62 (84)
M14 66 (89) 95 (129)
M14 x 1.5 72 (98) 103 (140)
M16 103 (140) 148 (201)
M16 x 1.5 110 (149) 157 (213)
M18 147 (199) 203 (275)
M18 x 1.5 165 (224) 229 (310)
M20 208 (282) 288 (390)
M20 x 1.5 213 (313) 320 (434)
M22 283 (384) 392 (531)
M22 x 1.5 315 (427) 431 (584)
M24 360 (488) 498 (675)
M24 x 2 392 (531) 542 (735)
M27 527 (715) 729 (988)
M27 x 2 569 (771) 788 (1,068)
M30 715 (969) 990 (1,342)
M30 x 2 792 (1,074) 1,096 (1,486)

Table 4. Thread Classes and Description.

EXTERNAL INTERNAL INTERNAL

1A 1B LOOSE FIT
2A 2B MEDIUM FIT
3A 3B CLOSE FIT

0207-5 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(torquewp) wpno(M1158)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0207

INSTALLATION AND TORQUING - Continued

NORMAL SIZE
NO. THREADS/INCH
THREAD SYMBOL
THREAD CLASS

3/4 10 UNC 2A
TL03

Figure 3. Fastener Size.

NOTE
Unless followed with “LH” (e.g., 3/4-10 UNC-2A-LH), threads are right-hand.
LENGTH
(BOLT SHAFT)
THICKNESS GRIP HEIGHT
OR HEIGHT BODY OF NUT
LENGTH
OF HEAD LENGTH

NOMINAL
DIAMETER

THREAD
RUNOUT THREAD
LENGTH LENGTH TL12

Figure 4. Thread Pattern.

END OF TASK

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0207-6 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(torquewp) wpno(M1158)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0208

FIELD MAINTENANCE
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS

INITIAL SETUP:

Not Applicable

0208-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(wiringwp) wpno(M1159)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0208

ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS

AMBER
CURBSIDE
FRONT
MARKER

489
90
LIGHT
395
305
461
FRONT MARKER
22 LIGHTS CABLE
460 ASSEMBLY
7-WAY 21-489
J560 PLUG 90
7-WAY J560 PLUG
DESCRIPTION NUMBER VOLTAGE
A GROUND 90 -
F
A
B
B
C
NOT LEAD
LEFT TURN AND TAIL
-
461
-
12W
INTERVEHICULAR
H

C
D
E
STOP LIGHTS
RIGHT TURN AND TAIL
22
460
12W
12W
CABLE ASSEMBLY
E F MARKER LIGHTS 21-460 12W
D H ABS CONSTANT POWER 38 12W

LEFT TURN BRAKE

GROUND

BRITE-LITE
T 732 LEFT
MAIN SEMITRAILER RIGHT TURN RIGHT

WIRING HARNESS
BO MARKER
NOT LISTED
BO STOP
RIGHT TURN
STOP
LEFT TURN
489
MARKER LIGHTS
489
CONSTANT ABS POWER
24 V POWER

24 BO MARKER
21
90
23 23 BO STOP
460 460 RIGHT TURN
22
90 GROUND
461
461 LEFT TURN
21-489 21-489 MARKER LIGHTS
324 395 CONSTANT ABS POWER
324 24 V POWER

12-WAY NATO PLUG

DESCRIPTION NUMBER VOLTAGE
A BO MARKER 24 24V
B LEFT TURN 461 24V

J A
C NOT USED - - 90
D GROUND 90 -
H
N
K
L
B E
F
MARKER LIGHTS
BO STOP
21-489
23
24V
24V
90
F M C H NOT LEAD - 24V NOT USED
E D J
K
RIGHT TURN
CONSTANT ABS POWER
460
324
24V
24V NOT USED
L
M
NOT USED
STOP
-
22
-
-
NOT USED
N NOT USED - - NOT USED

FRONT ACCESS HATCH ROADSIDE

489
90

FRONT
MARKER
LIGHT
AMBER

BAE9052

Figure 1. M969A3 Semitrailer Electrical Schematic. (Sheet 1 of 3)

0208-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(wiringwp) wpno(M1159)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0208

ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS - Continued

AMBER
CURBSIDE
FRONT
MARKER
LIGHT

489
90
SIDE MARKER
LIGHT CABLE
ASSEMBLY
WATER
DETECTION
SWITCH

WATER DETECTION
CABLE ASSEMBLY

ABS
VALVE

MAIN SEMITRAILER
WIRING

375
360
315
356

90
HARNESS
BO MARKER 24 24 BO MARKER
BO STOP 23 BO STOP
RIGHT TURN 460 RIGHT TURN
GROUND 90 GROUND
LEFT TURN 451 LEFT TURN
MARKER LIGHTS 21-489 21-489 MARKER LIGHTS
CONSTANT ABS POWER 395 395 CONSTANT ABS POWER
24V POWER 324 24V POWER
ABS WARNING LIGHT

315
370
90

315
380
489
489
90
CIVACON RELAY
ROM
315
380

489
90

ELECTRICAL JUNCTION BOX

AMBER

OVERFLOW MONITOR WATER CURBSIDE FRONT

PANEL INDICATION MARKER LIGHT
LIGHT BAE9053

Figure 1. M969A3 Semitrailer Electrical Schematic. (Sheet 2 of 3)

0208-3 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(wiringwp) wpno(M1159)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0208

ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS - Continued

RED

489
23

RED
22 480
90
21 CURBSIDE
MARKER

0321
LIGHT

489
BOX

RED
90

0320
21-489
460
24
23

RED
MARKER LIGHTS
RIGHT TURN
BO MARKER

GROUND
BO STOP

489

RED
90

489

RED
STOPLIGHT REAR

90
MAIN SEMITRAILER MARKER

489
CABLE
WIRING LIGHT
HARNESS BOX

90
0320
489
BO MARKER
BO STOP
RIGHT TURN

489
GROUND
LEFT TURN
MARKER LIGHTS
CONSTANT ABS LIGHTS
21-489

24 V POWER
461
460
90

23
24

ABS WARNING LIGHTS

489
23

90
324
395
0319

0318

460

489
24

RED

90
489

90
24
23
489

RED
90

21
22 461
357
90

RED
AMBER

BAE9054

Figure 1. M969A3 Semitrailer Electrical Schematic. (Sheet 3 of 3)

0208-4 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(wiringwp) wpno(M1159)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0208

ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS - Continued

OIL PRESSURE SWITCH

BRANCHES TO STARTER
FUEL SHUT OFF SOLENOID GLOW
HIGH TEMP SHUT-OFF PLUGS
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH

6 AMP
30 AMP

ALTERNATOR

SOLENOID
15 AMP
HOSE REELS

BATTERY +
BAE9055

Figure 2. M969A3 Engine Electrical Control Box Schematic.

0208-5 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(wiringwp) wpno(M1159)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0208

ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS - Continued

OIL
PRESSURE
ENGINE SWITCH
GLOW
PLUGS

TO FUEL
SHUT-OFF #74 BRANCHES
SOLENOID OFF HERE TO
SWITCH STARTER

ALTERNATOR

ENGINE
ELECTRICAL
CONTROL BOX
TO ENGINE
CONTROL
PANEL
GROUND

TO HOSE REEL
JUNCTION
BOX
BAE9056

Figure 3. M969A3 Engine Electrical Schematic.

0208-6 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(wiringwp) wpno(M1159)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0208

ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS - Continued

74 2/0 2/0
TO ENGINE
JUNCTION BOX
93 12 GA

319 12 GA
HOSE REEL 93 12 GA
SOLENOID
319 12 GA
74 2/0 HOSE REEL
SOLENOID
74 2/0

HOSE REEL JUNCTION BOX

L1 2/0
L1 2/0

94 12 GA 3 2 94 12 GA 3 2
HOSE REEL HOSE REEL
MOTOR 1 4 MOTOR 1 4
GRD GRD

L2 2/0 L2 2/0

214 12 GA 214 12 GA

NO C NO C

HOSE REEL HOSE REEL

SWITCH SWITCH

HOSE REEL CABINET

BAE9922

Figure 4. M969A3 Hose Reel Junction Box/Cabinet Electrical Schematic.

0208-7 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(wiringwp) wpno(M1159)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0208

ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS - Continued

PRE–HEATER CONTROL
INDICATOR PANEL
LIGHT LIGHT

14 GA 407
14 GA
14 GA
14 GA 8
14 GA
PREHEAT START
SWITCH SWITCH

14 GA
12 GA 575 CHASSIS
A C
GROUND
12 GA 405
B D
12 GA 14
12 GA 74

405 12 GA ENGINE
SWITCH + - + - + -
12 GA 413 VOLTMETER TACHOMETER HOUR
METER
14 GA 211
14 GA 54
211 14 GA
14 GA 98
14 GA 970
+
14 GA 214
214 14 GA TO OHMART
14 GA 96 VEGA
14 GA 97A
14 GA 978

14 GA 90

215
215
97A

97B
405

575

214

407

215
211
74

90
8

TO ENGINE JUNCTION BOX BAE9057

Figure 5. M969A3 Engine Control Panel Schematic.

0208-8 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(wiringwp) wpno(M1159)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0208

ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS - Continued

BLK
WHT

RED
WHT

BRN
WHT MINICOM UNIT

+ -
12 C 345678

+ TRUCK -
PANEL
VEGA SWITCH
CONNECT HEATER
24V
1 234 5 678

BLK
WHT
BLK
BRN

WHT WHT
WHT WHT

RED BLK

CHASSIS BAE9058

Figure 6. Fuel Tank Capacity Gage Wiring Diagram.

0208-9 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(wiringwp) wpno(M1159)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0208

ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS - Continued

7-WAY FLOAT API THERMISTOR API OPTIC

SOCKET SOCKET SOCKET
CIVACON MODEL 4600 CIVACON MODEL 4400 CIVACON MODEL 4100

INSTALLED BY
INSTALLED BY
INSTALLED BY 2 3 CIVACON 3 CIVACON 3
2 4
CIVACON 2
4
1 4 REAR REAR REAR 5
VIEW VIEW 1 910 VIEW 1 910
7 5
8 8
WHITE

5 6 6

WHITE
6 7

(BROWN)
YELLOW
7
WHITE

ORANGE

YELLOW
WHITE
ORANGE

RED
(BROWN) N/C
GREEN RED
GROUND LUG GROUND LUG N/C BLACK
GROUND LUG

BLACK
N/C BLACK
YELLOW GREEN
GREEN N/C
BLACK N/C

5 WIRE CABLE
CIVACON #97750

GREEN
ORANGE

ORANGE
YELLOW

YELLOW
GREEN

BLACK
BLACK
RED

RED

THERMISTOR
FLOAT

OPTIC
3150

CIVaCON

FLOAT THERM. OPTIC

ORN
BRN
BRN

RED
RED

YEL
BLK
BLK

GRN

BLK
MODEL No.
CIVACON

TB3 OUTPUT TO SOCKETS

3
Liberty

POWER

PERMIT
4
BLK/GRD

RED/HOT
TB1

TB2 TO OPTIC SENSOR

ORN
GRN
RED
YEL

BLK

YELLOW
RED
BLACK ADDITIONAL
GREEN SENSORS + -
ORANGE 12 VDC

BATTERY VOLTAGE CONNECTED

YELLOW

ORANGE

THRU A SWITCH AND FUSE

GREEN
BLACK

SUPPLIED BY THE CUSTOMER

RED

IN A SAFE ARE LOCATED

WIRING IN THIS AREA IS INT. SAFE. OUTSIDE THIS ENCLOSURE.
KEEP SEPARATE FROM ALL OTHER WIRING.

BAE9918

Figure 7. Overflow Protection Wiring Diagram.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0208-10 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(wiringwp) wpno(M1159)

TM 9-2330-330-13

CHAPTER 7

SUPPORTING INFORMATION
TM 9-2330-330-13 0209

FIELD MAINTENANCE
REFERENCES

SCOPE

This work package lists all field manuals, forms, technical manuals and miscellaneous publications referenced in
this manual.

PUBLICATION INDEXES AND GENERAL REFERENCES

Indexes should be consulted frequently for latest changes or revisions to references given in this work package
and for new information relating to material covered in this publication.

FORMS

For instructions on the use of maintenance forms pertaining to this material, refer to DA PAM 750-8, The Army
Maintenance Management System (TAMMS).

OTHER PUBLICATIONS

The following publications contain information pertinent to the major item materiel and associated equipment:

Army Regulations

AR 700-138 Army Logistics Readiness and Sustainability

DA Pamphlets

DA PAM 750-8 The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS)

Users Manual

Field Manuals

FM 4-25.11 First Aid

FM 9-207 Operation and Maintenance of Ordnance Materiel in Cold
Weather (0° to -65° F)
FM 10-67-1 Concepts and Equipment of Petroleum Operations
FM 55-30 Army Motor Transport Units and Operations

Forms

DA Form 2028 Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms

DA Form 2404 Equipment Inspection and Maintenance Worksheet
DA Form 2407 Maintenance Request

0209-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(refwp) wpno(S1001)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0209

Forms - Continued

DA Form 5988-E Equipment Inspection and Maintenance

Worksheet (Electronic)
DA Form 5990-E Maintenance Request (EGA)
DD Form 314 Preventive Maintenance Schedule and Record
DD Form 1397 Processing and Deprocessing Record for Shipment,
Storage, and Issue of Vehicles, and Spare Engines
SF Form 364 Report of Discrepancy (ROD)
SF Form 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report

Technical Bulletins

TB ORD 1031 Purging, Cleaning, Inspecting, and Coating Interior Of Steel

TA Equipment on Tactical and Commercial Type Fuel Tank
Trucks
TB 9-2300-247-40 Tactical Wheeled Vehicles: Repair of Frame
TB 43-0147 Color, Marking, and Camouflage Patterns Used on Military
Equipment Manage
TB 43-0213 Corrosion Prevention and Control (CPC) for
Tactical Vehicles

Technical Manuals

TM 9-214 Inspection, Care, and Maintenance of Antifriction Bearings

TM 9-247 Materials Used for Cleaning, Preserving, Abrading, and
Cementing Ordnance Materiel and Related Materials
Including Chemicals
TM 9-2610-200-14 Operators, Unit, Direct Support, and General Maintenance
Manual for Care, Maintenance, Repair, and Inspection of
Pneumatic Tires and Inner Tubes
TM 9-6140-200-13 Operator and Field Maintenance for Automotive Lead-Acid
Storage Batteries
TM 43-0139 Painting Instructions for Army Materiel
TM 55-2200-001-12 Transportability Guidance for Application of Blocking,
Bracing, and Tiedown Materials for Rail Transport
TM 750-244-6 Procedures for Destruction of Tank-Automotive Equipment
to Prevent Enemy Use

Miscellaneous

CTA 8-100 Army Medical Department Expendable/Durable Items

0209-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(refwp) wpno(S1001)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0209

Miscellaneous - Continued

CTA 50-909 Field and Garrison Furnishing and Equipment

CTA 50-970 Expendable/Durable Items (Except Medical, Class V, Repair
Parts, and Heraldic Items)
DOT 49CFR180.407 Requirements for Test and Inspection of Specification
Cargo Tanks
DOT 49CFR180.409 Minimum Qualification for Inspectors and Testers
DOT 49CFR180.415 Test and Inspection Markings
DOT 406 Cargo Tank Motor Vehicle
GTA 43-01-090 Batteries Cold Weather Operation.
GTA 43-01-130 Tire Tips Cold Weather Operation
Method 27 Determination of Vapor Tightness of Gasoline Delivery Tank
Using Pressure Vacuum Test
SB 740-98-1 Storage Serviceability Standard Tracked Vehicles,
Wheeled Vehicles
TC 9-237 Operators Circular Welding Theory and Application
TC 21-305-20 Training Program for Wheeled Vehicle Accident Avoidance

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0209-3/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(refwp) wpno(S1001)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0210

FIELD MAINTENANCE
MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (MAC) INTRODUCTION

THE ARMY MAINTENANCE SYSTEM MAC

INTRODUCTION

This introduction provides a general explanation of all maintenance and repair functions authorized at the two
maintenance levels under the Two-Level Maintenance System concept.
This MAC (immediately following the introduction) designates overall authority and responsibility for the
performance of maintenance functions on the identified end item or component. The application of the
maintenance functions to the end item or component shall be consistent with the capacities and capabilities of the
designated maintenance levels, which are shown on the MAC in column (4) as:
Field - includes two subcolumns, Crew (C) Field (F)
Sustainment - includes two subcolumns, Below Depot (H) Depot (D)
The maintenance to be performed at field and sustainment levels is described as follows:
1. Crew Maintenance. The responsibility of a using organization to perform maintenance on its assigned
equipment. It normally consists of inspecting, servicing, lubricating, adjusting, and replacing parts, minor
assemblies, and subassemblies. The replace function for this level of maintenance is indicated by the
letter "C" in the third position of the SMR code. A "C" appearing in the fourth position of the SMR code
indicates complete repair is possible at the crew maintenance level.
2. Field Maintenance. Maintenance accomplished on a component, accessory, assembly, subassembly,
plug-in unit, or other portion either on the system or after it is removed. The replace function for this level
of maintenance is indicated by the letter "F" appearing in the third position of the SMR code. An "F"
appearing in the fourth position of the SMR code indicates complete repair is possible at the field
maintenance level. Items are returned to the user after maintenance is performed at this level.
3. Below Depot Sustainment. Maintenance accomplished on a component, accessory, assembly,
subassembly, plug-in unit, or other portion either on the system or after it is removed. The replace
function for this level of maintenance is indicated by the letter "H" appearing in the third position of the
SMR code. An "H" appearing in the fourth position of the SMR code indicates complete repair is possible
at the below depot sustainment maintenance level. Items are returned to the supply system after
maintenance is performed at this level.
4. Depot Sustainment. Maintenance accomplished on a component, accessory, assembly, subassembly,
plug-in unit, or other portion either on the system or after it is removed. The replace function for this level
of maintenance is indicated by the letter "D" or "K" appearing in the third position of the SMR code. Depot
sustainment maintenance can be performed by either depot personnel or contractor personnel. A "D" or
"K" appearing in the fourth position of the SMR code indicates complete repair is possible at the depot
sustainment maintenance level. Items are returned to the supply systems after maintenance is performed
at this level.
The tools and test equipment requirements table (immediately following the MAC) lists the tools and test
equipment (both special tools and common tool sets) required for each maintenance function as referenced from
the MAC.
The remarks table (immediately following the tools and test equipment requirements) contains supplemental
instructions and explanatory notes for a particular maintenance function.

MAINTENANCE FUNCTIONS

Maintenance functions are limited to and defined as follows:

EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS IN THE REMARKS

Column (1) - Remarks Code. The code recorded in column (6) of the MAC.
Column (2) - Remarks. This column lists information pertinent to the maintenance function being performed as
indicated in the MAC.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0210-4 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(macintrowp) wpno(A1001)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0211

FIELD MAINTENANCE
MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (MAC)

Table 1. Maintenance Allocation Chart.

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
MAINTENANCE LEVEL
TOOLS AND
GROUP COMPONENT/ MAINTENANCE FIELD SUSTAINMENT EQUIPMENT REMARKS
NUMBER ASSEMBLY FUNCTION CREW MAINTAINER BELOW DEPOT DEPOT REFERENCE CODE
CODE
C F H D

00 M969A3
SEMITRAILER

0000-01 PMCS Inspect 1.0

(BEFORE)

0000-02 PMCS Inspect 1.0

(DURING)

0000-03 PMCS Inspect 0.5

(AFTER)

0000-04 PMCS Inspect 1.0

(WEEKLY)

0000-05 PMCS Inspect 0.5 0.5

(MONTHLY)
Service 0.5

0000-06 PMCS Service 6.0 1, 2 A

(ANNUAL/
SEMI-
ANNUAL)

0000-07 PMCS Inspect 0.5

(ANNUAL)
Service 5.0 1, 2 A

06 ELECTRICAL
SYSTEM

0608 Overflow Replace 1.5 1 A

Protection
Monitor Panel

Overflow Replace 0.5 1 A

Protection
Sensor

0211-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(macwp) wpno(A1002)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0211

Table 1. Maintenance Allocation Chart - Continued.

Overflow Replace 1.0 1 A

Protection
Optic Socket
Box

24-12 V dc Replace 0.5 1 A

Converter

Taillight Replace 2.5 1 C

Converter and
Main Wiring
Harness

0609 Clearance Replace 0.05 1 A

Light

Stoplight Replace 0.05 1 B

Control Panel Replace 0.05 1 A

Light

0612 Battery, Replace 1.0 1 A

Terminals, and
Cable

0613 NATO Slave Replace 1.0 1 A

Receptacle

Wiring Test 0.5 1, 2 A

Harness and
Cable
Replace 2.0 1, 2 C

Front Marker Replace 1.5 1 C

Lights Wiring
Harness

Stoplight Replace 1.5 1 C

Harness

Side Marker Replace 1.0 1 C

Lights Wiring
Harness

0211-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(macwp) wpno(A1002)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0211

Table 1. Maintenance Allocation Chart - Continued.

Intervehicular Replace 1.0 1 A

Wiring
Harness

Conduit Replace 2.0 1, 2 A

11 REAR AXLE

1100 Axle Align 4.0 1, 2 A

Replace 6.0 1, 2 A

12 BRAKE
SYSTEM

1202 Brake Replace 3.0 1 A

Assembly

Brake Replace 1.5 A

Actuating
Camshaft

1206 Slack Adjuster Replace 1.0 1, 2 A

Adjust 0.5 1 A

1207 ABS Test 0.5 0.5

Diagnostics/E
CU Valve
Replace 1.5

1208 Air Brake Replace 1.0 1 A

Chamber
Test 0.5

Air Brake Replace 1.0 1 A

Control Valve
Test 0.5 1 A

Service and Replace 1.0 1 A

Emergency

0211-3 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(macwp) wpno(A1002)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0211

Table 1. Maintenance Allocation Chart - Continued.

Coupling
(Gladhands)
Repair 0.5

Air Reservoir Replace 0.5 1 A

and Draincock

Parking Brake Replace 1.0 1 A

Control Valve
and Pneumatic
Valve

Air Tubing and Repair 1.0 1 A

Fittings

Emergency Replace 1.5 1 A

Relay Valve

Air Brake Replace 1.0 1 A

Hoses

Brake Interlock Replace 1.0 1 A

Valves
Test 0.5 0.5

13 WHEELS AND
TRACKS

1311 Hubs, Brake Replace 1.5 1, 2 A

Drums and
ABS Sensor

Wheel Replace 0.5 1, 2 A

Assembly
Repair 1.0 1, 2 D

15 FRAME,
TOWING
ATTACHMEN
TS,
DRAWBARS,
AND
ARTICULATIO
N SYSTEMS

0211-4 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(macwp) wpno(A1002)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0211

Table 1. Maintenance Allocation Chart - Continued.

1501 Ladder Replace 1.5 1

Assembly

Rear Drain Replace 1.0 1

Pipes

1503 Kingpin Replace 1.5 1, 2 A

Coupler

Kingpin Replace 1.5 1, 2

Spacer

1504 Spare Tire Replace 1.0 1

Lifting Device
(Winch)

1507 Landing Gear Replace 0.5 1

Ground Board

Curbside Replace 2.0 1

Landing Leg

Roadside Replace 2.0

Landing Leg
and Hand
Crank

16 SPRINGS
AND SHOCK
ABSORBERS

1601 Leaf Springs Repair 4.0 1, 2 A

Trunnion Tube Replace 5.0 1, 2 A

and Hangers

18 BODY, CAB,
HOOD AND
HULL

1801 Battery Access Replace 0.05 1 A

Panel

Mud Flaps Replace 0.5 1 A

0211-5 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(macwp) wpno(A1002)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0211

Table 1. Maintenance Allocation Chart - Continued.

Grounding Replace 0.5 1 A

Studs

Vent Cap Repair 0.5 1 A

Front Drain Replace 1.0 1 A

Hoses

1808 Static Reels Replace 1.0 1 A

and Electrical
Clips

Grounding Replace 0.5 1 A

Rod Storage
Tube
Retaining Pin

Hose Tubes Replace 2.0 1 A

Hose Tubes Replace 0.5 1 A

Access Covers

1-1/4 in. Hose Replace 1.5 1 A

Reels

Hose Reel Replace 1.5 1 A

Cabinet

Hose Reel Replace 1.5 1 A

Cabinet Door
Lock Release
Levers

Hose Reel Replace 0.5 1 A

Cabinet Door
Latches

Hose Reel Replace 0.5 1 A

Cabinet Door
Springs

Storage Box Replace 1.0 1 A

0211-6 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(macwp) wpno(A1002)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0211

Table 1. Maintenance Allocation Chart - Continued.

Engine and Replace 3.0 1 A

Pump Cabinet
Frame

Piping Frame Replace 2.0 1 A

Assembly

1811 Manhole Replace x 1.5 1 A

Cover

22 BODY,
CHASSIS
AND HULL
ACCESSORY
ITEMS

2202 Reflectors Replace 0.5 1 A

2210 Identification Replace 1.0 1, 2 A

and Instruction
Plates

Hazardous Replace 0.5 1 A

Materials
Placard
Holder/
Brackets

29 AUXILIARY
GENERATOR,
ENGINE, AND
CONTROLS

2910 Engine Replace 5.0 1, 2 A

Assembly and
Mounting
Bracket

2915 Tier II Cam Replace 1.0 1 A

Timing Hoses

Cam Case Replace 1.0 1 A

Ventilation

0211-7 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(macwp) wpno(A1002)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0211

Table 1. Maintenance Allocation Chart - Continued.

2916 Engine Oil Pan Replace 1.5 1, 2 A

and Dipstick

Engine Oil Replace 0.5 1 A

Filter

Engine Oil Replace 1.0 1 A

Filter Head

Engine Oil Replace 1.5 1 A

Cooler

Oil Fill Adapter Replace 0.5 1 A

2918 Intake Replace 1.0 1 A

Manifold

Glow Plugs Replace 0.5 1, 2

2932 Fuel Injection Replace 2.0 1 A

Lines and
Fittings

Fuel Injection Replace 0.5 1, 2 A

Fuel Pump Replace 0.5 1, 2 A

Fuel Pump, Replace 0.5 1 A

Tier II

2933 Air Cleaner Replace 0.5 1 A

Restriction
Indicator

Air Duct Hose Replace 0.5 1 A

2935 Engine Fuel Replace 0.5 1 A

Lines

Engine Fuel Replace 0.5 1 A

Tank

0211-8 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(macwp) wpno(A1002)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0211

Table 1. Maintenance Allocation Chart - Continued.

2937 Engine Fuel Replace 0.5 1 A

Filter and
Housing

2939 Engine Replace 0.5 1 A

Throttle Cable

2941 Muffler and Replace 1.0 1 A

Exhaust Pipe

Engine Replace 2.0 1 A

Exhaust
Manifold

2952 Engine Heat Replace 2.5 1 A

Shield

Engine Fan Replace 1.0 1 A

Shroud Fan
Belt

Engine Replace 1.0 1 A

Crankshaft
Pulley

Engine Replace 1.0 1 A

Cooling Fan

Engine Air Replace 1.0 1 A

Cleaner and
Air Cleaner
Support
Shroud

Engine Shroud Replace 0.5 1 A

2961 Alternator Replace 0.5 1, 2 A

Drive Belt

Alternator and Replace 1.0 1 A

Mounting
Bracket

2963 Starter and Replace 1.0 1 A

Starter Shroud

0211-9 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(macwp) wpno(A1002)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0211

Table 1. Maintenance Allocation Chart - Continued.

Engine Replace 1.5 1, 2 A

Electrical Box

Oil Pressure Replace 0.5 1 A

Switch

2967 Engine Control Replace 2.0 1, 2 A

Panel and
Wiring

Fuel Level Replace 0.5 1 A

Sensor and
Sensor Tube

33 SPECIAL
PURPOSE
KITS

3307 Vapor Replace 0.5 1 A

Recovery
System

Vapor Integrity Test 1.0 1 A

Test

42 MISCELLANE
OUS WIRING
AND
FITTINGS

4216 Hose Reel Replace 1.0 1 A

Cabinet
Electrical

47 GAGES,
WEIGHING
AND
MEASURING
DEVICES

4701 Hub Mileage Replace 0.5 1 A

Meter

0211-10 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(macwp) wpno(A1002)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0211

Table 1. Maintenance Allocation Chart - Continued.

4702 Gage Replace 0.5 1 A

Assembly

Control Panel Replace 1.5 1 A

Gages

56 FUEL,
WATER, AIR,
FILTER/
SEPARATION
OR PURIFIER
ASSEMBLY

5600 Filter/ Replace 2.0 1 A

Separator

Filter/ Replace 2.5 1 A

Separator
Filter Elements

5601 Drain Valve Replace 0.5 1 A

5605 Fluid Replace 0.5 1 A

Regulating
(Relief) and
Fuel Sampling
Valve

72 DISPENSING
AND
SERVICING
EQUIPMENT
COMPONENT
S

7202 4 in. Pump Replace 1.5 1 A

Repair 3.0 1 A

Volumetric Replace 1.5 1 A

Pump

0211-11 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(macwp) wpno(A1002)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0211

Table 1. Maintenance Allocation Chart - Continued.

7203 Flange and Replace 1.5 1 A

Piping
Manifolds,
Handwheels,
and F, E, and
B Valves

K Valve Replace 1.0 1 A

Discharge Replace 2.00 1 A

Manifold

Bottom Replace 1.0 1 A

Loading Valve

Manifold Valve Replace 1.0 1 A

J and N Ball Replace 0.5 1 A

Valves

Recirculation Replace 0.5 1 A

Valve
Assembly

Cabinet Piping Replace 3.0 1 A

Assembly

Automatic Replace 1.0 1 A

Drain Valve
and Float

Water Replace 1.0 1 A

Detection
Switch and
Harness

Emergency Replace 0.5 1 A

Valve
Repair 1.5 1 A

F, E, and B Replace 0.5 1 A

Valves
Repair 1.5 1 A

0211-12 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(macwp) wpno(A1002)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0211

Table 1. Maintenance Allocation Chart - Continued.

D Valve and Replace 0.5 1 A

Lines

High Level Replace 0.5 1 A

Shut-off
Sensor and
Filter

G, M, P, and R Repair 1.5 1, 2 A

Valves

G and M Replace 1.0 1 A

Valves

P and R Replace 1.5 1, 2 A

Valves

7204 Control Cable Replace 0.5 1, 2 A

Emergency Replace 1.0 1 A

Valve A
Control Handle
Adjust 0.5 1 A

76 FIRE
FIGHTING
EQUIPMENT
COMPONENT
S

7638 Fire Replace 0.5 1 A

Extinguisher
Bracket

91 CHEMICAL,
BIOLOGICAL,
AND
RADIOLOGIC
AL
EQUIPMENT

9120 Decontaminati Replace 0.5 1 A

on Apparatus
Bracket

0211-13 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(macwp) wpno(A1002)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0211

Table 2. Tools and Test Equipment Requirements.

TOOLS OR
TEST MAINTENANCE NATIONAL STOCK
EQUIPMENT LEVEL NOMENCLATURE NUMBER TOOL NUMBER

1 F Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s 5180-00-483-0249 12B470000-1

2 F Tool Set, Standard Automotive (SATS), Base 4910-01-490-6453 SC 4910-95-A81

Table 3. Remarks.

REMARK CODE REMARKS

A Time will be in accordance with extent of repair.

B Light repair is limited to lens, O-ring, and lamp/LED replacement.

C Chassis wiring harness and intervehicular cable assembly repair is limited to terminal, lug, insulator, and
hardware replacement.

D Tire repair will be in accordance with TM 9-2610-200-14.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0211-14 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(macwp) wpno(A1002)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0212

FIELD MAINTENANCE
COMPONENTS OF END ITEM (COEI) AND BASIC ISSUE ITEMS (BII) LISTS

INTRODUCTION

Scope

This work package lists COEI and BII for the M969A3 and M969A3P1 semitrailer to help you inventory items for
safe and efficient operation of the equipment.

General

The COEI and BII information is divided into the following lists:
Components of End Item (COEI). There are no components of the end item.
Basic Issue Items (BII). These essential items are required to place the semitrailer in operation, operate it, and
to do emergency repairs. Although shipped separately packaged, BII must be with the M969A3 and M969A3P1
semitrailer during operation and when it is transferred between property accounts. Listing these items is your
authority to request/requisition them for replacement based on authorization of the end item by the TOE/MTOE.
Illustrations are furnished to help you find and identify the items.

Explanation of Columns

The following provides an explanation of columns found in the tabular listings.

Column (1) Item Number. Gives you the reference number of the item listed.
Column (2) National Stock Number (NSN) and Illustration. Identifies the stock number of the item to be used
for requisitioning purposes and provides an illustration of the item.
Column (3) Description, Part Number/(CAGEC). Identifies the Federal item name (in all capital letters) followed
by a minimum description when needed. The stowage location of COEI and BII is also included in this column.
The last line below the description is the part number and the Commercial and Government Entity Code (CAGEC)
(in parentheses).
Column (4) Usable On Code. When applicable, gives you a code if the item you need is not the same for
different models of equipment.
Column (5) U/I. Unit of Issue (U/I) indicates the physical measurement or count of the item as issued per the
National Stock Number shown in column (2).
Column (6) Qty Rqr. Indicates the quantity required.

Table 1. Components Of End Items (COEI) List.

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

NATIONAL
STOCK
ITEM NUMBER USABLE ON QTY
NUMBER (NSN) DESCRIPTION, PART NUMBER/(CAGEC) CODE U/I RQR

0212-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(coeibiiwp) wpno(S1002)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0212

Table 2. Basic Issue Items (BII) List.

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

ITEM NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER DESCRIPTION, PART USABLE QTY

NUMBER (NSN) AND ILLUSTRATION NUMBER/(CAGEC) ON CODE U/I RQR
1 5140-00-772-4142 BAG, TOOL EA 2
(stowed in tool box)
7724142 (19207)

BAE9447a

2 5340-01-290-2727 COVER, ACCESS EA 2

(on fire extinguishers)
67637 (03670)

BAE9447b

3 4210-00-808-4544 EXTINGUISHER, FIRE EA 2

(stowed on rear and side
bracket)
AA393-B2C (58536)

S
N
T IO
S UC
I N ST R
O
D
I
U
M

BAE9447c

0212-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(coeibiiwp) wpno(S1002)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0212

Table 2. Basic Issue Items (BII) List - Continued.

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

ITEM NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER DESCRIPTION, PART USABLE QTY

NUMBER (NSN) AND ILLUSTRATION NUMBER/(CAGEC) ON CODE U/I RQR
4 5210-01-054-9934 GAGE STICK, PETROLEUM EA 1
(stowed on stowage tube)
11685988 (19207)

BAE9447d

5 5120-01-170-4980 BAR, SOCKET WRENCH EA 1

HANDLE
50939002 (3DGR3)

BAE9442f

6 2510-00-741-7585 BOARD, GROUND, JACK EA 2

(stowed on splash guards)
7417585 (19207)

BAE9442a

0212-3 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(coeibiiwp) wpno(S1002)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0212

Table 2. Basic Issue Items (BII) List - Continued.

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

ITEM NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER DESCRIPTION, PART USABLE QTY

NUMBER (NSN) AND ILLUSTRATION NUMBER/(CAGEC) ON CODE U/I RQR
7 4730-00-640-6156 CAP, QUICK DISCONNECT EA 1
AA59326IX-9 (58536)

0212-11/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(coeibiiwp) wpno(S1002)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0213

FIELD MAINTENANCE
ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST (AAL)

INTRODUCTION

Scope

This Work Package (WP) lists additional items you are authorized for the support of the M969A3 semitrailer.

General

This list identifies items that do not have to accompany the M969A3 and M969A3P1 Semitrailer and that do not
have to be turned in with it. These items are all authorized to you by CTA, MTOE, TDA, or JTA.

Explanation of Columns in the AAL

Column (1) National Stock Number (NSN). Identifies the stock number of the item to be used for
requisitioning purposes.
Column (2) Description, Part Number/(CAGEC). Identifies the Federal item name (in all capital letters) followed
by a minimum description when needed. The last line below the description is the part number and the
Commercial and Government Entity Code (CAGEC) (in parentheses).
Column (3) Usable On Code. When applicable, gives you a code if the item you need is not the same for
different models of equipment.
Column (4) U/I. Unit of Issue (U/I) indicates the physical measurement or count of the item as issued per the
National Stock Number shown in column (1).
Column (5) Qty Recm. Indicates the quantity recommended.

0213-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(aalwp) wpno(S1003)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0213

Table 1. Additional Authorization List.

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

NATIONAL
STOCK NUMBER DESCRIPTION, PART NUMBER/ USABLE ON
(NSN) (CAGEC) CODE U/I QTY RECM

5340-01-502-8660 BRACKET, MOUNTING (SPACER PLATE EA 1

ASSEMBLY, FIFTH WHEEL ADAPTER)
M234-1396 (1R5C8)
2590-00-473-6331 BRACKET, VEHICULAR COMPONENTS EA 1
6566675 (19207)
7240-01-337-5268 CAN, GASOLINE, MILITARY EA 1
3819247 (45152)
4760-01-298-0150 COUPLING HALF, QUICK DISCONNECT EA 1
AE88038R (00624)
4730-01-295-1842 REFUEL ASSY (REFUEL ON THE MOVE EA 1
(ROM))
12356117 (19207)
6625-01-510-2722 TEST SET, ELECTRONICS SYSTEMS EA 1
1391 (1UYK1)
4720-01-064-8820 TUBING ASSEMBLY, NONMETALLIC EA 1
AE96924E (00624)

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0213-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(aalwp) wpno(S1003)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0214

FIELD MAINTENANCE
EXPENDABLE AND DURABLE ITEMS LIST (EDIL)

INTRODUCTION

Scope

This work package lists expendable and durable items that you will need to operate and maintain the M969A3
semitrailers. This list is for information only and is not authority to requisition the listed items. These items are
authorized to you by CTA 50-970, Expendable/Durable Items (Except Medical, Class V Repair Parts, and
Heraldic Items), CTA 50-909, Field and Garrison Furnishings and Equipment or CTA 8-100, Army Medical
Department Expendable/Durable Items.

Explanation of Columns

Column (1) Item No. This number is assigned to the entry in the list and is referenced in the narrative instructions
to identify the item (e.g., Use brake fluid (WP 0098, Item 5)).
Column (2) Level. This column identifies the lowest level of maintenance that requires the listed item (C = Crew;
F = Maintainer or ASB).
Column (3) National Stock Number (NSN). This is the NSN assigned to the item which you can use to
requisition it.
Column (4) Item Name, Description, Part Number/(CAGEC). This column provides the other information you
need to identify the item. The last line below the description is the part number and the Commercial and
Government Entity Code (CAGEC) (in parentheses).
Column (5) U/I. Unit of Issue (U/I) code shows the physical measurement or count of an item, such as gallon,
dozen, gross, etc.

0214-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(explistwp) wpno(S1004)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0214

Table 1. Expendable and Durable Items List (EDIL).

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

ITEM NATIONAL STOCK ITEM NAME, DESCRIPTION, PART NUMBER/
NO. LEVEL NUMBER (NSN) (CAGEC) U/I
1 F 8950-00-292-9611 BAKING SODA BX
2 F 9905-00-752-4649 BAND, MARKER HD
5939707 (24617)
3 F 7920-00-061-0038 BRUSH, SCRUB EA
7920-00-061-0038 (83421)
4 F BRUSH, STIFF FIBER
5 F 5340-00-450-5718 CAP SET,PROTECTIVE, DUST AND MOISTURE SEA EA
10935405 (19207)
6 C 6850-01-472-2717 CLEANING COMPOUND, SOLVENT GL
5-Gallon Can
MIL-PRF-680 (81349)
7 F 5350-00-221-0872 CLOTH, ABRASIVE Crocus 50 Sheets PG
ANSI B74.18 (80204)
8 F 8030-01-583-1184 CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND BX
MIL-PRF-16173 (81349)
9 F 7930-00-899-9534 DISHWASHING COMPOUND, HAND 5 - Gallon CN
1064012 (83421)
10 F 9150-01-197-7690 GREASE, AUTOMOTIVE AND ARTILLERY 1.75 - LB
Pound Can
M-10924-C (81349)
11 C 9150-01-178-4725 LUBRICATING OIL, ENGINE 1-Quart Can QT
MIL-PRF-2104 (81349)
12 F 9150-00-188-9858 LUBRICATING OIL, ENGINE OE/HOO 30W 5 - Gallon GL
Can
MIL-L-2104C (81349)
13 F 7920-00-205-1711 RAG, WIPING Cotton Synthetic, 50 - Pound Bale BE
7920-00-205-1711 (64067)
14 F 8030-01-054-0740 SEALING COMPOUND, Pipe, Anaerobic, with Teflon, BX
50 Milliliter Tube
59231 (05972)
15 C 6850-00-295-7685 SILICONE COMPOUND 10 Pound Can CN
AS8660 (81343)
16 F 8520-00-228-0598 SOAP, TOILET, LIQUID BX
P-S-624 (81348)
17 F 3439-01-150-1051 SOLDER, Alloy S060 Rosin Multicore 18 SWG5 RO
1243-0001 (17794)
18 F 4235-01-308-5150 SORBENT, OIL (suitable drip absorber)
MAT214 (1JA49)
19 F 6850-01-474-2317 SOLVENT, CLEANING COMPOUND TYPE II CO
MIL-PRF-680 (81349)

0214-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(explistwp) wpno(S1004)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0214

Table 1. Expendable and Durable Items List (EDIL) - Continued.

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

ITEM NATIONAL STOCK ITEM NAME, DESCRIPTION, PART NUMBER/
NO. LEVEL NUMBER (NSN) (CAGEC) U/I
20 F 5975-00-984-6582 STRAP, TIEDOWN ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS 100 HD
Each
MS3367-1-0 (96906)
21 F 9905-00-537-8954 TAG, MARKER 50 Each BD
9905-00-537-8954 (64067)
22 F 8030-00-889-3535 TAPE, ANTISEIZING 0.5 in. Width, 260 in. Roll EA
P5025-2R (81755)

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0214-3/blank 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(explistwp) wpno(S1004)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0215

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TOOL IDENTIFICATION LIST (TIL)

SCOPE

This work package lists all common tools and supplements and special tools/fixtures needed to maintain the
Semitrailer Tank.

EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS IN THE TOOL IDENTIFICATION LIST

Column (1) Item No. This number is assigned to the entry in the list and is referenced in the initial setup to
identify the item (e.g., Extractor (WP 0090, Item 32)).
Column (2) Item Name. This column lists the item by noun nomenclature and other descriptive features
(e.g., Gage, belt tension).
Column (3) National Stock Number (NSN). This is the National Stock Number (NSN) assigned to the item; use
it to requisition the item.
Column (4) Part Number/(CAGEC). Indicates the primary number used by the manufacturer (individual,
company, firm, corporation, or Government activity) which controls the design and characteristics of the item by
means of its engineering drawings, specifications, standards, and inspection requirements to identify an item or
range of items. The manufacturer's Commercial and Government Entity Code (CAGEC) is also included.
Column (5) Reference. This column identifies the authorizing supply catalog or RPSTL for items listed in this
work package.
Table 1. Tool Identification List (TIL).

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

PART
ITEM NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER
NO. ITEM NAME NUMBER (NSN) /(CAGEC) REFERENCE

1 CRIMPING TOOL, TERMINAL - KTC S0159 SATS CL

(00NS2) 4910-95A81

2 DIE SET, METAL STAMPING, - KTC S1000 SATS CL

HAND, ALPHABETIC (00NS2) 4910-95A81

3 DRILL, ELECTRIC, PORTABLE - KTC S0189

(00NS2)

4 DRILL SET, TWIST - KTC S0194

(00NS2)

5 RIVETER, BLIND HAND: 3/32 IN., - KTC S0700 SATS CL

1/8 IN., 5/32 IN., AND 3/18 IN. (00NS2) 4910-95A81
DIAMETERS

6 SOCKET, SOCKET WRENCH 5120-00-795-0946 7950946 SATS CL

(19207) 4910-95A81

7 SOLDERING IRON - KTCS0695 SATS CL

(00NS2) 4910-95A81

0215-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(toolidwp) wpno(S1005)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0215

Table 1. Tool Identification List (TIL) - Continued.

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

PART
ITEM NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER
NO. ITEM NAME NUMBER (NSN) /(CAGEC) REFERENCE

8 STAND, JACK - KTCS5801 SATS CL

(00NS2) 4910-95A81

9 TOOL KIT, ELECTRICAL 5180-00-876-9336 5180-00-876- SATS CL

9336 4910-95A81
(80244)

10 TOOL KIT, GENERAL MECHANIC’S 5180-01-587-7823 PD484

(19200)

11 TOOL KIT, WELDERS 5180-00-754-0661 SC 5180-90-

N39
(50980)

12 WRENCH, TORQUE, DIAL, 3/8 IN. - KTC S0987 SATS CL

DRIVE, 300 LB IN (00NS2) 4910-95A81

13 WRENCH, TORQUE: 1/2 IN. - KTC S0991 SATS CL

DRIVE, 0-250 LB FT CAPACITY (00NS2) 4910-95A81

14 WRENCH, TORQUE: 3/4 IN. - KTC S0988 SATS CL

DRIVE, 0-600 LB FT CAPACITY (00NS2) 4910-95A81

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0215-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(toolidwp) wpno(S1005)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0216

FIELD MAINTENANCE
MANDATORY REPLACEMENT PARTS (MRP)

Scope

This Work Package (WP) includes a list of all mandatory replacement parts needed to maintain the Semitrailer
Tank and is included for that purpose only. These are items that must be replaced during maintenance whether
they have failed or not.

Explanation of Columns in the Mandatory Replacement Parts (MRP) List

Column (1) - Item Number. This number is assigned to the entry in the listing and is referenced in the Initial
Setup to identify the item (e.g., Pin, Cotter (WP 0119, Item 120).
Column (2) - Part Number/(CAGEC). This column indicates the primary number used by the manufacturer
(individual, company, firm, corporation, or government entity) to identify an item or range of items. The part
number will be followed by the Contractor and Government Entity Code (CAGEC) in parentheses only when the
CAGEC is required to requisition the part.
Column (3) - National Stock Number. This column is the National Stock Number (NSN) assigned to the item.
Use it to request or requisition the item.
Column (4) - Nomenclature. This column contains the name or description of the parts as listed in the Initial
Setup of the procedure under the heading "Materials/Parts”.
Column (5) - Quantity. This column gives the Quantity (QTY) required for the total Semitrailer Tank repair or
rebuild. The quantity required for each task is given in the initial setup prior to the item number when the quantity
is greater than one.

Table 1. Mandatory Replacement Parts (MRP) List.

PART NUMBER NATIONAL STOCK

ITEM NO. /(CAGEC) NUMBER (NSN) NOMENCLATURE QTY

1 003958-001 5330-01-542-0555 GASKET 2

(83590)

2 03195 5330-00-778-7229 GASKET 1

(87405)

3 055019 5330-00-778-7248 GASKET 5

(87405)

4 100396 5330-01-423-9474 GASKET 5

(0BUN9)

5 100397 5330-01-423-9479 GASKET 5

(0BUN9)

6 10871869-1 5330-00-930-5953 SEAL, NONMETALLIC 7

(19207)

7 11513-03 5310-01-499-4209 NUT, SELF-LOCKING, HE 16

(92967)

8 11597619 5330-01-065-8850 GASKET 3

(19207)

0216-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(mrplwp) wpno(S1006)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0216

Table 1. Mandatory Replacement Parts (MRP) List - Continued.

16 1509 5330-00-172-1919 PACKING, PREFORMED 2

(06721)

17 15265CB - GASKET
(13226)

18 17889BN 5331-01-134-1980 O-RING 4

(13226)

19 18141BN 5331-01-134-1982 O-RING 4

(13226)

20 200025 4330-01-393-5280 FILTER ELEMENT, FLUID 15

(0BUN9)

21 200084 5310-01-423-3728 WASHER, LOCK 12

(0BUN9)

22 220453 5330-01-541-9922 RING, WIPER 1

(0DT23)

23 220456 5330-01-504-6964 RETAINER SLEEVE, SEAL 1

(0DT23)

24 229182 5310-01-514-2751 WASHER, LOCK 4

(1K2S2)

25 2474-GA 5330-01-060-7266 GASKET SET 1

(25567)

26 25227-689 5330-01-060-9610 SEAL, PLAIN ENCASED 1

(25567)

27 25271-207 5330-01-078-2005 SEAL 1

0216-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(mrplwp) wpno(S1006)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0216

Table 1. Mandatory Replacement Parts (MRP) List - Continued.

PART NUMBER NATIONAL STOCK

ITEM NO. /(CAGEC) NUMBER (NSN) NOMENCLATURE QTY
(25567)

28 30325T27 4030-01-508-7449 CLAMP, WIRE ROPE 1

(39428)

29 314080-RED 5330-20-000-5235 SEAL, NONMETALLIC 1

(38205)

30 3401 5975-00-655-3136 CONNECTOR 4

(28488)

31 3560BN 5330-01-134-1986 GASKET 1

(13226)

32 38683-207 5330-01-060-9614 GASKET 1

(25567)

33 3TR 5330-01-508-6904 GASKET 1

(8K828)

34 4325-366Y 5330-01-239-9430 PACKING, PREFORMED 1

(07322)

35 4420.019 5330-01-395-0878 GASKET 3

2X179

36 4500.079 5330-01-394-7944 GASKET 3

(2X179)

37 4501-110 5330-01-502-8447 GASKET 1

(2X179)

38 4580.170 - GASKET 1
(2X179)

39 4670-019 5330-01-452-7382 GASKET 7

(2X179)

40 4670.107 - GASKET 3
(2X179)

41 50842 5975-01-343-2256 FITTING, COMPRESSION 2

(13548)

42 50995152 5310-01-556-1400 NUT, SELF-LOCKING, HE 4

(3DGR3)

43 560.4420.020 5330-01-351-7676 GASKET 3

2X179

44 625.4490.086 5330-01-459-2294 GASKET 1

(2X179)

45 625.4601.045 5330-01-365-9659 GASKET 1

(2X179)

0216-3 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(mrplwp) wpno(S1006)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0216

(39428)

63 91831A011 5310-01-463-4929 NUT, SELF-LOCKING, HE 12

(39428)

64 91831A030 5310-01-499-3569 NUT, SELF-LOCKING, HE 2

0216-4 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(mrplwp) wpno(S1006)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0216

Table 1. Mandatory Replacement Parts (MRP) List - Continued.

(81349)

101 M45913/13-4CG8C 5310-00-061-4650 NUT, SELF-LOCKING 6

0216-6 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(mrplwp) wpno(S1006)

TM 9-2330-330-13 0216

TM 9-2330-330-13 0216

Table 1. Mandatory Replacement Parts (MRP) List - Continued.

PART NUMBER NATIONAL STOCK

ITEM NO. /(CAGEC) NUMBER (NSN) NOMENCLATURE QTY

120 MS35338-45 5310-00-407-9566 WASHER, LOCK 2

(80205)

121 MS35489-104 5325-00-641-2800 GROMMET, NONMETALLIC 3

(96906)

122 N0507-15990 5315-01-502-8761 KEY, MACHINE 1

(25567)

123 Q4114-366Y 5330-01-019-6879 PACKING, PREFORMED 2

(07322)

124 R000573 5310-01-116-4765 WASHER, LOCK 4

(78500)

125 R955458 5340-01-499-3481 CLIP, SPRING TENSION 4

(78500)

126 STM 330 3009 5330-01-071-8179 GASKET 4

(64678)

127 VE205340 5330-01-506-1859 GASKET SET 1

(1K2S2)

128 WD1014BN 4820-01-294-1857 DISK, VALVE 2

(13226)

129 XB-SLN-012-04 5310-01-502-8371 NUT, SELF-LOCKING, HE 6

(99411)

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0216-8 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(mrplwp) wpno(S1006)

TM 9-2330-330-13

INDEX

Subject WP Sequence No.-Page No.

Misc.
1-1/4 in. Hose Reels Replacement............................................................................... WP 0127-1
24-12 V dc Converter Replacement............................................................................. WP 0079-1
4-in. Pump Maintenance............................................................................................... WP 0182-1

A
ABS Diagnostics/ECU Valve Replacement.................................................................. WP 0096-1
ABS Warning Light Comes On And Stays On.............................................................. WP 0038-1
ABS Warning Light Does Not Come On....................................................................... WP 0039-1
Additional Authorization List (AAL)............................................................................... WP 0213-1
Air Brake Chambers Maintenance................................................................................ WP 0097-1
Air Brake Control Valve Replacement.......................................................................... WP 0098-1
Air Brake Hoses Replacement...................................................................................... WP 0104-1
Air Cleaner Restriction Indicator Replacement............................................................. WP 0153-1
Air Duct Hose Replacement......................................................................................... WP 0154-1
Air Reservoir Servicing................................................................................................. WP 0063-1
Air Reservoir and Draincock Replacement................................................................... WP 0100-1
Air Tubing and Fittings Replacement............................................................................ WP 0102-1
All Semitrailer Lights Are Inoperable/Dim or Flickering................................................ WP 0027-1
Alternator And Mounting Bracket Maintenance............................................................ WP 0167-1
Alternator Drive Belt Replacement............................................................................... WP 0166-1
Automatic Drain Valve andFloat Replacement............................................................. WP 0192-1
Axles Maintenance....................................................................................................... WP 0092-1

B
Batteries, Terminals, and Battery Cables Service........................................................ WP 0064-1
Battery Access Panel Replacement............................................................................. WP 0118-1
Battery Is Low or Discharged........................................................................................ WP 0030-1
Battery, Terminal, and Cable Replacement.................................................................. WP 0084-1
Bottom Loading Valve Replacement............................................................................ WP 0187-1
Brake Actuating Camshaft Replacement...................................................................... WP 0094-1
Brake Application Or Release Is Slow.......................................................................... WP 0016-1
Brake Assembly Replacement...................................................................................... WP 0093-1
Brake Interlock Valves Maintenance............................................................................ WP 0105-1

Index-1 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(aindx) wpno(aindx_1)

TM 9-2330-330-13

INDEX - Continued

Subject WP Sequence No.-Page No.

Brake Lights Do Not Operate If Turn Signals Are Used............................................... WP 0029-1

Brake Lights Do Not Operate When Turn Signal Is Applied......................................... WP 0013-1
Brakes Grab.................................................................................................................. WP 0017-1
Brakes Service.............................................................................................................. WP 0067-1
Brakes Will Not Release............................................................................................... WP 0014-1
Brakes Will Not Release/Brakes Drag.......................................................................... WP 0036-1

C
Cabinet Piping Assembly Replacement........................................................................ WP 0191-1
Cam Case Ventilation Replacement............................................................................. WP 0141-1
Clearance Light Replacement...................................................................................... WP 0081-1
Components Of End Item (COEI) And Basic Issue Items (BII) Lists............................ WP 0212-1
Conduit Maintenance.................................................................................................... WP 0091-1
Control Cable Assembly Replacement......................................................................... WP 0201-1
Control Panel Fastener Replacement........................................................................... WP 0178-1
Control Panel Light Replacement................................................................................. WP 0083-1
Control Panel Secure Lighting Does Not Operate........................................................ WP 0012-1
Curbside Landing Leg Replacement............................................................................ WP 0114-1

D
D Valve And Lines Replacement.................................................................................. WP 0196-1
Decontamination Apparatus Bracket Replacement...................................................... WP 0204-1
Description and Use Of Operator Controls and Indicators........................................... WP 0004-1
Discharge Manifold Replacement................................................................................. WP 0186-1

E
Electrical Connectors Cleaning..................................................................................... WP 0060-1
Electrical Schematics.................................................................................................... WP 0208-1
Emergency Relay Valve Replacement......................................................................... WP 0103-1
Emergency Valve A Closed, Fuel Continues To Flow.................................................. WP 0053-1
Emergency Valve A Control Handle Maintenance........................................................ WP 0202-1
Emergency Valve Maintenance.................................................................................... WP 0194-1
Engine Air Cleaner And Air Cleaner Support Shroud Replacement............................. WP 0164-1
Engine Air Filter Element Maintenance........................................................................ WP 0069-1
Engine And Pump Cabinet Frame Replacement.......................................................... WP 0133-1

Index-2 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(aindx) wpno(aindx_1)

TM 9-2330-330-13

INDEX - Continued

Subject WP Sequence No.-Page No.

Engine Assembly And Mounting Bracket Replacement............................................... WP 0139-1

Engine Control Panel And Wiring Maintenance............................................................ WP 0171-1
Engine Cooling System Maintenance........................................................................... WP 0162-1
Engine Crankshaft Pulley Replacement....................................................................... WP 0163-1
Engine Electrical Box Replacement.............................................................................. WP 0169-1
Engine Exhaust Is Black Or Fuel Consumption Is Excessive....................................... WP 0050-1
Engine Exhaust Manifold Replacement........................................................................ WP 0160-1
Engine Fuel Filter and Housing Replacement.............................................................. WP 0157-1
Engine Fuel Lines Replacement................................................................................... WP 0155-1
Engine Fuel Tank Replacement................................................................................... WP 0156-1
Engine Heat Shield Replacement................................................................................. WP 0161-1
Engine Is Hard To Start Or Has Low Power................................................................. WP 0044-1
Engine Is Hard To Start Or Turns Over Slowly............................................................. WP 0019-1
Engine Misfires At Heavy Load Or Engine Power Is Low............................................. WP 0021-1
Engine Misfires Under Heavy Load.............................................................................. WP 0047-1
Engine Oil Cooler Replacement................................................................................... WP 0145-1
Engine Oil Filter Head Replacement............................................................................ WP 0144-1
Engine Oil Filter Replacement...................................................................................... WP 0143-1
Engine Oil Pan and Dipstick Replacement................................................................... WP 0142-1
Engine Shroud Replacement........................................................................................ WP 0165-1
Engine Speed Is Erratic Or Will Not Maintain Steady RPM.......................................... WP 0048-1
Engine Speed Is Too High Or Too Low........................................................................ WP 0049-1
Engine Starter Will Not Run.......................................................................................... WP 0042-1
Engine Stops During Operation.................................................................................... WP 0023-1
Engine Throttle Cable Replacement............................................................................. WP 0158-1
Engine Turns Over But Fails To Start (Field)................................................................ WP 0043-1
Engine Turns Over But Fails To Start (Operator)......................................................... WP 0020-1
Engine Will Not Turn Over............................................................................................ WP 0018-1
Equipment Description and Data.................................................................................. WP 0002-1
Expendable And Durable Items List (EDIL).................................................................. WP 0214-1

F
F, E, And B Valves Repair............................................................................................ WP 0195-1
Field Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Procedures ................. WP 0059-1

Index-3 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(aindx) wpno(aindx_1)

TM 9-2330-330-13

INDEX - Continued

Subject WP Sequence No.-Page No.

R
Rear Drain Pipes Replacement.................................................................................... WP 0109-1
Recirculation Valve Assembly Replacement................................................................ WP 0190-1
References................................................................................................................... WP 0209-1
Reflectors Replacement............................................................................................... WP 0136-1
Roadside Landing Leg And Hand Crank Replacement................................................ WP 0115-1

S
Service And Emergency Couplings (Gladhands) Maintenance.................................... WP 0099-1
Service Upon Receipt................................................................................................... WP 0073-1
Short Voltage Regulator Life......................................................................................... WP 0034-1
Side Marker Lights Harness Maintenance.................................................................... WP 0089-1
Slack Adjusters Maintenance....................................................................................... WP 0095-1
Spare Tire Lifting Device (Winch) Replacement........................................................... WP 0112-1
Spare Tire and Wheel Assembly Replacement............................................................ WP 0065-1
Specific Maintenance Instructions................................................................................ WP 0075-1
Starter And Starter Shroud Replacement..................................................................... WP 0168-1
Static Reels And Electrical Clips Replacement............................................................ WP 0123-1
Stoplight (Main) Harness Maintenance......................................................................... WP 0088-1
Stoplight Replacement.................................................................................................. WP 0082-1
Storage Box Maintenance............................................................................................ WP 0068-1
Storage Box Replacement............................................................................................ WP 0132-1

T
Taillight Converter And Main Wiring Harness Maintenance......................................... WP 0080-1
Theory Of Operation..................................................................................................... WP 0003-1
Tier II Cam Timing Hoses Replacement ...................................................................... WP 0140-1
Tire and Wheel Assembly Maintenance....................................................................... WP 0107-1
Tire and Wheel Assembly Replacement....................................................................... WP 0066-1

Index-7 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(aindx) wpno(aindx_1)

TM 9-2330-330-13

INDEX - Continued

Subject WP Sequence No.-Page No.

Tires Are Excessively Worn, Scuffed, Or Cupped........................................................ WP 0025-1

Tool Identification List (TIL).......................................................................................... WP 0215-1
Torque Limits................................................................................................................ WP 0207-1
Troubleshooting Index.................................................................................................. WP 0009-1
Troubleshooting Introduction........................................................................................ WP 0008-1
Trunnion Tube And Hangers Replacement.................................................................. WP 0117-1

U
Undercharged Batteries................................................................................................ WP 0031-1

V
Vapor Integrity Test...................................................................................................... WP 0174-1
Vapor Recovery System Maintenance......................................................................... WP 0173-1
Vent Cap Repair........................................................................................................... WP 0121-1
Volumetric Meter Replacement.................................................................................... WP 0183-1

W
Water Detection Switch And Harness Maintenance..................................................... WP 0193-1
Wiring Harness And Cable Repair................................................................................ WP 0086-1

Index-8 03/15/2011 Rel(1.10) root(aindx) wpno(aindx_1)

RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO PUBLICATIONS AND Use Part II (reverse) for Repair Parts DATE
and Special Tool Lists (RPSTL) and
BLANK FORMS Supply Catalogs/Supply Manuals
Date you filled out this form.
For use of this form, see AR 25-30; the proponent agency is OAASA. (SC/SM).

TO (Forward to proponent of publication or form) (Include ZIP Code) FROM (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)
U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command Your mailing address
ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-IMP/TECH PUBS MS 727
6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000
PART I – ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS
PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER DATE TITLE
TM Number Date of the TM Title of the TM
ITEM PAGE PARA- LINE FIGURE TABLE RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON
GRAPH NO. (Exact wording of recommended change must be given)

0007-3 Figure 2, Item 9 should show a lockwasher. Currently shows a

flat washer.

0018-2 Cleaning and inspection, Step 6, reference to governor support

pin (14) is wrong reference. Reference should be change to
(12).

SAMPLE

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, SIGNATURE

PLUS EXTENSION

Your Name Your Phone Number Your Signature

DA FORM 2028, FEB 74 REPLACES DA FORM 2028, 1 DEC 68, WHICH WILL BE USED. APD V4.00
TO (Forward direct to addressee listed in publication) FROM (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code) DATE
U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command Date you filled out
ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-IMP/TECH PUBS MS 727 Your Address this form
6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000
PART II – REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS
PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER DATE TITLE
TM Number Date of the TM Title of the TM
TOTAL NO.
PAGE COLM LINE NATIONAL STOCK REFERENCE FIGURE ITEM OF MAJOR
RECOMMENDED ACTION
NO. NO. NO. NUMBER NO. NO. NO. ITEMS
SUPPORTED

SAMPLE
PART III – REMARKS (Any general remarks or recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of publications and
blank forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed.)

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, SIGNATURE

PLUS EXTENSION
Your Name Your Signature
Your Phone Number
APD V4.00
RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO PUBLICATIONS AND Use Part II (reverse) for Repair Parts and Special
DATE
BLANK FORMS Tool Lists (RPSTL) and Supply Catalogs/Supply
Manuals (SC/SM).
For use of this form, see AR 25-30; the proponent agency is OAASA

TO (Forward to proponent of publication or form) (Include ZIP Code) FROM (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)
U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command
ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-IMP/TECH PUBS MS 727
6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000
PART I – ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS
PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER DATE TITLE
TM 9-2330-330-13 07 December 2015 Semitrailer, Fuel Tanker: 5000 Gallon,
Fuel-Dispensing, Automotive, M969A3
ITEM PAGE PARA- LINE FIGURE TABLE RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON
GRAPH NO.

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, SIGNATURE

PLUS EXTENSION

DA FORM 2028, FEB 74 REPLACES DA FORM 2028, 1 DEC 68, WHICH WILL BE USED. APD V4.00
TO (Forward direct to addressee listed in publication) FROM (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code) DATE
U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command
ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-IMP/TECH PUBS MS 727
6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000
PART II – REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS
PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER DATE TITLE
TM 9-2330-330-13 07 December 2015 Semitrailer, Fuel Tanker: 5000 Gallon,
Fuel-Dispensing, Automotive, M969A3
TOTAL NO.
PAGE COLM LINE NATIONAL STOCK REFERENCE FIGURE ITEM OF MAJOR
RECOMMENDED ACTION
NO. NO. NO. NUMBER NO. NO. NO. ITEMS
SUPPORTED

PART III – REMARKS (Any general remarks, or recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of publications and
blank forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed.)

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, SIGNATURE

PLUS EXTENSION

APD V4.00
RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO PUBLICATIONS AND Use Part II (reverse) for Repair Parts and Special
DATE
BLANK FORMS Tool Lists (RPSTL) and Supply Catalogs/Supply
Manuals (SC/SM).
For use of this form, see AR 25-30; the proponent agency is OAASA

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, SIGNATURE

PLUS EXTENSION

DA FORM 2028, FEB 74 REPLACES DA FORM 2028, 1 DEC 68, WHICH WILL BE USED. APD V4.00
TO (Forward direct to addressee listed in publication) FROM (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code) DATE
U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command
ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-IMP/TECH PUBS MS 727
6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000
PART II – REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS
PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER DATE TITLE
TM 9-2330-330-13 07 December 2015 Semitrailer, Fuel Tanker: 5000 Gallon,
Fuel-Dispensing, Automotive, M969A3
TOTAL NO.
PAGE COLM LINE NATIONAL STOCK REFERENCE FIGURE ITEM OF MAJOR
RECOMMENDED ACTION
NO. NO. NO. NUMBER NO. NO. NO. ITEMS
SUPPORTED

PLUS EXTENSION

APD V4.00
By Order of the Secretary of the Army:

MARK A. MILLEY
General, United States Army
Official: Chief of Staff

GERALD B. O’KEEFE
Administrative Assistant to the
Secretary of the Army
1530903

Distribution:
Initially published in electronic media only. When funds become available, this publication will
be distributed in accordance with the initial distribution number (IDN) 391063 requirements for
TM 9-2330-330-13.
THE METRIC SYSTEM AND EQUIVALENTS
Linear Measure Square Measure

1 Centimeter = 10 Millimeters = 0.01 Meters = 0.3937 Inches 1 Sq Centimeter = 100 Sq Millimeters = 0.155 Sq Inches
1 Meter = 100 Centimeters = 1000 Millimeters = 39.37 Inches 1 Sq Meter = 10,000 Sq Centimeters = 10.76 Sq Feet
1 Kilometer = 1000 Meters = 0.621 Miles 1 Sq Kilometer = 1,000,000 Sq Meters = 0.0386 Sq Miles

Weights Cubic Measure

1 Gram = 0.001 Kilograms = 1000 Milligrams = 0.035 Ounces 1 Cu Centimeter = 1,000 Cu Millimeters = 0.06 Cu Inches
1 Kilogram = 1000 Grams = 2.2 Pounds 1 Cu Meter = 1,000,000 Cu Centimeters = 35.31 Cu Feet
1 Metric Ton = 1000 Kilograms = 1 Megagram = 1.1 Short Tons
Temperature
Liquid Measure
9/5 C° +32 = F°
1 Milliliter = 0.001 Liters = 0.0338 Fluid Ounces 5/9 (°F - 32) = °C
212° Fahrenheit is equivalent to 100° Celsius
1 Liter = 1000 Milliliters = 33.82 Fluid Ounces
90° Fahrenheit is equivalent to 32.2° Celsius
32° Fahrenheit is equivalent to 0° Celsius

APPROXIMATE CONVERSION FACTORS

To Change To Multiply By To Change To Multiply By

Inches Centimeters 2.540 Centimeters Inches 0.394

Feet Meters 0.305 Meters Feet 3.280

Yards Meters 0.914 Meters Yards 1.094

Miles Kilometers 1.609 Kilometers Miles 0.621

Sq Inches Sq Centimeters 6.451 Sq Centimeters Sq Inches 0.155

Sq Feet Sq Meters 0.093 Sq Meters Sq Feet 10.764

Sq Yards Sq Meters 0.836 Sq Meters Sq Yards 1.196

Sq Miles Sq Kilometers 2.590 Sq Kilometers Sq Miles 0.386

Acres Sq Hectometers 0.405 Sq Hectometers Acres 2.471

Cubic Feet Cubic Meters 0.028 Cubic Meters Cubic Feet 35.315

Cubic Yards Cubic Meters 0.765 Cubic Meters Cubic Yards 1.308

Fluid Ounces Milliliters 29.573 Milliliters Fluid Ounces 0.034

Pints Liters 0.473 Liters Pints 2.113

Quarts Liters 0.946 Liters Quarts 1.057

Gallons Liters 3.785 Liters Gallons 0.264

Ounces Grams 28.349 Grams Ounces 0.035

Pounds Kilograms 0.454 Kilograms Pounds 2.205

Short Tons Metric Tons 0.907 Metric Tons Short Tons 1.102

Pound-Feet Newton-Meters 1.356 Newton-Meters Pound-Feet 0.738

Pounds per Sq Kilopascals 6.895 Kilopascals Pounds per Sq 0.145

Inch Inch

Miles per Gallon Kilometers per Liter 0.425 Kilometers per Liter Miles per Gallon 2.354

Miles per Hour Kilometers per Hour 1.609 Kilometers per Hour Miles per Hour 0.621
PIN: 105757-000

TM 9-2330-394-13P Part I
70% (10)
TM 9-2330-394-13P Part I
191 pages
TM 9-2320-392-13P
71% (7)
TM 9-2320-392-13P
484 pages
TM 9-2320-342-10-1
100% (4)
TM 9-2320-342-10-1
1,428 pages
TM 9-2320-342-10-2
100% (4)
TM 9-2320-342-10-2
696 pages
Service Manual: Chassis & Mast MC/FC
92% (12)
Service Manual: Chassis & Mast MC/FC
423 pages
HMMWV TM 9-2320-387-24-1 Maintenance Vol 1 PDF
100% (1)
HMMWV TM 9-2320-387-24-1 Maintenance Vol 1 PDF
1,704 pages
TM 9-2330-383 - M989a1
No ratings yet
TM 9-2330-383 - M989a1
392 pages
TM 9-2330-381-13
100% (3)
TM 9-2330-381-13
1,452 pages
TM 10-3930-660-10 Truck, Forklift 6,000 LB Variable Reach, Rouhg Terrain
No ratings yet
TM 10-3930-660-10 Truck, Forklift 6,000 LB Variable Reach, Rouhg Terrain
200 pages
TM 9-2320-387-10 (M1113)
100% (1)
TM 9-2320-387-10 (M1113)
279 pages
9204 Question Paper International Gcse Combined Science Chemistry Ext Nov21 PDF
No ratings yet
9204 Question Paper International Gcse Combined Science Chemistry Ext Nov21 PDF
36 pages
TM 9-2320-420-10 M983a2let Part 1
100% (1)
TM 9-2320-420-10 M983a2let Part 1
122 pages
TM-9-2320-429-10 M978 Truck, Tank HEMTT
100% (3)
TM-9-2320-429-10 M978 Truck, Tank HEMTT
1,097 pages
Manual Controlador EC25N2
No ratings yet
Manual Controlador EC25N2
199 pages
ARMY TM 9-2320-387-24-1 Mantainance UpArmor HumVee Vol 1 Jun09
75% (8)
ARMY TM 9-2320-387-24-1 Mantainance UpArmor HumVee Vol 1 Jun09
1,704 pages
TM 5-3805-294-10
100% (5)
TM 5-3805-294-10
536 pages
R200W 7 PDF
100% (1)
R200W 7 PDF
670 pages
Safety Essentials For Working At Height
From Everand
Safety Essentials For Working At Height
Sean C Fourie
5/5 (3)
SV Layout Estimation
No ratings yet
SV Layout Estimation
4 pages
Chassis, Trailer: Generator, 2-1/2 Ton M200A1 NSN 2330-00-331-2307 (EIC CMB)
No ratings yet
Chassis, Trailer: Generator, 2-1/2 Ton M200A1 NSN 2330-00-331-2307 (EIC CMB)
636 pages
Contingency Plan Tala High Fire
No ratings yet
Contingency Plan Tala High Fire
30 pages
TM 9-2330-384-14P M1062 Part 1
No ratings yet
TM 9-2330-384-14P M1062 Part 1
387 pages
99759-5C100 SM Controller FB16NT-20NT
60% (5)
99759-5C100 SM Controller FB16NT-20NT
223 pages
99759-5M300 Mitsubishi Manual PDF
80% (5)
99759-5M300 Mitsubishi Manual PDF
292 pages
TM 9-2330-397-14P M1112 Trailer, Tank, Water 400 Gallon Part 1
No ratings yet
TM 9-2330-397-14P M1112 Trailer, Tank, Water 400 Gallon Part 1
100 pages
TM-9-2320-366-10-1 M1083 Series 5 Ton
No ratings yet
TM-9-2320-366-10-1 M1083 Series 5 Ton
803 pages
Basic Electricity
From Everand
Basic Electricity
U.S. Bureau of Naval Personnel
3.5/5 (20)
105787
No ratings yet
105787
516 pages
M172A1 13P Lowboys
No ratings yet
M172A1 13P Lowboys
560 pages
TM 9-2320-260-34-1
No ratings yet
TM 9-2320-260-34-1
660 pages
M116A3 Trailer TM 9-2330-202-14&P
No ratings yet
M116A3 Trailer TM 9-2330-202-14&P
338 pages
TM 5-2330-325-14 P Jul2004
No ratings yet
TM 5-2330-325-14 P Jul2004
384 pages
TM 9-2330-390-13P
No ratings yet
TM 9-2330-390-13P
1,372 pages
Army TM 9 2320 361 20 Force To 36a12 1b 1094 2
No ratings yet
Army TM 9 2320 361 20 Force To 36a12 1b 1094 2
1,209 pages
Army TM 9-2320-366-20-3 Air Force T.O. 36a12-1c-1102-3
No ratings yet
Army TM 9-2320-366-20-3 Air Force T.O. 36a12-1c-1102-3
1,396 pages
M 977 Hmttmaintainence 1
No ratings yet
M 977 Hmttmaintainence 1
781 pages
TM9 2330 202 14&P
100% (2)
TM9 2330 202 14&P
415 pages
TM 9 2320 364 10
No ratings yet
TM 9 2320 364 10
1,102 pages
Screenshot 2023-04-02 at 10.44.53 AM
No ratings yet
Screenshot 2023-04-02 at 10.44.53 AM
246 pages
TM 9 2330 330 14 and P
No ratings yet
TM 9 2330 330 14 and P
1,117 pages
GC35K Cat Service Manual
No ratings yet
GC35K Cat Service Manual
617 pages
915a4 1 Manual
No ratings yet
915a4 1 Manual
260 pages
Water Trailer TM
No ratings yet
Water Trailer TM
301 pages
TM 9-2330-392-14&P
No ratings yet
TM 9-2330-392-14&P
354 pages
Workshop Manual Freightliner M915a3
100% (64)
Workshop Manual Freightliner M915a3
20 pages
Service Manual Controller EP16N-20CN 99759-68100
No ratings yet
Service Manual Controller EP16N-20CN 99759-68100
219 pages
TM 9 2520 272 34 and P
100% (1)
TM 9 2520 272 34 and P
729 pages
Excavator John Deree
100% (1)
Excavator John Deree
536 pages
Excavator John Deree
81% (16)
Excavator John Deree
536 pages
Manual Camión Militar TM-9-2320-272-24-3 (4110407)
No ratings yet
Manual Camión Militar TM-9-2320-272-24-3 (4110407)
801 pages
TM-9-2320-279-34-2 M977 Hemtt
No ratings yet
TM-9-2320-279-34-2 M977 Hemtt
661 pages
TM 9 2320 272 24 4 PDF
100% (1)
TM 9 2320 272 24 4 PDF
842 pages
CAT EP16 K
No ratings yet
CAT EP16 K
244 pages
Service Manual FG D15 35 E2 (T)
No ratings yet
Service Manual FG D15 35 E2 (T)
836 pages
352a Reparatie PDF
No ratings yet
352a Reparatie PDF
1,050 pages
See Repair Manual PDF
No ratings yet
See Repair Manual PDF
1,050 pages
TM-9-2320-366-10-1 For M1083
100% (2)
TM-9-2320-366-10-1 For M1083
803 pages
TM-9-2320-279-34-3 M977 Hemtt
No ratings yet
TM-9-2320-279-34-3 M977 Hemtt
851 pages
Service Manual: Chassis & Mast MC/FC
No ratings yet
Service Manual: Chassis & Mast MC/FC
9 pages
99719-6c120 - Caterpillar Cat Gc20n Gc25n Gc28n Gc30n Gc33n
No ratings yet
99719-6c120 - Caterpillar Cat Gc20n Gc25n Gc28n Gc30n Gc33n
47 pages
Manual de Servicio E3000-E6000
No ratings yet
Manual de Servicio E3000-E6000
184 pages
Chainsaw Operator's Manual: Chainsaw Safety, Maintenance and Cross-cutting Techniques
From Everand
Chainsaw Operator's Manual: Chainsaw Safety, Maintenance and Cross-cutting Techniques
ForestWorks
5/5 (1)
AR-15 Handbook
From Everand
AR-15 Handbook
Erik Lawrence
3/5 (1)
How to Handle Common Boat Repairs at Sea
From Everand
How to Handle Common Boat Repairs at Sea
Business Success Shop
No ratings yet
TM-5-4310-452-14 Air Compressor Trailer TM
No ratings yet
TM-5-4310-452-14 Air Compressor Trailer TM
405 pages
350 GPM Legacy Pump Parts TM
No ratings yet
350 GPM Legacy Pump Parts TM
196 pages
13217E100
No ratings yet
13217E100
8 pages
SC Test 121 - Mads
No ratings yet
SC Test 121 - Mads
20 pages
Em10 Ivr PDF
100% (1)
Em10 Ivr PDF
5 pages
Rate Analysis - Cladding R-SSS-17032017
No ratings yet
Rate Analysis - Cladding R-SSS-17032017
2 pages
1 1 Hoja Especificación ISA de Manometro en Terreno 1
No ratings yet
1 1 Hoja Especificación ISA de Manometro en Terreno 1
2 pages
Whirlpool Wrf555sdfz12 Diagrams
No ratings yet
Whirlpool Wrf555sdfz12 Diagrams
22 pages
SAATILene Hi-Lo
No ratings yet
SAATILene Hi-Lo
1 page
46 50 A Review On Solar Tracking Systems
No ratings yet
46 50 A Review On Solar Tracking Systems
5 pages
ANPH 111 (Anatomy and Physiology) : Bachelor of Science in Nursing
No ratings yet
ANPH 111 (Anatomy and Physiology) : Bachelor of Science in Nursing
11 pages
Kartu Stok Obat B 2023
No ratings yet
Kartu Stok Obat B 2023
494 pages
Thyroid Hormones: Noor Ullah
No ratings yet
Thyroid Hormones: Noor Ullah
33 pages
"Thee" and "Thee" in The Translation of Suriy-i-Haykal
No ratings yet
"Thee" and "Thee" in The Translation of Suriy-i-Haykal
2 pages
KNN - Ipynb - Colaboratory
No ratings yet
KNN - Ipynb - Colaboratory
3 pages
004 Nano-Urea
No ratings yet
004 Nano-Urea
4 pages
50+ Last Minute Handmade Gifts You Can DIY in 60 Minutes or Less! - Hello Creative Family
No ratings yet
50+ Last Minute Handmade Gifts You Can DIY in 60 Minutes or Less! - Hello Creative Family
1 page
160 76-RP1
No ratings yet
160 76-RP1
80 pages
Generic Risk Assessment Form: (To Be Used For Routine Tasks and For Reference When Developing Project Specific R
No ratings yet
Generic Risk Assessment Form: (To Be Used For Routine Tasks and For Reference When Developing Project Specific R
6 pages
STTH 512
No ratings yet
STTH 512
13 pages
From History To Sociology: Dnunu°
No ratings yet
From History To Sociology: Dnunu°
15 pages
Ies-Industrial Engineering Services
No ratings yet
Ies-Industrial Engineering Services
4 pages
Cadence Running
No ratings yet
Cadence Running
2 pages
Components of A Computer System
47% (15)
Components of A Computer System
12 pages
Yin Fire
No ratings yet
Yin Fire
4 pages
SSD Article One For Korea1
No ratings yet
SSD Article One For Korea1
5 pages
PE10 Q1 - Mod1 - Active Recreation Sports Lesson 1 7 - v3
No ratings yet
PE10 Q1 - Mod1 - Active Recreation Sports Lesson 1 7 - v3
85 pages
The Thermal and Electrical Properties of The Promising Semiconductor MXene Hf2CO2
No ratings yet
The Thermal and Electrical Properties of The Promising Semiconductor MXene Hf2CO2
10 pages
Kendriya Vidyalaya Janakpuri
100% (1)
Kendriya Vidyalaya Janakpuri
56 pages
Automated Supermarket Catalog Template
No ratings yet
Automated Supermarket Catalog Template
14 pages